Subscribe to the Bombay Chartered Accountant Journal Subscribe Now!

Society News

LEARNING EVENTS AT BCAS

1. Lecture Meeting on Insights into the Current State of the Indian Economy held on Wednesday, 12th August 2026 @ Virtual | Speaker: Dr. Rumki Majumdar

The session provided an overview of the current Indian economic landscape, highlighting key growth drivers, inflation trends, and investment activity. It examined the impact of global economic developments, geopolitical uncertainties, and trade dynamics on India’s growth prospects.

The discussion also covered the role of policy reforms in supporting economic resilience and long term development. Participants gained insights into emerging economic trends and their implications for businesses and professionals. The session emphasized the importance of monitoring macroeconomic indicators and adapting strategies to a changing environment.

An interactive Q&A further enhanced understanding of India’s economic outlook and future opportunities.

Click to watch online on YouTube

2. Webinar on Maharashtra Co-operative Housing Societies Act, 1960 and Rules, 1961 – Recent Updates held on Saturday, 8th August, 2026 @ Virtual |Speaker: CA Ramesh Prabhu.

The Bombay Chartered Accountants’ Society (BCAS), jointly with The Chamber of Tax Consultants (CTC), organised a virtual session on “Maharashtra Co-operative Housing Societies Act, 1960 & Rules, 1961 – Recent Updates” on Saturday, 8th August 2026. The webinar received an enthusiastic response with 620 registrations.

CA Ramesh Prabhu provided an insightful and practical overview of Chapter XIII-B of the Maharashtra Co-operative Housing Societies (MCS) Act, 1960 and the recently introduced Chapter XI-B of the MCS Rules, 1961. The discussion covered the registration of housing societies, key definitions and different categories of membership, admission of members, associate/joint and provisional membership. The speaker also dealt with the provisions relating to transfer of shares, rights and interest in flats, payment of society dues, nomination, succession and transfer pursuant to family arrangements.  Attention was also given to the rights and obligations of members and managing committees, including access to society records, committee disqualifications, and voting rights. The speaker further discussed the management of housing societies under the new Rules, including the functioning of the General Body and Managing Committee. Recent judicial developments and practical issues arising under the housing society framework were discussed enabling participants to better understand the application of the statutory provisions. The session was followed by an engaging Question & Answer segment, wherein the Speaker provided clarifications on the queries raised by the participants.

The webinar concluded on a highly informative note, with participants appreciating the quality of the practical insights shared during the session.

Click to watch online on YouTube

3. Webinar on Income Tax Returns for AY 2026 – 27 held on Thursday, 6th August 2026 @ Virtual | Speaker: CA Ronak Rambhia.

The Direct Tax committee of BCAS had organised a webinar on the Income Tax Returns for AY 2026-27 in virtual mode on Thursday, 6th August, 2026. The webinar was organised to address the changes in the Income Tax Returns and how to be ready for the incoming tax filing season.

CA Ronak Rambhia opened with a detailed explanation of section 139 of the Income Tax Act, 1961 as to the persons applicable to file the Income Tax Returns and under what conditions one in mandatorily required to file an Income Tax Return. He then walked through each return as to which return is applicable to which type of assessee. He covered the applicability from ITR-1 to ITR-7 in detail, and some practical points were explained in detail like in case of partners of a firm, private trust, etc.

He meticulously outlined the pre-requisites for each type of assessee and their specified return so that the professionals would know as to what should be asked from their clients while starting to prepare the Income Tax Returns and what details are required to be mentioned in what schedules. The schedules of all the Income Tax Returns were explained in detail. The reporting of the Future & Option (F&O) income and the intraday trading business schedules was explained through various examples.

He also highlighted key validation points between the reporting in the Tax Audit report and the Income Tax Return, to help avoid mismatches that could trigger adjustments in the intimation under Section 143(1)(a) of the Income Tax Act, 1961.

Lastly, he gave some practical insights on the problems faced while choosing the due date for private trust, disclosing income under Business income or other sources income and he ended with a final checklist from login to the portal to e-verification process.

The webinar offered a comprehensive and practice-oriented walkthrough of the Income Tax Returns for AY 2026-27.

Click to watch online on YouTube

4. Indirect Tax Laws Study Circle Meeting on GST Implications of Business Restructuring, Liquidation & Closure held on Tuesday, 21st July 2026 @ Virtual | Speaker: CA Raj Khona (Group Leader) & CA K. Shivarajan (Group Mentor).

  • The discussion deliberated on business swaps between sole proprietorships, emphasizing the taxability exemptions under Notification No. 12/2017-CT(R) and ITC transfer mechanisms via Form GST ITC-02.
  • Key insights were shared regarding internal division transfers across distinct GSTINs under the same PAN, highlighting the applicability of Schedule I deemed supplies and valuation under Rule 28.
  • The interplay between Section 59 of the IBC and GST recovery proceedings was examined, confirming the extinction of claims post-dissolution while assessing director liabilities under Section 89 of the CGST Act.
  • Participants reviewed partnership-to-LLP conversions, confirming statutory vesting benefits, ITC transfers under Section 18(3), and the continuation of export licenses/incentives.
  • The session addressed business closures under Section 29(5), contrasting mandatory stock/machinery reversals against the non-reversibility of immovable property.

The study circle session witnessed active participation with around 163 members logging in and engaging in healthy and high-quality technical discussions.

BCAS OUTREACH & ENGAGEMENTS

1. INC 5 session

The Fifth session of the United Nations Intergovernmental Negotiating Committee on the Framework Convention was held at the UN headquarters in New York from August 3 to 13, 2026.

In addition to the government representatives actually negotiating the documents, the UN also allows other stakeholders such as civil society, academia, and the private sector to attend these sessions and make contributions. Bombay Chartered Accountants Society is one such approved stakeholder.

The current work of the intergovernmental negotiating committee (INC) includes three workstreams:

  1. UN Framework Convention on International Tax Cooperation
  2. Protocol on Taxation of Income from Cross-Border Services
  3. Protocol on Prevention and Resolution of Tax Disputes

At the August 2026 session, for the first time, draft documents for all three workstreams were presented and discussed. The key elements of these documents are briefly summarised.

The Framework Convention is like an umbrella agreement, a multilateral instrument, which can have one or more Protocols. Each Protocol generally deals with a specific issue.

In addition to UN STTR provision, the Protocol on services contains various articles dealing with cross-border services recently included in the UN Model i.e. Article 12AA dealing with “fees for services”, Article 12B dealing with “automated digital services” and Article 12C dealing with “insurance premiums”. These provisions give taxing rights to the source countries even when the service provider does not have a permanent establishment in the source country.

The Protocol on disputes contains innovative dispute prevention mechanisms and dispute prevention mechanisms such as bilateral and multilateral advance rulings on issues not related to transfer pricing, APAs, Coordinated advance pricing arrangements, Cooperative compliance arrangements, Simultaneous tax audits, Joint audits etc.

CA Radhakishan Rawal made various interventions during the discussions. The inputs were predominantly on technical issues arising from drafting of various issues, certain desired policy outcomes and approaches to enhance participation by the countries.

Media Links:

2. Meeting with SEBI Chairman

A delegation of BCAS – Bombay Chartered Accountants’ Society, led by CA Kinjal Shah, President, and CA Mandar Telang, Vice President, CA (Adv.) Kinjal Bhuta, Joint Secretary, CA Samit Saraf, Joint Secretary and CA Mrinal Mehta, Treasurer along with former BCAS presidents CA Shariq Contractor and CA Chirag Doshi met Mr. Tuhin Kanta Pandey, Chairman of SEBI on 7th August 2026 at SEBI Bhavan, BKC Mumbai.

The delegation briefed Mr. Pandey on the key initiatives and activities of BCAS and discussed potential areas of future collaboration between BCAS and SEBI. As REACH is one of the main pillars of BCAS – the step in this direction, is aimed to be a long-term and mutually beneficial professional association with SEBI.

3. BCAS President Meets R.A. Podar College Vice-Principal to Explore Academic-Professional Collaboration

A meeting between Dr. (CA) Vibha Singh, Vice-Principal of R.A. Podar College of Commerce & Economics, and CA Kinjal Shah, President, BCAS, was held at the BCAS office on 6th August 2026.

They discussed on the possibility of having a meaningful academic and professional association, with the objective of providing students and faculty with greater exposure to the Chartered Accountancy profession, emerging areas of finance, and practical industry knowledge.

Overall, the proposed collaboration can create a sustained platform for knowledge exchange, skill development and professional orientation, benefiting students, faculty and the broader academic community.

4. Churchgate CPE Study Circle Felicitates BCAS President

The President of the Bombay Chartered Accountants’ Society (BCAS) was felicitated by the Churchgate CPE Study Circle of WIRC of ICAI in a ceremony held at Jolly Bhavan No.2, New Marine lines, Churchgate, Mumbai; on 6th August 2026 recognising his contributions to the accounting profession.

The event was attended by members of BCAS, senior Chartered Accountants, students, and members of the Churchgate CPE Study Circle of WIRC of ICAI.

The President emphasised on the forthcoming seminars of BCAS and need for continuous learning.

Churchgate CPE Study Circle, Coordinator, CA Dilip Jani presented a memento to the President, acknowledging his leadership and support for local chapter activities.

5. Borivali (Central) CPE Study Circle Felicitates BCAS President

The President of the Bombay Chartered Accountants’ Society (BCAS) was felicitated by the Borivali (Central) CPE Study Circle in a ceremony held in Borivali on 11th July 2026, recognising his contributions to the accounting profession and to member engagement across the region.

The event was attended by members of BCAS, senior Chartered Accountants, students, and convenors of the Borivali (Central) CPE Study Circle.

The BCAS President emphasised the need to focus on joint programmes and collaborative initiatives with other professional bodies and associations, fostering greater knowledge-sharing and engagement among members.

III. REPRESENTATION

BCAS Submits Representation to the OECD

The Bombay Chartered Accountants’ Society (BCAS), through its International Taxation Committee, submitted a representation to the OECD Centre for Tax Policy and Administration on 22 July 2026 on the proposed revisions to Chapter VII of the OECD Transfer Pricing Guidelines relating to intra-group services.

The representation, submitted under the leadership of CA Kinjal Shah, President, BCAS, CA Mayur Nayak, Chairman, and CA Anil Doshi, Co-Chairman, International Taxation Committee, provides practical suggestions to improve clarity and consistency in the proposed guidance.

BCAS recommended clearer definitions for subjective terms, better guidance on distinguishing shareholder activities from chargeable services, practical allocation keys for common intra-group services, and dedicated guidance on stock-based compensation. The Society also highlighted the growing impact of Artificial Intelligence (AI) on service delivery and suggested that future guidance may be required in this area.

The representation further recommended reviewing the mark-up for low value-adding services, defining core and support services, and providing a practical documentation framework to reduce disputes and improve compliance.

This representation reflects BCAS’s continued commitment to contributing to the development of practical and internationally accepted transfer pricing principles while representing the views of the profession on global tax policy.

Click to Read the Full Representation

IV. BCAS IN NEWS & MEDIA

BCAS LinkedIn Live: Taking Professional Learning Digital

The Bombay Chartered Accountants’ Society (BCAS) introduced BCAS LinkedIn Live, a digital initiative aimed at making professional learning more accessible, engaging and widely connected. The initiative was launched with a webinar on “Income Tax Returns for AY 2026–27,” enabling professionals to participate in a technical knowledge session directly through LinkedIn. With a growing community of 24,000+ followers on LinkedIn, BCAS leveraged the platform to expand the reach of its professional knowledge initiatives. The first LinkedIn Live webinar received 700+ views, demonstrating strong audience interest and the potential of LinkedIn Live to further extend BCAS’s digital learning outreach.

Key Benefits:

Provides convenient access to BCAS technical sessions and webinars through LinkedIn.

Enables professionals to participate in knowledge-sharing programmes remotely.

Facilitates access to expert insights and technical updates through a digital platform.

Expands the reach of BCAS’s professional education initiatives.

BCAS continues to expand its digital outreach through the BCAS Website, BCAS Academy and YouTube, now further strengthened by LinkedIn Live Streaming.

Click to watch online at LinkedIn Live Streaming

BCAS News

BCAS has been featured in several news and media platforms, showing our active involvement, professional contributions, and commitment to the field. This reflects the growing recognition of BCAS in the public and professional space.

Link: https://bcasonline.org/bcas-in-news/

Yes. I am Independent!

  •  What did you say? ‘Independent’ is a myth? I don’t agree. I am independent. I always work without fear or favour.
  •  What? Mr. Mallya wants me sign his balance sheet urgently – as it is?

No. Never! Tell him, your accounts are full of blunders. I can’t sign them. I am independent. No fear, no favour.

What does he say? I have been saying this last few years; but signing them every year?

So what? This time I won’t tolerate any non-sense.

No; but wait a minute He will change the auditor and my errors will be exposed!

And I need urgent money to pay my son’s fees to be paid in USA. Okay, Okay. I will sign this year but warn him that next year

  •  Who has come? Some boys and girls have come for articleship?

Don’t entertain them. They are useless and over smart. They will interview me and ask questions on stipend, leave and so on.

But I cannot afford to let them go. I need assistants at low cost. I can’t afford graduate employees. Next year, I won’t take any article.

  • Hello! Did you meet the officer? Hearing is over? What, he is asking for something?

Tell him, we won’t pay a single penny. We should not encourage corruption.

Hello, Hold on. This client’s records are not clear. It will cost us heavily. And that officer is vindictive. Our many other matters are with him Tell him, OK we will do his work. But ask him to be reasonable.

  • What? That article wants us to write lesser number of days leave in his termination form? Tell him, I will never do such things. He has to behave. He is arrogant, irresponsible and not at all sincere. We can’t break ICAI rules. He deserves to be punished.

But wait!  He is the son of our valuable client.  We get many assignments through him.  Okay.  We will better get rid of him   But tell others, they should not quote it as a precedent!

  • Hello. Pareshbhai – bolo bolo.

Full day seminar of study circle? How much – 5000? It’s too much. Very difficult. So much work is pending. Anyway, I will join. As it is my CPE hours are short. But I won’t be able to sit there whole day. You will have to adjust it. I will send my man to attend and I will come only for signing.

  • Arey, Mohanbhai, welcome. You have brought 17 balance sheets of housing societies? Mohanbhai, you are expecting too much. How can I sign all these without verifying? You have seen is alright. But I am independent and need to check it thoroughly.
  • What do you say? You have brought fee in cash?

Anyway. You have been my friend for long. I trust you. But next year, be careful. Don’t bring at 11th hour like this.

  • Oh, Mr. Patel, 8 new audits?

How can I take them at this point of time? Only 4 days left for ITR filing. I have to do so many things. Procedure for appointment, writing to previous auditors? No no Sir. I am sorry. Not possible for me.

  • What? Fees are good and will be paid in advance? And you will manage all formalities! But still difficult.

Anyway. Considering our relations, I am obliging. But remember, I am otherwise independent. I work without any fear or favour.

  • Yes, Vijay. What do you want? Increment? How can you expect it? You take so much leave, commit mistakes, there are many complaints against you.

But hold, you are that officer’s nephew, na? I will increase your salaries. But remember, this is the last time. You know, I work without fear or favour.

  • What? Sweeper wants further loan? She already owes us more than 50000/-. How can we keep on giving like this?

Thik hai. Give her 5000/- but she should return it early. Now-a-days, it is difficult to get peons and sweepers.

  • What? Phone from my home? She wants me to come for a movie? Tell her, I have no time. Too much pressure of work. Can’t take her call.

Sarika. Connect to my wife again. Last time I refused like this and suffered very much.

Hello Darling.  When should I reach home?

After all, I am independent. I work without fear or favour!

Regulatory Referencer

I. DIRECT TAX : SPOTLIGHT

  1.  The Income-tax (Third Amendment) Rules, 2026 – Amendment to Rule 332

The amended Rule applies to any search initiated under section 247 or requisition made under section 248 of the Income tax Act, 2025 on or after 1 April 2026. Form ITR -BN (Income tax return for Block Assessment) is inserted – Notification No. 97 of 2026 dated 24 July 2026.

2.  CBDT has notified Foreign Assets of Small Taxpayers- Disclosure Scheme Rules, 2026 and has also released FAQ – Notification No. 114 of 2026 dated 14 August 2026.

II. FEMA

1. RBI releases draft rules for rationalization of Foreign Exchange Management (Non-debt Instruments) Rules, 2019

RBI has released the draft Foreign Exchange Management (Foreign Investment) Rules, 2026 to replace and rationalise the existing NDI Rules, 2019. The draft aims to simplify the regulatory framework, harmonise definitions, align FEMA provisions with the FDI Policy, reduce compliance burden and provide greater operational flexibility through a principle-based, investor-neutral and investee-neutral approach. The Rules are currently in draft form and will be finalised after public consultation. Comments on the draft Rules can be submitted by 31st August 2026.

(Press Release No. 2026-2027/726, dated 21st July 2026)

2. RBI excludes eligible FCNR(B) and NRE-backed advances from ANBC for PSL target calculation

RBI, vide circular dated June 8, 2026 on ‘Swap Facility for FCNR (B) Deposits’, introduced a US Dollar-Rupee swap facility for fresh FCNR (B) dollar funds. This has already been covered in our earlier regulatory updates.

RBI has amended the PSL Directions to exclude advances backed by eligible fresh FCNR(B) deposits (3–5 years) and NRE term deposits (3 years or more) mobilised during the specified period from Adjusted Net Bank Credit (ANBC) for calculating banks’ priority-sector lending targets, thereby incentivising banks to mobilise such foreign currency and NRE deposits.

(Circular No. FIDD.CO.PSD BC.NO.08/04.09.001/ 2026-27, dated 7th August 2026)

3. RBI curtails FCNR(B) swap facility for deposits mobilized to 31st August 2026

Based on the encouraging response to the Swap Facility for FCNR(B) deposits mentioned above and the resultant forex inflows, it has been decided that the Swap facility for FCNR(B) deposits will be available only for deposits mobilized till 31st August 2026 as against the earlier date of 30th September 2026. The Swaps under this facility, i.e., FCNR(B) deposits, may be availed with RBI till September 11, 2026. The Scheme for ECBs and OFCBs will continue to be open till December 31, 2026.

(Press release No. 2026-2027/900, dated 14th August 2026)

Tech Mantra

Netlens

Netlens

NetLens turns your phone into a handheld Wifi survey instrument. Walk around your apartment, your office or your warehouse – and watch a real-time signal heatmap form beneath your steps.

There are three ways to map:

– Heatmap survey: Hold the phone in front of you and walk. The rear camera provides visual-inertial tracking, so every Wifi scan is anchored in 3D using the phone’s own motion. No floor plan to upload, no account, no markers on the walls. The map fills in along the path you walk.

– Quick Scan: A live AR mode for a fast overview. Wifi readings appear directly in your camera view as you move, with no setup and nothing to save.

– Floorplan: No camera required. Import a floor plan, sketch, or screenshot of your space, then walk and tap to drop readings and build a heatmap manually.

WHAT YOU GET

– A Live heatmap that grows as you move, color-graded from weak to excellent signal

– Filter the map to a single access point, or a specific band (2.4 / 5 / 6 GHz)

– Adjustable map layers: heatmap, walk path, photos, and an underlaid floor plan that you can fade to align with real rooms

– Color palettes, including a colorblind-friendly option

– Photo markers placed on the map and carried into the PDF

– Export a clean PDF report, a PNG image, or raw CSV samples
– Group scans into projects and export an entire whole multi-floor building as one combined PDF

– Extra live tools: Signal Meter, Channel Graph, AP Browser, Connection, and a Speed Test with saved history

A very efficient way to map your WiFi coverage and take corrective action at the weak spots.

Android : https://tinyurl.com/netlensapp

Toxly : ingredient scanner

Toxly

Toxly is your AI-Powered Ingredient Safety Guide. It helps you identify what is really inside the products you use every day. Most ingredient labels are designed to be confusing, hiding harmful chemicals, allergens, and toxins behind complex names.

Toxly changes all that. It empowers you to make healthier, more intentional choices for yourself and your family. Using advanced AI and real-time scanning, Toxly decodes complex labels instantly, identifying potential risks so you don’t have to. Whether you are grocery shopping, buying skincare, or checking household cleaners, Toxly provides the transparency you deserve.

Simply point your camera at any ingredient list on the packaging. Powerful OCR (Optical Character Recognition) and AI analysis decode the text in seconds, identifying harmful toxins, endocrine disruptors, and irritants. Get a clear, color-coded breakdown of every ingredient. Components are categorized from “Safe” to “High Risk,” explaining why an ingredient might be harmful based on the latest scientific research. Toxly thus helps you avoid “greenwashing” by revealing the truth behind marketing claims like “natural” or “pure.”

Toxly is optimized for speed. Whether you’re in a crowded supermarket or a store with poor reception, Toxly’s core scanning technology works quickly to give you answers when you need them most.
Toxly is perfect for

  •  Parents: Check your baby’s lotions and food products for ingredients you may wish to avoid.
  •  Skincare Enthusiasts: Identify ingredients such as silicones, parabens, and sulfates that may cause irritation or breakouts for some users.
  •  Health-Conscious Shoppers: Track and avoid artificial dyes, preservatives, and hidden toxins.
  •  Allergy Sufferers: Quickly identify potential triggers in long, complex ingredients lists.

The base version is free, while the Premium version gives unlimited ad-free analyses. Together, we can push for a future where every product is safe for everyone.

Scan with intention. Live with clarity. Download Toxly today.

Android : https://tinyurl.com/toxly

Battery Supervisor

Battery Supervisor

Battery Supervisor helps you better understand how your smartphone battery behaves. It does not just show percentage, voltage and temperature: it collects data over time and organizes it into charts, checks and easy-to-read diagnostics.

With Battery Supervisor you can monitor:

  •  Battery level, voltage and temperature;
  •  Charging and discharging trends;
  •  Estimated app consumption, if you allow usage access;
  •  Abnormal battery drain and screen-off consumption;
  •  Possible charger or cable issues;
  •  Charging sessions;
  •  Battery health estimation through the SOH Wizard.

The main feature is the battery diagnostic report: With one tap, you can get an organized overview highlighting the factors that may have affected battery consumption the most, such as screen, Wi-Fi, mobile data, Bluetooth, GPS, foreground apps, temperature and standby behaviour.

The app also includes historical charts that allows you to observe battery behaviour over time and identify unusual patterns.

Battery Supervisor is designed to be simple and practical: It is useful both for users who simply want better battery control and for those who want to analyze consumption, charging sessions and possible anomalies in greater detail.

The analyses are estimates based on the data available from the Android system and may vary depending on the device, Android version and permissions granted. They do not replace professional measuring tools, but they help you better interpret everyday battery behaviour.

Android : https://tinyurl.com/battsupervisor

Keymate: PC Apps from Phone

Keymate PC Apps from Phone

Keymate is a control pad app that lets you run PC tasks quickly from your phone. Install the Keymate desktop app on your Mac or Windows PC, then connect it to your phone over the same Wi-Fi. Once set up, a tap on your phone can instantly run your favourite shortcuts, type text, launch apps, open URLs and even control media. You can also reduce repetitive tasks on your PC to a single button press.

Key Features

– Run Shortcuts: Trigger your favourite keyboard shortcuts with a single tap.
– Text Input: Save phrases you type frequently and paste them instantly.
– Launch Apps & URLs: Open your go-to apps or websites directly from your phone.
– Media Control: Play/pause, skip tracks, adjust volume, mute, and change screen brightness from your phone.

Keymate is built for anyone who wants to speed up repetitive PC tasks, such as development, design, writing, video editing, music listening, streaming, and presentations.

The Keymate desktop app for Mac or Windows is required.

Android : https://tinyurl.com/keymate

The Taxpayer’s Long Wait For An Order Giving Effect

While winning an appeal on merits should ideally resolve a taxpayer’s issues, in practice, it frequently marks the beginning of a second challenging phase. Once the Commissioner (Appeals), the National Faceless Appeal Centre (NFAC), or the Income Tax Appellate Tribunal (ITAT) rules in favour of the taxpayer, the relief is not automatically applied as a reduced demand or a refund. Instead, the Jurisdictional Assessing Officer (JAO) must first calculate and implement these figures through an Order Giving Effect(OGE).

WHAT IS AN ORDER GIVING EFFECT?

An Order Giving Effect (“OGE”) is the order passed by the jurisdictional AO to implement the outcome of an appellate or rectification order – re-computing income, tax, interest and refund in line with the relief granted. the Assessing Officer (AO) is under a statutory obligation to pass the OGE within three months from the end of the month in which the appellate or revisionary order is received. This period may only be extended by the Principal Commissioner for reasons recorded in writing. [Section 153(5) of the Income-tax Act, 1961]. The provision exists precisely because relief on paper is meaningless until it is given effect to in the taxpayer’s PAN. For eg: a reduced demand, a corrected interest computation, or a refund with interest under section 244A.

BCAS SURVEY

A recent survey conducted for this study by the BCAS indicates that securing this final order is often the most difficult part of the entire process for professionals in the field. This survey was created only limited to the Tax officer’s duty to pass an order giving effect to NFAC/CIT Appeals or ITAT where the direction given for full relief and no verification is required. The results of the BCAS survey are summarized as under:

Survey Question Dominant
Response
On 100%
Q1. Is a follow-up with the jurisdictional officer necessary even after applying for OGE on the portal? Yes, most often 94.7%
Q2. Does the OGE carry mathematical errors requiring a rectification application? Yes / Sometimes (combined) 96.6%
Q3. Does a change of jurisdictional officer/inspector delay the passing of the OGE? Always / Most often (combined) 97.4%
Q4. Even where the AO must pass the OGE suo-motu on NFAC/ITAT’s direction, is a grievance still needed? Yes 86.1%

This reflects that the faceless assessment has still not been able to ease the procedural aspects of passing final orders effecting taxes of the taxpayer’s in whose favour the judgement is ruled. Additionally, Income Tax (CPC) portal also has a field where the taxpayer through his login is able to apply for OGE. Despite this the JAO calls for information to verify the facts which is already ruled in the favour of the taxpayer and the fact that the appellate authorities have not asked the JAO to verify any amount or facts. The matter is purely on merits.

Is it so that JAO does not trust his own system and records. It is a million-dollar question as to who is accountable for such a mess created and followed by the tax authorities. Despite the submissions being copied to the Commissioners, the JAO specially the ITO wards relentlessly delay the process of passing OGE.

THE SUFFERANCE:

The significant challenges taxpayers face regarding the implementation of appellate orders. Currently, the process following a successful appeal before the NFAC or the Tribunal is not self-executing, causing substantial difficulties for taxpayers. Legitimate refunds are frequently delayed well beyond the statutory three-month window, severely impacting working capital. Furthermore, interest under section 244A is often miscomputed or omitted in the rectification orders, necessitating repeated correspondence. Sometimes even the senior citizens having no business income are charged interest under sections 234B and 234C.

Additionally, original disputed demands frequently remain outstanding on the portal. These are offered for adjustment as per intimation under section 245, sometimes even without sending the original intimation for the refund year which gets adjusted under 245. This exposes taxpayers to unwarranted recovery notices, the adjustment of other refunds, and compromised compliance ratings, despite receiving favourable appellate rulings. The administrative burden and professional costs of filing follow-up letters, rectification applications, and grievances are borne entirely by the taxpayer.

Winning an appeal should provide finality rather than initiating a prolonged, unstructured process to secure the Order Giving Effect (OGE).

EASE OF PASSING OGE

The process largely can get self-executing and officer dependent:

– Centralize OGE Processing: Centralize OGE processing on the lines of NFAC/CPC. This will ensure that giving effect to appellate orders is not tied to a single jurisdictional officer whose transfer can stall the file indefinitely.

– Auto-Populate OGE Computation: Auto-populate the OGE computation from the appellate order and the return/assessment data already on record. Utilizing system-validated arithmetic (including interest under section 244A/234 series) will eliminate the manual errors reported in nearly half the cases surveyed.

– Establish a Handover Protocol: Build a mandatory handover protocol on transfer of jurisdiction, with pending-OGE files flagged for time-bound completion by the successor officer rather than resetting the timeline.

– Enforce Statutory Time Limits: Make the section 153(5) time limit self-enforcing through the portal itself. This would trigger an automatic escalation to the range head or a dashboard alert to CBDT once the statutory period lapses, rather than relying on the taxpayer to file a grievance.

– Automate Suo-Motu OGE Generation: Dispense with the need for a taxpayer-initiated grievance in suo-motu situations altogether. The system should generate the OGE automatically once the appellate order is uploaded, requiring human intervention only for genuine complexity.

– Introduce Interest Disincentives: Consider a modest interest disincentive on the Department for OGEs passed beyond the statutory time limit, mirroring the interest the taxpayer bears on delayed payment of tax, to align incentives on both sides.

The law should allow the release of refunds of the assessments years having no pending assessments or rectifications. In the cases where OGEs are required to be passed, the demands which are deleted by the NFACs or ITATs should not be adjusted against such correct refunds. Hence each demand and refund must be treated assessment wise.

CONCLUSION:

Reference is drawn to the latest decision in the Writ Petition of Global Hospitality Licensing SARL vs. ACIT/DCIT (IT), Mumbai (Writ Petition No. 1611 of 2024) dated 22nd June, 2026.

Issue & Background

The petitioner (a Luxembourg entity part of the Marriott group) disputed an assessment order treating its IMPPA receipts as taxable business income in India. The CIT(A)/NFAC ruled the receipts were royalties taxable at a beneficial DTAA rate and directed the Jurisdictional Assessing Officer (JAO) to pass an OGE. The Revenue received this order by 31st March, 2019, establishing a statutory deadline under section 153(5) to pass the OGE by 31st December, 2019. The AO failed to pass the OGE but subsequently completed penalty proceedings, imposing a penalty of Rs. 12.11 lakhs under section 271(1)(c).

Key Findings & High Court Holding

– Assessment Abates: Failure by the AO to pass the OGE within the mandatory statutory period under section 153(5) results in the abatement of assessment proceedings. The income declared in the petitioner’s return is treated as accepted.

– Penalty Falls: Because the underlying assessment abated, the foundational basis for the section 271(1)(c) penalty vanished, rendering the penalty order legally unsustainable.

– Interest is Not a Cure: The Revenue argued that section 244A(1A) interest remedies delays. The Court rejected this, clarifying that interest merely compensates the assessee and does not legitimize time-barred proceedings. Collecting tax via a time-barred OGE violates Article 265 of the Constitution.

Companion Ruling

The Calcutta High Court reinforced this position in Nomura Research Institute Financial Technologies India Pvt. Ltd. vs. UOI (12th June 2026), holding that an OGE passed beyond the section 153(5) limitation is “non-est” and directing a refund with interest.

Section 153(5) already prescribes a time limit; what is missing is an ecosystem that makes compliance with it the default rather than the exception. Until then, taxpayers who succeed before NFAC or the ITAT will continue to face an unwritten “second appeal” – not on the merits, but simply to have the Department do what it was already directed, and legally obliged, to do. That is not a fair outcome for a taxpayer who has already been vindicated in law.

There is a maxim in salesmanship that “customer is always right” but with the tax authorities it is mostly that “assessee is always wrong” despite the fact appellate authorities have verified the facts and passed the orders on merit of the case.

Is it fair on the part of the JAOs to put the assessee in mental and financial stress round the clock?

Miscellanea

1. TECHNOLOGY

# AI Could Cut 10 Weeks From Cancer Trials. Drugmakers Could Save Millions.

AI-powered systems are increasingly being explored for some of the labour-intensive work involved in running clinical trials.

AI agents could accelerate the clinical development of cancer medicine by approximately 10 weeks while reducing direct operating costs by as much as $5.6 million in late-stage trials.

A Tufts Center for the Study of Drug Development (CSDD) analysis found that AI agents could shorten cancer drug clinical development by about 10 weeks and reduce Phase 3 trial costs by up to $5.6 million. For drugs tested across multiple cancer indications, total benefits could reach $565 million. AI can improve patient recruitment, monitoring, data management, and trial analysis, leading to faster enrollment and quicker database lock. While AI may become a standard tool in clinical trials within 3 to 5 years, human oversight will remain essential, and AI cannot address all challenges in drug development or guarantee clinical success.

(Source: International Business Times – By Matias Civita – 13 August 2026)

2. PHARMACEUTICAL SECTOR

# India’s pharma sector must shift from cost competitiveness to innovation, global quality

For the growth of India’s pharmaceutical sector, prioritizing innovation and advanced manufacturing is essential. Experts indicate that increasing investments in research and digital technologies could propel the market to an impressive USD 130 billion by 2030. Companies must also elevate their quality and comply with global regulatory expectations to compete in the global landscape thus establishing India as an innovation hub in life sciences.

India’s pharmaceutical industry must move beyond its traditional strength in cost-effective generic medicines and focus on innovation, advanced manufacturing, quality excellence, and global regulatory compliance to unlock its next phase of growth, industry experts emphasized. With India targeting a pharmaceutical market size of USD 130 billion by 2030, stakeholders highlighted the need for increased investments in research and development, digital technologies, and contract research, development, and manufacturing services (CRDMO) to drive sustainable growth and global competitiveness.

These insights emerged at the official launch and precursor event for the 19th edition of Convention on Pharmaceutical Ingredients (CPHI) & Pharmaceutical Machinery and Equipment Convention (PMEC) India 2026, held under the banner of the Pharma Leadership Exchange in Hyderabad. The event brought together leading pharmaceutical executives, CXOs, industry veterans, and key stakeholders from across India’s pharmaceutical and life sciences ecosystem ahead of the flagship exhibition scheduled for November 2026 in Delhi-NCR.

(Source: The Economic Times – By PTI – 18 August 2026)

3. DOMESTIC NEWS

# Government approves 31 proposal worth INR 7,877 crore under electronics component scheme

The approvals are aimed at boosting domestic manufacturing of electronic components and strengthening India’s electronics supply chain, according to the Electronics and IT Secretary.

The government has approved 31 new projects on 17 August 2026 under the Electronics Component Manufacturing Scheme (ECMS), involving investments of ₹7,877 crore. With these approvals, total investments under the scheme have crossed ₹69,000 crore across 106 projects, exceeding the government’s original target of ₹59,000 crore.

The approved projects span key areas such as camera and display modules, connectors, rare earth magnets, speakers, microphones, antennas, and capital goods, supporting India’s goal of strengthening domestic electronics manufacturing and reducing import dependence.

According to Electronics Minister Ashwini Vaishnaw, the projects are expected to generate ₹82,243 crore of production and create nearly 10,000 jobs. He also emphasized four priorities for the sector’s growth: design capability, indigenous supply chains, Six Sigma quality standards, and workforce development.

(Source: The Economic Times – By PTI – 18 August 2026)

ICAI and Its Members

I. EXPOSURE DRAFT

‘Guidance Note on Report under section 92E of the Income-tax Act,1961’ for Public Comments

With a view to keeping the Guidance Note updated and relevant, the Committee proposes to revise the publication for the benefit and guidance of members. Accordingly, the Exposure Draft – “Guidance Note on Report under section 92E of the Income-tax Act,1961- 2022 Edition”, incorporating the proposed changes, has been issued for public comments. The Exposure Draft can be accessed at the following link: https://resource.cdn.icai.org/93928cit-aps6161-exp-draft.pdf

Comments on the above-mentioned Exposure Draft may be submitted at the following link on or latest by 05th September, 2026- https://forms.gle/Zo7Qgg2aFqCGemG66.

II. PUBLICATIONS

1. Compilation of FAQs on Code of Ethics, 2026

The FAQs on Code of Ethics, 2026 to provide practical guidance on the revised Code of Ethics. This compilation has been prepared in line with the revised Code and the decisions of the Council and ESB. It will help members understand the revised Code and uphold the highest standards of professional ethics.

https://resource.cdn.icai.org/93879esb-aps6117.pdf

2. Best Practices for Investor Presentation

An ICAI publication offering comprehensive guidance and practical insights. It is intended to strengthen professional knowledge and serve as a reliable reference for Chartered Accountants, students, and other stakeholders.

https://publication.icai.org/publications?committee=Financial+Markets+and+Investors%27+Awareness+Committee

3. Corporate Restructuring Beyond IBC: Emerging Issues and Recommendations by IB and VSB, ICAI and CLC, ICAI.

This publication examines the evolving landscape of corporate restructuring beyond the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016, addressing emerging legal, regulatory and commercial issues. It presents a comprehensive analysis of alternative restructuring mechanisms, identifies key challenges, and offers recommendations to strengthen India’s restructuring framework.

https://publication.icai.org/publications?committee=Corporate+Laws+Committee

III. ICAI ANNOUNCEMENTS

1. NEW ICAI Course

1st Batch of Online Certificate Course on Overseas Outsourcing Services – Canada

Duration: 14 September 2026 to 26 October 2026

Registration Last Date: 10 September 2026.

https://resource.cdn.icai.org/93816gtsc-aps6108-canada.pdf

2. Inviting Expression of interest to act as Canada faculty for Proposed Certificate course on Overseas Outsourcing Services.

https://www.icai.org/post/gtsc-eoi-canada-12082026

3. India-USA Trade Facilitation Portal

Unlock Global Trade Opportunities with the INDIA USA TRADE Facilitation Portal.

The Ministry of External Affairs (MEA), through the Consulate General of India in New York, has authorized the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India (ICAI) to verify members on the India-USA Trade Facilitation Portal.

Objective: To connect verified Indian businesses with U.S. buyers, enabling secure and seamless cross-border trade.

BENEFITS OF REGISTRATION:

  • Access to verified B2B opportunities in the U.S. market
  • Enhanced credibility via ICAI verification
  • Networking with authenticated exporters, importers, and global stakeholders
  • Building trusted business relationships on a secure platform
  • Expanding international business networks confidently

Key Features:

  • ICAI-verified member authentication
  • Verified exporters and importers
  • Secure, transparent business platform
  • Trusted B2B networking and seamless trade facilitation

Registration link https://indiausatrade.mea.gov.in/login?redirect=%2Fadmin%2Fmanage-user

ICAI Announcement Link https://resource.cdn.icai.org/93380gtsc-aps5893.pdf

IV. Audit Tools

Tool For Audit Opinion Formation

https://forms.gle/CkgDyNiGih9PTxvq8

V. GIST of ICAI Opinion

1. Classification of Corporate Liquid Term Deposits (CLTDs)/Flexi Deposits in Financial Statements under Ind AS

A. Facts of the Case

The Company has centralised treasury operations and invests its funds in various instruments, including Corporate Liquid Term Deposits (CLTDs), fixed deposits and mutual funds. Funds are transferred from current accounts to CLTDs through sweep facilities and can be withdrawn prematurely when required. However, premature withdrawal results in a lower applicable interest rate and, in some cases, an additional penalty, resulting in a significant change in the amount realisable.

The Company classified deposits having original maturity of less than three months as cash and cash equivalents, those having original maturity of more than three months but less than twelve months as bank balances other than cash and cash equivalents, and deposits with maturity beyond twelve months as other non-current financial assets. It also classified 91-day deposits as cash equivalents.

C&AG’s observation: C&AG observed that the CLTD/Flexi Deposits were highly liquid and could be withdrawn whenever required without significant restriction and, therefore, should have been classified as cash and cash equivalents.

The Company submitted that the deposits were made based on projected fund requirements and were intended to meet requirements beyond three months. It also pointed out that premature withdrawal resulted in a reduced rate of interest and consequently a significant change in the amount realisable.

B. Query

The Company sought the Committee’s opinion on the following:

1. Whether the classification adopted by the Company in respect of Corporate Liquid Term Deposits (CLTDs)/Flexi Deposits was correct.

2. If not, what should be the appropriate classification of:

(i) CLTDs/Flexi Deposits having original maturity of less than three months;

(ii) CLTDs/Flexi Deposits having original maturity of more than three months and less than twelve months; and

(iii) CLTDs/Flexi Deposits having a remaining maturity of more than twelve months.

3. Whether CLTDs/Flexi Deposits are required to be presented separately from term deposits and, if so, what disclosures should be made.

4. Whether CLTDs/FDs having a maturity period of 91 days should be classified as Cash and Cash Equivalents.

C. Points considered by the Committee

The Committee considered the requirements of Ind AS 7 relating to cash equivalents. An investment qualifies as a cash equivalent when it is short-term and highly liquid, readily convertible into known amounts of cash, subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value, and held for meeting short-term cash commitments rather than for investment purposes.

The Committee observed that the assessment of whether an investment is held for meeting short-term commitments involves judgement and requires consideration of management intention, past practice, investment policy and actual utilisation.

It further noted that the risk of change in value arising from premature withdrawal and the consequent uncertainty in the amount realisable meant that deposits with an original maturity exceeding three months did not satisfy all the criteria for classification as cash equivalents.

D. Opinion

CLTDs/Flexi Deposits having original maturity of more than three months but less than twelve months cannot be classified as cash equivalents in the facts considered. Where they are expected to be realised within twelve months after the reporting date, they should be classified as bank balances other than cash and cash equivalents.

Deposits having maturity beyond twelve months should be classified as other financial assets under non-current assets. Importantly, the three-month period is assessed from the date of acquisition and not by reference to the remaining maturity at the reporting date.

CLTDs/Flexi Deposits having original maturity of up to three months, which satisfy all the criteria for classification as cash equivalents, can be so classified. Accordingly, the 91-day deposits, in the facts considered by the Committee, were classified as cash equivalents.

2. Consolidation of Financial Statements of an Associate Company which is a Section 8 Company under Ind AS

A. Facts of the Case

A Defence Public Sector Undertaking invested in AMF, Foundation, established under the Defence Testing Infrastructure Scheme. The Company holds 20% shareholding in AMF, which is incorporated as a Section 8 company. The Company has no other subsidiary, associate or joint venture and had accounted for its investment in AMF using the equity method under Ind AS 28.

Statutory auditor’s qualification: The statutory auditor qualified the accounts on the ground that, under Section 8 of the Companies Act, profits cannot be distributed directly or indirectly among members/shareholders. Consequently, according to the auditor, the Company’s profit and investment in the associate were overstated by the Company’s share of AMF’s profit recognised under the equity method.

The Company therefore sought clarification on whether CFS was required when the only associate was a Section 8 company and whether merely disclosing the investment in the standalone financial statements would be sufficient.

B. Query

Whether an investment in a Section 8 company, qualifying as an associate under Ind AS 28, is required to be accounted for using the equity method.

Further, whether CFS is mandatory where the Company has no subsidiary or other associate, and whether the prohibition on distribution of profits by a Section 8 company affects the requirement to apply the equity method.

C. Points considered by the Committee

The Committee observed that 20% shareholding by itself does not conclusively establish significant influence; the requirements of Ind AS 28 must be considered. However, since neither the Company nor the auditor had raised the issue of significant influence, the Committee proceeded on the premise that AMF was an associate.

Under Section 129(3) of the Companies Act, a company having an associate is required to prepare CFS unless an applicable exemption is available. There is no specific exemption merely because the associate is a Section 8 or not-for-profit company.

The Committee further noted that, for associates and joint ventures, consolidation involves application of the equity method under Ind AS 28.

The prohibition on distribution of profits by a Section 8 company does not, by itself, prevent the existence of significant influence. However, restrictions on transfer of funds from the investee should be considered when assessing significant influence.

D. Opinion

If the Company has significant influence over AMF, it should account for AMF using the equity method under Ind AS 28 and prepare CFS. If, after assessment, significant influence does not exist, AMF would not be an associate and the question of consolidation would not arise.

The share of surplus from AMF should be presented in a manner that clearly communicates to users that the surplus of the Section 8 company is not distributable as dividend. The Company should also make appropriate disclosures regarding the nature of its relationship with AMF and restrictions on the transfer of funds under Ind AS 112.

3. Accounting Treatment of Grants under AS 12 – Accounting for Government Grants

A. Facts of the Case

The Company is a Section 8 company under the administrative control of the Department of Personnel and Training (DoPT), Government of India, with 100% equity shareholding by the Government of India. It was established for capacity building of government officials under Mission Karmayogi and is responsible for owning, maintaining and improving the iGOT digital/e-learning platform.

The Company receives various grants from DoPT, including Grant-in-Aid (Salaries), Grant-in-Aid for creation of capital assets, Grant-in-Aid (General) and Grant-in-Aid comprising World Bank funds. The World Bank funding is routed through DoPT, with repayment and servicing obligations resting with the Government.

The Company owns and controls the digital asset and is entitled to the future economic benefits arising from it. It accounts for expenditure on the development of the platform as CWIP and subsequently capitalises it as intangible assets, which are amortised over four years.

B. Query

What should be the accounting treatment for grants received as GIA (World Bank funds) and GIA (General) in relation to CWIP and intangible assets created from such funds?

Whether grant income should be recognised in line with depreciation/amortisation of the related intangible assets and, if so, whether the change should have prospective or retrospective effect.

C. Points considered by the Committee

The Committee considered whether the Government was providing the funds in its capacity as shareholder or as a provider of government grants. Although the Government was the 100% shareholder, the Company had clarified that the funds were received as Government Grants, and not as equity contribution. The sanction letters also described the amounts as grants/grant-in-aid rather than equity contribution.

The Committee therefore concluded that AS 12 was applicable.

It then considered the purpose of the funding. The grants were intended to support the Company’s initial capital and working-capital outlay, including the development and operating expenditure of the iGOT platform until the subscription-based revenue model became operational. The grants were not subject to the primary condition of acquiring or constructing a specific fixed asset or meeting specific revenue expenditure.

D. Opinion

The Committee opined that the GIA (World Bank funds) and GIA (General) are in the nature of promoters’ contribution under AS 12.

Accordingly, these grants should be credited to Capital Reserve and should not be recognised as income in the Statement of Profit and Loss.

Since the Company had not followed the requirements of AS 12 in FY 2022-23 and FY 2023-24, the Committee considered the matter to be an error of prior periods, to be accounted for in accordance with AS 5 relating to prior-period items.

https://cajournal.icai.org/upload/issue/1785550517_6a6d56b56b909_311_Gist_of_Opinions.pdf

VI. ICAI DISCIPLINARY COMMITTEE

1. V.R. vs. CA. P.B.

File No.: PR/G/735/2022/DD/514/2023/DC/1896/2024

Date of Order: 05.02.2026 (Findings dated 22.12.2025)

Certification of Form 10 – modification of charge securing debentures without adequate verification.

Background

During inspection of M/s SAPL, it was observed that the Respondent had certified Form 10 (Particulars for Registration of Charges for Debenture) filed on 23.09.2011 for modification of a charge securing debentures of ₹10 crore. The Company had stated that property was mortgaged as security for the debentures. However, its audited balance sheet as at 31.03.2011 showed net fixed assets of only ₹91,41,570 and current assets of ₹8,98,303. The Form 10 placed on record did not contain the mortgage deed or valuation report. The complaint also alleged that the Form 10 had been signed by the debenture trustee, Shri GPG, although he had denied on oath having signed it.

Key Allegations

  • The Respondent certified Form 10 without verifying the security stated therein.
  • The Form 10 was certified without verifying the supporting mortgage deed and valuation report.
  • The Respondent allegedly failed to verify the authenticity of the Form 10 and the signature of the debenture trustee.
  • The security coverage was substantially inadequate in relation to the ₹10 crore debentures.

Respondent’s Defence

The Respondent did not file a Written Statement and did not furnish the additional documents sought by the Directorate. He also did not appear before the Committee despite repeated opportunities, including hearings on 10.07.2025, 24.07.2025, 20.08.2025, 22.09.2025 and 10.10.2025. Consequently, the Committee proceeded on the basis of the documents available on record.

Findings

The Committee noted that the audited financial statements showed net fixed assets of only ₹91.41 lakh against debentures of ₹10 crore, resulting in a shortfall of close to ₹9 crore in the coverage of the debentures. It further noted that the Form 10 did not contain the mortgage deed or valuation report. The Committee therefore concluded that the Respondent had not exercised due diligence before certifying the statutory Form 10. His failure to respond to the disciplinary proceedings and to provide the documents sought also weighed against him.

Charges Established

Guilty of professional misconduct under Item (7) of Part I of the Second Schedule to the Chartered Accountants Act, 1949 — failure to exercise due diligence or gross negligence in the conduct of professional duties.

Punishment

Reprimand and a fine of ₹4,00,000, payable within 60 days of receipt of the order.

2. A.K.S. vs. CA. A.K.P.

File No.: PR/G/413/2019-DD/68/2020/DC/1929/2024

Date of Order: 05.02.2026 (Findings dated 22.12.2025)

Failure to give adequate reasons for adverse audit opinions and contradictory reporting in the audit report for different financial years.

Background

The Respondent was the statutory auditor of M/s OMSL for FYs 2008-09, 2009-10, 2010-11 and 2011-12. The ROC alleged that the audit reports were general in nature and, although adverse opinions had been expressed, the reports did not specify the reasons supporting those opinions.

For FYs 2008-09, 2009-10 and 2010-11, the Respondent reported, among other matters, that the Company had not maintained proper books of account, the financial statements did not agree with the books, the Accounting Standards had not been complied with, and the financial statements did not give a true and fair view. However, the audit reports themselves did not set out the substantive reasons for these adverse conclusions.

For FY 2011-12, the problem was more serious. The audit report stated that the Company had maintained proper books, that the financial statements were in agreement with the books and complied with Accounting Standards, but simultaneously stated that the accounts did not give the information required by the Companies Act and did not give a true and fair view.

Respondent’s Defence

The Respondent contended that the absence of proper books and records was itself the substantive reason for the adverse reporting. He also submitted that the Company had several accounting deficiencies, including non-maintenance of books under Section 209, non-adherence to the accrual system, improper classification of investments, non-recognition of losses, absence of significant accounting policies and non-compliance with Schedule VI.

Regarding FY 2011-12, he explained the contradictory wording as an unintentional typographical error, stating that the report should have said that the financial statements did not give a true and fair view. He also raised a grievance that relevant portions of the ROC investigation report had not been furnished to him.

Decision of the Committee

The Committee rejected the Respondent’s defence.

It held that where an auditor expresses an opinion other than an unqualified opinion, the substantive reasons for such opinion must be clearly stated in the audit report itself. The Committee relied upon Section 227(4) read with Section 227(3) of the Companies Act, 1956 and AAS-28, which specifically required the reasons for an adverse or modified opinion to be disclosed.

The Committee did not accept the argument that the Respondent’s subsequent explanations given during the disciplinary proceedings could cure the omission in the audit reports. The reasons supporting the adverse opinion were required to form part of the audit report.

More importantly, the Committee rejected the explanation of typographical error for FY 2011-12. It noted that the contradiction was not an isolated drafting error. The report simultaneously stated that the Company had maintained proper books, that the financial statements agreed with those books and complied with Accounting Standards, while also stating that the financial statements did not provide the information required by the Companies Act and did not give a true and fair view. The Committee considered this contradiction, together with the deficiencies in the earlier years’ reporting, to constitute gross negligence and lack of due diligence.

Accordingly, the Committee held the Respondent guilty of professional misconduct under Item (7) of Part I of the Second Schedule to the Chartered Accountants Act, 1949, i.e. failure to exercise due diligence or gross negligence in the conduct of professional duties.

Punishment

The Committee ordered that the Respondent be reprimanded and pay a fine of ₹1,50,000, within 60 days of receipt of the order.

3. Shri MM, CFO of APL. v. CA. SKR

Reference: PR/252/2018/DD/262/2018/DC/1930/2024

Order: 5 February 2026

Provision: Item (7), Part I, Second Schedule to the Chartered Accountants Act, 1949 – failure to exercise due diligence / gross negligence.

FACTS

The Respondent was the statutory auditor of HC for FY 2016-17. The Company was under a Government-approved closure scheme and had negotiated an OTS with its creditors, including MSME creditors. Some MSME creditors, including Avi Polymers, did not accept the OTS.

Despite approximately ₹32.79 crore of MSME interest being outstanding in the previous year, the FY 2016-17 financial statements showed nil interest payable. The Company wrote back ₹32.79 crore of accrued MSME interest under the OTS. However, certain MSME creditors had not accepted the OTS, and their interest remained unpaid.

Auditor’s Defence

The auditor argued that:

  •  The OTS had been approved and supported by Board minutes;
  •  Management had given a detailed representation explaining the write-back;
  •  He was entitled to rely on management representations and the information available during the audit;
  •  The subsequent arbitration award could not retrospectively create an audit obligation; and
  •  There was no mala fide intention or deliberate negligence.

COMMITTEE’S FINDING

The Committee rejected the defence.

Its central finding was that Sections 16 and 22 of the MSMED Act, 2006 are mandatory. Interest on overdue MSME dues was required to be provided for, and the unpaid principal and interest were required to be separately disclosed in the financial statements.

The Committee considered it significant that:

  1.  Some MSME creditors had not agreed to the OTS;
  2.  Their interest liability therefore remained outstanding;
  3.  The Company’s Board itself subsequently resolved that interest payable to MSME units would be paid as arrived at after negotiation; and
  4.  The auditor nevertheless did not qualify his audit report for the non-provisioning and non-disclosure.

The Committee also noted that the auditor acknowledged the issue in the following year’s audit report, stating that some MSME creditors had not agreed to the OTS and that the Company had not provided for their interest.

Accordingly, the Committee held that reliance on the OTS negotiations, management representation or subsequent adjudication did not absolve the auditor of his responsibility to report the statutory non-compliance existing at the balance-sheet date.

Decision

The Respondent was held guilty of professional misconduct under Item (7) of Part I of the Second Schedule to the Chartered Accountants Act, 1949.

Punishment

Reprimand and a fine of ₹5 lakh, payable within 60 days of receipt of the order.

Recent Decisions In GST

I SUPREME COURT

45. [2026] 189 taxmann.com 330 (SC)

Goodluck India Ltd. vs. Union of India dated.06.08.2026

In absence of any ‘saving clause’, the omission of Rule 96(10) w.e.f. 08-10-2024 shall apply to all pending matters in the case of refund of IGST paid on exported goods and services

FACTS

Rule 96(10) of the CGST Rules, 2017 restricted refund of IGST paid on exports in specified circumstances. By Notification No. 20/2024-Central Tax dated 08.10.2024, Rule 96(10) was omitted. Although the GST Council had recommended that the omission should operate prospectively, the Notification contained no saving clause for pending proceedings. The High Court held that the omission would apply to all proceedings pending as on 08.10.2024. The Department challenged this view before the Supreme Court, contending that the omission should operate prospectively, while the assessee claimed that the omission entitled them to claim refund without the restrictions imposed by the erstwhile Rule 96(10).

HELD

The Supreme Court dismissed the appeals and affirmed the High Court’s judgment. Relying on the Constitution Bench decision in Kolhapur Cane Sugar Works Ltd. vs. Union of India, the Court held that, in absence of a saving clause or any statutory mechanism preserving proceedings under an omitted rule, pending proceedings cannot continue under the omitted provision. The Court noted that Rule 96(10) was omitted as it was causing unnecessary complications without any intended benefit, and that the GST Council’s recommendation for prospective operation was advisory and not binding on the rule-making authority. Accordingly, the omission of Rule 96(10), effective from 08.10.2024, applies to pending proceedings as well, enabling refund claims to be considered without the restrictions contained in the omitted provisions. The Court further held that the intention to omit the rule without any saving clause was to bring to end unnecessary complications once and for all and the intention cannot be to keep the complications live for pending proceedings.

[Note: Gujarat High Court in the case of Addwrap Packaging Pvt. Ltd. 2025-TIOL-960-HC-AHM-GST had held that since Rule 96(10) was omitted without a saving or a sunset clause, the pending matters will stand closed].

II HIGH COURT

46. [2026] 189 taxmann.com 403 (Patna) Azad Enterprises vs. State of Bihar dated 06.08.2026.

The Adjudicating Officer has no authority to determine tax liability under section 73(9) prior to expiry of due date of filing of annual return and hence adjudication order passed prior to the said due date is liable to be set aside.

FACTS

The petitioner regularly filed monthly and quarterly GST returns. The due date for filing the annual return for F.Y. 2022-23 under section 44 was 31.12.2023. However, the Adjudicating Authority passed an assessment order under section 73(9) determining tax liability on 25.11.2023 i.e. before the expiry of the said due date. The petitioner subsequently filed its annual return on 20.01.2024. The petitioner challenged the assessment order as well as a consequential bank attachment notice.

HELD

Since the due date for filing the annual return for F.Y. 2022-23 was 31.12.2023, the Proper Officer had no authority to determine tax liability under section 73(9) prior to expiry of that due date. The impugned order dated 25.11.2023 was accordingly set aside, and the matter was remanded for fresh proceedings.

47. [2026] 189 taxmann.com 463 (Delhi)

Kanwal Chaudhary vs. Insolvency and Bankruptcy Board of India dated 13.08.2026.

Advocates enrolled with the Bar Council, who act as Insolvency Professionals under the IBC, shall be governed by the “forward charge mechanism” and shall be liable to obtain GST registration.

FACTS

The petitioner, an Advocate, registered as an Insolvency Professional (IP) was appointed IRP by NCLT Delhi for a corporate debtor. He raised invoices in 2019 for his professional fee but, when asked to issue GST-compliant invoices, he claimed exemption under the reverse charge mechanism (RCM) applicable to Advocates under Notifications 12/2017 and 13/2017. On NCLT’s reference, the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Board of India (IBBI) held that “insolvency and receivership services” are not covered under RCM and directed him to issue GST-compliant invoices which order was challenged in this writ petition. The Bar Council of India (BCI) was also a party to the petition, which submitted that when an Advocate is appointed as an Insolvency Professional, under IBC, the nature of services rendered are different from conventional legal services. On behalf of the IBBI, it was pointed out that the total number of Advocates registered as IPs is approximately 273, whereas the total number of registered Insolvency Professionals is 4,558.

HELD

The Hon’ble Court examined section 22 of the CGST Act, Notification No.12/2017 Central Tax (Rate), dealing with exemptions and Notification No.13/2017-Central Tax (Rate), dealing with notified services for attracting liability under the reverse charge mechanism, including a corrigendum thereto issued on 25.09.2017. The Hon’ble Court also examined the statutory framework under the IBC and the IBBI regulations. The Hon’ble Court held that IPs constitute a distinct class, governed exclusively by the IBC and the IBBI Regulations. The fact that such persons possess other qualifications or registrations, would not make them distinct or different from the class as a whole. The Insolvency Professionals as a class, are a singular, and distinct class by themselves. Referring to the scheme of classification of services under the GST, the Hon’ble Court observed that the broad head 982 – “Legal and Accounting Services” – is itself sub-divided into four distinct and mutually exclusive service codes. Legal services under 99821 are exhaustively enumerated in heads 998211 through 998219, the last of which is 998219 – “Other legal services n.e.c.”, and that is the residuary entry, meant to capture any legal service not falling within the preceding specific codes. Insolvency and receivership services, however, do not fall within this residuary entry, or anywhere within the 99821 sub-head at all. They are instead classified under an independent specific subhead, 99824, co-ordinate with and not subordinate to 99821. The Hon’ble Court therefore held that the scheme of classification itself demonstrates that “insolvency and receivership services” are treated as a distinct category of service, separate from “legal services” and hence the nature of the service rendered by an Insolvency Professional is not, for the purposes of GST, to be equated with or subsumed within “legal service” merely because the person rendering it happens to be enrolled as an Advocate. It held that the specific entry prevails over the general one.

Applying the aforesaid principle, the Hon’ble Court held that when an advocate renders services as an Insolvency Professional, the role in which he acts is that of an Insolvency Professional, and not that of an Advocate. It is this role – that of a provider of “insolvency and receivership” services – that is determinative of the nature of services rendered for the purpose of classification, and NOT the underlying professional qualification or the registration of the individual concerned. Accordingly, it held that the Advocates enrolled with the Bar Council, who act as Insolvency Professionals under the IBC, shall be governed by the “forward charge mechanism” and shall be liable to obtain GST registration.

48. (2025) 35 Centax 152 (All.)

M/s. Safecon Lifescience Pvt. Ltd. vs. Additional Commissioner Grade 2 dated 09.09.2025.

Section 74 cannot be invoked to deny ITC merely based on irregularities attributable to suppliers at an earlier stage of the supply chain, where the petitioner has duly established the genuineness of the transaction and actual movement of goods

FACTS

The Petitioner was engaged in the business of trading and manufacturing of pharmaceuticals. The Adjudicating Authority received information that the supplier’s registration was cancelled due to irregularities in its own procurements and non-payment of tax. Accordingly, an SCN was issued invoking section 74 of CGST Act on the petitioner alleging that it has availed ITC pertaining to purchases from the above supplier. The Petitioner had submitted genuineness of the transaction through valid invoices, e-way bills, returns and banking payments which was totally ignored by the Adjudicating Authority. The Petitioner preferred an appeal and the Appellate Authority passed order on the basis of information without considering the submissions of the petitioner. The Petitioner therefore preferred a writ challenging the order before the Hon’ble High Court.

HELD

The Hon’ble High Court held that once the Petitioner had established the actual movement of goods, and all the conditions for availing ITC such as issuance of valid invoices, payment of tax etc. have been fulfilled, proceedings under section 74 cannot be invoked on the basis of any information when the essential ingredients of fraud, wilful misstatement or suppression undertaken with an intent to evade tax were absent. Accordingly, the High Court allowed
the petition and quashed the proceedings under section 74.

[Note: In the case of Additional Commissioner, Grade 2 vs. M/s Safecon Lifescience Private Limited, where Additional Commissioner filed a Special Leave Petition No. 23993/2026 dated 17.07.2026 before Supreme Court of India, the Apex Court did not find any grounds to admit the petition and hence dismissed the petition.]

49. (2026) 44 Centax 121 (Gau.)

Debabrata Bhowmick vs. Union of India dated 24.06.2026.

Time spent in pursuing rectification of Order-In-Original would be excluded from computation of the limitation period for filing an appeal.

Appeal filed belatedly cannot be rejected without providing an opportunity of being heard even if separate application for condonation of delay was not made.

FACTS

The Petitioner was engaged in the business of medicines. The Adjudicating Authority issued an SCN to the Petitioner under section 73 alleging excess ITC claimed in F.Y. 2020-21 and subsequently, passed an Order-In-Original confirming the demand on 03.01.2025. Aggrieved by the said Order-In-Original, the Petitioner sought rectification of the order on 08.03.2025 which was rejected on 24.04.2025, and accordingly, filed an appeal against the Order-In-Original on 23.05.2025. However, the Appellate Authority passed an Order-In-Appeal refusing to admit the appeal stating the appeal was time barred. Being aggrieved, the Petitioner preferred writ petition before this Hon’ble High Court.

HELD

The Hon’ble High Court held that the period spent pursuing rectification i.e. from the date of rectification application (08.03.2025) to the date of passing rectified order (24.04.2025) under section 161 would be excluded while computing the limitation period for filing an appeal under section 107. Moreover, it also held that it is the obligation of the Appellate Authority to provide the Petitioner an opportunity of being heard before dismissing the appeal in cases where appeal was filed belatedly, even if an application for condonation of delay is not filed. Accordingly, the petition was decided in favour of the Petitioner.

III GST APPELLATE TRIBUNAL (GSTAT)

50. (2026) 45 Centax 50 (Tel.)

Reddy Veeranna Constructions Pvt. Ltd. vs. Appeal – I Commissioner dated 28.07.2026

Introduction of mandatory pre-deposit for Orders involving only Penalty under section 112 could not be retrospectively applied where SCN, Adjudicating Order and Appellate Order were issued prior to 01.10.2025.

FACTS

The Adjudicating Authority issued an SCN dated 29.09.2022 alleging fake invoicing without actual supply by Appellant and imposed penalties which were eventually confirmed in the Order-In-Original on 28.08.2023. Further, the Appellate Authority had passed an Order-In-Appeal rejecting the appeal on 12.01.2024. Being aggrieved by Order-In-Appeal, the Appellant filed an appeal before the GSTAT without making 10% pre-deposit of penalty as per the proviso to section 112(8) which came into force only from 01.10.2025. The issue arose before the GSTAT was whether the appeal would be admitted without making the mandatory pre-deposit.

HELD

The Hon’ble Telangana Bench of the Tribunal held that the proviso to section 112(8) requiring pre-deposit in penalty-only appeals was amended prospectively from 01.10.2025 and it would not be applicable to any SCN, Order-In-Original and Order-In-Appeal issued prior to 01.10.2025.

[Note: Even where only SCN is issued prior to 01.10.2025 and Adjudicating Order is issued subsequently after 01.10.2025, still pre-deposit is not required for filing appeals against Orders involving penalty-only as per Delhi High Court in the case of Gaurav Jain vs. Joint Commissioner (Appeals-II) CGST, Delhi Zone. (2026) 45 Centax 75 (Del.) dated 31.07.2026)

51. [2026] 189 taxmann.com 502 (GSTAT – TRIVANDRUM)

M S Steels vs. Commissioner of Kerala State GST, Thiruvananthapuram dated 14.08.2026

Penalty under section 129(3) is not attracted when transportation of goods in the nature of internal stock transfer under same GSTN is done without issue of E-way bill as the transaction involves no supply, no consideration and consequently no tax liability.

FACTS

The Appellant was transporting steel goods under a delivery challan from one of its own premises to its own godown — a stock transfer under the same GSTIN — when the vehicle was intercepted for want of an e-way bill and detained under section 129(1) of the CGST/KGST Act; a penalty was imposed under section 129(3) with no tax demand raised, and was paid to secure release of the goods. The First Appellate Authority upheld the penalty, holding the absence of an e-way bill rendered the transaction “not genuine,” without recording independent findings of fraud or intent to evade tax. The Appellant filed the present Appeal contending that since the movement was a same-GSTIN stock transfer with no sale, consideration, or second party involved, it did not constitute a ‘supply’ under section 7 and hence no tax was ‘payable’, so penalty under section 129(1)(a) (computed with reference to tax payable) could not be sustained; alternatively, at most section 122(1)(xiv) (capped at Rs.20,000) should apply. The Revenue argued that section 129 is a self-contained, non-obstante machinery provision triggered by mere contravention of e-way bill requirements (Rule 138(1)(ii)) irrespective of whether a taxable supply occurred and that mens rea and tax liability are not preconditions for such penalty.

HELD

The Hon’ble GSTAT held that the penalty under section 129 of the CGST/KGST Act is leviable only in terms of the “tax payable” on the goods. In the present case, the transaction in question would not be a ‘supply’ as defined under section 7 of the CGST /KGST Act 2017. Once a determination has been made that tax on the goods is non est, it stands to reason that penalty under section 129(1) of the CGST/KGST Act (which is to be determined in terms of such tax payable), is not leviable. The Hon’ble GSTAT relied upon the decision in the case of Fabricship (P.) Ltd. vs. Union of India [2024] 164 taxmann.com 80/90 GSTL 302 (Bombay) in support of this view and the Order-in-Appeal was set aside, and the appeal was allowed with consequential relief.

52. [2026] 189 taxmann.com 503 (GSTAT – TRIVANDRUM)

Siddhi Vinayak Automobiles vs. Commissioner of Kerala State GST dated 14.08.2026

Penalty Order issued under section 129(3) of the CGST/SGST Act, 2017 shall be held valid only if it is issued within the prescribed time limit of 7 days from the date of serving of notice.

FACTS:

The Appellant, M/s. Siddhi Vinayak Automobiles, a dealer in automobiles and spare parts, transported goods under two valid Tax e-Invoices dated 16.4.2022. The vehicle was intercepted on 18.4.2022 for want of an e-way bill. Goods were detained and a notice in MOV-07 was issued the same day; a penalty (100% of GST) was imposed under section 129(1) and goods were released on 20.4.2022 on furnishing Bond and Bank Guarantee. However, the confirmation order in MOV-09 under section 129(3) was passed only on 4.6.2022 — 47 days after the notice — well beyond the mandatory 7-day period prescribed under section 129(3). The First Appellate Authority upheld the penalty, holding the transaction “not genuine” solely for want of an e-way bill, without addressing the limitation issue. The Appellant contended before the Tribunal that the order was time-barred and void, while the Revenue argued that this ground was raised for the first time in second appeal and could not now be entertained.

HELD

The Hon’ble GSTAT held that the seven-day period under section 129(3) is mandatory, as the provision uses ‘shall’ and relates to coercive action. Since MOV-09 was issued after 47 days, it was illegal and without jurisdiction. Mere non-generation of an e-way bill, without any intention to evade tax, did not warrant penalty. The appeal was allowed and the penalty order set aside, with consequential relief including release of the Bank Guarantee.

Recent Developments in GST

A. CIRCULARS

(i) Clarification regarding filing of appeal by the Department before GSTAT Circular no.256/02/2026-GST dated 25.07.2026

By the above circular, clarification has been provided regarding the procedure for filing departmental appeals before the Goods and Services Tax Appellate Tribunal (GSTAT) against orders passed by the appellate authority.

B. OFFICE ORDER

i) The GSTAT President has issued office order bearing no.4/GSTAT/PB/2026 dated 29.07.2026, by which some Benches have been reconstituted and the classification of categories of cases have been revised.

C. GSTN

(a) GSTN has issued Advisory dated 29.07.2026 informing about keeping the proposed e-Way Bill enhancements on hold.

D. INSTRUCTIONS

(i) The CBIC has issued instruction No.1/2026-GST dated 03.08.2026, by which instruction regarding coordination with State Mining Authorities for sharing information relating to illegal mining and transportation of minerals have been issued.

E. ADVANCE RULINGS

26. Indian Wire Products Company (AAAR Order No. 02/WBAAAR/APPEAL/2026 dt.10.7.2026)(WB)

Supply of Hookah in a restaurant is a separate supply. It cannot be considered as ‘Restaurant Supply’. Parliament has not declared every supply made in a restaurant to be a restaurant service.

This appeal was filed by appellant against the Ruling passed by the WBAAR vide Advance Ruling Order No. 33/WBAAR/2025-26 dated 27.02.2026.

The appellant runs a restaurant under the name of “Pappu Chaiwala”. In the course of operating the said restaurant, the appellant also proposes to serve hookah, whether herbal or tobacco based, to customers within the restaurant premises as part of the overall dining experience. In this background, the appellant filed an application before WBAAR, seeking an advance ruling on the following questions:

“i. Whether or not serving of non-tobacco hookah / tobacco-based hookah in the restaurant along with food will be termed as supply of goods or services within the ambit of Clause 6(b) of Schedule II to the CGST Act?

ii. If yes, what will be the rate of tax applicable on herbal (non-tobacco-based) flavours and tobacco-based flavours?”

Before AAR, appellant made his submission to justify that such tobacco hookah service is part of restaurant service and hence covered by clause 6(b) of Schedule II i.e. restaurant service.

The ld. AAR held that the supply of food and the supply of tobacco based / non-tobacco-based hookah constitute two separate composite supplies. While the supply of food was held to be a supply of service falling within Clause 6(b) of Schedule II and liable to GST at 5%, the supply of hookah was held to be a composite supply of goods, the principal supply being the tobacco or non-tobacco products used for smoking. Accordingly, tobacco-based hookah was held taxable at 40% under Heading 2403, together with other applicable levies, whereas non-tobacco-based hookah was held taxable at 18% under the relevant rate notification.

In appeal, the appellant tried to convey that the AAR has erred in reaching to above conclusion. The Revenue supported the order of the AAR.

The ld. AAAR observed that the principal contention of the appellant is that the activity of preparing and serving tobacco-based as well as non-tobacco based hookah within a restaurant forms an integral and naturally bundled component of restaurant service and, therefore, constitutes a composite supply falling within the ambit of Clause 6(b) of Schedule II to the CGST Act, with restaurant service being the principal supply liable to tax at the rate applicable thereto.

The ld. AAAR observed that the controversy before them arises under paragraph 6(b) of Schedule II read with the definition of ‘restaurant service’ as appended to the Notification No.11/2017 Central Tax (Rate) dated 28.06.2017.

The ld. AAAR observed that the conjoint reading of paragraph 6(b) of Schedule II and the definition of ‘restaurant service’ shows that Parliament has not declared every supply made in a restaurant to be a restaurant service.

The ld. AAAR held that rate notification cannot be viewed in isolation from paragraph 6(b) of Schedule II, nor can it enlarge the statutory scope of restaurant service beyond what Parliament has enacted. In view of above, the distinction made by AAR was approved by ld. AAAR and, accordingly, the ld. AAAR disagreed with the appellant and confirmed the order of the AAR.

27. Karam Chand Thapar & Bros (Coal Sales) Ltd. (AAAR Order No. 04/WBAAAR/APPEAL/2026-27 dt.15.7.2026)(WB)

Advance Ruling – Scope

This appeal has been filed by appellant against the ruling passed by the WBAAR vide order no.31/WBAAR/2025-26 dated 13.02.2026.

The background facts are as under:

“2. The appellant entered into three agreements with THDC India Ltd (formerly known as Tehri Hydro Development Corporation Limited) in the year 1996 for execution of work for the construction of Hydro Power Plants which was completed in the year 2007/08 and the final payment was received by the applicant in the year 2011. During the execution of the work, dispute arose over the extra expenses incurred by the applicant for the project which led to several litigations. Accordingly, the Arbitral Tribunal was constituted by Supreme Court and Delhi High Court for deciding all the disputes between the parties pertaining to all the three packages. Finally, in the year 2023, Awards were passed in favour of the applicant which allowed private quarry costs, costs incurred on excavation method change, cost involved in use of higher grade of cement, cost involved in relocation of infrastructure, etc incurred by the applicant. Conciliation Proceedings commenced between THDC India Ltd and the Applicant in June 2024. Accordingly, the payment is received by the applicant as per the Settlement Agreement in October 2024.”

In light of above facts, the appellant sought to get determined as to whether the claim allowed by the Arbitral Tribunal vide the arbitration awards could be termed as supply or not, or whether they constituted liquidated damages etc.

The ld. AAR answered the questions raised for ruling on merits.

During the course of the hearing, the ld. AAAR questioned the maintainability of the advance ruling application itself and observed that although the application had been filed seeking a ruling on a question falling within the scope of Section 97(2)(e) and/or (g) of the CGST Act, 2017, the maintainability of the application would require examination in light of the provisions of Section 95(a) of the CGST Act, 2017, which defines the expression “advance ruling” as a decision provided in relation to the supply of goods or services or both being undertaken or proposed to be undertaken by the applicant. The ld. AAAR accordingly called upon the appellant to address the issue of maintainability of the application with reference to the aforesaid statutory provisions.

The appellant tried to justify the deciding of issues by the AAR, based on language of Section 95(a) of the CGST Act.

The appellant also challenged the authority of the AAAR to travel beyond the issues decided by the AAR under appeal.

The ld. AAAR observed as under:

19. Section 95(a) of the CGST Act defines an “advance ruling” as a decision provided by the Authority in relation to a supply of goods or services or both being undertaken or proposed to be undertaken by the applicant. The language employed by the Legislature is clear and significant. The jurisdiction of the Authority is thus intrinsically linked with transactions which are prospective or ongoing. Section 97 of the CGST Act specifies the categories of questions on which a ruling may be sought; however, the said provision merely identifies the subject matter of the questions and does not enlarge the jurisdictional requirement embodied in Section 95(a). Consequently, reliance placed by the applicant on Section 97(2)(g) of the CGST Act cannot obviate the necessity of satisfying the jurisdictional condition prescribed under Section 95(a) of the CGST Act.”

Accordingly, the ld. AAAR observed that the AAR can decide transactions which are on going or to be undertaken but cannot extend to completed transaction, as such function lies with the adjudicating authority and not with the AAR.

Regarding objection of appellant about the jurisdiction of the AAAR to raise the issue of maintainability of the AR itself, the ld. AAAR relied upon judgment in case of National Thermal Power Co. Ltd. vs. CIT [(1998) 229 ITR 383 – 1996-VIL-06-SC-DT], in which the Hon. Supreme Court has observed that “…Under Section 254 of the Income-tax Act, the Appellate Tribunal may, after giving both the parties to the appeal an opportunity of being heard, pass such orders thereon as it thinks fit. The power of the Tribunal in dealing with appeals is thus expressed in the widest possible terms.” [emphasis added].

Accordingly, the ld. AAAR held that there is jurisdiction to raise an issue even though it was not subject matter of original proceeding.

Regarding merits of maintainability of the AR, the ld. AAAR revoked the AR given by AAR on the ground that it ought not to have ben entertained. The ld. AAAR also made clear that it has not opined upon the merits of the claims.

28. Chemizone Pvt. Ltd. (AAR Order No. 03/2026-27 in Appl.No.01/2026-27 dt.29.7.2026)(Uttarakhand)

ITC is not eligible on GST paid on upfront Lease Amount

The facts narrated by applicant are that it intended to secure a plot of land on long term lease from Eldeco Sidcul Industrial Park Limited (ESIPL) at Sitargunj;

For this lease, they will be paying an upfront lease amount to M/s ESIPL; M/s ESIPL will be charging GST at appropriate rate on the said upfront Payment, and the applicant intends to construct its factory on this leased land and use it for its manufacturing activities.

With above facts, the applicant has sought advance ruling as to;

“1. Whether they can claim refund/claim ITC of GST paid/payable on the upfront payment of lease amount to Eldeco Sidcul Industrial Park Limited?”

The ld. AAR, after examining scheme of section 97(2) observed that seeking a ruling on the issue of refund of ITC of tax paid by an applicant is not within the purview of Section 97(2) of the Act and, therefore, the Authority has no jurisdiction to pronounce a ruling thereon.

However, the ld. AAR entertained the issue of admissibility of ITC on the tax paid on the upfront payment for securing the lease of an industrial plot.

In this respect, the ld. AAR referred to section 17(5)(d) and reproduced the same in AR.

The ld. AAR also made reference to rulings of other coordinate authorities and appeal orders passed by the ld. AAAR.

The ld. AAR observed as under:

8. We find that in the present case too, as in the case of M/s Agratas Energy Storage Solutions Pvt. Ltd., the applicant intends to construct his factory building on the land secured on long term lease from M/s ESIPL. In the light of the provisions of Section 17(5)(d) of the CGST Act we are of the opinion that the ITC is blocked in respect of goods and services used in construction of immovable property, except plant and machinery. The Explanation appended to Section 17 clearly excludes land, building or any other civil structure from the purview of “Plant and Machinery”. Thus, the intended use of the land is not the construction of any plant and machinery. Therefore, we are of the opinion that the applicant would not be eligible for availing ITC of GST charged by M/s ESIPL on upfront payment of lease amount.”

Accordingly, the ld. AAR held that ITC is not eligible on GST paid on the upfront lease amount.

29. S. K. Swamy & Co. (AAR Order No. KAR.ADRG/42/2026 dt.29.7.2026)(Kar)

Classification – Once supply of goods is completed, subsequent supply of services on the same goods is liable to tax separately.

The applicant is engaged in executing works contracts for Indian Railways, such as construction of Rail under bridge, construction of tunnels and supplying and stacking of ballast, earthwork, and also subcontracting of all the above-mentioned works.

The applicant has following question:

“i. What is the output GST rate for loading of ballast which is stacked adjacent to the railway tracks into the railway wagons which is stationed on the railway track by using JCB loader (Machinery)?”

The ld. AAR observed that the issue for determination is whether the activity of loading ballast, stacked adjacent to the railway track, into railway wagons/hoppers placed on the track through deployment of a JCB loader (machinery), where the same contract also includes supply of ballast, is liable to be treated as an independent supply of service, or a composite supply with supply of ballast as the principal supply, or a works contract service under the provisions of the CGST Act, 2017.

The ld. AAR observed that the scope of work primarily comprises the supply of ballast and the loading of such ballast into railway wagons stationed on the railway track through deployment of a JCB loader. It does not involve any activity in the nature of building, construction, fabrication, erection, installation, fitting out, improvement, modification, repair, maintenance, renovation, alteration or commissioning in relation to any immovable property. Therefore, it is not a works contract.

The ld. AAR also examined the possibility of composite supply under Section 2(30) of the CGST Act, 2017, for which the following essential conditions must be satisfied:

“(i) There must be two or more taxable supplies;

(ii) Such supplies must be naturally bundled and supplied in conjunction with each other in the ordinary course of business; and

(iii) One of the supplies must constitute the principal supply.”

The ld. AAR observed that the letter of Acceptance (LoA) separately specifies the quantities and corresponding rates for each item of work to be executed by the applicant, which are as follows:

(a) Supply of ballast at Railway depot or nominated location; and

(b) Loading of Railway’s ballast collected at yard/depot into Railway wagons using a Mechanical Loader or any other method with all lead and lifts, as directed by the Engineer in Charge.

The ld. AAR observed that the applicant first supplies the ballast to the Railways at the designated location and raises a tax invoice for such supply. Upon delivery and unloading at the designated location, the ownership of the ballast is transferred to the Railways. Thereafter, the applicant is neither responsible for the custody of the ballast, nor liable for any loss, damage, or theft thereof.

Accordingly, the ld. AAR held that each activity is executed separately, is supported by separate consideration, and is invoiced independently. The supply of ballast is complete upon its delivery at the designated location and is not dependent upon the subsequent loading activity. Similarly, the loading of ballast into railway wagons does not alter the nature or character of the completed supply of goods. Therefore, both activities are distinct and independently identifiable supplies and are not composite supply.

Therefore, the ld. AAR held that the supply of ballast is separate transaction of supply of goods, liable to tax accordingly. The ld. AAR further held that the loading activity is also separate and liable to tax under SAC-996719 – ‘Other cargo and baggage handling services’ falling under Heading 9967 ‘Supporting services in transport’ and is liable to GST at the applicable rate of 18%.

30. Rashmiben Sanjaykumar Hemani (Trade Name: Galaxe Prints) (AAR Order No. GUJ/GAAR/R/2026/29 (in Appl. No. Advance Ruling/SGST&CGST/2026/AR/08) dt.4.8.2026)(Guj)

Classification of Services and applicable GST rate – Job Work Services

The applicant is engaged in providing offset printing services on Kraft Paper and Duplex Paper and carries out the said activity strictly on job work basis as defined under Section 2(68) of the CGST Act, 2017.

The applicant has submitted that Kraft paper sheets and Duplex papers are supplied by packaging industries/corrugated box manufacturers, the Principal, to the applicant, under delivery challan for the purpose of offset printing, in accordance with precise specifications, designs and instructions provided by the Principal. Upon completion of offset printing, the processed Kraft paper sheets and Duplex paper are returned to the Principal for further processing. At no point in time does the ownership in goods pass to the applicant and the title, risk and ownership of goods always remains with the Principal.

The applicant has sought Advance Ruling on the following questions:

“(1) Whether GST rate of @5% or 18% is applicable on the job work services of offset printing provided by the applicant on Kraft Paper and Duplex Paper supplied by the Corrugated box manufacturer/Packaging Industries w.e.f. 22.09.2025, in terms of Notification No.15/2025-Central Tax (Rate) dated 17.09.2025?

(2) Whether paper cutting charges, paper sheet loading charges, bundle unloading charges and plate charges shown separately on Sale invoice, are ancillary to and form part of the principal supply of printing services, and whether the same GST rate applicable to printing service would apply to such charges?”

The ld. AAR observed as under in respect of nature of activity.

“On going through the various activities/supplies covering the supply of services provided and shown in a sequence by the applicant in their submission, we find that the entire sequence of activities/supplies which start with the cutting of paper into the required sheet size from the paper reel followed by sorting and stacking of such cut sheets followed by plate making/plate mounting and offset printing followed by drying/curing of printed sheets, varnish/lamination process, quality check and colour matching, bundling/packing of printed sheets and returning back the bundled/packed printed sheets to the principal manufacturer indicates that they are all interconnected with each other and can be stated to be “naturally bundled” and supplied in conjunction with each other in the ordinary course of business. We also find that activity of offset printing is the main supply and all the other supplies carried out pre-offset printing and post-offset printing, can be considered as supporting the main activity/supply of offset printing i.e. the said activities/supplies can be considered as ancillary to the supply of offset printing. We, therefore, find that the supply of services provided by the applicant will indisputably fall under the definition of “composite supply” where offset printing is the “principal supply”. Further, since the type of supply of the job work services provided by the applicant has already been identified as a “composite supply”, the need to refer to the definition of “mixed supply” does not arise.”

The ld. AAR also observed that the job work services carried out by the applicant which is a “composite supply”, fall under Sr.No.26, Heading 9988 “Manufacturing services on physical inputs (goods) owned by others”. Further, since ‘offset printing’ is the principal supply in the aforementioned composite supply, the GST rate applicable on offset printing would be the rate applicable to the said composite supply under entry Sr.no.26 of Notification No.11/2017-Central Tax (Rate) dated 28.06.2017.

Since the kraft paper and duplex paper are taxed @ 18% under Notification No.09/2025-Central Tax (Rate) dated 17.09.2025, the ld. AAR held that the rate of tax on offset printing activity will be under entry no.26(iv) of Notification No.11/2017-Central Tax (Rate) dated 28.06.2017 and rate will be 18%.

Section 16(2)(C) Of The CGST Act

यथा मधु समादत्ते रक्षन् पुष्पाणि षट्पदः। तद्वदर्थान्मनुष्येभ्यः आदद्यादविहिंसया॥

“As the bee gathers honey from the flower without harming its fragrance or its bloom,

so should the king gather wealth from his subjects without causing them injury.”

Kautilya, Arthashastra, Book II

Section 16(2)(c) of the CGST Act conditions Input Tax Credit (ITC) on the supplier’s actual tax payment to the Government. Courts, including the Gujarat High Court in Maruti Enterprise, view ITC as a statutory concession rather than a vested right, necessitating strict compliance. While the Supreme Court’s dismissal in Bhandari Scrap Traders affirmed this, legal debates persist regarding the “impossibility” of recipients verifying supplier payments. Taxpayers face significant risks from supplier defaults and retrospective registration cancellations. Recommended safeguards include invoice-level reconciliation, proactive supplier monitoring, and withholding tax payments until deposit proof is furnished.

INTRODUCTION

Kautilya’s counsel that revenue must be gathered as the bee gathers honey without wounding the flower it draws from is as old as the discipline of public finance itself. The interpretation of section 16 (2) (c) of CGST Act, 2017 as canvassed by the Hon’ble Gujarat High Court in Maruti Enterprise vs. Union of India [(2026) 42 Centax 256 (Guj.)], the SLP against which was dismissed by the Hon’ble Supreme Court in Bhandari Scrap Traders vs. Union of India [(2026) 44 Centax 356 (S.C.)] may require assistance from this principle.

Section 16(2)(c) of the CGST Act, 2017 restricts Input Tax Credit (ITC) to a registered recipient unless the tax charged on the relevant supply has been paid to the Government by the supplier. The recipient ordinarily has no means of compelling or verifying such payment resulting in sustained litigation since 2017, with materially different outcomes depending on the facts of the individual mismatch and the jurisdiction in which it arose. This article traces the issue from first principles, the legal character of ITC itself, the statutory conditions, the department’s enforcement practice, the difficulties it creates for taxpayers and the judicial precedents up to now.

INPUT TAX CREDIT – A RIGHT OR A CONCESSION

The starting point for any analysis of Section 16(2)(c) is the legal character of ITC itself. When GST was introduced, it was marketed to trade and industry on the promise of a “seamless” flow of credit across the supply chain, intended to eliminate the cascading effect of the erstwhile indirect tax regime. That promise, however, did not translate into an enforceable entitlement. The Constitution contains no reference to ITC or to any right to claim it; the entitlement exists only to the extent, and in the form, that the CGST Act itself creates it. Courts have, accordingly, treated the “seamless credit” assurance as a policy aspiration rather than a justiciable right.

It is now a settled law1 that ITC is not a vested or fundamental right, but a statutory concession – available to a taxpayer only to the extent, and subject to the conditions, that the legislature has chosen to allow. In ALD Automotive, examining an analogous credit mechanism under VAT law, the Court held that input credit is “in the nature of a benefit/concession extended to a dealer under the statutory scheme,” and that “the concession can be received by the beneficiary only as per the scheme of the statute.” The Court went on to hold that whenever a concession is granted by statute or notification, its conditions must be strictly complied with in order to avail it – a dealer has no independent right to the benefit outside the four corners of the provision granting it.


1 ALD Automotive Private Limited vs. Commercial Tax Officer, (2019) 13 SCC 225

On the specific question of when a harsh statutory condition may be read down to relieve hardship, the Supreme Court in Authorised Officer, Central Bank of India vs. Shanmugavelu, (2024) 6 SCC 641 held that “harshness of a provision is no reason to read down the same, if its plain meaning is unambiguous and perfectly valid” – reading down is a tool to preserve constitutionality where a provision would otherwise fail, not a general remedy for hardship in an otherwise valid and unambiguous provision.

The above decisions highlight that ITC is a concession, its conditions including Section 16(2)(c) must be interpreted strictly and literally, equitable considerations do not enter the analysis, and hardship alone does not justify reading a clear provision down.

The GST Empty Cup Dilemma Protecting your Input Tax Credit

EVOLUTION OF PROVISIONS UNDER GST

Section 16(1) establishes the basic entitlement: a registered person may take credit of input tax charged on a supply used or intended to be used in the course or furtherance of business. Section 16(2) then prescribes cumulative conditions without which that entitlement cannot be exercised, and these conditions have themselves changed materially over time.

At inception, Section 16(2) prescribed four conditions, still in force today:

(a) he is in possession of a tax invoice or debit note issued by a supplier registered under this Act…

(b) he has received the goods or services or both…

(c) subject to the provisions of section 41 [or section 43A], the tax charged in respect of such supply has been actually paid to the Government, either in cash or through utilisation of input tax credit admissible in respect of the said supply; and

(d) he has furnished the return under section 39.”

These conditions operated alongside the original Section 41, which permitted credit “as self-assessed” on a provisional basis, and Section 42, which provided for matching between the recipient’s and supplier’s returns. Both GSTR-2 (the recipient’s return, meant to enable that matching) and GSTR-3 (the consolidated return) were suspended within months of commencement, leaving taxpayers to self-assess through GSTR-3B alone, without any live verification mechanism. The consequence of this gap was addressed by the Supreme Court in Union of India vs. Bharti Airtel Ltd. [2021 (54) G.S.T.L. 257 (S.C.)], discussed in detail later in this article, which held that the taxpayer’s obligation to self-assess correctly was not diminished merely because the Government’s own verification infrastructure was not yet functional.

In the absence of the statutory matching process, Rule 36(4) was introduced to cap ITC claimed on invoices not uploaded by the supplier at a percentage of matched credit – 20% from October 2019, reducing to 10% through 2020, and to 5% through 2021. The original non-operational scheme of provisional self-assessed credit and portal driven matching vide Sections 41 and 42 continued to exist simultaneously, though non-operational. It therefore is evident that for the duration of this Rule, a taxpayer was not required, and had no means, to restrict its claims to matched invoices alone; a defined buffer of unmatched credit was expressly permitted.

Section 16(2)(aa) added a fifth condition w.e.f. 01.01.2022:

the details of the invoice must have been furnished by the supplier in its outward-supply statement and communicated to the recipient.

This converted digital matching from Rule 36(4)’s tolerant buffer into an absolute precondition, independent of clause (c)’s payment requirement.

Soon thereafter, w.e.f. 01.10.2022, Section 38 was substituted to generate FORM GSTR-2B automatically, flagging credit as available or restricted. A sixth condition, clause (ba), was added: credit communicated as “restricted” under Section 38 cannot be claimed. Section 41 was then substituted in its entirety w.e.f. 01.10.2022:

“Where credit of input tax has been availed by a registered person in respect of a supply, but the tax payable thereon has not been paid by the supplier, such credit availed shall be reversed along with applicable interest… Provided that where the said tax is subsequently paid by the said supplier, the registered person shall be entitled to re-avail the amount of credit so reversed.”

Sections 42 and 43 – the original, never-operational matching provisions – were thus formally omitted w.e.f. 01.10.2022.

Rule 37A operationalised the new Section 41(2): where a supplier has not filed GSTR-3B by 30 September of the following financial year, the recipient must reverse the corresponding credit by 30 November to avoid interest, and may re-avail it once the supplier subsequently pays.

As a further taxpayer facilitation, the Invoice Management System was introduced on the portal w.e.f. 01.10.2024. IMS allows the recipient to Accept, Reject, or mark Pending each inward supply, with only Accepted invoices flowing into the GSTR-3B credit claim – the first point at which the recipient exercises active control over the matching process rather than passively receiving its output.

One may observe as a summary that under the current regime, a taxpayer must satisfy six cumulative conditions – clauses (a), (aa), (b), (ba), (c), and (d) – read together, before ITC can be claimed and retained. Four of these six did not exist, in their present form, before October 2022.

INTERPRETATION FROM THE DEPARTMENT’S LENS

The conditions set out above are enforced, in practice, through a combination of automated data-matching and a burden of proof placed squarely on the claimant, underpinned by a rationale the Department itself has articulated in fairly simple terms.

The “empty cup” rationale – The department’s justification for Section 16(2)(c) is not, at its core, a technical one – it is essentially fiscal common sense from the exchequer’s point of view. The Government’s position is that it cannot “pour from an empty cup”: it cannot extend a credit to a recipient against tax it has never actually received from the supplier, regardless of what passed between the recipient and the supplier privately. Whatever hardship this creates for the recipient is treated, from the Department’s side, as a consequence of a risk the recipient chose to take when it transacted with that particular supplier, not a risk the exchequer should absorb. This rationale explains why the Department has been largely unmoved by “blind spot” arguments – the recipient’s inability to see or control whether its vendor actually remitted the tax collected – and why the burden of proof, discussed below, has consistently been placed on the recipient rather than shared with, or shifted first to, the Department.

Automated matching as the first filter – The Department’s primary enforcement tool is the comparison between the credit claimed in a taxpayer’s GSTR-3B and the credit reflected in its auto-generated GSTR-2A/2B, built entirely from the supplier’s own filings. Any variance between the two typically triggers a scrutiny notice – commonly in FORM ASMT-10 or as a pre-consultation intimation in FORM DRC-01A – calling upon the taxpayer to explain or reverse the difference.

Circular-based relief for documented, misclassified payment – Recognising that not every mismatch reflects genuine non-payment, the CBIC issued Circular No. 183/15/2022-GST (in respect of FY 2017-18 and 2018-19) and Circular No. 193/05/2023-GST (extending the same relief to FY 2019-20 and 2020-21). These circulars permit a taxpayer to reconcile a GSTR-3B/GSTR-2A variance – for example, where a supplier mistakenly reported a B2B supply as B2C – by producing a certificate from the supplier’s chartered accountant or cost accountant confirming that the supply was made and the tax was in fact paid, in lieu of a corrected GSTR-1. Where the variance is below a specified monetary threshold, a self-certification by the supplier may suffice; above it, the CA/CMA certificate is treated as mandatory.

The burden of proof standard the department applies – Section 155 of the CGST Act places the burden of proving eligibility for ITC on the person claiming it. The Department, relying on the Supreme Court’s decision in State of Karnataka vs. Ecom Gill Coffee Trading Pvt. Ltd., (2023) 18 SCC 809 (discussed later), routinely takes the position that this burden is not discharged merely by producing a tax invoice and evidence of payment through banking channels. In practice, officers now expect a taxpayer to additionally substantiate the genuineness of the underlying transaction – delivery challans, e-way bills, transporter records (goods receipts, lorry numbers, weighment slips), correspondence with the supplier, and the entry of the transaction in the taxpayer’s own stock and accounting records – treating the invoice and payment trail as necessary but not sufficient.

The practical asymmetry this creates – Where an invoice is missing from GSTR-2A/2B or the supplier has not filed GSTR-3B, the Department’s working assumption is typically that the recipient must first prove entitlement affirmatively – including, in many cases, being expected to demonstrate that it exercised some due diligence in transacting with the supplier – rather than the department first pursuing the supplier for the unpaid tax. This is the enforcement posture that several of the judicial precedents discussed later have pushed back against, holding that recovery against the supplier should ordinarily precede reversal of the recipient’s credit; whether that judicial preference has altered the department’s actual practice is a separate question.

CHALLENGES FACED BY TAXPAYERS

Set against the conditions and the enforcement practice outlined above, taxpayers face different scenarios, each carrying a different practical difficulty. Some common scenarios are explained below:

  1.  Invoice missing from GSTR-2A because the supplier filed it as B2C rather than B2B, but did pay the tax; a CA/CMA certificate has been obtained. The taxpayer’s difficulty here is procedural rather than substantive – the tax reached the Government, but proving this requires the taxpayer to obtain the supplier’s cooperation in procuring a CA certificate, which is not always forthcoming.
  2.  Same facts as Scenario 1, but no certificate has yet been obtained. The underlying transaction is clean; the difficulty is purely one of timing and cooperation from the supplier’s professional advisers. One may be able to actually demonstrate that the supplier has regularly filed and continues to file his returns in GSTR3B.
  3.  Invoice correctly reflected in GSTR-2A, but the supplier has not filed GSTR-3B. Every portal-visible check under clauses (a), (aa), and (b) is satisfied; only clause (c)’s payment condition fails, for a reason entirely outside the recipient’s control.
  4.  Invoice reflected in GSTR-2A, but the supplier filed a nil GSTR-3B. This variant is harder to distinguish, at the time of transacting, from genuine supplier distress on the one hand and deliberate evasion on the other – the recipient has no way of telling the two apart in advance.
  5.  Invoice missing from GSTR-2A, and the supplier has not filed GSTR-3B at all. No disclosure and no payment exist on record. This is the scenario in which the Department’s asymmetric enforcement posture is felt most acutely.
  6.  Supplier’s registration cancelled – prospectively or retrospectively – on the supplier’s own application. In these cases, it is the supplier who approaches the Department for cancellation, and the Proper Officer, after examining the particulars, cancels the registration. Even here, the authorities have frequently gone back to the past outward supply transactions of such suppliers and questioned the recipient’s ITC eligibility, even where the supplier had in fact paid the tax on those very transactions – a fact duly verified by the department at the time of processing the cancellation itself.
  7. Supplier’s registration cancelled by the Department, of its own motion (suo motu). This is the more troubling variant, and it arises in two distinct forms. Where the cancellation is prospective, the period of the disputed transaction is, in principle, left untouched, though recipients still frequently face scrutiny. Where the cancellation is retrospective – and this is the more common source of dispute – a supplier who disclosed a supply, filed GSTR-1, and even paid tax through GSTR-3B, may nonetheless have its registration cancelled years later, for reasons that are rarely made available to the recipient, and often without effective notice to a supplier who has by then become uncontactable. The recipient is left to answer for a decision taken between the Department and a third party, in which it had no part and no warning.
  8. Supplier errors, such as an invoice bearing the wrong GSTIN, wrong POS, etc. There could be instances where the supplier, while dealing with a multi-registration entity, reports an invoice against the incorrect GSTIN while the recipient claims it under the correct GSTIN, resulting in a mismatch for the recipient. Similarly, in some cases, the supplier selects reverse charge as applicable though the invoice was actually issued under forward charge. In such cases, despite the supplier having paid GST, the recipient ends up facing scrutiny and litigation.

A further, structural challenge: the Rule 36(4) period. Beyond the above specific scenarios lies a distinct, period-specific difficulty, and one that engages the doctrine of lex non cogit ad impossibilia – discussed in its general form, as argued before and rejected by the Gujarat High Court – in a narrower and more precise sense than the Court actually considered. Between 09.10.2019 and 31.12.2021, Rule 36(4) expressly permitted taxpayers to claim a defined percentage of unmatched credit, while the framework of that period gave the recipient no means of verifying whether the supplier had actually paid the tax on any given invoice – clause (aa) did not yet exist, GSTR-2B in its current form did not exist, and Rule 37A’s reversal-and-re-availment mechanism did not exist. A taxpayer transacting during this window was not merely permitted but structurally invited by the Rules to claim unmatched credit, with no tool available to distinguish, in advance, a genuine unmatched invoice from one that would later prove to involve a defaulting supplier, and no contractual indemnity clause capable of curing the underlying problem, for the reasons given in Part 6. Any demand raised today for reversal of ITC availed within the Rule 36(4) buffer, where the demand rests on a supplier’s subsequent default, arguably asks the taxpayer to have done something the law neither required nor enabled it to do at the relevant time – the precise circumstance the maxim addresses, and one the Gujarat High Court’s general rejection of the doctrine, resting as it does on Rule 37A and contractual indemnity, does not actually reach.

JUDICIAL PRECEDENTS BEFORE MARUTI ENTERPRISE AND BHANDARI SCRAP TRADERS

The case law preceding these two decisions divides broadly into two lines:.

The self-assessment line – In Union of India vs. Bharti Airtel Ltd. [2021 (54) G.S.T.L. 257 (S.C.)], the Supreme Court held, in the context of GSTR-3B rectification during the period GSTR-2/GSTR-3 were non-operational, that the taxpayer’s obligation to self-assess correctly is not excused by gaps in the Government’s own verification infrastructure. This is not a decision about supplier default, but its underlying principle – that the taxpayer bears the risk of imperfect verification tools – recurs throughout the later cases.

The Delhi VAT line, and its extension to GST – In On Quest Merchandising India (P) Ltd. vs. Government of NCT of Delhi, [2018] 10 GSTL 182 (Del), the Delhi High Court read down Section 9(2)(g) of the Delhi VAT Act, 2004, holding that a bona fide purchasing dealer could not be denied credit merely because the selling dealer failed to deposit tax, since the purchaser had no means of verifying or compelling the supplier to pay the taxes. This decision was followed in Shanti Kiran India (P) Ltd. [(2025) 35 Centax 222 (S.C.)] and Arise India Limited [2022 (60) G.S.T.L. 215 (S.C.)], and the Supreme Court subsequently dismissed the Revenue’s special leave petitions against these decisions. The Karnataka High Court applied similar reasoning to Section 70 of the KVAT Act in Tallam Apparels, 2021 SCC OnLine Kar 15785. This entire line was confined to VAT statutes, under which credit, once availed, did not travel beyond the originating State. The extension of this principle to the CGST Act was attempted, and succeeded, in the Tripura High Court’s decision in M/s Sahil Enterprises vs. Union of India [2026-VIL-15-TRI], which read down Section 16(2)(c) itself on the same reasoning.

The burden-of-proof correction – The VAT line was significantly narrowed by the Supreme Court’s decision in State of Karnataka vs. Ecom Gill Coffee Trading Pvt. Ltd., (2023) 18 SCC 809. The Court, highlighting that the burden of proof issue had not been before the Delhi High Court in On Quest Merchandising, distinguished that decision and held that the burden of proving ITC eligibility lies squarely on the claimant, and is not discharged merely by producing a tax invoice or proof of payment through banking channels; the claimant must additionally establish the genuineness of the transaction, including the physical movement of goods.

The purchaser-protective line under GST – Under GST, several High Courts developed a purchaser-protective position under the CGST Act itself, holding that recovery against a defaulting supplier should ordinarily be attempted before the recipient’s credit is disturbed. In M/s D.Y. Beathel Enterprises vs. State Tax Officer [2021-VIL-308-MAD], the Madras High Court quashed a demand against the recipient without the Department having first pursued the supplier, who had collected the tax and not remitted it. In Suncraft Energy Private Limited vs. Assistant Commissioner, State Tax [2023-VIL-487-CAL], the Calcutta High Court reached the same conclusion; the Revenue’s SLP against this decision was dismissed by the Supreme Court in December 2023.

The registration-cancellation line – A further, distinct body of case law addressed the effect of a supplier’s registration being canceled after the disputed transaction, and it distinguishes prospective from retrospective cancellation. On prospective suo motu cancellation, the Allahabad High Court has been consistent: in M/s Singhal Iron Traders vs. Additional Commissioner [2025-VIL-1124-ALH] and M/s Solvi Enterprises vs. Additional Commissioner [2025-VIL-270-ALH], the Court held that no adverse inference arises against the purchaser merely because the supplier’s registration was cancelled after the transaction, where tax was paid and returns were filed at the relevant time. On retrospective cancellation, the case law is more protective of the recipient. In LGW Industries Ltd. vs. Union of India [(2023) 4 Centax 373 (Cal.)], the Court held that a recipient who exercised due diligence at the time of transacting – verifying the supplier’s registration as it then stood, supported by invoices, e-way bills, and banking-channel payment – should not be denied credit solely because of a subsequent cancellation. M/s Gargo Traders vs. Joint Commissioner [2023-VIL-360-CAL] and Shyamalmay Paul vs. Assistant Commissioner [2025-VIL-1315-CAL] both held that retrospective cancellation is not, by itself, a valid ground for denial, and that the authorities must independently verify the physical movement of goods and the banking trail.

By the time Maruti Enterprise came to be decided, the field contained at least three distinguishable threads of precedents:

  • a VAT-derived reading-down position, significantly narrowed by Ecom Gill Coffee Trading;
  • a GST-specific, sequencing-based position requiring recovery against the supplier first; and
  • a registration-cancellation-specific position requiring inquiry beyond the fact of cancellation.

It is against this backdrop that the Gujarat High Court’s judgment has to be read.

WHAT MARUTI ENTERPRISE HELD

Maruti Enterprise dealt with a batch of petitions challenging the vires of Section 16(2)(c) as arbitrary, ultra vires, and violative of Articles 14, 19(1)(g), 265, and 300A, or seeking to read it down to exclude bona fide purchasers. While dismissing the challenge, the Court’s reasoning proceeded in several steps.

  • First, it treated ITC as a statutory concession rather than a vested right, relying on ALD Automotive, and held that its conditions must be interpreted literally rather than equitably.
  • Second, it held that Section 16(2)’s conditions – clauses (a) through (d), on the Court’s own recitation of the text – must be read conjointly, and that the Revenue could not be required to stop its inquiry at clause (b) once genuineness appeared satisfied; clause (c)’s payment condition was equally part of the composite test.
  • Third, and centrally, the Court held that Section 41(2) and Rule 37A cure whatever hardship the provision might otherwise create, since credit denied for a supplier’s default is not permanently lost but merely deferred, to be re-availed once the supplier eventually pays – a mechanism the Court held had no equivalent under the Delhi VAT Act considered in On Quest Merchandising.
  • Fourth, the Court placed weight on Section 155’s burden-of-proof provision, holding that it is for the purchasing dealer to prove that tax collected has in fact been remitted, and adopted the Supreme Court’s holding in Ecom Gill Coffee Trading on this point.
  • Fifth, the Court declined to follow the Tripura High Court’s decision in Sahil Enterprises, holding that it had proceeded on the On Quest Merchandising reasoning without adequately considering the interplay of Sections 41 and 42 read with Rule 37A.

The Court accordingly declined to read down or strike down Section 16(2)(c), while nonetheless recording, in its concluding paragraphs, that the Government ought to undertake a “comprehensive re-evaluation” of the position of genuine purchasers and consider a more robust, technology-driven verification mechanism. The individual writ petitions were remanded for decision on their own facts, with the question of vires alone having been finally determined.

THE DOCTRINE OF LEX NON COGIT AD IMPOSSIBILIA

A distinct strand of the petitioners’ argument, separate from the Article 14/19(1)(g) constitutional challenge, invoked the maxim lex non cogit ad impossibilia – the law does not compel a person to do that which is impossible to perform – which the petitioners submitted was closely connected to the related maxim impotentia excusat legem (a disability that makes it impossible to obey the law can be excused).

The submission was that Section 16(2)(c) mandates the purchaser to do something beyond its control – namely, ensure that a third party, the supplier, remits tax to the Government – and that the provision should accordingly be declared ultra vires or read down. In support, the petitioners relied on the judgment of the Court of Justice of the European Union in Axel Kittel vs. Belgian State and Belgian State vs. Recolta Recycling SPRL (06.07.2006), which held that VAT deduction can be denied where a participant knew or should have known of fraud, but not where the taxable person neither knew nor could have known that the transaction was connected with fraud committed by the seller.

The Gujarat High Court rejected this submission. It held that the maxim, whatever its general force, “does not strictly attract” the scheme of the GST regime, because Section 41 read with Rule 37A ensures that purchasers are “not unfairly penalized for a supplier’s default” – credit is deferred, not permanently lost, and is restored once the supplier eventually pays. The Court went further, holding that the purchaser is not entirely without means of managing the risk: because the GST regime operates on a contract between two private parties, a purchaser can, at the time of entering into the agreement, include a clause holding the supplier liable to indemnify the purchaser for any loss arising from the supplier’s failure to remit the tax collected.

This reasoning is open to a specific objection that the judgment does not address. An indemnity clause reallocates commercial risk between the purchaser and the supplier as a matter of private contract; it does nothing to make it possible for the purchaser to ensure that the tax actually reaches the Government, which is the act Section 16(2)(c) conditions credit upon. Where the supplier is insolvent, untraceable, or deceased, an indemnity clause is, in practical terms, worthless, since there is no one left to enforce it against. The Court’s answer to the impossibility argument therefore substitutes a private remedy against the wrong party (the supplier, who is often the very source of the difficulty) for the actual impossibility the petitioners identified – the purchaser’s inability to compel or verify payment to the Government. Nor does the Rule 37A safety valve the Court otherwise relies on assist a purchaser whose transaction predates 26.12.2022, since the rule did not exist at the relevant time; the Court’s rejection of the impossibility argument is accordingly strongest for the post-Rule 37A period and weakest for transactions before it, including the entirety of the Rule 36(4) period.

HOW BHANDARI SCRAP TRADERS CONFIRMED IT

The special leave petitions filed against Maruti Enterprise came up for hearing before a two-judge Bench of the Supreme Court on 24.07.2026. The Bench noted that a separate special leave petition against the Tripura High Court’s decision in Sahil Enterprises had been entertained, but observed that the exercise the Gujarat High Court had undertaken – the detailed analysis, from paragraph 42 onwards, of the distinction between the Delhi VAT Act and the CGST Act, together with the scheme of ITC availment set out at paragraph 56 of the impugned judgment – had not been undertaken by the Tripura High Court. The Bench further noted the Gujarat High Court’s reliance on Sections 41, 73, and 74 of the CGST Act in holding that a purchasing dealer under the CGST regime is entitled to re-avail reversed ITC once the supplier discharges the tax liability, a feature the Bench treated as distinguishing the CGST scheme from the Delhi VAT Act’s provisions.

On this basis, the Bench recorded that it found itself “in complete and respectful agreement with the views expressed by the High Court of Gujarat,” affirmed and upheld the impugned judgment, and dismissed the special leave petitions.

IS BHANDARI SCRAP TRADERS THE LAW OF THE LAND?

The answer requires two separate inquiries, not one. The first is the familiar Kunhayammed question – was the dismissal speaking or non-speaking? The second, and the more consequential one on a closer reading of the order, is whether what the Supreme Court actually wrote, even assuming it counts as a speaking order, discloses a ratio decidendi at all, as opposed to a bare conclusion dressed in the language of agreement.

The Supreme Court’s own three-judge bench decision in Kunhayammed v. State of Kerala, (2000) 6 SCC 359, holds that a non-speaking dismissal of a special leave petition attracts no Article 141 effect and produces no merger of the High Court judgment. A speaking dismissal – one giving reasons that engage the substance of the legal question – attracts Article 141, but only to the extent of what is actually reasoned, and still without merger, since leave was never granted. Only where leave is granted and the matter proceeds to disposal as a civil appeal does the High Court judgment merge fully into the Supreme Court’s decision, with Article 141 applying without qualification.

Where Bhandari Scrap Traders falls on this first test. No leave was granted; there is no merger, and Maruti Enterprise remains, formally, a High Court judgment. At first blush, the order appears to clear the second Kunhayammed category – it distinguishes Sahil Enterprises by name, refers to specific paragraphs of the judgment below, and states express agreement with the Gujarat High Court’s reasoning on the DVAT/CGST distinction.

But a closer reading raises a more fundamental difficulty. It is not enough, for a decision to constitute “law declared” under Article 141, that the Supreme Court reaches a conclusion and gestures at the judgment it is affirming. The Supreme Court has itself drawn this distinction. In Secunderabad Club vs. CIT, 2023 INSC 736, it held that a decision binds not because of its conclusion, but because of the principle underlying it – an order unsupported by any deduction, reasoning, or analysis cannot carry precedential value merely because it arrives at a result.

The point was developed further, on facts strikingly close to those here, in Jayant Verma vs. Union of India, (2018) 4 SCC 743. There, the Supreme Court examined an earlier, cryptic order that had reversed a detailed High Court judgment (striking down Section 21A of the Banking Regulation Act) after hearing only one side. It held that where a decision contains no reasoning worth the name, does not engage with the authorities relied upon by the court below, and is arrived at on an ex parte appraisal, it would be hazardous to treat that decision as a declaration of law under Article 141. A bare conclusion, reached without discussion of the relevant statutory provisions or the case law on the point, does not by itself create binding precedent – however firmly the conclusion is stated.

Testing Bhandari Scrap Traders against this standard. The SLP was dismissed at the threshold, without notice to the Union of India as respondent. The order agrees with the Gujarat High Court’s conclusion, but it does not independently formulate the constitutional tests applicable to an Article 14 or Article 19(1)(g) challenge to a taxing provision, does not work through those tests against Section 16(2)(c) on its own terms, and does not offer a distinct line of reasoning of its own explaining why the provision survives constitutional scrutiny. What the order principally does is note that the Delhi VAT Act and the CGST Act are not comparable enactments. But the absence of parity between two statutes is not a constitutional test for validity; it explains why one precedent does not automatically transpose to another statute, but it does not itself demonstrate that Section 16(2)(c) is non-arbitrary, proportionate, or otherwise constitutionally sound. A reference to selected paragraphs of the judgment under challenge, without an independent working-through of the constitutional question, does not disclose a distinct ratio of the Supreme Court.

The parallel to Jayant Verma is closer still on the question of process. The Tripura High Court’s contrary view in Sahil Enterprises was, in substance, reversed without the respondent in that matter being heard, and without the Supreme Court examining the detailed reasoning that had led the Tripura High Court to read down Section 16(2)(c) in the first place. The contrary decisions of the Gauhati and Karnataka High Courts, both relied upon by the Maruti Enterprise petitioners and noted in Part 5 above, do not feature in the Supreme Court’s order at all.

An instructive comparison: the Suncraft Energy dismissal. The Revenue’s SLP against Suncraft Energy – the Calcutta High Court decision requiring recovery against the supplier before the recipient’s credit is disturbed – was also dismissed by the Supreme Court, in December 2023. That order records: “Having regard to the facts and circumstances of this case(s) and the extent of demand being on the lower side, we are not inclined to interfere in these matters in exercise of our powers under Article 136.” This is a dismissal on quantum, not one engaging the merits of the legal question, and falls within Kunhayammed’s first category rather than its second. On this analysis, the Suncraft dismissal – widely treated in practice as Supreme Court endorsement of the purchaser-protective position – does not itself attract Article 141 on the merits, notwithstanding its outcome. The comparison is instructive because it shows that a Supreme Court order can fail to bind for two quite different reasons: because it gives no reasons at all (Suncraft), or, as argued above, because the reasons it gives do not amount to an independent constitutional analysis (Bhandari Scrap Traders, on the Secunderabad Club/Jayant Verma standard).

A stronger comparison – Ecom Gill Coffee Trading. By contrast, State of Karnataka vs. Ecom Gill Coffee Trading Pvt. Ltd., (2023) 18 SCC 809, proceeded as a fully argued civil appeal with leave granted, placing it within Kunhayammed’s third category – full merger, unqualified Article 141 effect – and its reasoning independently works through the burden-of-proof question on its own terms, engaging the authorities on both sides. It is, the least qualified of the three Supreme Court pronouncements discussed, and it is the decision Maruti Enterprise itself relies on most directly for its Section 155 reasoning.

What follows. Two conclusions can be drawn, and they should not be mixed up. First, Bhandari Scrap Traders undoubtedly binds the parties before the Supreme Court in that proceeding, in the ordinary sense that any final order binds the parties to it. Second, and separately, whether the order amounts to “law declared” binding on High Courts and coordinate Benches of the Supreme Court under Article 141 is a materially harder question than its outcome suggests. Applying Secunderabad Club and Jayant Verma, there is a substantial argument that it does not: the order does not disclose the deduction, analysis, or independent constitutional reasoning those decisions require before a conclusion can be treated as a declaration of law, it was arrived at without notice to the Tripura High Court’s successful respondent, and it does not engage the contrary reasoning of the Gauhati or Karnataka High Courts at all.

If this view is correct, it would mean the gate remains open – not merely on the scenario-specific and period-specific points identified elsewhere in this article, but on the constitutional challenge to Section 16(2)(c) itself – for fresh examination before the High Courts, and for independent consideration by a coordinate Bench of the Supreme Court in an appropriate case, including on the DVAT-comparison ground that Bhandari Scrap Traders is, on its face, usually understood to have foreclosed.

A further point follows regardless of which view of the threshold question is correct. Even on the more generous reading of the order – that it does clear the Kunhayammed speaking-order threshold, and binds at least on the narrow DVAT/CGST proposition – it still does not touch the Gujarat High Court’s general rejection of the lex non cogit ad impossibilia argument or the specific points discussed above. The order confines itself to the DVAT/CGST distinction; it does not mention the impossibility doctrine, the Axel Kittel line the petitioners relied on, or the Court’s contractual-indemnity reasoning. On either view of the threshold question, therefore, the Gujarat High Court’s treatment of the impossibility doctrine remains, at present, a High Court finding only.

WAY FORWARD

For the individual writ petitions remanded under paragraph 90 of Maruti Enterprise. A uniform approach across the batched petitions is unlikely to be appropriate. Petitions falling within Scenarios 1 and 3 (documented, misclassified payment) are properly resolved administratively through Circular 183/193’s certification mechanism. Petitions falling within the retrospective suo motu cancellation variant of Scenario 7 warrant the inquiry into physical movement of goods and banking records required by Gargo Traders, Shyamalmay Paul, and LGW Industries. Petitions concerning credit availed within the Rule 36(4) buffer between 09.10.2019 and 31.12.2021 warrant a specific finding on whether the taxpayer could, at the relevant time, have done more than the Rules themselves required.

For the administration. Maruti Enterprise itself calls, at paragraph 88, for a “technology-driven tracking mechanism” to protect genuine purchasers. The Invoice Management System, in its current form, indicates only whether an invoice has been filed by the supplier, not whether the corresponding tax has been paid. Extending IMS to surface payment status at the point a recipient claims credit would meaningfully reduce the incidence of Scenarios 2, 4, and 5 without further litigation.

For future litigation. The conventional reading is that the DVAT-comparison route is closed under Article 141. However, the same is subject to serious challenge, since the order in Bhandari Scrap Traders arguably does not disclose the deduction, analysis, or independent constitutional reasoning that Secunderabad Club and Jayant Verma require before a dismissal can be treated as law declared under Article 141 – meaning a fresh challenge to Section 16(2)(c) remains available before a coordinate Bench in an appropriate case. Independently of that threshold question, and even on the more cautious assumption that the DVAT-comparison route is indeed closed, at least four further arguments remain open, none having been addressed by either Maruti Enterprise or Bhandari Scrap Traders on any reading of the order:

(i) a challenge confined to ITC availed within the Rule 36(4) buffer, engaging lex non cogit ad impossibilia in its precise sense;

(ii) a broader challenge confined to transactions preceding Rule 37A’s introduction in December 2022;

(iii) a challenge premised specifically on the relationship between clauses (aa)/(ba) and clause (c), rather than on Section 16(2)(c) in the abstract; and

(iv) a challenge arising from retrospective cancellation of a supplier’s registration, in respect of which the Calcutta High Court has already required the Department to look beyond the cancellation date to the underlying facts of the transaction.

Litigation confined to any of these grounds, rather than treating Bhandari Scrap Traders as having conclusively settled the field, has a materially better prospect of success than the position currently understood by most practitioners to follow from that decision.

For taxpayers, as a matter of ongoing compliance. Beyond litigation strategy, three practical changes are worth making irrespective of how any pending dispute is resolved. First, recipients should move away from comparing aggregate GSTR-2A/2B and GSTR-3B figures and instead perform invoice-level, transactional reconciliation – an aggregate comparison can mask exactly the kind of misclassification (Scenario 1) or clerical error (Scenario 8) that a certificate or a correction can resolve cheaply if caught early, but which hardens into a full-blown dispute once buried inside a larger, unreconciled variance. Second, recipients should actively track whether their significant suppliers are filing GSTR-3B on time, rather than discovering a default only when a notice arrives years later; several GST-compliance platforms now offer this as a standing feature rather than a one-time reconciliation exercise. Third, and most significantly, the contractual protection the Gujarat High Court gestured toward in Maruti Enterprise – an indemnity clause against the supplier, addressed critically in Part 6 above – is, at best, a remedy of last resort, since it is only as good as the supplier’s continued solvency and traceability. A more robust contractual protection is to withhold a portion of the payment due to the supplier, contractually, until the supplier furnishes proof that the tax component has actually been deposited with the Government – shifting the risk upstream, before payment leaves the recipient’s hands, rather than attempting to recover it downstream from a supplier who may by then be unable to pay either the tax or the indemnity.

Rebate and Capital Gains

The eligibility of Indian residents to claim a Section 87A tax rebate against capital gains taxed at special rates under Sections 111A and 112 remains controversial. While Section 112A explicitly prohibits the rebate, no such text-based restriction exists for Sections 111A or 112. Most ITAT benches allow the claim, arguing that the rebate applies to total tax payable on total income. Conversely, the Rajkot Bench in Kotecha’s case disallowed it, labelling the rebate “rate-sensitive”. However, subsequent rulings clarify that restrictive amendments by the Finance Act 2025 apply only prospectively from AY 2026-27.

ISSUE FOR CONSIDERATION 

An assessee, being an individual resident in India, is entitled to a deduction (“rebate/relief”) of the prescribed amount from the amount of income tax payable on his total income, subject to certain conditions stipulated under Section 87A of the Income-tax Act, 1961(section 156 of the Income-tax Act, 2025). This rebate is allowed to individuals under both the old and new tax regimes.

Section 111A (section 196) and section 112 (section 197) provide for the taxation of capital gains, short-term or long-term, at special rates. The relevant sections do not contain any provision for prohibiting an assessee in claiming the rebate, wherever eligible against the tax payable on capital gains. Section 112A (section 198) provides for taxation of long-term capital gains in certain cases at special rates. This section, however, expressly prohibits an assessee from claiming rebate under section 87A (section 156) in respect of tax on capital gains of the kinds referred to in section 112A (section 198).

Section 115BAC (section 202) primarily provides for the rate of income tax payable by an individual, etc., on his total income where such total income is calculated in the manner prescribed in the said provision. No prohibition, expressly or otherwise, is found in section 115BAC to deny the benefit of this provision for rebate in respect of the capital gains.

The amount of rebate in respect of a person governed by the new regime of taxation shall not exceed the amount of income tax payable by an individual under the regime of taxation as per the amendment introduced by the Finance Act, 2025 in s.87A w.e.f. Assessment Year 2026-27. Section 196 of the 2025 Act provides for a similar ceiling on the amount of rebate from tax year 2026-27 onwards.

An interesting issue has arisen about the eligibility or otherwise of an individual to claim rebate under section 87A in respect of capital gains being taxed at the special rates under section 111A or section 112 of the Act. While the Ahmedabad, Agra, Bengaluru, Chandigarh, Chennai, Jaipur, Mumbai and Rajkot Benches of the ITAT have held that rebate is allowable to an eligible individual in respect of his total income, including capital gains, the same Rajkot Bench in a later decision has held that no rebate is allowable to an eligible individual in respect of income under the head capital gains, being taxed under the respective provisions prescribing special rate of taxation. Interestingly, after holding against the allowance of rebate, the Rajkot Bench in a recent decision held that rebate is allowable for Assessment Years up to Assessment Year 2025-26 and that the amendment is not applicable till then.

JAYSHREEBEN PALSANA’S CASE

The issue arose in the case of Jayshreeben Jayantibhai Palsana v. ITO, IT Appeal No. 1014 (Ahd.) of 2025 for A.Y. 2024-25, vide order dated 12.08.2025.

The assessee, a resident individual, originally filed her return of income declaring total income of ₹4,27,635, comprising short-term capital gains (‘STCG’) under section 111A of ₹3,79,559, long-term capital gains (‘LTCG’) under section 112A of ₹38,840 and income from other sources of ₹9,236. The return was subsequently revised, wherein the assessee opted for taxation under the new tax regime under section 115BAC(1A).

The revised return resulted in tax liability of ₹13,320, arising solely from STCG taxable under section 111A at 15%. Since the assessee was a resident individual, who had total income below ₹7 lakh and had opted for section 115BAC(1A), she claimed rebate of ₹13,320 under section 87A.

The great rebate debate

However, the Centralized Processing Centre (CPC), Bengaluru, while processing the return under section 143(1), disallowed the rebate and raised a total demand of ₹15,820. The CIT(A) upheld the disallowance, principally relying upon the “subject to” clause in section 115BAC(1A), the provisions of Chapter XII and the Explanatory Memorandum to the Finance Bill, 2025.

The core issue before the Tribunal was:

Whether a resident individual who has opted for taxation under section 115BAC(1A), and whose total income does not exceed ₹7 lakh, is entitled to claim rebate under section 87A against tax payable on STCG under section 111A, in the absence of any express restriction in section 87A or section 111A?

The assessee contended that the first proviso to section 87A, applicable from

A.Y. 2024-25, granted rebate to a resident individual opting for section 115BAC(1A) where total income does not exceed ₹7 lakh. The provision contained no exclusion for income taxable at special rates under Chapter XII, including section 111A.

It was further argued that section 112A(6) specifically restricts rebate in respect of specified LTCG, whereas no corresponding restriction existed in section 111A or section 87A. Therefore, the absence of such a restriction must be construed in favour of the assessee. Section 115BAC(1A), according to the assessee, governed the computation of tax rates and did not override the independent rebate provision contained in Chapter VIII.

The assessee also submitted that the Finance Act, 2025 proposed a specific restriction prospectively from A.Y. 2026-27, which itself demonstrated that no such restriction existed for A.Y. 2024-25. Reliance was also placed upon the decision in the case of Chamber of Tax Consultants v Director General of Income Tax (System) 302 Taxman 505 (Bom.).

The CIT(A) supported the action of the CPC on the reasoning that section 115BAC(1A) operated subject to Chapter XII, which contained the special-rate provisions for capital gains under sections 111A and 112A. Consequently, rebate under section 87A could not be utilised against tax payable on such special-rate income. The CIT(A) also relied upon the Explanatory Memorandum to the Finance Bill, 2025 to support this interpretation.

The Tribunal allowed the appeal in favour of the assessee. It held that section 87A, as applicable for A.Y. 2024-25, did not distinguish between normal-rate income and income taxable at special rates, nor did it expressly exclude STCG under section 111A.

The Tribunal referred to section 112A, where the Legislature had expressly restricted the rebate, to distinguish it from the provisions of section 111A and s 112. The absence of a similar restriction under section 111A was considered legally significant. It further held that the “subject to” clause in section 115BAC(1A) concerned itself with computation of tax under the special-rate provisions and does not, by itself, restrict a rebate available under Chapter VIII.

The Tribunal also rejected reliance on the Finance Bill, 2025, observing that the proposed restriction was prospective from A.Y. 2026-27 and that an Explanatory Memorandum cannot override the plain language of the existing statute.

Accordingly, the Tribunal held that the assessee was entitled to section 87A rebate of ₹13,320 against the tax payable on the STCG, directed the AO to recompute the tax liability and deleted the demand of ₹15,820. The appeal was therefore allowed.

PRAFULCHANDRA KOTECHA’S CASE

The issue recently arose in the case of Prafulchandra Nanalal Kotecha v. ITO ITA No.: 81 (RJT) of 2025 for A.Y.2024-25 vide order dated 22.04.2026.

The assessee, an individual, filed his return of income for Assessment Year (A.Y.) 2024-25 declaring total income of approximately ₹5,85,283, comprising income from business, capital gains and income from other sources. The assessee claimed rebate under section 87A of the Income-tax Act, 1961, as his total income was below the threshold of ₹7 lakh applicable under the new tax regime under section 115BAC.

The Central Processing Centre (CPC), while processing the return, made an adjustment under section 154 and denied the rebate claimed under section 87A. The assessee challenged the adjustment before the CIT(A), contending that there was no prima facie error apparent from the return, and that the rebate was legally allowable. The CIT(A), however, upheld the denial of the rebate. Consequently, the assessee preferred an appeal before the Rajkot Bench of the ITAT.

The principal issue before the Tribunal was whether an assessee having mixed income, comprising business income, capital gains and income from other sources, with total income below ₹7 lakh and taxable under the new regime, was entitled to claim rebate under section 87A, including against the tax payable on capital gains taxable at special rates under sections 111A, 112 and 112A.

The assessee relied upon the earlier decision of the Rajkot Bench in Manojbhai C. Kamdar v. ITO, ITA No. 572/Rjt/2025 dated 3 November 2025, wherein rebate under section 87A had been allowed in respect of tax on short-term capital gains under section 111A.

It was contended that the assessee’s total income of ₹5,85,283 was below the prescribed threshold of ₹7 lakh under the new regime and, therefore, the assessee was eligible for rebate under section 87A. The assessee argued that section 87A, as applicable for A.Y. 2024-25, contained no express restriction excluding tax payable on capital gains under section 111A. The earlier Tribunal decision had also held that a subsequent amendment restricting the rebate from A.Y. 2026-27 demonstrated that no such restriction existed for A.Y. 2024-25.

The Revenue argued that rebate under section 87A was not available against tax arising from capital gains. According to the Revenue, the rebate was available only against income taxed at normal slab rates and could not be adjusted against income subjected to special rates under the capital-gains provisions. The Revenue supported the denial of the rebate and prayed for dismissal of the appeal.

The Tribunal held that section 87A was “head-neutral but rate-sensitive.” Merely having income under the heads of capital gains or income from other sources did not, by itself, disentitle an assessee from claiming the rebate. However, where income was taxed at special rates, particularly capital gains under sections 111A, 112 and 112A, the rebate could not be given against such special-rate tax.

The Tribunal reasoned that special-rate provisions constituted a separate mechanism for taxation and that capital gains were segregated and taxed independently. Consequently, the rebate under section 87A was held allowable only against the tax attributable to normal-rate income, namely business/professional income and income from other sources, and not against tax on capital gains.

Accordingly, the Assessing Officer was directed to allow the assessee the rebate under section 87A only to the extent of tax payable on normal income and recompute the tax liability. The appeal was therefore partly allowed in favour of the assessee.

OBSERVATIONS

An individual who is resident in India is entitled to claim rebate under section 87A, under the old regime, provided his total income does not exceed `5,00,000. Rebate of the lower of 100% of income-tax liability or `12,500, is available in the form of deduction from the tax liability. In other words, where the tax liability exceeds `12,500, rebate will be available to the extent of `12,500 only. No rebate is available under the old regime if the total income (i.e. taxable income) exceeds `5,00,000.

For a person governed by the new regime, under section 115BAC(1A), the maximum rebate of `60,000 is allowed under section 87A from the amount of income tax payable on total income which is chargeable to tax as per section 87A, provided his total income chargeable to tax under section 115BAC(1A) does not exceed `12,00,000.

Where the total income chargeable to tax exceeds `12,00,000 and the tax payable on such income exceeds the difference between the total income and the tax on income of `12,00,000, he can claim a rebate under section 87A with marginal relief, to the extent of the difference between the tax payable on such total income and the amount by which such tax exceeds the tax on total income of `12,00,000.

Through a plain and literal reading of the text of section 87A (section 156), there is no explicit, overarching clause that mechanically denies a rebate on capital gains taxed at special rates under section 111A (section 196) or section 112 (section 197). The specific exclusion for denying such rebate is embedded in section 112A (section 198), for certain long-term capital gains.

The legal maxim “expressio unius est exclusio alterius” applies here: by explicitly excluding section 112A (s.198) in the statute, the Legislature implicitly allowed the rebate on other special-rate incomes. By failing to explicitly cover section 111A and section 112 (sections 196 and 197), like section 112A (section198), the rebate in respect of the capital gains taxed at a special rate under the respective provisions cannot be denied.

Different benches of the Tribunal have frequently ruled in favour of taxpayers on this issue under consideration. The Ahmedabad, Agra, Bangalore, Chandigarh, Chennai, Indore, Jaipur, Mumbai, and Rajkot Benches have held that section 87A grants a rebate against the “total income-tax payable on total income,” and does not explicitly bar the claim of rebate against the tax on the short-term capital gains u/s 111A (section 197), and that the Assessing Officer and/or Central Processing Centre (CPC) cannot arbitrarily deny the rebate via automated software. Reference may be made to the following:

* Shevgoor Namratha Kamath , ITA No.: 3054/Bang/2025,

* Kiritkumar Champaklal Bhagat, ITA No.: 879/Rjt/2025,

* Pramod Kumar Dubey , ITA No.: 314/Agr/ 2025,

* Gurmindersingh, ITA No.887/Chd./2025,

* Pranay M Kothari, ITA No. 3469/Chny/2025,

* Veenaben Arvindbhai Shah, ITA No.: 2430/Ahd./2025,

* Padmaben Kantilal Ranpara, ITA No.: 516/Raj./ 2025,

* Venkedapathy Venugopal, ITA No.: 2064/Chny/2025,

* Thejaswini Jakkaraju, ITA No.: 218/Bang/2025,

* Seshank Mahadeo, ITA No.2274/Chenny/2025,

* Venkatachalam Venkataman, ITA No.: 1431/Chny/2025,

* Basty Keshav Shenoy, ITA No.: 3134/Bang./2025,

* Pushpa Prakash Misar, ITA No.: 741/Mum./2026,

* Kanhaiya Lal Panchal, ITA No.: 702/Ind./2025,

* Manmohan Jaiswal, ITA No.: 134/Jpr./2026,

* Murari Lal Mishra , ITA No.:196/Jpr./2026,

* Priyamvada Singhal,ITA No1412/Jpr./2025, and

* Rajshree Kothari, 399/Jpr./2026 dt.20.08.2026.

To bridge the gap between the obviously missing text in the main sections and their ulterior and unintended goals, the Income Tax Department uses three primary mechanisms:

  •  Firstly, the Proviso to section 87A (section 156) introduced w.e.f. A.Y. 2026-27 is sought to be applied to deny the rebate in respect of tax on capital gains. The relevant text states that the rebate under the new tax regiment is capped at the tax computed under the rates specified in section 202 [or section 115BAC(1A)]. Because capital gains are taxed at special rates under sections 111A and 112 are under entirely different sections, the Income Tax Department interprets that the balance rebate cannot cross over to cover non-slab tax liabilities under section 115 BAC(1A). This contention in any case cannot help the Income Tax Department to deny the benefit of rebate to persons opting for the old regime of taxation in as much as the amendment has application only to persons governed by the new regime of taxation. Nevertheless, there continues to be no provision in the relevant sections that prohibit the claim of rebate against tax on capital gains.
  •  Secondly, the Central Board of Direct Taxes has issued Circular No. 13/2025, dated 19.09.2025, which explicitly instructed Assessing Officers to disallow Section 87A rebates against special-rate incomes to persons governed by the new tax regime. Obviously the circulars are binding only on the Income Tax Department and not on courts or taxpayers, (refer Anjum M H Ghaswala, 252 ITR 1 (SC).
  •  Thirdly, the Memorandum explaining the provisions of the Finance Bill, 2025 is relied upon to deny the rebate. The Memorandum to the Finance Act 2025 expressly stated that the rebate (up to ₹12 lakh under the new regime) was only meant to relieve slab-rate income taxpayers; not to act as a tax shelter for capital gains. Again, a Memorandum is a tool to interpretation and not a law by itself. Indian courts utilize it to interpret the “mischief” the legislature intended to cure, provided there was a mischief. Refer Shashikant Laxman Kale, 185 ITR 104 (SC).

The Rajkot Bench of the ITAT, in its ruling in Kotecha’s case broke ranks with the prevailing judicial consensus. It held that a section 87A rebate is “head-neutral but rate-sensitive,” meaning thereby that rebate under 87A cannot be granted to and in respect of taxes computed under special rate provisions like sections 111A and 112. The Bench effectively ignored its own co-ordinate bench precedents in Manoj C Kamdar’s case (supra) delivered by the same member—creating an intense judicial paradox.

In tax law, when a co-ordinate bench decides an issue, a subsequent bench of the same tribunal is legally bound to follow it or refer the matter to a Larger/Special Bench. By ignoring previous rulings, Kotecha’s decision entered dangerous per incuriam territory.

The Tribunal in Kotecha’s case introduced an unprecedented judicial philosophy when:

  •  It reasoned that special-rate tax provisions like sections 111A and 112 operated as a complete code and such code was entirely independent of the normal slab-rate taxation. Obviously, these sections do not act or claim to be complete codes as the gains are computed under regular provisions of the Income-tax Act.
  •  It held that the provision for rebate was rate-sensitive and as the rebate was conceptually designed to provide relief from slab rates taxation, the tax liability calculated at special rates cannot be reduced from a general rebate. For this to be true, there should be an express provision that rejects a claim of rebate in the cases of capital gains altogether. 
The ink had barely dried on Kotecha’s order when a co-ordinate bench, ironically,  the very same Rajkot Bench led by the same member, completely bypassed the Kotecha logic. In the case of Kavita Paras Shah, ITA No. 732/Raj/2026, the Bench explicitly ruled that the restriction denying a section 87A rebate on special-rate incomes was introduced prospectively from Assessment Year 2026-27 by the Finance Act, 2025 and for the preceding Assessment Years, the Income Tax Department could not  retroactively import the said restriction, thereby squarely granting the rebate on tax on STCG u/s 111A for A.Y. 2025-26. The decision was delivered by the same member who delivered Kotecha’s decision was a party to this decision.
The Kotecha ruling deviates from the overwhelming majority of the tribunal decisions delivered across India (including Benches at Ahmedabad, Agra, Bengaluru, Chandigarh, Chennai, Indore, Jaipur, Mumbai and Rajkot), and should be viewed at best as an aberration rather than the settled law.
The claim for the rebate by the assessee is stronger. When two conflicting views are available from co-ordinate benches of the same Tribunal, the view favourable to the assessee must prevail, refer 88 ITR 192(SC) Vegetable Products Ltd. As heavily highlighted in Kavita Paras Shah’s case, the text modification by the Finance Act, 2025 is an explicit admission by the Legislature that the text prior to AY 2026-27 did not bar the rebate. The Kotecha ruling or any other ruling cannot apply to a person opting for the old regime of taxation.
In the case of Chamber of Tax Consultants 473 ITR 85 (Bom), while disposing of the writ petition against denial of such claim in the return utility itself, the Bombay High Court made the following observations:
“The revenue did not show any provision under the Income-tax Act which expressly debars an assessee to raise or make the claim under section 87A qua the tax computed at the rates specified in the provisions of Chapter XII other than section 115BAC. If that be so, then certainly one cannot accept the argument that the revenues’ case is crystal clear…
The issue raised for consideration on the claim under section 87A is, at best, highly debatable and contentious. Therefore, the revenue would not be justified in assuming that its interpretation is open and shut, and based upon such a conclusion, shut out bona fide claims for rebate under section 87A”
The Bombay High Court therefore did not decide the issue of allowability of rebate in such cases, since that was not the prayer before it.
Under either of the Assessment Years or the enactments, the core thesis stands completely firm. There remains a glaring absence of an explicit, text-based prohibition against claiming a rebate against tax payable at the special rates under section 111A (section 196) or section 112 (sections 197) capital gains based on three established maxims of interpretation:
  •  Both the old and new Acts explicitly state that the rebate is not available against long-term capital gains taxed under section 112A (section 198). In statutory drafting, when the legislature explicitly names one item to exclude it, it deliberately chooses not to exclude the others. By failing to explicitly name sections 111A or 112 (sections 196 and 197) next to section 112A (section 198), the literal text continues to legally permit the rebate against tax payable under such provisions that provide for special rate of taxes.
  •  There is no room for intendment in tax laws as established in the landmark Supreme Court ruling in Cape Brandy Syndicate’s case, 12 TC 358 and consistently followed by the Indian courts: “In a taxing Act, one has to look merely at what is clearly said. There is no room for any intendment.” CIT v. Ajax 55 ITR 741(SC). A Memorandum explaining a Finance Bill does not change what is eventually written into the final legislative text.
  •  Labelling a rebate as “rate-sensitive” is a highly convoluted, non-textual interpretation invented by the Income Tax Department and accepted in Prafulkumar Kotecha’s case. The statute simply says the rebate applies to the “total income-tax payable on total income.” “Total income” by definition includes capital gains.
Till the time the issue under consideration is settled by a court ruling  against the claim, it is wiser to hold that section 87A (section 156(3)) merely acts as a quantitative ceiling, not a qualitative bar on the types of income. Until the legislature explicitly inserts a clear, sweeping clause stating, “no rebate under this section shall be allowed against tax computed under any special rate provisions,” or amends sections 111A and 112 to replicate the strictures of section 112A, a claim for rebate against the tax payable on capital gains at the special rates, in our considered opinion, is valid in law.

DIT v. Star Cruises (India) P. Ltd. : Providing cruise services with on-board entertainment and de-boarding options falls within the meaning of carriage under shipping presumptive taxation.

7. The Director of Income Tax (International Taxation) Vs. Star Cruises (India) P. Ltd. (2026) 188 taxmann.com 1068 (SC)

Special provision for computing profits and gains of shipping business other than cruise shipping in case of non-residents – Section 44B – The meaning of the word ‘carriage’ cannot be restricted to mean the carriage from Port A to Port B – The possibility of passengers de-boarding at intermediate ports was not taken into account by the Assessing Officer – On a voyage, the provision of ancillary services did not take away from the meaning of ‘carriage’ as per Section 44B of the Act.

The Superstar Libra Ltd. (for short, ‘SLL’), a non-resident entity, operated a cruise known as “Superstar Libra” in India. The Assessee (Star Cruises (India) Pvt. Limited), the agent of SLL, was responsible for conducting the cruise and collecting revenue from the sale of cruise packages and shore excursions in India.

The assessee computed the income accruing in favour of SLL by applying Section 44B of the Act and estimated the income at 7.5% of the cruise fare collected by the assessee.

The Assessing Officer, vide order dated 30.03.2007, held that Section 44B of the Act is applicable in cases of carriage of goods, passengers, etc, and, in the view of the Assessing Officer, the term “carriage” means taking or transporting from one place to another or from one port to another. SLL conducted cruise services originating from and terminating at Mumbai Port, i.e., a round trip. During the round trip, SLL extended hospitality and provided entertainment. Therefore, the activity of SLL falls under entertainment and hospitality and does not include carriage of passengers/goods within the meaning of section 44B of the Act. Consequent to such view, the Assessing Officer estimated deemed income at 25% of the cruise fare collected for and on behalf of SLL, not at 7.5% as claimed by the Assessee.

The Assessee carried the matter in appeal before the Commissioner of Income Tax (Appeals). By Order dated 15.06.2007, the CIT(A) allowed the appeal and set aside the Assessment Order dated 30.03.2007.

The Appellate Authority appreciated all the circumstances of the case under Section 44B of the Act and held that the deemed income of SLL was to be estimated at 7.5% of the receipts received from the cruise fare.

The Revenue carried the matter in appeal before the Income Tax Appellate Tribunal, and the Tribunal, by the order dated 01.07.2009, dismissed the appeal. The Tribunal while rejecting the Assessing Officer’s interpretation of the term ‘carriage’, affirmed that a round-trip voyage constitutes two separate acts of carriage, i.e, from station A to station B and back to station A. Further, the assessee also offered one-way cruises, and passengers booking round-trip cruises were entitled to disembark at intermediate ports without being compelled to return to Mumbai. Also, the booking slips established that the primary fees collected from passengers were for cabin and transport fares. Any on-board entertainment, whether included or paid separately, was incidental to the main business of operating ships. The Tribunal noted that the CBDT Circular Nos. 763 and 169 dated 18.02.1996 and 23.06.1975, respectively, clarified that carriage payments included handling charges and that Section 44B of the Act was designed to simplify the computation of taxable profits for foreign shipping enterprises. Since SLL was a non-resident entity engaged in the business of operating ships, it fulfilled the essential conditions under the said section. The Tribunal therefore directed that SLL’s income be assessed at the statutory presumptive rate of 7.5% of gross cruise fare receipts for tax deduction under Section 195 of the Act rather than at 25% of income estimated by the Assessing Officer.

The Revenue carried the matter in appeal before the High Court, which dismissed the appeals.

The Supreme Court granted leave in the matter(s) on the following two questions, namely: (i) Whether on the facts and circumstances of the case and in law, the Hon’ble High Court was justified in upholding the Hon’ble ITAT’s decision that the assessee is engaged in the business of operation of ships and is entitled to be assessed under Section 44B of the Income Tax Act? (ii) Whether on the facts and circumstances of the case and in law, the Hon’ble High Court was justified in upholding the Hon’ble ITAT’s decision without appreciating the fact that
the business activity of assessee was primarily that of providing hospitality and entertainment on board the cruise ship and not that of mere transportation of passengers?

The Supreme Court noted that the Assessing Officer was of the view that, to attract the meaning of the word ‘carriage’, the movement should be from place ‘A’ to place ‘B’.

According to the Supreme Court, it was difficult to confine the meaning of the word ‘carriage’ in the matter attributed by the Assessing Officer. The Appellate Authority and the Tribunal, being competent authorities to examine the facts in issue, had held that the activity undertaken by SLL did not fall outside the expression of ‘carriage’ as per Section 44B of the Act. In the facts and circumstances of this case, SLL, being a foreign entity, was providing cruise services in India through the Assessee. The finding recorded was that the possibility of passengers de-boarding at intermediate ports was not considered by the Assessing Officer. On a voyage, the providing of ancillary services did not take away from the meaning of ‘carriage’ as per Section 44B of the Act. The meaning adopted by the Assessing Officer was restrictive in the facts and circumstances of this case. According to the Supreme Court, the error was factually corrected by the impugned Orders.

The Supreme Court without reiterating the same reasoning, was satisfied that, in the facts and circumstances of the case, the view taken in respect of the subject assessment years 2006-07, 2007-08, and 2008-09, namely, that Section 44B of the Act was attracted to the estimated income of SLL, did not warrant interference.

PCIT v. Essar Agrotech Ltd. : Share capital and premium additions under section 68 are unsustainable where the identity, creditworthiness, and transaction genuineness are proved.

11. PCIT – 6, Mumbai Vs. Essar Agrotech Ltd.

[ITXA No. 128 OF 2020, dated 29/07/2026, (Bom) (HC) ] A.Y.2012-13.

Section 68 – Cash Credit – share capital and share premium – identity, genuineness of transactions, and creditworthiness of the parties, have been proved by filing necessary details – complete details of the money trail to explain source of investment.

The Assessee-Company was engaged in the business of agricultural activity and cultivation of flowers, vegetables etc. and rendering services for maintenance of mango orchards. The Assessee-Company filed its Return of Income for A.Y.2012-13 on 30th September 2012 declaring its total income at Rs.11,07,178/. The case of the Assessee was completed under Section 143(3) on 30th March 2015 determining the total income of the Assessee at Rs.11,90,82,890/- by making various additions towards share capital and share premium under Section 68 of the Act, as well as disallowance of expenditure incurred in relation to exempt income under Section 14A read with Rule 8D(2)(ii) and 8D(2)(iii) of the Income Tax Rules, 1962 (the Rules).

Before the CIT(Appeals), the Assessee submitted that premium was a capital receipt and that the Assessee being a Company, was not required to prove the purpose or justification for charging premium on shares, and what was relevant was whether or not the identity, genuineness and creditworthiness of the parties investing has been proved. According to the Assessee, it had filed all the details in order to prove all the ingredients, and hence the Assessing Officer erred in making any addition towards share capital and share premium under Section 68 of the Act.

The CIT (Appeals) deleted the addition made by the Assessing Officer towards disallowance of expenses incurred in relation to exempt income. Further, the CIT (Appeals) also deleted the addition made towards share capital and share premium by following the decision of this Court in Gagandeep Infrastructure Pvt Ltd V/S CIT [(394) ITR 680 (Bom)]. The CIT (Appeals) held that when identity, genuineness of transactions, and creditworthiness of the parties, have been proved by filing necessary details, there was no reason for the Assessing Officer to make the addition only for the reason that shares had been issued at a higher premium. With these observations, he deleted the said addition made by the Assessing Officer.

Aggrieved by the order of the CIT (Appeals), the Revenue preferred an Appeal before the ITAT. As far as the issue regarding the addition towards share capital and share premium was concerned, the ITAT concluded that the CIT (Appeals) rightly deleted the addition made by the Assessing Officer on this count. The ITAT, after perusing the facts and circumstances of the present case, concluded that the Assessee had filed complete details including the identity of the subscriber to the share capital, as per which the Assessee had issued Rs.22,50,000/- equity shares at Rs.50/- per share, having a face value of Rs.10/- per share, with a premium of Rs.40/- per share. The ITAT noted that the Assessee had also filed complete details of the financial statements of the subscriber of the shares and its bank statements.

Further, the share capital issued by the Assessee had also been disclosed by the subscriber in its financial statements. The ITAT noted that the matter did not stop here. It noted that the subscriber’s assessment was subjected to scrutiny and an order was passed under Section 143(3) where the Assessing Officer made no adverse comments in respect of the amount invested in the Assessee-Company’s shares. Over and above this, the Assessee had also filed complete details of the money trail to explain the source of the investment made in Assessee-Company’s shares. The ITAT further noted that the subscriber to the share capital had received the amount from various other group companies to make the aforesaid investment. Looking at these facts and considering that it was not the case of the Assessing Officer that the share capital had been issued to an unknown subscriber, nor was the subscriber an accommodation entry provider, the ITAT held that the CIT (Appeals) correctly deleted the aforesaid addition.

The ITAT held that once the identity of the subscriber had been proved with the necessary details, and the genuineness of the transaction and creditworthiness of the parties had been established, then merely for the reason that the shares had been issued at a high premium, addition could not be made under Section 68 of the IT Act. The ITAT held that the issue of shares at a premium and subscription to such shares is a decision between two parties, namely, the Company issuing the shares, and the party subscribing to those shares, and the Assessing Officer did not have any role to play as long as ingredients provided under Section 68 of the IT Act were proved or established.

The learned counsel appearing on behalf of the Revenue drew attention to the second proviso to Section 68. He submitted that the aforesaid proviso stipulates that where the Assessee was a company (not being a company in which the public are substantially interested), and the sum so credited consists of share application money, share capital, share premium or any other such amount by whatever name called, any explanation offered by such Assessee Company shall be deemed to be unsatisfactory unless (a) the person, being a resident in whose name such credit is recorded in the books of such company also offers an explanation about the nature and source of such sum so credited; and (b) such explanation in the opinion of the Assessing Officer has been found to be satisfactory. According to the Revenue, the stipulation in the second proviso to Section 68 had not been fulfilled in the present case and therefore a substantial question of law arose from the impugned order.

The learned Advocate for the Respondent Assessee firstly submitted that the second proviso to Section 68 was inserted by the Finance Act, 2012 with effect from 1st April 2013. In other words, the same came into operation from A.Y. 2013-14. In the facts of the present case, the Assessment Year involved was A.Y. 2012-13 and the said proviso could have no retrospective application, especially considering that the said proviso was not introduced with retrospective effect and does not contain the words “for removal of doubts” or state that it is “declaratory”. He, therefore, submitted that the proviso cannot have retrospective operation and would apply only prospectively from A.Y. 2013-14. Apart from this, the learned counsel submitted that even assuming for the sake of argument that the said proviso were to apply, in the facts of the present case, there was clearly an explanation
about the nature and source of funds that were invested by the subscriber, namely the investor. He, therefore, submitted that the reliance placed on the second proviso to Section 68 was wholly misconceived.

The Hon’ble Court observed that there was no need to determine whether the second proviso to Section 68 operates prospectively or has any retrospective effect. In the facts of the present case, the ITAT had given a factual finding that the subscriber had subscribed to the shares of the Assessee-Company by receiving the amount from various other group companies. This factual finding clearly satisfied the condition laid down in the second proviso to Section 68.

The Hon’ble Court held that no substantial question of law arose in the Appeal. In view of the aforesaid, the Appeal was dismissed.

PCIT v. Ansal Phalak Infrastructure Pvt. Ltd. : Addition under section 68 cannot be made when the assessee produces sufficient evidence to prove the genuineness of foreign investment.

10. PCIT – 4, Delhi Vs. M/S Ansal Phalak Infrastructure Pvt Ltd (Now Known As New Look Builders And Developers Pvt Ltd)

[ITA No. 770/2025, dated 19/08/2026, (Delhi) (HC)] [AY 2011-12 ]

[Arising from ITA No. 5658/Del/2015 Delhi Bench: ‘E’ dated 18.12.2024]

Section 68 – Cash Credit – Investment – Compulsory Convertible Debentures – details filed to prove genuineness of the transaction – Onus discharged by assessee.

The Assessing Officer (‘AO’) had made an addition of Rs. 55 crores under Section 68 of the Act against the assessee for Assessment Year (AY) 2011-12, alleging that investment made by two companies namely M/s New Dimension Holdings Ltd. of Mauritius and M/s Velford Ventures Ltd. of Cyprus, in the respondent-assessee company was unexplained.

The aforementioned two companies had made investment and subscribed to the assessee’s shares and Compulsory Convertible Debentures (hereinafter referred to as ‘CCDs’) to the tune of Rs. 55 crores, which raised a doubt in the AO’s mind. Since the amount involved an international transaction, he made a reference to the Transfer Pricing Officer (‘TPO’) while also making a reference to the Foreign Tax and Tax Research (‘FT&TR’).

The AO conducted an enquiry and doubted the creditworthiness of those companies, and vide assessment order dated 31.03.2015 held that the onus to prove creditworthiness of the amount so received lays upon the assessee and since it failed to discharge such burden, he added the amount of Rs. 55 crores under Section 68 of the Act in the hands of the respondent-assessee.

The CIT(A), allowed the assessee’s appeal vide its order dated 28.07.2015, after going through the record and additional evidence which the assessee had produced during the course of appeal being audited accounts of M/s Redfort India Real Estate Fund II LLC, Mauritius, parent investor of the original investor companies, who had invested in respondent-company. Moreover, the CIT(A) dealt with the material, which the assessee had produced before the AO and then recorded a categorical finding that these two companies of Mauritius and Cyprus had entered into an agreement with the respondent-assessee due to which even the name of respondent was changed. He noted that an interest @ 16% p.a. or 16% coupon was paid on the CCDs.

The revenue challenged the said order before the Tribunal, which affirmed the findings recorded by the CIT(A) by way of the order dated 18.12.2024.

The Revenue Counsel pointed out that the Assessment Year in question was 2011-12 i.e., prior to the amendment brought in Section 68 of the Act which was introduced with effect from 01.04.2013 and thus, the AO could well ask an assessee to satisfy about the ‘source of the source’. He contended that since the investment remained unexplained,addition under section 68 of the Act was totally justified.

The counsel for the Assessee submitted that due explanation was given by the assessee. He pointed out that the AO had referred to the TPO’s report and recorded that the TPO had given no adverse report, as well as the fact that the assessee had produced in evidence a copy of the agreement between the investor companies and the respondent-assessee. He argued that the factum of 16% CCDs was known to the AO and yet, he had completely ignored such fact and dealt with only that part which suited his viewpoint and whims, while ignoring the reply which served the cause of the respondent-assessee. The assessee was able to procure the audited balance sheet of M/s Redfort India Real Estate Fund II LLC, Mauritius, being the investor in those two companies that have invested in the respondent-company. The CIT(A) recorded a finding in the assessee’s favour that the investment was genuine and duly explained.

The Hon’ble Court held that the Appellate Authority had gone through and carefully deliberated on the transaction and recorded the finding that the respondent-company was incorporated on 13.09.2010 in the name of Phalak Infrastructure Ltd. with a share capital of 1,00,000 by the Ansal Group for carrying out real estate development. The company entered into an investment-cum-collaboration agreement with New Dimension Holdings Ltd., Mauritius and Velford Ventures Ltd., Cyprus and, as a part of the collaboration agreement, the name of the company was changed to Ansal Phalak Infrastructure Pvt. Ltd. with effect from 03.05.2011. The Articles of Association and Memorandum of Association were also revised. It was also found that, upon execution of the agreement, both the foreign investors invested money in the assessee company-New Dimension Holdings Ltd., Mauritius acquired 25.9% shares of the respondent-company for Rs. 5,70,50,000/-, while Velford Ventures Ltd., Cyprus acquired 14 shares of the respondent-assessee for Rs.2,03,000/- and invested Rs. 49,90,47,000/- in CCDs issued by the respondent-company. It was also found that both these companies are registered in Mauritius and Cyprus, and are taxpayers in their respective jurisdictions. The CIT(A) had also recorded that the respondent-assessee had also filed before the AO copies of the prescribed Certificate of Foreign Inward Remittance, issued by the Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited setting out all details of remittance, the purpose of remittance, and the description of remittance, including equity shares application money as well as the issue of CCDs. It is also to be noted that the respondent-assessee had filed copies of the audited balance sheets of both the investors companies. The findings recorded by the CIT(A) and as affirmed by the Tribunal, are based on the material available on record and the Revenue had not been able to show them to be perverse in any manner.

While dismissing the appeal, the Hon’ble Court observed that the Appellate Authority had dealt with each of the documents filed by the assessee with great detail and care – while giving the page numbers of the paperbook – whereas the AO has completely ignored them. The Court further observed that an adjudicatory process enjoins upon an AO to deal with the reply and documents filed by the assessee in an objective manner, and his duty as an AO was not only to protect the interests of the Revenue and generate revenue for the country, but also to judiciously consider the reply and pleas including the judgments and documents which an assessee relies upon or furnishes. Brushing aside or ignoring documents filed by an assessee leads to a breach of the principles of natural justice and hits at the procedural fairness thereby causing injustice which, in the instant case, has been meted out to the assessee.

The appeal of the Revenue was dismissed.

Bipinkumar Girdharlal Parekh v. ACIT : Reopening assessment based on search-related material is invalid if initiated beyond three years for income escapement under fifty lakhs.

30. Bipinkumar Girdharlal Parekh v. ACIT

(2026) 187 taxmann.com 904 (Guj.)

A. Y. 2021-22: Date of order 15th June 2026

S. 148 r.w.s. 149 and 152 of ITA 1961

Re-opening of assessment — Initiated pursuant to search in the case of another Company and Group — Search conducted on 18th June 2023 — Incriminating material found — 148A(1) Notice issued upon the assessee 31st March 2025 — 148A(3) order passed and notice u/s. 148 issued for re-opening the assessment on 19th May 2025 — Since search was conducted on 18th November 2023, provisions of section 147 to 151 as they stood prior to commencement of Finance (No.2) Act, 2024 applied by virtue of section 152 — Alleged escapement of income below Rs. 50 lakhs — Section 149(1)(a) applied — Since 148 notice issued beyond three years, re-opening of assessment liable to be quashed.

The assessee is engaged in the business of transportation and has a business relationship with DCW Ltd. wherein it hires trucks and offers it for transportation. The assessee filed its return of income for AY 2021-22 on 14/12/2021 declaring total income at Rs. 38,51,910. The return of income was processed u/s. 143(1) of the Income-tax Act, 1961.

Subsequently, a search was conducted on DCW Ltd. Group on 18/11/2023 u/s. 132 of the Act. Pursuant to the search, a notice u/s. 148A(1) was issued upon the assessee on 31st March 2025 for re-opening the assessment on the ground that the assessee had raised inflated bills for transportation expenses amounting to Rs. 32,71,205 and to that extent the income of the assessee had escaped assessment. In response to the notice, the assessee filed its response and submitted the bills of freight and transportation.

The objections filed by the assessee were rejected and an order dated 19th May 2025 was passed u/s. 148A(3) of the Act holding it to be a fit case for issue of notice u/s. 148 of the Act. A notice u/s. 148 of the Act dated 23/05/2025 was also issued along with the said order.

The assessee challenged the order and the notice u/s. 148 in a writ petition filed before the Hon’ble Gujarat High Court primarily on the ground that since the search was conducted on or after 1st April 2021 but before 1st September 2024, the provisions of the Act as they stood prior to the amendment by the Finance (No.2) Act, 2024 will be applicable as per the provisions of section 152(3) of the Act and as per the provisions of the Act as they stood prior to the amendment of Finance No.2 Act 2024, approval of the Principal Commissioner of Income-tax was required which had not been done in the case of the assessee. Further, the notice issued on 23rd May 2025 u/s. 148 of the Act was barred by limitation as it was issued beyond a period of 3 years from the end of the relevant financial year.

The High Court allowed the petition and held as under:

“i) Since the date of search fell within the period from the 1st April 2021 to the 1st September 2024, the provision of sections 147 to 151 of the Act, as they stood prior to the Finance Act (No. 2), 2024, shall apply.

ii) In the present case, the provision of section 149(1)(a) of the Act, which prescribes a time limit of three years, will get attracted, as the alleged escapement of income is below the amount of Rs.50 lakhs, which finds place in the provision of Section 149(1)(b) of the Act. The relevant assessment year in the present case is A.Y. 2021-22, and hence, as per the provision of Section 149(1)(a) of the Act, the end of the relevant assessment year would be 31st March 2022. However, the impugned notice u/s. 148 of the Act has been issued on 23rd May 2025 for A.Y. 2021-22, which is beyond the limitation of three years, and hence, the reopening of the assessment runs contrary to the provision of Section 149 of the Finance (No. 1) Act, 2024, and hence is liable to be interfered with.

iii) The contention raised before us by the Revenue, to the extent that the Finance (No. 2) Act of 2024 will apply in the present case, as there is no search conducted against the petitioner, is misconceived, since the reopening of the assessment against the petitioner is exclusively premised upon the incriminating materials found during the search u/s. 132 of the Act. The provisions of section 152(3) of the Act are not limited for undertaking the reassessment against searched person only, as projected before us by the Revenue, and not against other person, who is not subjected to search. The provision of Section 152(3) of the Act is applicable to all the assessee, where the reassessment proceedings are initiated, ‘on the basis’ or ‘as a consequence’ of a search conducted between 1st April 2021 and 1st September 2025, and against whom incriminating material is found. However, the re-opening of the assessment is subject to limitations as provided u/s. 149 of the Act.

iv) As mentioned herein-above the provision of section 132 of the Act finds place in the provision of section 149 of the Act and hence, the reassessment, since it emanates on the incriminating material found during the search at M/s. DCW Ltd. group, connecting the present petitioner with such material, the provision of section 149 of the Finance (No.1) Act prescribing limitation gets attracted. Thus, on this sole ground, the writ petition succeeds, and the impugned order dated 19th May 2025 and the impugned notice dated 23rd May 2025 are hereby quashed and set aside. The writ petition stands allowed.”

Capgemini Technology Services India Ltd. v. Dy. CIT : High Court has jurisdiction if consequences of demand are felt within its territory; non-existent or unserved demands are unsustainable.

29. Capgemini Technology Services India Ltd. v. Dy. CIT: (2026) 488 ITR 292 (Bom): 2026 SCC OnLine Bom 3755: (2026) 350 CTR 719 (Bom)

Date of order 24th March 2026

Article 226 of Constitution of India

Recovery of tax — Writ jurisdiction of High Court under Art. 226 — Territorial jurisdiction of Court:— (A) Power of High Court to issue writ to authority not within its territorial jurisdiction of Court provided cause of action wholly or in part arises within its jurisdiction; (B) Doctrine of forum conveniens and “cause of action” — Court has to consider each matter on appreciation of facts involved therein; (C) Recovery of tax — Notice of demand — Amalgamation of erstwhile company with assessee — Recovery notice issued in the name of erstwhile company originating from Delhi but received by assessee in Pune — Recovery notice and demands having direct impact on assessee in Pune and consequences of recovery notice and demand would be felt in Pune — Transfer of case from Delhi to Pune — Officer who was to defend case and deal with recovery of demand in Pune — Right officer to writ could be issued? — Held by High Court that part of cause of action clearly arising within territorial jurisdiction of Bombay High Court — Writ petition is maintainable before Bombay High Court — The impugned demands cannot be sustained.

By an order of the Delhi High Court dated 16th May 2007, the company F was amalgamated with company A. Thereafter, by an order dated 23rd December 2022 of the National Company Law Tribunal, Mumbai Bench, A got amalgamated with the assessee company which had its registered office in Pune.

In February 2023, the assessee received a notice u/s. 220 of the Income-tax Act, 1961 (dated 5th February 2023) in the name of the erstwhile entity, F, from Assessing Officer Delhi (respondent No. 2). In the said notice, the assessee was asked to pay the outstanding demand, inter alia, of Rs. 3,28,785 for the A. Y. 2001-02, Rs. 1,24,577 for the A. Y. 2002-03 and Rs. 28,87,714 for the A. Y. 2003-04.

Upon receipt of the recovery notice, the assessee filed applications under the Right to Information Act, 2005 (“the RTI Act”) seeking copies of the orders giving rise to such demands. The assessee received a reply from Assessing Officer in Delhi stating that for the A. Ys. 2001-02 and 2002-03, the demands were on account of rectification/intimation orders, but no such orders were provided. Instead, illegible screenshots of the computation sheets from the system were furnished. For the A. Y. 2003-04, it was stated that records were not available.

The assessee preferred appeals before the first appellate authority under the Right to Information Act, wherein directions were issued to Assessing Officer Delhi to furnish full information. Despite such directions, no orders were supplied.

In these circumstances, the assessee filed a writ petition before the Bombay High Court and contended that these demands are non-existent and the recovery notice is bad in law. The Department raised a preliminary objection regarding the territorial jurisdiction of the Bombay High Court to issue writs against authorities located outside its territories. The Bombay High Court allowed the petition and held as under:

“i) After the insertion of article 226(2), every High Court exercising jurisdiction in relation to the territories within which the cause of action, wholly or in part, arises, shall have powers to issue directions, orders or writs to any Government, authority or person notwithstanding that the seat of such Government or authority or the residence of such person is not within those territories. Thus, even if the authority concerned is not within the territorial jurisdiction of a High Court, still the High Court will have the power to issue writ to such authority, provided the cause of action, wholly or in part, arises within the jurisdiction of such High Court. The amendment was aimed at widening the scope of territorial jurisdiction for writs to be issued by different High Courts.

ii) The provisions of article 226(2) cannot be construed as a requirement in addition to the provisions of article 226(1). Article 226(2) has used the phrase “may also be exercised” which clearly suggests that article 226(2) is not an additional condition but an alternate condition. Moreover, article 226(1), as interpreted by the apex court provides for a court to issue a writ only to the authorities within the territories of that court, whereas article 226(2) provides that notwithstanding that the seat of Government or authority or the residence of such person is not within those territories, a writ can be issued by a court where part or whole of cause of action arise. The two clauses are mutually exclusive and both cannot apply simultaneously by the very wordings of the clauses. The whole purpose of introducing article 226(2) was to alleviate the inconvenience caused to the petitioners by dragging them to the court which exercises jurisdiction over the authority or the respondent within the territorial jurisdiction of such court.

iii) The doctrine of forum conveniens and “cause of action” are very fact specific and a court has to consider each matter on appreciation of the facts involved therein. A part of the cause of action has clearly arisen within the territorial jurisdiction of this court. In fact, the case of the petitioner is on a better footing as compared to the other cases. In the present case, the Principal Commissioner of Income-tax, Delhi-1, vide order dated 13th December 2023 u/s. 127 of the Act, has transferred the jurisdiction over the case to the Deputy Commissioner of Income-tax/Assistant Commissioner of Income-tax, Circle-1(1), Pune.

iv) In the present case, there is absolutely no material on record to substantiate the existence of valid orders giving rise to the impugned demands. The respondents have failed to produce the orders and service records, despite repeated opportunities. The failure of respondent No. 2 to respond and the inability of the Pune Officer to locate records leads to the inevitable conclusion that no such valid orders exist or were ever served upon the petitioner. An adverse inference must necessarily be drawn against the respondents. Old matters and demands cannot be allowed to suddenly surface on the portal without the underlying orders being available and served. Consequently, the impugned demands cannot be sustained.”

Dinar Tarcar Resources (India) Pvt. Ltd. v. ACIT : Prosecution for tax evasion is unsustainable if delay in payment was due to a business ban and lacks guilty intent.

28. Dinar Tarcar Resources (India) Pvt. Ltd. v. ACIT

2026 (8) TMI 57 (Bom.)

A. Y. 2012-13: Date of order 28th July 2026

S. 276C of ITA 1961

Prosecution u/s. 276C — Wilful attempt to evade tax — Delay in payment of taxes by the assessee — Delay on account of closure of business due to ban on the activity of mining in the State of Goa — Nil income of the assessee — Outstanding demand paid along with interest and penalty — Submissions of the assessee rejected — Prosecution initiated — Complaint filed against the assessee before the Judicial Magistrate — Mere delay or failure to pay, without mens rea, does not satisfy the penal provision — Specific wilful act or circumstance demonstrating an attempt to evade payment not pointed out — Criminal complaint and the process issued against the petitioners were unsustainable.

The Assessee filed its return of income for A. Y. 2012-13 declaring total income at Rs. 4,76,61,800. The income returned by the assessee was accepted vide order dated 15th March 2016. Subsequently, a letter was addressed to the assessee demanding the payment of declared tax. In response, the assessee filed a letter stating that the assessee was presently unable to pay tax as the mining operations had been suspended in Goa and the assessee had no income. Thereafter, on 4th October 2013 the assessee paid Rs. 30 lakhs towards tax dues. However, the department issued further demand to the assessee.

Subsequently, several communications were exchanged between the assessee and the tax department. The Principal Commissioner issued a notice dated 23rd November 2016 inviting objections to the proposed prosecution u/s. 276C(2) of the Act. The assessee filed objections to the proposed prosecution and stated that the assessee was in genuine difficulty which had led to delay in payment of tax and meanwhile continued to make payment of tax in parts along with penalty and interest. The assessee also responded to the demand notices issued earlier thereby stating that there was no intention to default on the tax payments and also informed that due to the ban on mining in the State of Goa, there was no revenue and hence the assessee was not able to pay the tax liability. It was also informed to the Department that the assessee was seeking to sell some of its assets and pay tax liability from the proceeds thereof. The submissions of the assessee were not considered and order dated 30th January 2017 was passed by the Principal Commissioner of Income Tax granting permission to initiate prosecution u/s. 279(1) of the Act on the ground that the assessee had wilfully evaded the payment of tax liability.

Pursuant to the sanction for launch of prosecution, the assessee paid the outstanding tax liability along with interest u/s. 220(2) of the Act. However, the department filed a complaint before the Chief Judicial Magistrate u/s. 200 of the Criminal Procedure Code on 10th March 2017 alleging offence punishable u/s. 276C(2) of the Act.

By 20th March 2017, the entire liability was cleared by the assessee, therefore, the Assessing Officer passed an order u/s. 154 of the Act holding that the net payable amount by the assessee was NIL. Despite the net amount payable by the assessee being NIL, the Judicial Magistrate issued process against the assessee vide order dated 29th January 2018.

Against the said order, the assessee filed a writ petition before the Bombay High Court which was quashed and set-aside and the matter was remanded back to the Judicial Magistrate.

Pursuant to the remand on 1st March 2019 and almost 6 years later, the Judicial Magistrate passed the order once again issuing process which has once again been challenged before the Bombay High Court by way of criminal writ petition.

The Bombay High Court allowed the petition of the assessee and held as under:

“i) Although the section provides an explanation as to what would include ‘wilful attempts’, neither the words ‘wilful’, ‘attempt’ nor the term ‘wilful attempt’ has been specifically defined in the I.T. Act. The explanation to section 276-C(2), which is inclusive, provides meaning to the words ‘wilful attempt’ used in the section. There are four categories of acts which ought to be construed as ‘attempts’ which are listed in the explanation to the section.

ii) A plain reading of the section requires that there ought to be ‘wilful’ ‘attempts’ to evade the payment of tax, penalty or interest under the I.T. Act. The word ‘wilful’ precedes the word ‘attempts’ in the section. Without fulfilling the requirement of ‘wilfulness’, the provisions of the section cannot be made applicable and cannot be invoked to prosecute a person. Therefore, there has to be an intention to evade the liability of tax, penalty or interest.

iii) The Section uses the words ‘wilful attempt’ and not ‘wilful default’. Relying on the decision of the Hon’ble Supreme Court in the case of S. Sundaram Pillai and others v. V. R. Pattabiraman, is remaked that the word ‘wilful’ denotes an act consciously and deliberately done and signifies a course of conduct marked by the exercise of volition rather than one that is accidental, negligent or involuntary. The word ‘wilful’ has a peculiar characteristic indicating the guilty mental state of the party.

iv) Considering the definitions of ‘wilful’ provided in various dictionaries and in the interpretation of the words ‘wilful default’ provided by the Hon’ble Supreme Court in the above judgement, a similar meaning ought to be adopted to interpret the term ‘wilful attempt’ used in the section. The word ‘wilful’ introduces a mental element and requires looking into the mind of a person by gauging the person’s actions indicative of one’s state of mind. Thus, in order to prosecute a person under section 276-C(2), the conduct of a person acquires importance.

v) A person, in such a case, ought to have deliberately, intentionally and consciously made attempts to evade payment of tax, penalty or interest under the I.T. Act. It does not include an unintentional act, an accidental act or a casual act or genuine inability. The word ‘wilful’ used in the section imports the concept of mens rea in the requirement of the section. Therefore, on mere delay or mere failure without there being mens rea, the provisions of the Section cannot be invoked. No casual approach can be adopted while invoking the provisions of the section. The provisions of the section being penal, all the ingredients of the offence must be established in the complaint. The complaint should specifically mention wilful attempts made by a person to evade tax, penalty or interest. Merely by making allegations that there is a wilful attempt to evade the tax in the complaint, the complaint cannot be maintained

vi) In the present case, the 1st Petitioner admittedly continued to pay the demands raised by the Respondent. Admittedly, there was delay in view of the closure of the business and therefore the 1st Petitioner has paid the interest. The acts of the 1st Petitioner are bona fide because the 1st Petitioner made requests and sought time to pay the tax liability and periodically kept paying the tax along with interest. Importantly, prior to filing of the said Complaint, out of Rs. 5,20,90,289/- only an amount of Rs. 26,08,047/- was not paid by the 1st Petitioner, which was paid immediately on 20th March 2017. Consequently, on 29th March 2017, the Deputy Commissioner of Income Tax, Central Circle, Panaji issued an Order holding that the net payable by the 1st Petitioner is NIL. Therefore, the acts of the 1st Petitioner cannot fall within the definition of ‘attempts’, which means an act or an instance of making an effort to accomplish something. In this case, the 1st Petitioner has paid the tax with interest, and therefore certainly the acts of the 1st Petitioner were not ‘wilful’, and there were no attempts to evade the tax liability. The Complaint does not specify the alleged wilful attempts made by the Petitioners to evade tax. The penal provisions are invoked in the present case solely on the basis of vague allegations, without establishing the ingredients of an offence.

vii) In view thereof, I am satisfied that the said Complaint filed by the Respondent is without any basis and does not fulfil the requirement of the Section. The important facts are not considered by the learned CJM. The learned CJM has mechanically passed the impugned Order when, on the face of the said Complaint, the ingredients of the offence were not made out. The learned CJM has not followed the due process of law. Therefore, I reject all the submissions made by Ms. Linhares on behalf of the Respondent. The judgments cited by Ms. Linhares are not applicable to the facts and circumstances of the present case, particularly in view of the fact that no ingredients of the offence are made out in the Complaint. Therefore, I find that no fruitful purpose will be achieved by setting the criminal law in motion. In light of the above, and in the peculiar facts and circumstances of this case, the impugned Order dated 7th November 2025 and Criminal Case pending before the Chief Judicial Magistrate, ‘A’ Court at Merces, are hereby quashed and set aside.”

BCCI v. ACIT : The Tribunal exceeded its jurisdiction by ruling on the merits of a non-statutory “advisory” communication after declaring the appeal unmaintainable

28. BCCI v. ACIT: (2026) 488 ITR 152 (Bom): 2025 SCC OnLine Bom 317: (2025) 344 CTR 883 (Bom)

Date of order 18th February 2025

Ss. 12A, 12AA and 253 of ITA 1961

A. Charitable purpose :— (a) Exemption — Registration — Director (Exemption) by letter expressing view that as consequence of amendment of objects by assessee, assessee’s registration no longer survives — Appeal by assessee to Tribunal challenging the communication — Tribunal accepting the contention of the Department and holding that appeal against communication not maintainable — On merits Tribunal upholding view expressed in communication — High Court held, Tribunal exceeded jurisdiction in going in to merits — Communication quashed with clarification that question of cancellation of assessee’s registration or entitlement to exemption would be decided by authorities without being affected by view expressed therein or by Tribunal; (b) Power to grant exemption — Power to cancel registration — No power to issue “advisories” or non-statutory opinions intending to affect an assessee.

B. Appeal to Appellate Tribunal — Appeal challenging communication to assessee from Director (Exemptions) — Department contending in assessee’s appeal that communication not an order and therefore not appealable — Tribunal accepting contention and holding appeal against communication not maintainable — Tribunal not entitled thereafter to enter upon merits of view expressed in communication.

The assessee, the Board of Control for Cricket in India (BCCI), is a society established under the Tamil Nadu Societies Registration Act with the aim of promoting sports, particularly cricket. The assessee was granted registration u/s. 12A of the Income-tax Act, 1961, on 12th February 1996. The memorandum of association of the assessee was amended on 1st June 2006 and 21st August 2007. According to the assessee, such amendments do not change the fundamental objects of the assessee, i. e., the promotion of sports. However, such changes were not intimated to the tax authorities who had granted registration u/s. 12A of the Act.

Therefore, by order dated 28th December 2009, the Director of Income-tax (Exemptions) (DIT) wrote to the assessee that since the assessee had modified its objects and no intimation of such modification was sent to the second respondent “it is quite clear that the registration granted to the assessee u/s. 12A of the Act, vide order dated 12th February 1996 does not survive from the date on which the objects were changed, i. e, 1st June 2006. However, as has been mentioned in the above para a fresh application for registration u/s. 12AA of the Act, may be filed along with necessary documents”.

The assessee filed an appeal, before the Tribunal challenging the communication. Before the Tribunal, the Revenue submitted that the Director of Income-tax (Exemptions), by the impugned communication/order dated 28th December 2009 had neither cancelled nor withdrawn the registration dated 12th February 1996 granted to the assessee u/s. 12A of the Act. He contended that by the impugned communication/order, the Director of Income-tax (Exemptions) had merely intimated the assessee of the consequences of the changes in the objects of the assessee. Based on these submissions, the Revenue contended that the appeal u/s. 253 of the Act, would not be maintainable against the impugned communication/order dated 28th December 2009.

The Tribunal, by the impugned order dated 30th March 2012, accepted the Revenue’s contention that the impugned communication/order dated 28th December 2009 did not amount to either cancellation or withdrawal of registration u/s. 12A of the Act. On this basis, the Tribunal held that the assessee’s appeal was not maintainable u/s. 253 of the Act. After recording the above conclusion in, the Tribunal addressed the merits of the communication/order dated 28th December 2009 and virtually held that the Director of Income-tax (Exemptions)’ view in that communication/order was correct.

The assessee filed an appeal challenging the Order of the Tribunal and, as a matter of abundant caution, filed a writ petition challenging the order of the Tribunal.

The Bombay High Court admitted the appeal and the writ petition and heard and disposed of together. The High Court held as under:

“i) The two main issues involved in these matters are the following:

“(A) Whether the Income-tax Appellate Tribunal, after recording a categorical finding that the impugned communication/order dated 28th December 2009 did not amount to any order of cancellation of the Board of Control for Cricket in India’s registration under section 12A of the Income-tax Act, 1961 and further holding that since there was no cancellation, no appeal was maintainable against the impugned communication/order dated 28th December 2009 under section 253 of the Income-tax Act, 1961, was justified in nevertheless examining the impugned communication/order dated 28th December 2009 on the merits and recording observations or findings virtually upholding the reasons and perhaps even the conclusion in the impugned communication/order dated 28th December 28 2009 ?

(B) Whether solely based on the impugned communication/order dated 28th December 2009, which the Revenue styled (or accepted the styling) as an advisory or a non-statutory letter, could any action to deny exemption or cancel section 12A registration be initiated by the Revenue ?”

ii) The Revenue authorities have been conferred statutory powers in matters of assessment or even cancellation of registration granted under section 12A of the Income-tax Act, 1961. The Income-tax Act also provides for a procedure to exercise such statutory powers. There is no provision that empowers the statutory authorities to issue “advisories” or non-statutory opinions intended to affect an assessee. If a power is given to do a certain thing in a certain way, the thing must be done in that way or not at all, and the other performance methods are necessarily forbidden.

iii) It is apparent that the Tribunal accepted the Revenue’s contention that the impugned communication/order dated December 28, 2009 was not an order of cancellation or withdrawal of registration u/s. 12A of the Act or an order made u/s. 12AA(3) of the Act and, therefore, no appeal was maintainable against the impugned communication/order dated 28th December 2009.

iv) Once the Tribunal concluded that the appeal before it against the impugned communication/order dated 28th December 2009was not “maintainable”, there was no question of the Tribunal evaluating the impugned communication/order on its merits or making any observations or recording any findings regarding its validity or otherwise. Therefore, such observations and findings are without jurisdiction and should not have been made.

v) Therefore, the above findings/observations will have to be ignored by the respondents, inter alia, when deciding the issue of the validity of the assessment order dated 30th December 2009or when disposing of the show-cause notices issued to the assessee for withdrawal or cancellation of its registration u/s. 12A of the Income-tax Act, 1961. This does not mean we have examined the merits of the above observations or findings recorded by the Tribunal.

vi) We have only declared that the above observations/findings are without jurisdiction and, therefore, the same should not be treated as binding by the respondents or others, mainly while deciding the appeal against the assessment order dated 30th December 2009 or in the proceedings initiated for the cancellation of the assessee’s registration u/s. 12A of the Act. All such issues should be examined by the prescribed authorities on their own merits, independently and without being influenced by the above observations or findings recorded by the Tribunal.

vii) For all the above reasons, we dispose of Writ Petition No. 1898 of 2012 by quashing the impugned communication/order dated 28th December 2009 without commenting upon the merits or demerits of the view expressed in the said impugned communication/order but on the ground that the Revenue could not have issued the impugned communication/order, which it agrees, was only an advisory or a non-statutory exercise.

viii) Once again, we clarify that the issues of exemption or cancellation of registration on the merits are left open because they will have to be decided by the prescribed statutory authorities in the manner prescribed under the statute without being influenced by either the impugned communication/order dated 28th December 2009 or the observations/findings recorded by the Tribunal.”

Rajesh R. Hemrajani v. ITAT :The High Court directed the ITAT to deliver judgment within 90 days as mandated by Rule 34 of the Rules.

27. Rajesh R. Hemrajani v. ITAT

2026 (8) TMI 292 (Bom)

A. Y. 2019-20: Date of order 31st July 2026

Rule 34 of the Income Tax Appellate Tribunal Rules, 1963

Appeal to ITAT — Order of ITAT — Time Limit — Rule 34 of ITAT Rules — Pronouncement of orders — Order to be pronounced within 60 days where no pronouncement date is given and further period not exceeding 30 days when exceptional circumstances arise.

The assessee’s appeal before the Income Tax Appellate Tribunal was first heard on 1st July 2025. As per Rule 34(5c) of the Income Tax Appellate Tribunal Rules, the order should have been passed within a period of 60 days and in exceptional circumstances within a further period of 30 days. Since in the assessee’s case, the order was not passed within the said time limit, the appeal was released on 7th October 2025.

The Appeal of the assessee came up for hearing before the Tribunal for the second time and it was heard on 26/11/2025. Once again, the order was not passed within 90 days and the appeal was released on 27th February 2026 after a period of 90 days.

The appeal was heard by the Tribunal for the third time on 13th May 2026 and as per Income Tax Appellate Tribunal Rules, the 90 days period shall expire on 13th August 2026.

The assessee filed a writ petition before the Hon’ble Bombay High Court on the ground that if the order is not passed by 13th August 2026, the appeal would once again be released by the Tribunal. The assessee thus approached the Hon’ble High Court to seek necessary directions.

The High Court allowed the petition and observed as under:

“i) Our judicial conscience is shocked by the above stated information. It cannot be countenanced that a matter closed for judgment, is released without a judgment even when Rule 34 mandates a decision within 90 days. How far would the litigants tolerate the rigours of litigation, when an appeal is released on multiple occasions. In the present case, the appeal has been finally argued on the 3rd occasion, and the time-line is to expire shortly. We have taken a serious note of this aspect.

ii) The IT Appellate Tribunal shall ensure that the judgment in the Petitioner’s case is delivered on or before 13th August 2026

iii) All the Income Tax Appellate Tribunals shall scrupulously follow Rule 34 and ensure that matters which are heard and closed for Judgment, shall also mention the date for pronouncement which shall be within the period of 60 days. A judgment should be delivered within the said period. If on account of exceptional circumstances or extra- ordinary reasons justifying further time being required by the Tribunal, the judgment shall be delivered on or before the 90th day by the concerned Bench.

iv) We direct the Prothonotary and Senior Master of this Court to circulate this order to all the Income Tax Appellate Tribunals, for compliance.”

ITO vs. Tata Industries Ltd : A payer cannot be treated as in default for not deducting tax based on subsequent retrospective indirect transfer tax amendments.

12. [2026] 185 taxmann.com 924 (Mumbai – Trib.)

ITO vs. Tata Industries Ltd

A.Y.: 2006-07 Dated: 15.04.2026

Section 9, 195 and 201 of IT Act, 1961 – The Assessee cannot be treated as an ‘assessee in default’ in respect of payment of consideration to US entities for the acquisition of shares of a foreign company based on the subsequent retrospective insertion of indirect transfer tax provisions in the Act.

FACTS

The Assessee paid a consideration of USD 150 million to two US entities, namely, New Cingular Wireless Services Inc (NCWSI) and MMM Holdings Inc (MHC), for acquiring shares in a Mauritius entity. The Mauritius entity held a stake in an Indian entity, i.e., Idea Cellular Ltd. The Assessing Officer (‘AO’) examined the holding structure & transaction documents and concluded that the acquisition of shares in a Mauritius entity resulted in an indirect transfer of shares in the hands of two US entities. Hence, the AO observed that the Assessee was obliged to deduct taxes at source. In the absence of further information from the Assessee, the AO determined the capital gains on a best-effort basis and treated the taxpayer as an ‘assessee in default’ for failing to deduct tax under Section 201 and levied interest under 201(1A).

The CIT(A) allowed the Assessee’s appeal. Aggrieved by the order, the Department preferred an appeal before the ITAT.

HELD

The ITAT upheld the order of the CIT(A) and made following observations:

  • As held by the Apex Court in GE India Technology Centre Pvt Ltd (327 ITR 456) and Engineering Analysis Centre of Excellence (432 ITR 471), the payer is obligated to deduct tax at source only if there is income chargeable to tax in India.
  • As on the date of payment of consideration, Explanations 4 and 5 to Section 9(1)(i) of the Act were not part of the statute. Before insertion of these Explanations, which brought indirect transfers within the scope of the charge with retrospective effect, the Apex Court in Vodafone International (341 ITR 1) had held that Section 9(1)(i) of the Act was applicable only to direct transfer of shares and could nott extend to an indirect transfer.
  •  A payer cannot envisage a retrospective amendment to Section 9(1)(i) at the time of making payment. Therefore, a law cannot require a person to perform acts that are impossible to comply with.

On the basis of the above, the ITAT held that the Assessee could not be treated as an ‘assessee in default’ under Section 201 of the Act and directed the AO to refund the taxes remitted under protest.

Goldman Sachs International vs ACIT (IT) : Salary reimbursement paid for seconded employees on a cost-to-cost basis is not fees for technical services under India-UK DTAA

11. [2026] 186 taxmann.com 18 (Mumbai – Trib.)

Goldman Sachs International vs ACIT (IT)

A.Y.: 2023-24 Dated: 30.03.2026

Article 13 of India-UK DTAA – Reimbursement of salary costs paid to seconded employees on a cost-to-cost basis cannot constitute fees for technical services, and is, therefore, not taxable in India.

FACTS

The Assessee, a UK tax resident, seconded a few employees to group companies in India. It also rendered financial services to group companies. As per the terms of the secondment, a part of the salary payable to the seconded employees was paid by the Assessee in the home country and was reimbursed by the Indian entities on a cost-to-cost basis.

The AO assessed the salary reimbursement received by the Assessee from Indian entities as fees for technical services (‘FTS’) under the Act and the DTAA. The Ld. DRP upheld the draft assessment order.

Aggrieved by the final order, the Assessee preferred an appeal before the ITAT.

HELD

The ITAT relied on the following aspects considered by the coordinate bench in Assessee’s group company case [Goldman Sachs Services (P.) Ltd. v. DCIT, (IT) [2022] 138 taxmann.com 162 (Bang-Trib)]. The ruling of the coordinate bench was upheld by the Karnataka High Court [2025] 179 taxmann.com 41 (Kar):

  • The Indian entity to whom the employees were seconded was the economic and de facto employer. The seconded employees offered the entire salary received in both the home and host jurisdictions for taxation in India
  • FTS, as defined under Section 9(1)(vii), excludes from its scope income chargeable under the head “Salaries”. Given that the Indian entity was regarded as the employer and the entire amount was already subject to salary taxation, reimbursement of such amounts could not constitute FTS under the Act.
  • Article 12 of the India-USA DTAA1 excludes payment for services rendered by an employee. Applying the principles of the Commentary to Article 15 of OECD Model Convention to determine the scope of income covered by the Dependent Personal Service Article (DPS), the Indian entity was regarded as the economic employer of seconded employees. Further, the overseas employer was not responsible for the actions of the expatriate employees. The scope of exclusion under the FTS Article should be consistent with the scope of DPS Article. Accordingly, reimbursement of salary without any profit element was not covered by Article 12 of the treaty.

1 FTS Article under India-UK DTAA is parimateria with India-US DTAA

Combine Diamonds (P.) Ltd. v. ACIT : Initiating assessment before furnishing recorded reasons and denying the opportunity to file objections renders the reassessment void ab initio.

51. [2026] 137 ITR(T) 129 (Mumbai – Trib.)

Combine Diamonds (P.) Ltd. v. ACIT

A.Y.: 2009-10 DATE: 11.03.2026

Sec. 68 r.w.s. 147 and 148 – Assessee requested recorded reasons after notice under section 148 – Assessing Officer issued notice under section 142(1) before furnishing reasons and, on furnishing reasons, simultaneously issued notices under sections 142(1) and 143(2) without giving reasonable opportunity to file objections – Whether non-compliance with procedure laid down by Supreme Court in GKN Driveshafts (India) Ltd. v. ITO renders reopening and consequential assessment void ab initio – Held, yes

FACTS

The assessee filed its return of income declaring total income of Rs. 68.43 lakhs, which was assessed under section 143(3). Subsequently, a notice under section 148 dated 23.03.2016 was issued to reopen the assessment on the basis of information regarding alleged hawala transactions and bogus purchases.

In response to the notice under section 148, the assessee requested that the original return be treated as the return filed in response to the notice and, by letters dated 04.04.2016 and 21.05.2016, sought the reasons recorded for reopening.

Without furnishing the recorded reasons, the Assessing Officer issued a notice under section 142(1) on 01.07.2016. Thereafter, on 15.07.2016, the Assessing Officer furnished the recorded reasons and, on the very same day, issued notices under sections 142(1) and 143(2), without waiting for the assessee to file objections or affording reasonable time for filing objections.

The assessee subsequently filed objections, which were disposed of by the Assessing Officer by letter dated 09.09.2016. Reassessment was thereafter completed under section 143(3) read with section 147, making an addition of Rs. 29.35 lakhs. The Commissioner (Appeals) sustained the reopening and the addition.

Aggrieved, the assessee appealed before the Tribunal and challenged, inter alia, the validity of the reopening on the ground of non-compliance with the procedure prescribed by the Supreme Court in GKN Driveshafts (India) Ltd. v. ITO.

HELD

The Tribunal observed that the Supreme Court in GKN Driveshafts (India) Ltd. v. ITO had laid down that, upon issuance of notice under section 148: the assessee may seek the recorded reasons; the Assessing Officer is bound to furnish such reasons within a reasonable time; thereafter, the assessee is entitled to file objections; and, the Assessing Officer is required to dispose of the objections by passing a speaking order.

In the present case, the Assessing Officer proceeded with the assessment by issuing a notice under section 142(1) even before furnishing the reasons sought by the assessee. More importantly, after furnishing the reasons on 15.07.2016, the Assessing Officer simultaneously issued notices under sections 142(1) and 143(2), without waiting for the assessee to file objections or giving reasonable time for doing so.

The Tribunal noted that the procedure prescribed in GKN Driveshafts (India) Ltd. was mandatory. It also relied upon the decisions of the Bombay High Court in Fomento Resorts & Hotels Ltd. v. ITO, [Tax Appeal No. 63 of 2007], CIT v. Videsh Sanchar Nigam Ltd. [2012] 21 taxmann.com 53 and Pr. CIT v. Shodiman Investments (P.) Ltd., [2018] 93 taxmann.com 153 as well as the Gujarat High Court’s decision in Troikaa Pharmaceuticals Ltd., [2023] 156 taxmann.com 621 which emphasised compliance with the prescribed procedure before proceeding with reassessment.

The Tribunal distinguished the contrary view of the Madras High Court in Home Finders Housing Ltd. v. ITO [2018] 93 taxmann.com 371 and noted the Karnataka High Court’s view in Hewlett Packard Financial Services (India) (P.) Ltd. [2023] 152 taxmann.com 559 that the procedure prescribed in GKN Driveshafts (India) Ltd. is mandatory and its violation vitiates the assessment.

Since the Assessing Officer had initiated assessment proceedings before furnishing the recorded reasons and had proceeded further without allowing the assessee an opportunity to file objections against the reopening, there was clear non-compliance with the mandatory procedure laid down by the Supreme Court.

Accordingly, the Tribunal quashed the notice under section 148 and declared the consequential assessment order as void ab initio.

The appeal filed by the assessee was allowed.

Shreyas Naynesh Modi v. ITO : The ten percent safe harbour limit applies to the fair market value determined by the Valuation Officer under section 56(2)(x).

50. [2026] 136 ITR(T) 489 (Mumbai – Trib.)

Shreyas Naynesh Modi v. Income-tax Officer

A.Y.: 2018-19 DATE: 23.01.2026

Sec. 56(2)(x) r.w.s. 50C and 55A – Assessee purchased flat for Rs. 2.65 crore against stamp duty valuation of Rs. 3.79 crore – On assessee’s objection, reference to DVO was made who determined FMV at Rs. 2.81 crore – Addition made under section 56(2)(x) on difference between DVO’s FMV and purchase consideration – Whether, the DVO’s FMV replaces SDV and safe harbour limit of 10% applies with reference to FMV determined by DVO – Held, yes

FACTS

The assessee, an individual, filed his return of income for A.Y. 2018-19 declaring total income of about Rs. 8.07 lakhs. The case was selected for scrutiny and notices under sections 143(2) and 142(1) were issued.

He had purchased a flat in Mumbai on 12.04.2017 for a consideration of Rs. 2.65 crores. A registered valuer had estimated its market value at Rs. 2.50 crores, whereas the stamp duty valuation was Rs. 3.79 crores.

During assessment proceedings, the assessee disputed the applicability of section 56(2)(x) and requested that a reference be made to the Departmental Valuation Officer (DVO) under section 55A. The DVO determined the fair market value of the property at Rs. 2.81 crores.

The Assessing Officer added Rs. 16.13 lakhs under the head ‘income from other sources’, being the difference between the DVO’s FMV and the purchase consideration.

On appeal, the Commissioner (Appeals) dismissed the assessee’s claim, holding that the 10% tolerance introduced by Finance Act, 2018 was not applicable to A.Y. 2018-19. The Division Bench, noticing contrary Tribunal decisions, referred the issue to a Special Bench.

HELD

The Special Bench noted that the DVO’s valuation of Rs. 2.81 crores and the purchase consideration of Rs. 2.65 crores differed by 6.09%, which was within the 10% safe harbour limit. The issue before it was whether such limit could be applied with reference to the FMV determined by the DVO.

The Tribunal observed that the safe harbour provisions under sections 50C, 43CA and 56 were introduced to mitigate hardship in genuine real estate transactions, recognising that variations between stamp duty value and actual consideration may arise due to factors such as location and other characteristics of the property.

It held that valuation of an asset necessarily involves estimation and that the DVO’s FMV was also an estimate. Once the assessee disputes the stamp duty valuation and seeks a reference to the DVO, the valuation determined by the DVO replaces the stamp duty valuation for all practical purposes.

The Tribunal therefore held that the safe harbour rule under the third proviso to section 50C(1), and the corresponding provisions including section 56(2)(x), applies to the FMV determined by the DVO. The deeming provision must be taken to its logical end and the beneficial provision must be interpreted purposively and liberally to mitigate hardship in genuine transactions.

Accordingly, the issue was answered in the affirmative

Consolidated Finvest and Holdings Ltd. v. DCIT : Referring valuation under general provisions instead of section 50C(2) denies the department the time-limit extension under section 153.

49. (2026) 188 taxmann.com 1085 (Del Trib)

Consolidated Finvest and Holdings Ltd. v. DCIT

A.Y.: 2017-18 Date of Order: 24.07.2026

Sections: 50C, 142A, 153

Where, in making an addition under section 50C, the AO referred the property valuation to the DVO under the general provision of section 142A instead of the special provision of section 50C(2), no extension of the assessment time limit under Explanation 1(v) to section 153 was available.

FACTS

The assessee-company, an NBFC engaged in providing loans and making investments, filed its return for A.Y. 2017-18 and later a revised return declaring total income of Rs. 9,24,88,434. It sold a property at Nariman Point, Mumbai, for a sale consideration of Rs. 2,16,40,000, while stamp duty was paid on a circle rate of Rs. 2,85,80,744. The assessee contended that the Stamp Valuation Authority’s value exceeded fair market value and placed on record an independent Government valuer’s report valuing the property at Rs. 2,13,28,000.

The AO referred the valuation to the Departmental Valuation Officer (DVO) on 11.11.2019, a fact never intimated to the assessee during the assessment proceedings. No DVO report was received before completion of assessment, and the AO completed the assessment on 28.09.2021, invoking section 50C and making an addition of Rs. 69,40,744 for the difference between the circle rate and the actual sale consideration.

On appeal, CIT(A) held that the reference was in fact made under section 142A, and that it attracted the extended time limit under Explanation 1(v) to section 153 (further extended on account of COVID-19 relaxations) making the assessment dated 28.09.2021 timely, and upheld the addition on merits.

Aggrieved, the assessee filed an appeal before ITAT.

HELD

The Tribunal observed as follows:

(a) CIT(A) had categorically found that the reference in the present case was made by the AO to the DVO only under section 142A. Section 142A is a residuary, general provision for valuation of any asset, whereas section 50C(2) is a special, specific provision for determining the fair value of a capital asset for computing capital gains under section 48. It is trite law, per the maxim generalia specialibus non derogant, that where there is a conflict between a general and a special provision, the special provision prevails.

(b) Section 50C being a self-contained special provision mandating reference to the DVO where the assessee objects to the Stamp Valuation Authority’s value, and section 153(1) not extending any additional time limit for a reference made under section 50C(2), the AO ought to have completed the assessment within the original time limit, i.e., on or before 31.12.2019, and could have amended the order under section 155(15) upon subsequent receipt of the DVO’s report. This was not undertaken.

(c) Since the reference could not be treated as validly made under section 142A, for this purpose, the extended time limit under section 153 was not available, and the assessment completed on 28.09.2021 was barred by limitation. In any event, no DVO valuation report had been furnished even by the date of completion of assessment, while the assessee had placed on record an independent Government valuer’s report which the AO ought to have considered but did not.

Accordingly, the Tribunal held that the assessment framed on 28.09.2021 was barred by limitation, both on law and on facts, and directed that the addition made thereunder be deleted.

In the result, the appeal of the assessee was allowed.

Hotel Mahalaxmi v. ITO : Notional revaluation of leasehold rights by book entry without new investment cannot be added as unexplained investment under section 69.

48. (2026) 188 taxmann.com 871 (Mum Trib)

Hotel Mahalaxmi v. ITO

A.Y.: 2018-19 Date of Order: 16.07.2026

Section: 69

Where the assessee-firm revalued its existing tenancy/leasehold rights in its business premises on the basis of a Government-approved valuer’s report, crediting the differential to partners’ capital accounts without acquiring any new asset, introducing funds, paying consideration to any third party, or claiming depreciation on the revalued amount, such a book revaluation could not be treated as unexplained investment under section 69.

FACTS

The assessee, a partnership firm engaged in running a hotel/restaurant, had been in continuous possession and occupation of its business premises under tenancy/leasehold rights since 1984. During the relevant year, it revalued the existing tenancy/leasehold rights on the basis of a report by a Government-approved valuer and recorded the revaluation by debiting the fixed asset account and crediting the partners’ capital accounts. No new asset was acquired, no funds were introduced, no consideration was paid to any third party, and no depreciation was claimed on the revalued amount.
The AO treated the revaluation amount of Rs. 18,19,51,875 as unexplained investment under section 69 and added it to the total income.

Upon appeal to CIT(A), the addition was upheld.

Aggrieved, the assessee filed an appeal before the Tribunal.

HELD

The Tribunal observed as follows:

(a) Section 69 applies only where the assessee makes an investment not recorded in the books and offers no explanation as to its nature and source. In the present case there was no investment at all: the tenancy/leasehold asset had already existed with the assessee since 1984, the revaluation was duly recorded in the books, and there was no inflow of funds; invocation of section 69 was therefore wholly misconceived.

(b) Revaluation is a recognised accounting practice undertaken to reflect fair market value and does not result in real income, accrual or receipt, following the Supreme Court’s ruling in CIT v. Shoorji Vallabhdas & Co., (1962) 46 ITR 144 (SC), that income-tax is levied on real income and not on a hypothetical or book entry that does not materialise into actual income.

(c) The tenancy right was not acquired during the year under appeal – the assessee had held it since 1984, as evidenced by municipal records, business licences and rent receipts – so the revaluation could not be equated with an acquisition of a new asset.

(d) There was no transfer within the meaning of section 2(47), as there was no sale, relinquishment or extinguishment of rights, and the asset continued to be held by the assessee; consequently, there was no question of capital gains that arose either.

(e) Simple revaluation of assets by book entry does not give rise to any liability under the Act, following Sanjeev Woollen Mills v. CIT, (2005) 279 ITR 434 (SC), where the Supreme Court held that a notional or imaginary profit arising from revaluation of a fixed asset by a book entry cannot be taxed, and CIT v. Birla Gwalior (P.) Ltd., (1973) 89 ITR 266 (SC), that mere revaluation of assets for accounting purposes does not give rise to taxable income. Where the differential on revaluation is credited to partners’ capital accounts, no transfer under section 2(47) takes place, following Ravinshankar R. Singh v. ITO, (2014) 45 taxmann.com 359 (Mum).

Accordingly, the Tribunal held that the addition made by the AO and sustained by CIT(A) under section 69 was not sustainable in law, and directed that it be deleted.

In the result, the appeal filed by the assessee was allowed.

Amaltash Residents Welfare Association v. CIT(E): Exclusive member-only maintenance activities are governed by mutuality and do not constitute a charitable purpose under section 12AB.

47. (2026) 188 taxmann.com 868 (Chd Trib)

Amaltash Residents Welfare Association v. CIT(E)

A.Y.: 2027-28 Date of Order : 23.07.2026

Sections: 2(15), 12AB

Where a Residents Welfare Association’s activities of providing maintenance, security, housekeeping and related facility management were confined exclusively to its own members and residents of a particular residential complex, with no benefit extending to the public at large or an indeterminate section thereof, such activities were governed by the principle of mutuality and did not constitute a charitable purpose under section 2(15); CIT(E) had rightly rejected the application for registration under section 12AB.

FACTS

The assessee, a Residents Welfare Association constituted for the welfare, maintenance and management of a residential complex, filed Form No. 10AB seeking registration under section 12AB for A.Y. 2027-28. Its stated activities involved providing maintenance, security, housekeeping, facility management and related services to residents, collecting maintenance charges, service fees and other contributions from members, and deriving rental income from common facilities.

On examining the objects and activities, the CIT(E) observed that the society was primarily engaged in providing maintenance and related services to residents of a specified residential complex; that the activities were confined to a closed group of members and operated on principles of mutuality; and, that they did not constitute charitable activities within the meaning of section 2(15). The application for registration under section 12AB was accordingly rejected.

Aggrieved, the assessee filed an appeal before ITAT.

HELD

The Tribunal observed as follows:

(a) The concept of charity necessarily presupposes an element of public benefit, founded on altruism and philanthropy without expectation of reciprocal advantage. A Residents Welfare Association, by contrast, functions on the principle of mutuality: every member contributes maintenance charges and receives maintenance and common facilities in return, so that contributors and beneficiaries substantially constitute the same class of persons.

(b) Services such as maintenance of common areas, security, housekeeping, and organising social or cultural programmes are essentially contractual or reciprocal services rendered for consideration collected from the members themselves, and cannot be equated with relief of the poor, education, medical relief, preservation of environment or any other recognised charitable object under section 2(15). Accepting a contrary interpretation would mean every association formed for mutual convenience becomes entitled to registration under section 12AB, obliterating the distinction the Legislature has consciously maintained between mutuality and charity.

(c) The beneficiaries of the assessee were confined exclusively to its members and residents of a particular housing complex, with no element of benefit available to the public at large or to an indeterminate section of the public. The activities were therefore governed by the doctrine of mutuality and not by the principles governing charitable institutions.

(d) On the plea of inadequate opportunity of hearing, no useful purpose would be served by remanding the matter, since the rejection was founded not on insufficiency of evidence but on the very nature and character of the assessee’s activities; a remand would be an empty formality without altering the legal position.

Accordingly, the Tribunal held that since the admitted objects and activities of the assessee did not satisfy the statutory requirement of “charitable purpose” under section 2(15), the CIT(E) had rightly rejected the application for registration under section 12AB, and upheld the impugned order.

In the result, the appeal of the assessee was dismissed.

Rajesh Shamji Furia v. ITO : The Tribunal held that a flat acquired under a development agreement qualifies as a long-term asset, allowing section 54 exemptions.

46. ITA No. 1672/Mum./2026

Rajesh Shamji Furia v. ITO

A.Y.: 2018-19 Date of Order: 16.07.2026

Sections: 2(42A), 45, 54, 54F

A redevelopment scheme does not result in extinguishment of the owner’s proprietary rights followed by acquisition of an altogether fresh capital asset. The ownership rights of an existing member continue throughout the redevelopment process and merely undergo substitution from the old structure to the newly constructed premises.

FACTS

The assessee, jointly with his wife, had acquired the original residential flat measuring 510 sq. ft. in Financial Year 2006-07. Subsequently, the society entered into a redevelopment arrangement with the developer under the Development Agreement (DA) executed on 15.02.2013. Under the said agreement, every existing member became entitled to receive, in lieu of the existing premises, a permanent alternate accommodation (PAA) comprising the original carpet area together with 30% additional carpet area without any monetary consideration. The assessee also became entitled to additional area purchased from the developer under the redevelopment scheme and a further area transferred by his mother. The Permanent Alternate Accommodation Agreement (PAAA) was entered into on 12.01.2018 in which Flat No. 503 was allotted to the assessee as the PAA to which the assessee had already become entitled under the redevelopment arrangement. The assessee sold the said flat on 20.01.2018 and claimed exemption under section 54/54F of the Act on investment in another residential house.

The Assessing Officer (AO), while computing capital gains, proceeded on the footing that Flat No. 503 was a completely new capital asset acquired only upon execution of the PAAA. Since the flat was sold on 20.01.2018, the AO held that the holding period was less than twenty-four months and accordingly assessed the gains as Short-Term Capital Gains, denied the benefit of indexation, and also rejected the claim of exemption under section 54/54F of the Act.

Aggrieved, the assessee preferred an appeal to the CIT(A) who affirmed the said view taken by the AO.

HELD

A redevelopment scheme does not result in extinguishment of the owner’s proprietary rights followed by acquisition of an altogether fresh capital asset. The ownership rights of an existing member continue throughout the redevelopment process and merely undergo substitution from the old structure to the newly constructed premises. The Permanent Alternate Accommodation Agreement neither creates ownership for the first time nor results in acquisition of an independent capital asset. It merely identifies and records the permanent alternate premises allotted in substitution of the existing premises, pursuant to rights which had already accrued under the Development Agreement. Therefore, the execution of the Permanent Alternate Accommodation Agreement (PAAA) cannot be regarded as the starting point for computing the period of holding.

In view of the observations in PCIT v. Vembu Vaidyanathan (2019) 413 ITR 248 (Bom.) as well as the decision of the co-ordinate Bench in Mrs. Urmila Jagdish Mehta v. ACIT (ITA No. 5944/Mum/2024, order dated 29.12.2025), the Tribunal held that the period of holding cannot be counted from the date of execution of the conveyance deed or the Permanent Alternate Accommodation Agreement. It held that what is relevant is the point of time when enforceable rights in the property come into existence.

Applying the aforesaid principle, it found that the assessee acquired the original flat in the year 2006. The Development Agreement executed on 15.02.2013 recognised and crystallised the assessee’s entitlement to receive the redeveloped premises consisting of the original carpet area together with 30% additional area without consideration. The additional area purchased from the developer also originated under the same Development Agreement. Also, the area transferred by the assessee’s mother derived its character from rights already held by her, and upon transfer, the assessee stepped into her shoes for determining the period of holding. Therefore, each component comprised in Flat No. 503 emanated from pre-existing rights under the redevelopment arrangement and cannot be dissected into separate capital assets merely because the PAAA was executed subsequently.

The Tribunal found itself unable to agree with the finding of the CIT(A) that the original flat was transferred to the developer and thereafter a new independent asset came into existence. It held that the redevelopment agreement itself shows that the developer merely undertook reconstruction of the society building in consideration of development rights. The existing members never purchased the redeveloped flats as independent purchasers. Rather, they continued to hold their ownership interest in the land and the building, which was substituted by the permanent alternate accommodation allotted in the redeveloped structure. Thus, the redeveloped flat was continuation of the existing capital asset and not acquisition of a fresh capital asset for the first time on 12.01.2018.

The Tribunal held that even assuming, for the sake of argument, that the period of holding is reckoned from the date of the Development Agreement, 15.02.2013, the capital asset was held by the assessee for almost five years before its sale on 20.01.2018, which is well beyond the statutory period prescribed for treating the asset as a long-term capital asset. It observed that, therefore, it is not necessary for us to finally adjudicate whether the holding period should commence from the original acquisition in the year 2006 or from the crystallisation of rights under the Development Agreement in the year 2013, since the asset qualifies as a long-term capital asset under either view.

The Tribunal observed that the assessee has invested the capital gains in purchase of another house within the period prescribed under section 54/54F of the Act. It held that having held that the gains are LTCG, denial of exemption under section 54/54F by the AO and CIT(A) cannot be sustained.

Sanchit Gupta v. DCIT : No liability for higher TDS applies if the system fails to flag an inoperative PAN, provided the seller paid taxes

45. (2026) 1 (CTOTTJ 1692 (Delhi)

Sanchit Gupta v. DCIT

A.Y.: 2024-25

Date of Order: 21.05.2026

Sections: 194IA, 200A, 206AA

No liability to deduct TDS at higher rate prescribed in section 206AA can be cast on the deductor since the system did not red flag the PAN of the deductee as inoperative PAN and consequences of such inoperative PAN provided evidence is brought on record to establish that the seller of the property has reflected sale of property in his return and due taxes are paid.

FACTS

The assessee, along with two co-owners, purchased property during the year under consideration. The consideration paid/ payable by the assessee was Rs. 30,60,000. The assessee deducted and deposited income-tax at source (TDS) under section 194IA of Rs. 30,600 @ 1 per cent of the amount of consideration payable to the seller, vide Challan-cum-statement in Form No. 26QB dated 28th August, 2023. However, the PAN of the seller was not linked with Aadhar, rendering the PAN inoperative as per rule 114AAA(3), which in such cases mandates deduction of income tax at source at higher rate. Thus, in such a situation, section 206AA read with rule 114AAA(3) got triggered, and the assessee’s liability to deduct income tax at source (TDS) was @ 20 per cent of the amount of consideration payable to the seller or the stamp duty value of the property, whichever is higher, while the assessee had deducted TDS @ 1 per cent of the amount of consideration payable to the seller, which led the CPC, TDS to raise demand of Rs. 5,81,400 towards short deduction of income tax at source, and Rs. 5,814 towards interest on short deduction, vide intimation under section 200A dated 29th August, 2023, raising in aggregate demand of Rs. 5,87,210 against the assessee.

Aggrieved, the assessee preferred an appeal to the CIT(A) who upheld the action of CPC, TDS.

Aggrieved, the assessee preferred an appeal to the Tribunal.

HELD

Stringent provisions such as section 206AA are placed on the statute to curb tax evasion and strengthen tax administration. The risk assessment of such inoperative PAN for non-filing of return or evading taxes are on a higher pedestal. The onus is placed on the deductor to ensure that the PAN of the deductee is not inoperative, otherwise higher TDS rates becomes applicable. It observed that the assessee was required to deduct income tax at source @ 20 per cent on the payments made for purchase of property or stamp duty value, whichever is higher, but the assessee deducted income tax at source @ 1 per cent under section 194IA.

The Tribunal held that when the Department is bringing such a stringent measure, and is upgrading its systems and operations through higher technology on a regular and continuous basis, it was expected all the inoperative PANs should have been red-flagged by the system itself, so that once the deductor or any other person wishes to transact with such person holding inoperative PAN due to non-linkage of PAN with Aadhaar number, the system automatically flags that the PAN of the deductee is inoperative. In such cases TDS is required to be deducted as provided under section 206AA read with rule 114AAA(3). Thus, the consequences thereof should have been auto-flagged by the Department’s system reflecting that the income tax is required to be deducted @ 20 per cent with respect to purchase of property instead of rate of TDS @ 1 per cent as stipulated under section 194IA. It held that the Department is equally responsible for such failure. Under these facts and circumstances, it deemed it appropriate that no liability to higher TDS under section 206AA read with rule 114AAA be cast on the assessee, provided evidence is brought on record that the deductee i.e. seller of the property has declared and disclosed the said sale transaction of sale of property in her return of income filed with the Department and due taxes are paid.

The assessee was directed to produce the necessary evidences to that effect. It simultaneously issued directions to the Revenue to verify from their database as to whether the deductee i.e. seller in the instant case has duly declared and disclosed the income arising from the sale of said property and due taxes paid to the Revenue, otherwise appropriate proceedings under the 1961 Act if permitted by law can be initiated against the said deductee i.e. seller.

Hemant Kumar Agrawal v. ITO : Partner’s remuneration from a firm cannot be treated as turnover or gross receipts to qualify for presumptive taxation under section 44ADA.

44. ITA No. 4728/Mum./2025

Hemant Kumar Agrawal v. ITO

A.Y.: 2018-19 Date of Order: 30.01.2026

Section: 44ADA

Remuneration received by an assessee from a partnership firm cannot be treated as turnover to qualify for gross receipts u/s 44ADA of the Act. Accordingly, the remuneration received by a partner from the firm in which he is a partner will not qualify to be covered by section 44ADA of the Act.

Such remuneration received from partnership firm / LLP would qualify to be treated as income under the head ‘business and profession’ and expenditure, if any, incurred for the purpose of earning of such income can be allowed as deduction.

FACTS

The assessee, a practicing Chartered Accountant, an associate full-time partner with the firm M/s Jayesh Sanghrajka and Co. LLP, received a remuneration of Rs 18,00,000 from the said firm. In the return of income, this amount of remuneration was treated as “gross receipts from business” and offered for taxation in accordance with section 44ADA of the Act. Accordingly, an income of Rs 9,00,000 was shown on presumptive basis.

The Assessing Officer (AO) held that the remuneration received by the assessee from partnership firm cannot be treated as “gross receipt” within the meaning of provisions of section 44ADA of the Act. He, accordingly, added back the expenditure of Rs 9,00,000 claimed by the assessee as deduction under section 44ADA of the Act.

Aggrieved, the assessee preferred an appeal to the CIT(A) who confirmed the action of the AO.
Aggrieved, the assessee preferred an appeal to the Tribunal.

HELD

The Tribunal noted that the income of assessee was from his professional endeavours but in the form of remuneration from the LLP. The Tribunal observed that in view of the ratio of the decisions of the Madras High Court in case of Anandkumar v. ACIT [AIRONLINE 2020 Mad 2136] and Bombay High Court in case of Perizad Zorabian Irani v. PCIT [(2022) 139 taxmann.com 164 (Bom. HC)], remuneration and interest received by the assessee from the partnership firm cannot be termed to be the turnover of the assessee.

It held that the key requirement of presumptive taxation under section 44ADA, could not be satisfied by the assessee in present case, as the remuneration received by the assessee cannot be treated as turnover, to be qualified for ‘gross receipt’ within the meaning of section 44ADA.

It accepted the alternate contention made on behalf of the assessee that such remuneration received from partnership firm / LLP would qualify to be treated as income under the head ‘business and profession’ and expenditure, if any, incurred for the purpose of earning of such income can be allowed as deduction, as held by the Apex Court in the case of CIT v. Ramniklal Kothari [74 ITR 57 (SC)] also supported with the decision of ITAT Delhi, in the case of Atul Kumar Vs. ITO [(2025) 180 taxmann.com 120 (Delhi Trib.)].

The Tribunal held that the income of the assessee, being a practicing Chartered Accountant, earned as remuneration on account of professional engagements, from a chartered accountancy partnership firm / LLP working as a partner would not qualify for inclusion in turnover as “gross receipt” for the purpose of section 44ADA. However, the income from remuneration shall be taxed as income from business and profession, so the expenses, if any, having direct nexus for earning of such income shall be allowed as deductible expenses as per provisions of the Act

Vidhya Vivek Padgaonkar v. ITO: Receipts from educational content assignments constitute professional income under section 44ADA, not business receipts eligible for presumptive taxation under section 44AD.

43. ITA No. 3042/Mum./2026

Vidhya Vivek Padgaonkar v. ITO

A.Y.: 2024-25 Date of Order: 24.06.2026

Sections: 28(v), 40(b), 44AA, 44AD, 44ADA

Section 44AA(1) is inclusive in nature and is not confined only to professions expressly named therein. What is material is character of activity undertaken and degree of specialised knowledge required for its performance. Accordingly, assessee entrusted with functions requiring inherently specialised knowledge, expertise and intellectual application in the field of education was held to be governed by section 44ADA and not section 44AD of the Act.

The taxable event in the hands of the partner is the receipt or accrual of such remuneration. The operation of Section 40(b) is confined to computation of income in the hands of the firm and does not govern the taxability of the amount actually received by the partner.

FACTS I

The assessee filed her return of income declaring therein income from house property, income from services rendered to M/s Apeejay Education Society and remuneration received from Paddy Services LLP. The Assessing Officer (AO) assessed the total income under section 143(3) of the Act by making the following two additions –

(i) Rs 6,42,840 by invoking provisions of section 44ADA; and

(ii) Rs 2,51,704 on account of disallowance claimed on remuneration from firm

The assessee received aggregate consideration of Rs 14,61,000 (subject to TDS u/s 194J) from M/s Apeejay Education Society with whom she was engaged on a contractual basis to undertake academic and curriculum-related assignments. The responsibilities entrusted to her included conceptualisation, preparation and review of academic content and curriculum structure. The assessee treated these receipts as business receipts and offered them for taxation under section 44AD of the Act. The AO held that the nature of services rendered by the assessee is professional in nature and in view of the provisions of section 44AD(6) of the Act, the said receipts are chargeable to tax u/s 44ADA of the Act. He was also influenced by the fact that tax was deducted at source under section 194J of the Act.

Aggrieved, the assessee preferred an appeal to the CIT(A) who upheld the action of the AO.

HELD I

At the outset, the Tribunal observed that the short question requiring adjudication is whether the receipts derived by the assessee from M/s Apeejay Education Society constitute business income eligible for presumptive taxation under Section 44AD or professional income governed by Section 44ADA.

The Tribunal observed that the engagement letter and the nature of responsibilities discharged by the assessee left little room for doubt that the services rendered were not routine commercial or trading activities. The assessee was entrusted with academic and curriculum-related assignments involving conceptualisation, preparation, evaluation and review of educational content. Such functions inherently require specialised knowledge, expertise and intellectual application in the field of education.

Section 44AD expressly excludes from its ambit any person carrying on a profession referred to in section 44AA(1). The expression employed in section 44AA(1) is of wide amplitude and includes, inter alia, technical consultancy and other professions requiring specialised knowledge and expertise.

It held that the services rendered by the assessee fall within the broad spectrum of professional services contemplated under the said provision. The contention that the profession carried on by the assessee is not specifically enumerated in section 44AA(1) was not accepted. It further held that the statutory provision is inclusive in nature and is not confined only to the professions expressly named therein. What is material is the character of the activity undertaken and the degree of specialised knowledge required for its performance. The Tribunal further observed that though deduction of tax under section 194J may not be determinative by itself, it nevertheless constitutes a relevant factor indicating the nature of the services rendered. In the present case, it held such deduction to be consistent with the substantive nature of the work performed by the assessee.

The Tribunal upheld the findings recorded by the CIT(A) that the receipts in question are professional receipts and that the provisions of Section 44ADA have been correctly applied by the AO.

FACTS II

The assessee received remuneration of Rs.10,91,000/- from Paddy Advisory Services LLP. However, in the hands of the said LLP a deduction of only Rs 8,39,296 was allowed. The assessee contested that in her hands only Rs 8,39,296 should be taxed. The CIT(A) confirmed the action of the AO. Aggrieved, the assessee preferred an appeal to the Tribunal.

HELD II

The Tribunal, having noted the provisions of section 28(v) of the Act, held that the taxable event in the hands of the partner is the receipt or accrual of such remuneration and that the assessee had admittedly received remuneration aggregating to Rs.10,91,000/- from the LLP during the relevant previous year. It held that the disallowance of a portion of such remuneration in the hands of the LLP under section 40(b) does not alter the character or quantum of remuneration received by the partner. It held that the operation of section 40(b) is confined to computation of income in the hands of the firm and does not govern the taxability of the amount actually received by the partner. Once the receipt of remuneration to the extent of Rs.10,91,000/- is undisputed, there exists no legal basis for restricting its taxation in the hands of the assessee to Rs.8,39,296/- merely because a part thereof was disallowed while computing the income of the LLP. The ground of appeal was decided against the assessee

Compilor’s Note: Though the ground was decided against the assessee based on the facts on record, the statutory proviso to section 28(v) provides relief to a partner by restricting taxability to the amount allowed as a deduction in the hands of the firm.

The Courage to Walk Alone

There is a quiet dignity in those who have the courage to walk alone. Society often celebrates those who lead crowds, influence opinions, and command attention. Yet some of life’s greatest acts of courage are performed in silence, without applause or recognition. They belong to those who continue their journey with unwavering faith, even when the path before them is uncertain and the companionship they once cherished is no longer beside them.

As human beings, we are created for relationships. We seek acceptance, companionship, and the reassurance that comes from walking life’s journey with others. Family shapes us, friendships strengthen us, and shared dreams give meaning to our days. Naturally, we find comfort in belonging. Yet there are moments when we must choose between following the crowd and following the quiet voice of our conscience. Standing by one’s principles, despite criticism or misunderstanding, requires uncommon courage. History remembers such individuals because they dared to think independently when it was easier to conform.

Walking alone, in this sense, is never about pride or isolation. It is about integrity. It is about having the strength to remain faithful to one’s values, even when approval is withheld. Such moments refine character. They teach us that truth often demands solitude before it receives acceptance.

But life, in its infinite wisdom, slowly reveals that there is an even deeper meaning to walking alone.

Sometimes, we choose solitude because our convictions demand it. At other times, life chooses it for us.

There comes a moment when destiny quietly rewrites the script we had imagined for ourselves. The hand that once held ours through every joy and every storm is no longer there. The conversations that filled our home become memories. The shared laughter echoes only in the heart. Without warning, the journey that was meant to be travelled together becomes one that must be continued alone.

No one willingly prepares for such solitude.

To lose the person who walked beside us is to lose not merely a companion, but a part of our own existence. In those moments, courage acquires an entirely different meaning. It is no longer the courage to defend an opinion or pursue an unconventional dream. It becomes the courage to awaken each morning with an aching heart, to fulfil responsibilities when grief weighs heavily upon the soul, to smile when tears remain unseen, and to keep walking when every instinct longs to stop.

This is perhaps the purest form of courage. Not the courage that changes the world, but the courage that quietly refuses to let sorrow define one’s life.

Our ancient belief & wisdom reminds us that relationships belong to time, but love belongs to eternity. The body is transient; the soul is not. Those we love never truly disappear. They become woven into our thoughts, our values, our prayers, and the countless quiet moments when we instinctively seek their presence. Every act of kindness reflects what they taught us. Every decision made with integrity honours the life they shared with us. In this way, love transcends physical absence and
becomes a silent companion on every step of our journey.

Gradually, solitude begins to lose its harshness. What first appeared to be emptiness slowly becomes sacred space, a place where grief is transformed into gratitude, where longing deepens into remembrance, and where faith gently fills the silence that loss has left behind. We begin to realise that we are not truly walking alone. The companionship that once came through another’s hand is now experienced through an unseen grace that steadies our spirit and strengthens our resolve.

Perhaps this is the greatest lesson life teaches us. Courage is not simply the strength to stand apart from the crowd. Nor is it merely the determination to pursue one’s convictions. The highest expression of courage is to continue living with love after loss, to embrace life without bitterness, and to transform grief into compassion, purpose, and quiet hope.

The journey may no longer look the way we had imagined. The road may be lonelier than we ever expected. Yet every step taken with faith becomes a prayer. Every sunrise becomes a reminder that life still holds purpose. Every act of goodness becomes a tribute to the one who now walks beside us in spirit rather than in sight.

And perhaps that is the deepest truth of all. We may think we are walking alone, but love never leaves us, faith never abandons us, and the Divine never ceases to guide us. Those who find the courage to keep walking discover that the path of solitude is, in the end, the path that leads them closest to God.

It takes immense strength to rebuild life after profound loss. Every step taken forward is a quiet victory over despair and a tribute to the one who is deeply missed.

Vedanta Limited Demerger Disclosures

COMPILER’S NOTE:

In recent times, corporate India has been undergoing restructuring with – demergers being one of the most adopted method for the same. This, ostensibly unlocks value and creates more wealth for the shareholders and in the process also enables succession planning and focus for the promoters also. There is no specific Indian Accounting Standard (Ind AS) to govern accounting for such demergers. The disclosures are mainly governed by Ind AS 105 (Discontinued Operations), Ind AS 108 (Segment Reporting), Ind AS 1 (framework for preparing and presenting general-purpose financial statements) and Schedule 3 of the Companies Act 2013. These demergers besides approval from the National Company Law Tribunal and Securities & Exchange Board of India (SEBI – for listed entities), also require approvals from several state and central government ministries and agencies.

Given below are disclosures for a company which has demerged its operations into 6 specific business units.

VEDANTA LIMITED

Extracts from notes to Standalone Financial Statements for the year ended 31st March, 2026

Note 3(d): Acquisitions, Restructuring and Disposal of Subsidiary

(i) Scheme of Arrangement for demerger

On 29 September 2023, the Board approved a Scheme of Arrangement for demerger of various business undertakings into separate resulting companies, which was subsequently modified to exclude the Base Metals undertaking (the “Updated Scheme”). The Updated Scheme received requisite approvals from shareholders and creditors and was sanctioned by the Hon’ble NCLT on 16 December 2025, with TSPL receiving separate approval on 9 January 2026. Consequently, the receipt of aforesaid NCLT approval, being one of the substantial approvals, meets the highly probable criteria prescribed in Ind AS 105 “Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations” for presentation of the Scheme as discontinued operations. Hence Aluminium, Oil and Gas, Iron Ore and Power undertakings have been disclosed as discontinued operations in financial statements. Accordingly, all previous period figures in the statement of profit and loss have also been re-presented/recomputed. Refer note 45 for further details.

Note 45: Scheme of Arrangement for demerger

The Board of Directors, in its meeting held on 29 September 2023, had approved a Scheme of Arrangement (“the Original Scheme”) for demerger of various businesses of the Company, namely, demerger of the Company’s Aluminium (represented by the Aluminium segment), Merchant Power (represented by the Power segment), Oil & Gas (represented by the Oil and Gas segment), Base Metals (represented by the Copper and Zinc International segment) and Iron Ore & Steel (represented by Iron Ore segment and Steel and Cement business) Undertakings, resulting in 6 separate companies(including Vedanta Limited, being the demerged Company), with a mirrored shareholding and consequent listings at BSE Limited and National Stock Exchange of India Limited (“the Stock Exchanges”). The Stock Exchanges gave their no objection to the Scheme.

A first motion application, in respect of the Original Scheme, was filed by the demerged company (i.e., Vedanta Limited) and four resulting companies (i.e., Vedanta Aluminium Metal Limited (“VAML”), Malco Energy Limited (“MEL”), Vedanta Base Metals Limited (“VBML”) and Vedanta Iron and Steel Limited (“VISL”)) before the Hon’ble National Company Law Tribunal, Mumbai Bench (“NCLT”) on 06 August 2024 (“VEDL First Motion’’). The Hon’ble NCLT by way of its order dated 21 November 2024 (“VEDL NCLT Order”) inter alia:

a) directed the Company to convene a meeting of its equity shareholders, secured creditors and unsecured creditors within 90 days of the date of receipt of the Order;

b) directed MEL to convene a meeting of its secured and unsecured creditors within 90 days of the date of receipt of the Order;

c) dispensed with the meeting of equity shareholders of VAML, MEL, VBML and VISL; and

d) dispensed with the meeting of secured and unsecured creditors of VAML, VBML and VISL.

In December 2024, Vedanta Limited and other five resulting companies decided not to proceed with implementation of Part V of the Original Scheme, i.e., demerger of Base Metal undertaking into VBML, along with making appropriate updates to the Original Scheme (“Scheme”). The non-implementation of the demerger of the Base Metals undertaking shall not affect any other parts of the Original Scheme described above.

In compliance with the VEDL NCLT Order, the meetings were held on 18 February 2025 and the Scheme (with modification to exclude demerger of Base Metals Undertaking) was approved by the equity shareholders, secured creditors and unsecured creditors of the Company, as well as the secured and unsecured creditors of MEL.

On 5 March 2025, Vedanta Limited along with VAML, MEL and VISL, filed a second motion petition before the Hon’ble NCLT inter alia seeking sanction of the Updated Scheme. After multiple hearings with the Hon’ble NCLT, the Updated Scheme was approved by the Hon’ble NCLT vide its order dated 16 December 2025.

Further, a separate first motion application was filed by Talwandi Sabo Power Limited (“TSPL”), one of the resulting companies, with the Hon’ble NCLT, Mumbai on 22 October 2024 (“TSPL First Motion”) for demerger of Merchant Power Undertaking of the Company, since TSPL’s Registered Office (“RO”) was in the process of being changed from Mansa (Punjab) to Mumbai (Maharashtra) at the time of filing VEDL First Motion. The Hon’ble NCLT, Mumbai by its order dated 4 March 2025, disposed the TSPL First Motion by rejecting the scheme (“TSPL NCLT Order”). In an appeal filed by TSPL, the TSPL NCLT Order has been set aside by the Hon’ble NCLAT, New Delhi vide order dated 15 September 2025 and the matter has been remanded to the Hon’ble NCLT for proceeding with TSPL First Motion. The Hon’ble NCLT by way of its order dated 17 October 2025 inter alia directed (i) dispensation of the meeting of equity shareholders of TSPL; and (ii)TSPL to convene a meeting of its secured creditors and unsecured creditors within 90 days of the date of receipt of the order. The meetings were held on 21 November 2025, and the Scheme was approved by the secured creditors and unsecured creditors of TSPL. On 25 November 2025, TSPL filed a second motion petition before the Hon’ble NCLT inter alia seeking sanction of the Updated Scheme. The Updated Scheme has been approved by the Hon’ble NCLT vide its order dated 9 January 2026.

Consequently, the receipt of aforesaid NCLT approval, being one of the substantial approvals, meets the highly probable criteria prescribed in Ind AS 105 “”Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations”” for presentation of the Updated Scheme as discontinued operations. Hence the Aluminium undertaking, Oil and Gas undertaking, Iron Ore undertaking and Power undertaking have been disclosed as discontinued operation in the financial statements. Accordingly, all previous period figures in the statement of profit and loss have also been re-presented/re-computed.

The Board of Directors, at its meeting held on 20 April 2026, has inter alia, approved the following:

i. To make the Scheme effective on 1 May 2026; and

ii. In consultation with VAML, TSPL, MEL and VISL, the Board has fixed 1 May 2026, as the record date for determining the shareholders eligible to receive consideration pursuant to the Scheme.

The impact of the demerger would be given in the period when all substantial conditions as per Scheme are fulfilled/ met.

Brief particulars of the Demerged Undertaking / Discontinued Operations are given as under:

a) Carrying value of net assets of the Demerged Undertaking (net of inter segment balances) as at 31 March 2026

(₹ in crores)

Particulars Aluminium

Undertaking

Iron ore

Undertaking

Oil & Gas

Undertaking

Power

Undertaking

Total
Non-current assets
Property, Plant and Equipment 40,970 1,793 5,046 3,089 50,898
Capital work-in-progress 2,001 394 3,332 1,685 7,412
Intangible assets 901 120 39 0 1,060
Exploration intangible assets under development 1,040 2,143 3,183
Financial assets
   Investments 992 1,775 8,561 4,133 15,461
   Loans 1,309 1,309
   Trade receivables 634 634
   Derivatives 229 229
   Others 1,090 125 1,513 14 2,742
Deferred tax assets (net) 0 1,473 1,473
Other non-current assets 1,929 490 126 92 2,637
Total non-current assets 49,152 6,006 20,760 11,120 87,038
Current assets          
Inventories 4,977 1,010 402 91 6,480
Financial assets
   Investments 1,387 127 20 7 1,541
   Trade receivables 2,276 178 448 179 3,081
   Cash and cash equivalents 1,300 268 1,133 746 3,447
   Other bank balances 268 102 2,576 4 2,950
   Loans 0 689 0 869 1,558
   Derivatives 296 12 0 308
   Others 1,107 721 5,563 230 7,621
Other current assets 773 1,098 78 228 2,177
Total current assets 12,384 4,205 10,220 2,354 29,163
Total Assets (A) 61,536 10,211 30,980 13,474 1,16,201

(₹in crores)

Particulars Aluminium

Undertaking

Iron ore

Undertaking

Oil & Gas

Undertaking

Power

Undertaking

Total
Non-current liabilities
Financial liabilities
    Borrowings 25,088 418 1,015 2,504 29,025
    Lease liabilities 64 200 94 4 362
   Other financial liabilities 0 4 4
   Provisions 197 12 1,360 5 1,574
   Deferred tax liabilities (net) 4,046 19 654 0 4,719
   Other non current liabilities 2,143 26 0 29 2,198
Total non-current liabilities 31,538 675 3,127 2,542 37,882
Current liabilities          
Financial liabilities
    Borrowings 10,323 1,054 2,240 13,617
    Lease liabilities 17 167 54 0 238
Operational buyers’ credit / suppliers’   credit 4,073 1,096 33 204 5,406
   Trade payables 2,433 296 728 53 3,510
   Derivatives 3,327 3,327
   Other financial liabilities 2,392 253 6,755 425 9,825
   Other current liabilities 1,672 441 207 20 2,340
   Provisions 71 53 72 2 198
Total current liabilities 24,308 3,359 10,089 704 38,460
Total Liabilities (B) 55,846 4,035 13,216 3,246 76,342
Net Assets Transferred (A)-(B) 5,690 6,177 17,764 10,228 39,859

 

(b)  Profit from Discontinued Operations

Gross of inter segment transactions for the year ended 31st March 2026

(₹ in crores)

Particulars Aluminium

Undertaking

Iron ore Undertaking Oil & Gas

Undertaking

Power Undertaking Total
Revenue from Operations 50,592 6,073 5,546 1,938 64,149
Total Income 51,077 6,789 7,739 1,952 67,557
Total Expenses 37,474 5,685 5,527 1,830 50,516
Profit before Exceptional Items and Tax 13,603 1,104 2,212 122 17,041
Exceptional Items -389 -863 -25 -2 -1,279
Tax Expense 3,435 134 148 6 3,723
Profit from Discontinued Operations 9,779 107 2,039 114 12,039

Gross of inter segment transactions for the year ended 31st March 2025

(₹ in crores)

Particulars Aluminium

Undertaking

Iron ore Undertaking Oil & Gas

Undertaking

Power Undertaking Total
Revenue from Operations 44,233 5,636 6,283 678 56,830
Total Income 44,829 6,249 8,671 689 60,438
Total Expenses 37,444 5,245 5,695 1,143 49,527
Profit before Exceptional Items and Tax 7,385 1,004 2,976 -454 10,911
Exceptional Items -314 1,113 799
Tax Expense 1,935 77 439 -79 2,372
Profit from Discontinued Operations 5,450 613 3,650 -375 9,338

Net of inter segment transactions for the year ended 31st March 2026

(₹in crores)

Particulars Aluminium

Undertaking

Iron ore Undertaking Oil & Gas

Undertaking

Power Undertaking Total
Revenue from Operations 50,592 6,073 5,546 1,839 64,050
Total Income 51,077 6,305 7,627 1,853 66,862
Total Expenses 37,131 5,685 5,721 1,825 50,362
Profit before Exceptional Items and Tax 13,946 620 1,906 28 16,500
Exceptional Items -389 -863 -25 -2 -1,279
Tax Expense 3,435 134 148 6 3,723
Profit from Discontinued Operations 10,122 -377 1,733 20 11,498

Net of inter segment transactions for the year ended 31st March 2025

(₹ in crores)

Particulars Aluminium

Undertaking

Iron ore Undertaking Oil & Gas

Undertaking

Power Undertaking Total
Revenue from Operations 44,233 5,636 6,283 678 56,830
Total Income 44,595 5,779 8,548 689 59,611
Total Expenses 36,961 5,148 5,765 1,137 49,011
Profit before Exceptional Items and Tax 7,634 631 2,783 -448 10,600
Exceptional Items -314 1,113 799
Tax Expense 1,935 77 439 -79 2,372
Profit from Discontinued Operations 5,699 240 3,457 -369 9,027
(c) Net Cashflows attributable to the Discontinued Operations

Gross of inter segment transactions for the year ended 31st March 2026

(₹ in crores)

Year ended 31 March 2026 Aluminium

Undertaking

Iron ore Undertaking Oil & Gas Undertaking Power Undertaking Total
Net Cash generated from Operating Activities 13,663 865 1,927 1,271 17,726
Net Cash (used in)/generated from Investing Activities -4,790

 

-634

 

4,574

 

-1,317

 

-2,167

 

Net Cash (used in)/generated from Financing Activities -8,801

 

-139

 

-5,876

 

688

 

-14,128

 

Gross of inter segment transactions for the year ended 31st March 2025

(₹in crores)

Year ended 31 March 2026 Aluminium

Undertaking

Iron ore Undertaking Oil & Gas

Undertaking

Power Undertaking Total
Net Cash generated from/(used in) Operating Activities 11,214

 

428

 

5,005

 

-501

 

16,146

 

Net Cash used in Investing Activities -3,732 -290 -3,440 -1,082 -8,544
Net Cash (used in)/generated from Financing Activities -7,347

 

-16

 

-1,063

 

1,687

 

-6,739

 

Total expense includes finance cost which has been allocated between continuing and discontinued operations based on best estimate of debt allocation between business divisions of Vedanta Limited as at 31 March 2026. Accordingly finance cost of comparative periods has been regrouped between continuing and discontinuing operations.

Independent Auditor’s Report on Standalone Financial Statements for the year ended 31st March 2026

Key audit matters How our audit addressed the key audit matter
Accounting and Disclosure for Scheme of Arrangement (“Scheme”) for Demerger (as described in Note 3(c)(A)(vi) and 45 of the Standalone financial statements)

 

During the current year, the Hon’ble NCLT vide its order dated 16 December 2025 has approved the Scheme for demerger of Aluminium undertaking (represented by the Aluminium segment), Oil and Gas undertaking (represented by the Oil and Gas segment) and Iron Ore undertaking (represented by Iron Ore segment) and vide its order dated 9 January 2026 for demerger of Merchant Power Undertaking (represented by the Power segment) of the Company, both orders subjected to other requisite regulatory and Board of Director approvals.

The aforesaid Scheme has been assessed as highly probable by the management in accordance with the criteria prescribed under Ind AS 105 “Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations” and accordingly, the proposed demerger of Aluminium undertaking, Oil and Gas undertaking, Iron Ore undertaking and Merchant Power Undertaking pursuant to the scheme has been accounted and disclosed as Discontinued Operations.

The above transaction is a significant non-routine transaction and has been identified as a key audit matter due to:

a)significant management judgment around determination of the Scheme being assessed as highly probable by the management in accordance with the criteria prescribed under Ind AS 105.

b)significant management judgment around evaluation of giving effect to the Scheme in accordance to Ind AS- 103 “Business Combination”, including:

satisfaction of substantive conditions post 31 March 2026

waiver of any conditions by the Board of Directors to the extent permitted under Applicable Law; andc) significant management judgment and estimates which are sensitive to underlying assumptions such as forecast of future cash flows (including revised assessment of brand and strategic management fees), allocation of borrowings, utilisation of tax assets, identification of all proceedings of any nature for each undertaking, etc. upon the Scheme becoming effective.

Our procedures included the following:

Obtained and read the Scheme and orders passed by the Hon’ble National Company Law Tribunal to understand its key terms and conditions.

Understood the change in structure of the Company from the management.Evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of select internal financial controls relevant for recording the impact of the Scheme and related disclosures.

Evaluated the basis of the management’s assessment of treating the proposed demerger as Discontinued operations in accordance with the applicable accounting standards.

Obtained an update on the other regulatory communications in this respect and current status of the approval from such regulatory authorities.

Read the minutes of meeting of Board of Directors.

Tested the identification of specific assets and liabilities being disclosed as held for distribution and assessed the key estimates and judgement involved therein.

Identified indicators of impairment for assets and liabilities classified as held for distribution and where identified, tested the valuation by assessing the key assumptions used by management, which included:

Assessment of management’s forecasting accuracy of future cashflows by comparing prior year forecasts to actual results.

Capitalisation of Borrowing Costs: Foreign Exchange Gains and Losses under Ind AS 23

A practical framework for applying the exchange-difference provisions

Under Ind AS 23, foreign exchange differences from borrowings can be capitalised as borrowing costs if they are considered interest adjustments to interest costs for qualifying assets. This adjustment is capped at the difference between local and foreign currency borrowing costs. Any excess exchange loss is recognised in profit or loss. Subsequent exchange gains must first reverse previously recognised losses before being treated as gains under Ind AS 21. For multi-year loans, entities choose between discrete-period or cumulative approaches. The cumulative approach is often preferred to maintain consistency with gain treatment.

1. BACKGROUND AND INTRODUCTION

Foreign currency borrowings can create an accounting issue that is easy to overlook: the borrowing cost is not limited to the interest paid on the loan. Under Ind AS 23, certain exchange differences arising on foreign currency borrowings may also be regarded as an adjustment to interest costs. Where the borrowing is directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of a qualifying asset, the eligible borrowing costs are capitalised as part of the cost of that asset, subject to the general requirements of Ind AS 23.

The important point is that Ind AS does not permit an entity to capitalise the entire foreign exchange loss merely because the loan was used to finance a qualifying asset. Paragraphs 6(e) and 6A of Ind AS 23 impose a specific restriction: the exchange loss regarded as an adjustment to interest is generally limited by reference to the difference between the cost of borrowing in the local currency and the cost of borrowing in the foreign currency. The treatment of subsequent exchange gains is also specifically addressed.

The practical difficulty becomes greater where a foreign currency borrowing remains outstanding for more than one reporting period. In that situation, an entity may need to consider whether the exchange-difference adjustment should be determined separately for each reporting period or assessed cumulatively over the period of the borrowing. This article explains the basic rule first through a simple mathematical example and then through a more complex multi-year example.

2. RELEVANT ACCOUNTING STANDARD REFERENCES

The key provisions of Ind AS 23 relevant to this issue are:

Reference Relevant principle
Paragraph 6 (e) Borrowing costs include exchange differences arising from foreign currency borrowings to the extent that they are regarded as an adjustment to interest costs.
Paragraph 6A(i) The exchange-loss adjustment is determined by reference to the extent to which the exchange loss does not exceed the difference between the cost of borrowing in the local currency and the cost of borrowing in the foreign currency.
Paragraph 6A(ii) Where an unrealised exchange loss has been treated as an adjustment to interest and a subsequent realised or unrealised gain arises in respect of settlement or translation of the same borrowing, the gain is also treated as an adjustment to interest to the extent of the previously recognised loss.
Paragraphs 8–26 These paragraphs contain principles governing capitalisation of borrowing costs, including the commencement, suspension and cessation of capitalisation.

Accordingly, two questions should be kept separate. First, how much of the exchange difference can be regarded as an adjustment to interest under paragraphs 6(e) and 6A? Second, once that amount is identified, does it meet the general conditions for capitalisation under Ind AS 23?

3. THE BASIC MATHEMATICAL PRINCIPLE

For a foreign currency borrowing used to finance a qualifying asset, the exchange-loss component eligible to be treated as an adjustment to interest is restricted. In the simple annual case, the ceiling is the difference between the cost of a comparable borrowing in the local currency and the cost of the foreign currency borrowing.

Eligible exchange-loss adjustment = lower of:

  • Actual exchange loss for the period
  • Interest on comparable local-currency borrowing less interest on the foreign currency borrowing

4. EXAMPLE 1 – SIMPLE MATHEMATICAL ILLUSTRATION

Assume a company borrows ₹100 crore in a foreign currency to finance the construction of a qualifying asset. The comparable borrowing rate in the local currency is 12%, while the foreign currency borrowing carries an interest rate of 7%.

Particulars Amount
Principal `100 crore
Comparable local borrowing rate 12%
Foreign currency borrowing rate 7%
Interest differential 5%
Interest differential on ₹100 crore `5 crore
Actual exchange loss `8 crore

The maximum exchange loss that can be regarded as an adjustment to interest is therefore ₹5 crore. The actual exchange loss is ₹8 crore. Accordingly:

  • Foreign currency interest: capitalised if the Ind AS 23 conditions for capitalisation of borrowing cost are satisfied.
  • Exchange loss regarded as an adjustment to interest: ₹5 crore.
  • Excess exchange loss: ₹3 crore, recognised in profit or loss rather than treated as borrowing cost.

If, instead, the actual exchange loss were only ₹3 crore, the amount eligible as an adjustment to interest would be ₹3 crore. The fact that the interest differential is ₹5 crore does not create an additional amount that can be capitalised.

5. SUBSEQUENT EXCHANGE GAIN

Paragraph 6A(ii) becomes important where an exchange loss has previously been treated as an adjustment to interest. If a subsequent realised or unrealised exchange gain arises on settlement or translation of the same borrowing, the gain is treated as an adjustment to interest to the extent of the exchange loss previously recognised as an adjustment.

Year Exchange difference Treatment
Year 1 `4 crore loss `4 crore treated as borrowing-cost adjustment
Year 2 `2 crore gain ₹2 crore reduces borrowing cost / reverses the earlier adjustment
Alternative: Year 2 gain of ₹6 crore `6 crore gain ₹4 crore reverses the earlier adjustment; balance of ₹2 crore is recognised under Ind AS 21 as an exchange gain.

6. EXAMPLE 2 – A MORE COMPLEX MULTI-YEAR BORROWING

The more difficult question arises when the foreign currency borrowing extends beyond one reporting period and there is an exchange loss in more than one year. In the author’s view there are two possible approaches: a discrete-period approach and a cumulative approach. The distinction matters because an exchange loss that is not eligible for treatment as an adjustment in one period may, depending on the approach and the facts, affect the computation in a later period.

6.1 Facts

Assume the following two-year borrowing. The figures are illustrative and expressed in the same monetary units:

Particulars Year 1 Year 2 Total
Foreign currency interest (A) 25,000 25,000 50,000
Hypothetical local-currency interest (B) 30,000 30,000 60,000
Foreign exchange loss (C) 6,000 3,000 9,000

6.2 Method A – Discrete-Period Approach

Under the discrete-period approach, the paragraph 6(e) adjustment is determined independently for each reporting period. The calculation is therefore:

Year 1: lower of exchange loss of 6,000 and interest differential of 5,000 = 5,000.

Year 2: lower of exchange loss of 3,000 and interest differential of 5,000 = 3,000.

Particulars Year 1 Year 2 Total
6(e) adjustment 5,000 3,000 8,000
Foreign exchange loss not treated as adjustment 1,000 Nil 1,000

Thus, under Method A, the total exchange loss regarded as an adjustment to interest over the two years is 8,000, leaving 1,000 of the cumulative exchange loss outside this adjustment to be dealt with in accordance with Ind AS 21.

6.3 Method B – Cumulative Approach

Under the cumulative approach, the assessment is made by considering the borrowing over the relevant period as a whole. The cumulative exchange loss is compared with the cumulative interest differential, with the cumulative adjustment constrained by the cumulative exchange loss.

At the end of Year 1, the cumulative eligible adjustment is 5,000. At the end of Year 2, cumulative exchange loss is 9,000 and cumulative interest differential is 10,000. Accordingly, the cumulative paragraph 6(e) adjustment can reach 9,000.

Since 5,000 was already recognised in Year 1, the additional adjustment in Year 2 is 4,000. This produces the following cumulative result:

Particulars Year 1 Year 2 Total
Cumulative 6(e) adjustment 5,000 4,000 9,000
Foreign exchange loss not treated as adjustment 1,000 (1,000) Nil

The numerical outcome differs between Method A and Method B. Method A produces a total adjustment of 8,000, whereas Method B produces a cumulative adjustment of 9,000. The issue therefore is not merely computational; it involves the unit of account and the relationship between exchange rates and the interest differential over the life of the borrowing.

7. WHICH APPROACH SHOULD BE FOLLOWED?

There is no explicit paragraph in Ind AS 23 that conclusively mandates either the discrete-period or cumulative approach for a multi-year borrowing with exchange losses in successive periods. However, given that the standard mandates a cumulative approach for exchange gains, the author believes that the cumulative approach is more appropriate in these situations as well. Where quarterly or other interim financial information is prepared, the same issue can arise within a financial year. Management should document the basis for the approach selected and apply it consistently.

Dr. Bais Surgical And Medical Institute Pvt. Ltd. v. Dhananjay Pande : Formal entry in a company’s register is not an absolute prerequisite for a person to seek oppression relief.

12. Dr. Bais Surgical And Medical Institute Pvt. Ltd. & Ors. V/s Dhananjay Pande In The Supreme Court of India Civil Appellate Jurisdiction Civil Appeal No. 8973 of 2010

Order date: 04th May,2026

The Supreme Court held that formal entry in a Company’s Register of Members is not an absolute prerequisite for a person to be considered a “Member of the Company” when seeking relief against Oppression and Mismanagement.

The Supreme Court of India, in its judgment addressed a critical question regarding the definition of a “Member” of a Company under the Companies Act, 1956. it clarified that in specific equitable contexts such as petitions for “oppression and mismanagement”—the status of an investor as a “Member” can be recognized even in the absence of a formal entry in the Register of Members.

The judgment examined the interplay between two distinct provisions of the Companies Act, 1956:

  • Section 2(27): Provides a broad, inclusive definition of “member”.
  • Section 41: Outlines the formal procedural requirements for becoming a member, such as agreeing in writing and having one’s name entered in the register of members.

The Court held that for the purposes of invoking jurisdiction under Sections 397 and 398 of the Companies Act, 1956 (remedies against oppression and mismanagement), the term “Member” should not be construed in a “mechanical or technical manner” restricted solely to the requirements of Section 41. Instead, the broader definition under Section 2(27) should apply where the individual has consistently been treated as a stakeholder by the company.

The Court further held that when an investor’s share application money has been accepted and utilized for the company’s business operations (e.g., expanding its facilities or increasing its authorized capital), it constitutes strong evidence of a proprietary interest. Moreover, if a company has treated an individual as a “co-owner” or stakeholder in its official correspondence, such conduct may outweigh the absence of a formal share certificate or an entry in the register.

The Court ruled that since the jurisdiction to grant relief in cases of oppression and mismanagement is equitable in nature, the absence of a formal entry in the register of members does not automatically disqualify a genuine stakeholder from seeking relief. Therefore, the Court rejected the argument that the name of person not entered in the register of members would lack “locus standi” for filing a petition under Sections 397 and 398 of the Companies Act, 1956 (remedies against oppression and mismanagement).

Rafeek Peedi Yakkal Hassan v. Registrar of Companies : Striking off a company name is reversed if the director provides audited financial statements proving ongoing resort project operations.

11. Rafeek Peedi Yakkal Hassan V/s

Registrar of Companies, Kerala & Lakshadweep NATIONAL COMPANY LAW TRIBUNAL, KOCHI BENCH, 189 taxmann.com 423

Order dated 11th August 2026

Where an appellant, director challenged the strike-off of the company’s name, citing its ongoing business and intention to continue operations, and placed on record audited financial statements and tax returns, restoration of the company’s name was directed, subject to the company filing all pending statutory documents and paying applicable fees, penalties, and costs for previous non-compliances within stipulated timelines, with restoration taking effect as if the company’s name had not been struck off.

FACTS:

  • The appellant–shareholder-director holding 99% of M/s. Salim’s Whitefeather Resort Private Limited filed an appeal under Section 252(3) challenging the strike-off of the company’s name. The company was incorporated in 2019 as a company limited by shares with authorised share capital of about Rs. 10 lakhs and paid-up share capital of about Rs. 1 lakh, with the object of developing a resort project. The appellant stated that the company had acquired land and a building permit but, due to the COVID-19 pandemic and a director being abroad, it could not open a bank account or commence operations. The appellant executed a memorandum of understanding with a construction group, placed on record audited financial statements for FYs 2021-22 to 2024-25 and the income tax return for FY 2024-25, and undertook to file all pending statutory documents with applicable fees. The appeal was filed within the 20-year period prescribed by Section 252(3).
  • The Registrar reported that the company failed to commence business; the subscribers did not pay the subscription undertaken in the Memorandum; and the declaration under Section 10A (1) was not filed within180 days of incorporation. A notice in Form STK-1 was issued under Section 248(1), followed by a public notice in Form STK-5 published in the Gazette. As no valid objections were received from the company or its directors, the company’s name was struck off under Section 248(5) and Form STK-7 was issued. The Registrar also recorded that the appellant admitted non-commencement of business. The Registrar did not oppose the appellant’s request for restoration of the company before the Tribunal.

HELD:

  • Upon examining the facts of the case, the Tribunal was satisfied that the Respondent, the Registrar of Companies, was justified in striking off the name of the Company from the Register of Companies in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013. The records demonstrated that the Appellant Company had failed to commence business after its incorporation, as the subscribers did not pay the subscription amount undertaken in the Memorandum, and the declaration under Section 10A (1) of the Companies Act, 2013, was not filed within 180 days of incorporation.
  • Section 252(3) confers powers on the Tribunal to order for restoration of the name of the Company in the Register of Companies maintained by ROC, on an appeal made by the (i) Company (ii) Member (iii)creditor or (iv) workman before the expiry of 20 years from the date of publication in the Official Gazette of the notice under Section 248(5), if the Tribunal is satisfied that the Company was, at the time of its name being struck off, carrying on business or in operation or otherwise just that the name of the company be restored to the Register of Companies.
  • The Respondent/Registrar of Companies has not opposed the relief sought by the Appellant for restoration of its name to the Register of Companies. The Appellant has also undertaken to comply with all statutory requirements and to take necessary measures to regularise the defaults committed by the Company. In the absence of any objection from the Respondent/ROC and having regard to the object and purpose of Section 252, the Tribunal considered it appropriate to take a liberal view and grant the Appellant an opportunity to restore the Company and bring its affairs into compliance with law.
  • Upon perusal of the appeal, this Tribunal was of the considered view that sufficient grounds exist for restoring the name of the Company to the Register of Companies. In the present case, the Appellant, being a shareholder holding 99% of the Company’s share capital, has filed the present appeal under Section 252(3), seeking restoration of the Company’s name. The Appellant has placed on record the audited financial statements for the financial years ended 31st March 2022 to 31st March 2025, which prima facie demonstrated that the Company was in operation and carrying on its business at the time the order under Section 248 was passed. Although the Company had committed certain statutory defaults, the Respondent/Registrar of Companies, after following the procedure prescribed under the Act, struck off the Company’s name from the Register of Companies.
  • Certainly, Section 252(3) does not mandate going into the merits of an order passed under Section 248, but the NCLT usually calls for a report from the ROC. Once a person is eligible to file an appeal and has placed on record prima facie proof that, at the time of the order under Section 248, the Company was carrying on its business or was in operation, the Tribunal, after recording its satisfaction, can pass appropriate orders.
  • The right given to the Company, along with any member, creditor, or workman, to file an appeal under Section 252(3) demonstrates the legislative intent that even a struck-off Company retains a limited statutory personality for the purpose of seeking its revival. If the appellant has established that the Company was carrying on business and was in operation and has the intention to continue with its normal operations, or that the restoration is otherwise just and equitable, the NCLT is empowered to pass appropriate orders under the given circumstances. However, the said orders would not exempt the Company from paying the regular fees and penalties, if applicable, for its previous non-compliances.

Tribunal was of the considered view that the Appellant is a shareholder of the Company and in the light of the above findings, this Company Appeal is maintainable in the eyes of law. Accordingly, the appeal was allowed on the following terms: –

i. The Registrar of Companies, Kerala/Lakshadweep, the Respondent, was directed to restore the original status of the Appellant Company, M/s. Salim’s White Feather Resort Private Limited, as if the name of the Company has not been struck off from the Register of Companies, with the resultant and consequential actions like changing the status of the Appellant Company from “Strike off’ to “Active”.

ii. The Appellant Company was directed to file all pending statutory document(s), including Annual Accounts for the period and Annual Returns along with prescribed fees/additional fees/fines as decided by the Registrar of Companies, Kerala/Lakshadweep, within 45 days from the date on which its name is restored on the Register of Companies maintained by the Registrar of Companies, Kerala/Lakshadweep.

iii. The restoration of the Company’s name was also subject to the payment of Rs.10,000/- (Rupees Ten thousand Only) per financial year for which the Company has not filed its financial returns with the ROC towards cost payable through online payment in www.mca.gov.in under miscellaneous fees by mentioning the particulars as “payment of cost for revival of Company” within thirty days from the date of receipt of the order.

iv. The restoration of the Appellant Company’s name in the Register will be subject to their filing all outstanding documents for the defaulting years as required by law and completion of all formalities, including payment of any late fee or other charges that are leviable by the Respondent for the late filing of statutory returns. The name of the Appellant Company shall then stand restored in the Register of the ROC, as if the name of the company had not been struck off.

v. The appellant company was directed to file a copy of this Order with the ROC within 30 days of the receipt of this Order. ROC was directed to give effect to the Order only after perusal of the Compliance report of the cost imposed.

vi. On such delivery and after due compliance with the above directions, the Registrar of Companies, Kerala/Lakshadweep, was directed to publish the order in the Official Gazette under his office name and seal.

vii. The Order was confined to the violations, which ultimately led to the action of striking off the name of the Company, and it will not come in the way of Registrar of Companies, Kerala/Lakshadweep to take appropriate action(s) in accordance with law, for any other violations/offences, committed by the Appellant Company prior to or during the striking of the Company. The Appellant Company shall make good the offences, if any, arising out of non-compliance with various sections under the Act.

Accordingly company appeal was disposed off.

Margin Trading Facility (MTF): Evolution, Existence and the Future Of Leveraged Investing In India

India’s Margin Trading Facility (MTF) has grown fivefold since FY23, reaching ₹1.3 lakh crore by mid-2026, offering investors leveraged purchasing power. While enhancing capital efficiency, leverage magnifies downside risks like margin calls and forced liquidation.

Regulated by SEBI since 2004, proposed 2026 reforms seek risk-controlled optimisation by harmonising collateral and introducing rebalancing periods to ease operational frictions. Compliance requires strict half-yearly audits by Chartered Accountants. As technology drives correlated trading behaviours, future frameworks must monitor leverage across investor, broker, and systemic levels to maintain market stability.

INTRODUCTION

India’s capital market has undergone significant transformation over the past two decades. The growth of digital trading platforms, easier account opening, affordable internet access and increasing financial awareness have brought a larger number of investors into the securities market. At the same time, investors have increasingly looked for greater purchasing power and flexibility without committing their entire capital upfront, thereby contributing to the growing relevance of the Margin Trading Facility (MTF). India’s MTF market has expanded rapidly, with outstanding positions reaching approximately ₹1.3 lakh crore by mid-2026, around 50% higher year-on-year. From ₹25,000 crore in FY23, the MTF book has grown more1 than fivefold, highlighting its emergence as a significant source of leveraged purchasing power in the cash-equity segment.

MTF allows investors to buy eligible securities by paying only a prescribed portion of the purchase value, while the stockbroker finances the balance. It therefore enables investors to take larger positions with lower upfront capital and can improve the efficiency of capital deployment. However, leverage works in both directions. While it can increase gains when markets move favourably, it can also magnify losses when prices fall. MTF is therefore fundamentally different from ordinary cash-segment investing and requires greater attention to margins, liquidity, funding costs and risk management.

Because MTF creates both exposures, i.e., credit exposure as well as market exposure, it operates within a regulatory framework involving SEBI, stock exchanges, clearing corporations and market intermediaries. Over time, SEBI has developed safeguards around eligible securities, margins, collateral, funding sources, broker exposure, disclosures and liquidation. The latest stage of this evolution is reflected in SEBI’s Consultation Paper dated 18th June 2026, which seeks to improve capital efficiency and operational flexibility while retaining the core safeguards of the MTF framework.

EVOLUTION OF THE MTF FRAMEWORK

SEBI formally introduced the regulatory framework for margin trading in 2004. The objective was to bring leveraged trading within a structured regulatory framework rather than leave financing arrangements entirely to individual broker-client agreements. The framework established requirements relating to broker eligibility, approved securities, margins, sources of fund, exposure limits, and disclosures.

As India’s securities markets expanded, the regulatory framework was progressively strengthened. In 2017, SEBI undertook a comprehensive review covering areas such as collateral management, broker exposure, disclosures and operational controls. In 2022, Group I Equity ETFs were added to the securities eligible for MTF, widening the range of instruments that could be financed while retaining liquidity-based eligibility requirements.

Further changes introduced in 2024 addressed client cash collateral and wrong-way risk. Wrong-way risk arises when the security being financed also serves as collateral. If the security falls in value, the broker’s exposure increases, while the value of the collateral protecting that exposure decreases simultaneously.

SEBI’s 2026 consultation paper marks another stage in this evolution, placing greater emphasis on capital efficiency, funding flexibility and operational simplification while retaining appropriate risk controls.

High-Wire-Act-of-Margin-Trading

REGULATORY ARCHITECTURE OF MTF

The MTF framework begins with determining which securities can be financed. Not every listed security is eligible. SEBI permits MTF against eligible Group I equity shares and Group I Equity ETFs that satisfy prescribed liquidity parameters. This liquidity requirement is important because a broker may need to liquidate a funded position if an investor fails to meet a margin obligation. More liquid securities are generally easier to sell without creating excessive market impact.

The second major component is the margin framework. Investors are required to contribute a part of purchase value based on parameters like Value at Risk (VaR) and Extreme Loss Margin (ELM). The margin requirement does not end when the position is created. Funded securities and collateral are marked to market, and investors must replenish any margin shortfall within the prescribed period. Where the shortfall is not restored, the broker may liquidate sufficient securities to recover its outstanding financing.

Risk controls also operate at the broker level. Borrowing for margin funding is subject to limits linked to the broker’s net worth and own capital. Client and security concentration are also restricted, while brokers are required to maintain Board-approved policies covering concentration across securities, sectors and funding exposures.

Investor protection is further supported through daily valuation, margin calls and Rights and Obligations documents that set out funding terms, interest, margin requirements and liquidation procedures.

SEBI’s 2026 Reforms: From Restriction to Risk-Controlled Optimisation

The significance of the 2026 proposals lies in the regulator’s attempt to move MTF from a restriction-focused framework to risk-based framework.

One of the important proposals is to harmonise MTF collateral requirements with collateral accepted in the cash market. This could reduce operational complexity and improve collateral utilisation by creating greater consistency between the two frameworks. SEBI has also proposed recognising Early Pay-In sell credits as eligible collateral for fresh MTF positions. This could allow settlement-related credits to be used more efficiently instead of remaining operationally underutilised.

Another proposal addresses securities that become ineligible for MTF after a position has already been created. Instead of requiring immediate liquidation, a 30-day rebalancing period is proposed to be granted. This may reduce unnecessary forced selling where the change in eligibility does not represent an immediate deterioration in the security itself.

At the broker level, the proposals seek to improve capital efficiency while ring-fencing capital for core broking activities and retaining an overall leverage ceiling of 5.5 times net worth. The direction of reform is therefore clear: the objective is not unrestricted leverage, but more efficient leverage within a controlled risk framework.

The coexistence of client-fund upstreaming and MTF creates a significant operational and reporting challenge for brokers because ordinary client funds and MTF-related funds cannot simply be treated as one fungible pool. SEBI’s upstreaming framework requires clients’ clear credit balances to be upstreamed to clearing corporations in specified forms, while the MTF framework requires separate client-wise ledgers for funds and securities relating to MTF positions. This creates a reconciliation challenge when the same client simultaneously has normal trading balances and an MTF position. The broker must correctly identify which funds are unencumbered, which are supporting MTF obligations, and which can be upstreamed, while also ensuring accurate margin reporting and avoiding double counting of collateral.

The operational complexity becomes particularly important at end-of-day cut-offs, where errors in ledger mapping, collateral classification or reporting can result in short-collection or compliance issues. The 2026 MTF consultation is notable in this context because SEBI has proposed permitting the fungibility of unencumbered funds or securities between a client’s normal and MTF ledgers, potentially reducing some of these operational frictions while retaining the requirement for separate client-wise MTF records.

Relation of MTF with Traders / Investors

MTF can have different implications depending on an investor’s investment horizon and financial capacity.

For short-term traders, MTF can provide additional purchasing power for positions expected to be held for a few days. The advantage is greater market exposure with lower upfront capital, but the investor remains exposed to financing costs and changes in margin requirements.

For medium-term traders, MTF may provide flexibility while an investment thesis develops over several weeks or months. However, the longer a position remains funded, the more significant financing costs, overnight volatility and liquidity management become.

For the youth and digitally active investors, the increasing availability of MTF through online platforms makes leveraged investing more accessible and can provide greater flexibility in deploying limited initial capital. The ability to access financing digitally may make MTF relevant for investors seeking to pursue specific, shorter-term or customised investment opportunities without committing their entire capital upfront. However, greater accessibility also increases the importance of investor education and risk awareness. Lower transaction friction and easy access to leverage may encourage more frequent trading, while financing costs, margin requirements and the possibility of forced liquidation may not always be fully appreciated. Easy access to leverage should therefore not be confused with easy management of leverage. Nevertheless, MTF should be viewed as a complementary capital-allocation tool rather than an alternative to long-term investing.

MTF GLOBALLY

The risks associated with margin financing are not unique to India. Major financial markets have permitted investors to borrow against securities for several decades, but the regulatory approaches differ in the extent to which they rely on prescribed margin requirements, broker-level financial controls, eligible collateral and risk-based monitoring.

The U.S. model demonstrates the benefits of greater flexibility and a mature margin-financing ecosystem, while Hong Kong demonstrates the value of detailed broker-level monitoring of collateral quality, liquidity and concentration. Singapore similarly illustrates the importance of considering the financial capacity and aggregate indebtedness of the intermediary providing financing. These features can potentially provide useful lessons as India’s MTF market expands.

The more important comparison, therefore, is not simply whether one jurisdiction permits more leverage than another. The critical question is where the risk is being monitored. India’s framework has traditionally placed significant emphasis on the eligibility of securities, and has prescribed margins and limits applicable to individual brokers and clients. International experience suggests that these safeguards need to be complemented by greater visibility into the concentration and interconnectedness of leveraged positions. A broker may remain within its individual exposure limits while several brokers, acting independently, may nevertheless have significant exposure to the same security or sector.

The next stage of India’s regulatory development could therefore focus not merely on how much leverage an individual investor or broker can undertake, but also on where that leverage is concentrated across the market and how the market would respond if several leveraged positions were required to be unwound simultaneously.

MTF – Half-Yearly Reporting and Compliance Certification by Chartered Accountants

A Trading Member that has obtained approval from the Exchange and has commenced offering MTF is required to have its MTF books of account audited on a half-yearly basis and submit the prescribed MTF Compliance Certificate to the Exchange within the stipulated timeline. The certificate is to be issued and signed by a Chartered Accountant and should certify the extent of the Member’s compliance with the applicable MTF conditions.

The Chartered Accountant should verify the MTF books, records and supporting documents, including client-wise MTF ledgers, segregation of MTF and Non-MTF accounts, client consent, eligibility of securities, prescribed initial and maintenance margins, MTM requirements, collateral and funded-stock records, and compliance with applicable exposure and indebtedness limits. The Chartered Accountant should also verify the permitted sources and utilisation of MTF funds and ensure that funds of one client have not been used to finance another client’s MTF position.

The Chartered Accountant should further reconcile the MTF records with daily Exchange reporting, bank and borrowing records, demat and pledge records, and examine compliance with margin calls, liquidation, settlement and corporate-action reporting. Particular attention should be given to the separate identification of MTF collateral and funded securities, and restrictions on utilisation of excess MTF collateral for Non-MTF transactions. The final certificate should be issued only after obtaining sufficient supporting evidence to conclude on the Member’s compliance with the applicable MTF requirements.

AI, Rule-Based Trading and Correlated MTF Behaviour

The increasing use of artificial intelligence and rule-based systems introduces a further dimension to MTF risk. At the individual investor level, technology can strengthen risk management by enabling continuous monitoring of leveraged positions, automated alerts, predefined exit conditions and faster identification of margin deterioration. Such tools may reduce reliance on emotional decision-making and allow investors to respond more systematically to changes in market conditions. However, the same technology can create a different form of risk when a large number of investors rely on similar models, market signals, technical indicators, stop-loss parameters or risk thresholds. If these systems generate similar investment decisions, investors may enter or exit the same securities at or around the same time. The interaction becomes more significant when such positions are financed through MTF. For example, a common market signal may lead several investors to build leveraged positions in the same security; a subsequent decline in its price may then trigger similar margin shortfalls, prompting investors and brokers to reduce positions simultaneously. What begins as an individually rational risk-management response can therefore contribute to collective selling pressure and amplify price movements. The concern, therefore, is not that artificial intelligence or rule-based trading inherently makes MTF riskier, but that technology, leverage and correlated investor behaviour can interact in a manner that increases the speed and scale of deleveraging.

The Future of Leveraged Investing in India

India’s regulatory framework provides important safeguards at the investor and broker levels, while international experience demonstrates the value of monitoring collateral quality, concentration, liquidity and intermediary funding capacity. The future framework should therefore continue to monitor risk at three interconnected levels:

Investor level: adequate margin, transparent disclosures, liquidity planning, and disciplined position management.

Broker level: sufficient capital, diversified funding, liquidity buffers, and concentration controls.

System level: monitoring of aggregate leverage, common exposures, market and concentration liquidity, stress scenarios, and collateral quality.

This three-level approach becomes increasingly important as MTF becomes a larger part of India’s capital-market structure. The growth of leverage should be accompanied by equally strong infrastructure to monitor and contain its risks.

MTF has evolved from a relatively specialised leveraged-trading mechanism into an increasingly key component of India’s capital-market ecosystem. Its principal benefit lies in enabling investors to deploy capital more efficiently
and access investment opportunities with greater flexibility, while its principal risks arise from financing costs, margin requirements, liquidity constraints, and the possibility of forced liquidation.

As MTF becomes increasingly technology driven, the risk framework must also recognise the potential for common exposures and correlated behaviour, particularly where technology, rule-based strategies and leverage interact.

M/s. R. R. Builders v. Nandkumar Mulani and Anr : Tribunals may impose a reasonable three-year completion timeline when allotment letters fail to specify the date of possession.

8. Second Appeal (Stamp) No. 19058 of 2026 with Interim Application No. 5313 of 2026

Bombay High Court

M/s. R. R. Builders v. Nandkumar Mulani and Anr

Date of Order: 22.07.2026

The Appellate Tribunal was justified in imposing a reasonable period of three years for completion of project in absence of date of possession specified in the allotment letter and on failure on the part of the builder / promoter to enter into an agreement for sale and complete the project and handover possession to the allottee.

Treating the date of completion at the time of registration (as against the contractual date or a reasonable period of 3 years) is contrary to the statutory scheme and susceptible to undermine the very object of the Act.

FACTS

The Respondent Allottee was allotted a 3BHK Residential Flat measuring approximately 2144 sq ft. in the project then named Godrej Sky by the Appellant vide allotment letter dated 31.01.2013 for a consideration of Rs. 4,03,07,200. An earnest amount of Rs. 1,00,00,000 was paid by the Respondent Allottee in the beginning. Subsequently, the Respondent Allottee made payments and an aggregate amount of Rs. 2,01,53,600, that is, almost 50% of the aggregate consideration was paid to the Appellant. The Appellant neither executed an Agreement for Sale nor was the project anywhere near completion till the year 2021. The Respondent Allottee, vide letter dated 01.07.2021 demanded the refund of amount paid alongwith interest.

Since the Appellant failed to refund the amount paid by the Allottees, a complaint was filed before the Maharashtra Real Estate Regulatory Authority (MahaRERA) which came to be rejected vide order dated 20.09.2023 holding that the complaint was premature as the project was registered with MahaRERA on 05.08.2017 with a declared completion date of 30.06.2025. Aggrieved by the said order, the Respondent Allottee preferred an appeal before the Appellate Tribunal.

The Tribunal held that in absence of specific date of delivery of possession, the Appellant was under an obligation to deliver the possession within a reasonable time, which, in the circumstances of the case was 3 years. Aggrieved by the said order of the Tribunal, the Appellant filed an appeal before the High Court.

HELD

The High Court held that the Appellate Tribunal acted within its powers in imposing the reasonable period of 3 years for completion of project, else it would amount to granting liberty to the promoter for breach of statutory and contractual obligation thereby allowing him to convert his own default into an advantage – a result wholly inconsistent with the regime of fairness and transparency which RERA sought to achieve. The contention of the Appellant that the date of completion at the time of registration must be treated as conclusive was held to be contrary to the statutory scheme and was susceptible to undermine the very object of the Act. No fault could be attributed to the Respondent, who was not responsible for the Appellant’s default. It was held that the liability of the Appellant was squarely governed by the decision of the Hon’ble Supreme Court in the case of Newtech Promoters and Developers Pvt. Ltd. v. State of UP (2022) 1 SCC 401. The High Court, thus, held that no substantial question of law arose and dismissed the appeal.

Raipur Development Authority v. Anup Kumar Sahu : Allottees have an unconditional right to refund for possession delays, even without formal contracts specifying the target completion date.

7. MANU/CG/0356/2024

Chhattisgarh High Court

Raipur Development Authority v. Anup Kumar Sahu

Date of Order: 17.01.2024

An allottee has an unconditional right to refund under section 18(1) of the Real Estate (Regulation and Development) Act, 2016 when there is delay of possession beyond the stipulated date notwithstanding the fact that delay was due to pending litigation and notwithstanding that there was no written agreement or formal contract expressly recording the date of possession.

FACTS

The Respondent filed an application before the Real Estate Regulatory Authority (RERA) under section 31 of the Real Estate (Regulation and Development) Act 2016, (“the Act”) on the ground that he had not received the possession of the house. It was stated that the Respondent was allotted a 2 BHK Duplex Row House on 10.06.2016 for an amount of Rs. 18,25,000. The Respondent had deposited an amount of Rs. 18,21,250 upto 31.10.2017. However, even after four years of filing the application before the RERA, the Respondent did not get the possession of the said house. Vide a letter dated 27.08.2020, the promoter RDA required the Respondent to deposit an amount of Rs. 23,33,963 wherein the GST amount was also shown.

At the time of purchase of the house, though it was stated that the price was tentative price and the actual price may increase by 2-3%. However, the amount claimed was higher to the extent of 35% instead of 1-2%. The Respondent requested for allotment of house with an increase of 2% and in the alternate requested for allotment of plot in another project known as Indraprastha -2 on the price which was prevailing in the year 2016. Further, the Respondent also submitted that if RDA was not willing to proceed as per the request, the entire deposit amount be refunded to the Respondent.

The Appellant RDA stated that the delay was attributable to the litigation pending before the Green Tribunal and the Supreme Court. Thereafter, there was assembly election and consequently, no development could be carried out. It was stated that the development was carried out upto June 2019 and thereafter application for extension was sought from the State Government. It was stated that the Appellant was ready to return the money and the application be dismissed.

The RERA, vide order dated 02.01.2021 dismissed the application and held that the increased price could not be accepted as there was no agreement executed. However, the application was dismissed, and it was held that since the Respondent failed to deposit the amount he was called upon to deposit by 11.09.2020, the increased amount was not paid, no relief could be granted. Further, it was also held that since the proceedings were pending before the National Green Tribunal and the Supreme Court from 2013 to 2019 and certain orders were passed, the delay caused was reasonable.

Against this order, an appeal was preferred by the Respondent before the Real Estate Appellate Tribunal which was decided in favour of the Respondent vide order dated 07.03.2023 and directions were issued to return the deposit amount of Rs. 18,25,000 paid by the Respondent along with interest at 10.5% from 08.06.2016 within a period of 45 days. Against the said order of the Appellate Tribunal, an appeal has been preferred by the RDA before the High Court.

HELD

The Hon’ble High Court remarked that on perusal of the records of RERA, judgements and stay orders of the Green Tribunal and the Supreme Court were not found on record and therefore, no inference could be drawn. The Hon’ble High Court relied upon the decision of the Hon’ble Supreme Court in the case of Newtech Promoters and Developers Pvt. Ltd. v. State of UP & Others etc (Civil Appeal No. 6745-6749 of 2021]and held that the right of an allotee to seek refund is not dependent upon contingencies and if the allotee has exercised the option to get back the deposit, the allottee cannot be directed to take delayed possession of the house. Further, the High Court observed that even though there was no agreement which fixed the time limit for possession, it could be inferred from the other factual aspects such as date of completion registered with RERA (being 31.03.2019), that the target date of completion was 31.03.2019. The additional amount was demanded in July 2020 which was beyond the target date of completion. The High Court held that when the terms were directed by an institution like RDA and general people at large, imposed faith and deposited the amount, then RDA would be bound by the promise and the promise would be enforceable at the instance of the promisee Respondent in the present case, notwithstanding the fact that there was no consideration for the promise and the promise was not recorded by way of a formal contract. Thus, the High Court held that RDA was not entitled to immunity and was under an obligation to refund the deposit.

Wadhwa Group Housing Private Ltd. v. Vijay Choksi and Ors.: Multiple promoters are jointly liable for refunds under section 18, regardless of direct privity of contract with the allottee.

6. MANU/MH/1177/2024

Bombay High Court

Wadhwa Group Housing Private Ltd. v. Vijay Choksi and Ors.

Date of Order: 26.2.2024

In a real estate project having more than one promoter, every promoter is liable to refund the amount u/s 18 along with interest. A promoter cannot escape the statutory liability on the ground that the consideration was received exclusively by the co-promoter or that there was no direct privity of contract with the allottee.

FACTS

Wadhwa Group Housing Pvt. Ltd. (“the Appellant”) preferred an appeal against the order dated 18th October, 2022 passed by Maharashtra Real Estate Appellate Tribunal, Mumbai (AT) directing both the Appellant herein and SSS Escatics Pvt. Ltd. (Respondent No. 2 herein) to refund of entire amount paid by Vijay Choksi (Respondent No. 1) with interest.

Briefly stated, in respect of a project known as The Nest at Mumbai, the Appellant and Respondent No. 2, entered into a Joint Development Agreement (JDA) agreeing to share the constructed areas between them for being sold to customers. Since the project was incomplete on the date of coming into force of Real Estate (Regulation and Development) Act, 2016 (“the Act”) it was registered as an ongoing project and the Appellant was declared as a Promoter (Investor).

The Respondent No. 1 booked a 3BHK flat, coming to the share of Respondent No. 2, and was issued an allotment letter dated 24.7.2013 by Respondent No. 2. The Respondent No. 1 paid several amounts to Respondent No. 2 from time to time. Since there was a delay in completion of the project, Respondent No. 1 filed a complaint to MahaRERA who held both Respondent No. 1 as well as promoters responsible for violation of provisions of section 4 of the MOFA and held that the Respondent No. 1 could not claim any equity under the provisions of RERA.

Aggrieved, Respondent No. 1 preferred an appeal against the order of the AT. The AT directed both Respondent No. 2 and the Appellant to refund the entire amount paid by Respondent No. 1 with interest to Respondent No. 1.

Aggrieved, by the order of the AT, the Appellant preferred the present appeal (second appeal) to the High Court on the ground that a promoter who has not received any consideration from an allottee cannot be made liable for giving refund with interest under section 18 of the Act. It also contended absence of direct privity of contract with Respondent No. 1.

HELD

The court held that the term `promoter’ has been so widely defined that it virtually includes every person associated with construction of the building. It held that even a person who is merely an investor in the project along with the Promoter and who is entitled to benefit in the real estate project is also covered by the definition of the term `Promoter’. Since it was an undisputed fact that the Appellant is entitled to a share in the constructed area which it is entitled to sell and accept consideration for such sale, the court held that there is no doubt to the position that both Appellant as well as the Respondent No. 2 are Promoters and are jointly liable in respect of the responsibilities under the RERA and Rules and Regulations made thereunder. Therefore, mere falling of flat in the share of Respondent No. 2 under the JDA would not excuse the Appellant from the responsibilities and liabilities under the RERA, Rules and regulations made thereunder qua that flat. RERA does not demarcate or restrict liabilities of different promoters in different areas. The liability is joint for all purposes under the Act, Rules and Regulations.

As regards the contention urged on behalf of the Appellant that this is not a fresh project after coming into force of RERA and that JDA was executed way back in the year 2012, the court held that mere registration of the project as an ongoing project would not make any difference so far as the joint liability of several promoters is concerned. It observed that the circular dated 4.12.2017 was issued particularly with reference to the ongoing project. By continuing the joint venture with Respondent No. 2 at the time of registration of the project, the Appellant has accepted all the liabilities of a Promoter under the Act and he cannot seek to escape the liability on a specious plea that the payments were made to Respondent No. 2 alone.

Section 18(1)(b) casts a liability on the Promoter to return the amount received from the flat purchaser. Since the Appellant is also a `Promoter’ it is jointly liable to refund the amount along with other promoter, Respondent No. 2. Section 18 cannot be narrowly interpreted to include only that promoter who actually received the amount.

When a claim is raised in respect of a real estate project by a flat purchaser, all promoters become jointly liable qua that flat purchaser irrespective of whether there is privity of contract with each of the promoter or not. This is the scheme of RERA and mere absence of privity of contract with a particular promoter does not relieve such promoter in respect of the liabilities under RERA.

The court held that the Appellant cannot escape the liability to refund the amount received towards sale of flat to Respondent No. 1.

Ruma Mehta & Ors v. Parorch Developers LLP : Allotment letters with clear property descriptions and payment schedules constitute valid contracts, enforceable retroactively under the RERA Act.

5. MANU/RT/0304/2026

Maharashtra Real Estate Appellate Tribunal

Ruma Mehta & Ors v. Parorch Developers LLP

Date of Order: 09.06.2026

An allotment letter that discloses the description of the property, flat, consideration amount, payment schedule, and terms and conditions, etc. fulfils all the ingredients of a valid and concluded contract for sale and purchase, which is enforceable under the provisions of the Act.

Since the Act is retroactive, an allotment letter issued prior to coming into force of the Act is enforceable under the Act.

FACTS

The Appellant booked a flat in the project of the Respondent for a consideration of Rs 3.75 crore by paying a sum of Rs 1.00 crore on 17.2.2014 by cheque. Upon receiving the said payment, the Respondent / Promoter confirmed that it will issue an allotment letter and called for further payments. The Appellant paid two more instalments. Thereafter, allotment letter dated 22.4.2014 was issued. The Promoter assured possession of the said flat by mid-2017. The Appellant thereafter paid further amounts to the Respondent making aggregate of payments to Rs 3.25 crore. Despite follow up when the Respondent failed to hand over possession, the Appellant filed a complaint on 19.4.2019 with the Authority seeking refund of amounts paid with interest under section 18 of the Act.

The Authority held that no directions are warranted under the Act since no agreement for sale was been executed and registered between the parties. Moreover, the cause of action for cancellation of booking has taken place prior to the RERA Act, 2016 coming into force.

Aggrieved, the Appellant preferred an appeal seeking to set aside the order of the Authority and a direction to the Promoter to refund the principal amount along with interest.

HELD

The Tribunal noted that despite having received 90% of the consideration amount, the Promoter failed to execute and register the agreement for sale. Since the Respondent failed to hand over the possession by due date, the Appellant was held to be entitled to a refund along with interest under section 18 of the Act.

The Tribunal observed that a closer examination of the allotment letter revealed that it disclosed the description of the property, flat, consideration amount, payment schedule, and terms and conditions, etc. Acceptance of payments in furtherance of the said allotment letter was held to reveal a clear picture of fulfilment of clauses (a) and (b) of section 2 of Contract Act, 1872. It held that the said letter of allotment constitutes a valid and concluded contract of sale purchase transaction, which is enforceable under the provisions of RERA Act, 2016.

Although the promised date of possession was mid2017, the allotment letter did not mention the same. The Tribunal noted that the Apex Court in Fortune Infrastructure (Now known as M/s. Hicon Infrastructure) & Anr. v. Trevor D’Lima & Ors. [MANU/SC/0253/2018 : (2018) 5 SCR 273] has held that if the date of possession is not mentioned in the agreement, the promoter is expected to hand over the possession of the unit within a reasonable time and the period of three years has been held to be reasonable. Therefore, the due date of possession of the said flat would be February 2017.

In the light of exposition of law contained in the decision of the Apex Court in the case of Newtech Promoters and Developers Pvt. Ltd. v. State of U.P. & Others [Civil Appeal No(s). 6745-6749 of 2021 (arising out of SLP (Civil) No(s). 3711-3715 of 2021 decided on 21st November, 2021], the Tribunal held that the said allotment letter which was executed prior to coming into force the RERA Act, 2016 can be enforced under the provisions of RERA Act, 2016.

It held that the appellant is entitled to seek relief under the provisions of RERA Act, 2016 even though the said allotment letter was executed prior to RERA Act, 2016 coming into force.

IBC Acts As a Shield against Cheque Bouncing Proceedings – Fact or Myth?

Section 138 of the NI Act penalises cheque bouncing, blending civil recovery with criminal penalties. Under the IBC, Section 14 imposes a moratorium shielding corporate debtors from legal proceedings, including s.138 actions, to provide “breathing space” for resolution. However, the Supreme Court clarified that this protection only applies to the company; directors and signatories remain personally liable for criminal prosecution. Recent jurisprudence in Surana (2026) complicates this by proposing a “tiered” approach that separates penal and compensatory facets, referring the conflict to a larger bench for final determination.

INTRODUCTION

One of the most popular sections that several businessmen are aware of is s.138 of the Negotiable Instruments Act, 1881 (“the NI Act”), also colloquially known as the cheque bouncing section. This section provides for imprisonment in certain cases of dishonoured cheques issued by a drawer.

On the other hand, the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016 (“the Code”) has become one of the most dynamic and fast-changing legislations. The Code provides for the insolvency resolution process of corporate debtors. The Code gets triggered when a corporate debtor commits a default in payment of a debt, which could be financial or operational. One of the important facets of this resolution process is that of a moratorium on legal proceedings against the corporate debtor contained u/s. 14 of the Code.

However, what happens when the sword of s.138 of the NI Act, meets the impenetrable shield of s.14 of the Code? In short, what happens when a cheque issued by a corporate debtor is dishonoured and that corporate debtor has a moratorium on legal proceedings by virtue of s.14 of the Code? Can there be criminal proceedings against the company and its directors/drawers of the cheques? The answer, interestingly, is yes and no! Let us examine this interesting judicial crossroad.

Cheque-Bouncing-and-Bankruptcy

WHEN DOES S.138 GET TRIGGERED?

Let us briefly examine the impugned section. S.138 of the NI Act provides that if any cheque is drawn by a person (drawer) in favour of another person (payee) and if that cheque is dishonoured because of insufficient funds in the drawer’s bank account, then such drawer is deemed to have committed an offence. The penalty for this offence is imprisonment for a term which may be extended to 2 years and/or with a fine which may extend to twice the amount of the cheque.

To invoke the provisions of s.138, the following three steps are necessary:

(i) the cheque must be presented to the bank within a period of 3 months from the date on which it is drawn or within the period of its validity, whichever is earlier;

(ii) once the payee is informed by the bank about the dishonour of the cheque, then he must within 30 days of such information make a demand for the payment of the said amount of money by giving a notice in writing, to the drawer of the cheque; and

(iii) the drawer of such cheque fails to make the payment of the said amount of money to the payee of the cheque, within 15 days of the receipt of the said notice.

A fourth step is specified under s.142 of the Act which provides that a complaint must be made to the Court within one month of the date from which the cause of action arises (i.e., the notice period). A rebuttable presumption is drawn by the NI Act that the holder of the cheque received it for the discharge, in whole or in part, of any debt or other liability. In a case where the drawer is a company- the Directors and the persons concerned for running of the company including the Managing Director or any other officer of the entity with whose consent or connivance the offence has been committed can be prosecuted. Section 141 of the Act regulates offences by companies. Under sub-section (1), every person who, at the time the offence was committed, was in charge of and responsible to the company for the conduct of its business — typically the Managing Director or a whole-time director — is deemed liable, subject to a proviso permitting such person to show that the offence was committed without his knowledge or that he had exercised due diligence to prevent it. Under sub-section (2), a director, manager, secretary or other officer is additionally liable where the offence is shown to have been committed with his consent or connivance, or is attributable to any neglect on his part. Various Supreme Court decisions have held that non-executive directors/independent directors cannot be prosecuted for such offences.

In Vinay Devanna Nayak v. Ryot Sewa Sahakari Bank Ltd. [2008] 2 SCC 305, a Division Bench of the Apex Court referred to the object of s.138 thus:

“16. Section 138 of the Act…. to regulate financial promises in growing business, trade, commerce and industrial activities of the country and the strict liability to promote greater vigilance in financial matters. ……… The provision has been introduced with a view to curb cases of issuing cheques indiscriminately by making stringent provisions and safeguarding interest of creditors.”

A Three-Judge Bench of the Supreme Court in P. Mohanraj v. Shah Brothers Ispat (P.) Ltd., (2021) 6 SCC 258 explained that s.138 shows that the legislature was cognizant of the fact that what was otherwise a civil liability was now also deemed to be an offence, since this liability was made punishable by law. The transaction covered by the section was a commercial transaction between two parties which involved payment of money for a debt or liability. The explanation to Section 138 made it clear that such debt or other liability meant a legally enforceable debt or other liability. This, coupled with fine that may extend to twice the amount of the cheque that was payable as compensation to the aggrieved party to cover both the amount of the cheque and the interest and costs thereupon, showed that it was really a hybrid provision to enforce payment of a bounced cheque if it was otherwise enforceable in civil law. Further, though the ingredients of the offence were contained in the first part of Section 138 when the cheque was returned by the bank unpaid, the proviso gives a second opportunity to the drawer of the cheque. This again made it clear that the real object of the provision was not to penalise the wrongdoer for an offence that was already made out, but to compensate the victim. The Court concluded that it was clear that a s.138 proceeding could be said to be a “civil sheep” in a “criminal wolf’s” clothing, as it was the interest of the victim that was sought to be protected, the larger interest of the State being subsumed in the victim alone moving a court in cheque bouncing cases.

Again, in Kaushalya Devi Massand v. Roopkishore Khore, [2011] 4 SCC 593, it was held that the gravity of a complaint under the Act could not be equated with an offence under the provisions of the Penal Code, 1860 or other criminal offences. An offence under s.138 of the NI Act was almost in the nature of a civil wrong which had been given criminal overtones.

In R. Vijayan v. Baby (2012) 1 SCC 260, the Court held that s.138 was a unique exercise which blurred the dividing line between civil and criminal jurisdictions. It provided a single forum and single proceeding, for enforcement of criminal liability (for dishonouring the cheque) and for enforcement of the civil liability (for realisation of the cheque amount) thereby obviating the need for the creditor to move two different fora for relief. The apparent intention was to ensure that not only the offender was punished, but also to ensure that the complainant invariably received the amount of the cheque by way of compensation.

In Dashrath Rupsingh Rathod v. State of Maharashtra (2014) 9 SCC 129, a three-Judge Bench of the Court held that Parliament was aware that they were converting civil liability into criminal content inter alia by the deeming fiction of culpability in terms of the pandect comprising s.138.

In Meters and Instruments (P) Ltd. v. Kanchan Mehta (2018) 1 SCC 560 it was held that the object of the statute was to facilitate smooth functioning of business transactions. The provision was necessary as in many transactions cheques were issued merely as a device to defraud the creditors. Dishonour of cheque caused incalculable loss, injury and inconvenience to the payee and credibility of business transactions suffered a setback. The object of the provision was described as both punitive as well as compensatory. The intention of the provision was to ensure that the complainant received the amount of cheque by way of compensation. Though proceedings under section 138 could not be treated as civil suits for recovery, the scheme of the provision, providing for punishment with imprisonment or with fine which could extend to twice the amount of the cheque or to both, made the intention of law clear. The offence under s.138 of the NI Act was primarily a civil wrong.

WHAT PROTECTION DOES S.14 OF THE CODE PROVIDE?

Once the insolvency resolution petition against the corporate debtor is admitted by the National Company Law Tribunal (NCLT) and after the corporate insolvency resolution process commences, the NCLT declares a moratorium prohibiting institution or continuation of any suits against the debtor; execution of any judgment of a Court/authority; any transfer of assets by the debtor; recovery of any property against the debtor. The moratorium continues till the resolution process is completed. Thus, total protection is offered to the debtor against any suits/proceedings.

An extract of the relevant provisions of s.14 of the Code is reproduced below:

“Moratorium.

14. (1) Subject to provisions of sub-sections (2) and (3), on the insolvency commencement date, the Adjudicating Authority shall by order declare moratorium for prohibiting all of the following, namely:

(a) the institution of suits or continuation of pending suits or proceedings against the corporate debtor including execution of any judgment, decree or order in any court of law, tribunal, arbitration panel or other authority;

(b) transferring, encumbering, alienating or disposing of by the corporate debtor any of its assets or any legal right or beneficial interest therein;

(c) any action to foreclose, recover or enforce any security interest created by the corporate debtor in respect of its property including any action under the Securitisation and Reconstruction of Financial Assets and Enforcement of Security Interest Act, 2002 (54 of 2002);

(d) the recovery of any property by an owner or lessor where such property is occupied by or in the possession of the corporate debtor.

(4) The order of moratorium shall have effect from the date of such order till the completion of the corporate insolvency resolution process:”

The Apex Court in P. Mohanraj (supra) has held that the sweep of the provision was very wide indeed as it included institution, continuation, judgment and execution of suits and proceedings. It was clear that the expression “institution of suits or continuation of pending suits” was to be read as one category, and the disjunctive “or” before the word “proceedings” would make it clear that proceedings against the corporate debtor would be a separate category.

TWO ACTS AT LOGGERHEADS – WHICH WINS?

The question that now arises is that if there is a moratorium against a corporate debtor undergoing insolvency resolution, and a cheque issued by such a company has been dishonoured, then would an action under s.138 of the Act survive?

The Supreme Court in the decision of P. Mohanraj held that the width of the expression “proceedings” under s.14 of the Code was the expression “any judgment, decree or order” and “any court of law, tribunal, arbitration panel or other authority”. Since criminal proceedings under the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973 [“CrPC”] were conducted before the courts mentioned in Section 6, CrPC, it was clear that a s.138 proceeding being conducted before a Magistrate would certainly be a proceeding in a court of law in respect of a transaction which related to a debt owed by the corporate debtor.

The idea was that it facilitated the continued operation of the business of the corporate debtor to allow it breathing space to organise its affairs so that a new management may ultimately take over and bring the corporate debtor out of financial sickness, thus benefitting all stakeholders, which would include workmen of the corporate debtor. The Apex Court further explained that while s.14(1)(a) referred to monetary liabilities of the corporate debtor, s.14(1)(b) referred to the corporate debtor’s assets, and together, these two clauses formed a scheme which shielded the corporate debtor from pecuniary attacks against it in the moratorium period so that the corporate debtor got breathing space to continue as a going concern in order to ultimately rehabilitate itself. Relying on this explanation, the Supreme Court did not allow cheque bouncing proceedings to continue against the corporate debtor u/s. 138 of the Negotiable Instruments Act, 1881. It held that a quasi-criminal proceeding that is contained in Chapter XVII of the Negotiable Instruments Act would, given the object and context of s.14 of IBC, amount to a ‘proceeding’ within the meaning of s.14(1)(a) of the Code and hence, the moratorium would attach to such a proceeding.

ARE SIGNATORIES ALSO SHIELDED?

In the above-referred decision of P. Mohanraj (supra), the Supreme Court also held that it is clear that the moratorium provision contained in Section 14 of the IBC would apply only to the corporate debtor, the natural persons, i.e., its Directors in charge of its affairs continued to be statutorily liable under of the Negotiable Instruments Act. Accordingly, criminal proceedings could continue unabated against the Managing Director / Other Directors who have drawn the bounced cheque.

It is important to note that this very premise — that a director may be prosecuted independently of the corporate debtor — rests on the ratio laid down in Aneeta Hada v. Godfather Travels & Tours (P) Ltd., (2012) 5 SCC 661, where a Constitution Bench held that a director cannot be prosecuted under Section 141 of the NI Act unless the company itself is arraigned as an accused in the same complaint. It is this requirement of joinder that gives the s.14 moratorium its practical effect in the first place: the company, being the primary accused, is shielded and the proceeding qua it stands stayed, while the derivative liability of the directors, being independent of that stay, continues to be prosecuted in the very same complaint.

In Narinder Garg v. Kotak Mahindra Bank Ltd. [2022] SCC Online SC 517, the Supreme Court held that the moratorium provisions contained in s.14 of the Code would apply only to the corporate debtor and that the natural persons mentioned in s.141 of the Act would continue to be statutorily liable under the provisions of the Act.

A subsequent decision of the Supreme Court in Ajay Kumar Radheyshyam Goenka v Tourism Finance Corporation of India Ltd., (2023) 10 SCC 545 has observed:

“What follows from the aforesaid is that for difficulty in prosecuting the corporate debtor under section 138 of the NI Act after the approval of the resolution plan under the IBC, we need not let the natural persons i.e., the signatories to the cheques/directors of the corporate debtor escape prosecution. How can one allow the natural persons to escape liability on such specious plea?”

It held that where the proceedings under section 138 of the Act had already commenced and during the pendency the plan was approved or the company got dissolved, the directors and the other accused could not escape from their liability by citing its dissolution. What was dissolved was only the company, not the personal penal liability of the accused covered under the NI Act.

A distinction, however, deserves to be drawn between the personal liability of the director discussed above and the liability of the corporate debtor itself. S.32A of the Code, upheld as constitutionally valid in Manish Kumar v. Union of India, (2021) 5 SCC 1, expressly extinguishes the liability of the corporate debtor itself for offences committed prior to commencement of the CIRP, once a resolution plan was approved and resulted in a change in the management or control of the corporate debtor. This extinguishment, however, was confined to the corporate debtor as a juristic entity; it did not, on its own terms, touch the personal liability of the erstwhile promoters, directors or officers who were in-charge of the affairs of the company at the time the offence was committed, and it was precisely this gap that Goenka (supra) filled by holding that such natural persons continue to remain answerable under s.138 notwithstanding the corporate debtor’s own liability having been extinguished under Section 32A.

It is worth noting that the ground was already unsettled before the two-Judge Bench took up Surana. The Bombay High Court, in Sheetal Gupta vs. National Spot Exchange Limited, 2023 SCC OnLine Bom 3095, directed a stay of criminal proceedings under s.138 of the NI Act against the concerned persons representing the corporate debtors. The Court read the phrase “any debt” in the IBC widely enough to include the liability that could arise from a s.138 complaint and applied P. Mohanraj’s reasoning that such a proceeding was fundamentally a civil-recovery in character. On that basis, it held the applicant-director’s personal insolvency moratorium was covered and stayed the s.138 prosecution against him.

The Madhya Pradesh High Court, in Surendra Kumar Patwa v. Dharmendra Vohra, 2024 SCC OnLine MP 7371, followed this reasoning along with that of P. Mohanraj and likewise extended the interim moratorium to stay s.138 proceedings against an individual in personal insolvency. The Court held that P. Mohanraj’s rationale was not confined to the corporate moratorium and extended the analogy to the interim moratorium under Section 96 of the Code for an individual/personal guarantor, reading “any legal action or proceeding pending in respect of any debt” as wide enough to sweep in s.138 proceedings. It also treated the decision in Ajay Goenka (supra) as distinguishable/per incuriam on the point, since (in its view) Goenka had not squarely engaged with Mohanraj’s civil characterisation of s.138.

TWIST IN THE TALE

The discussion so far has concerned the corporate debtor’s own moratorium under Section 14 of the Code. The same underlying principle — that a director’s personal liability survives independently of the debtor’s insolvency — was reaffirmed by the Supreme Court in the context of the Part III moratorium governing personal insolvency of individuals, in Rakesh Bhanot v Gurdas Agro (P.) Ltd., (2025) 6 SCC 781, where the Court held that the scope and nature of the proceedings under the Code might result in extinguishment of the actual debt by restructuring or through the process of liquidation. However, such extinguishment could not absolve its directors from criminal liability. S.141 of the Act enabled the prosecution of the persons in charge of the affairs and responsible for the conduct of the business of the company along with the company. The statutory liability against the directors was personal and hence, continued to bind natural persons, irrespective of any moratorium applicable to the corporate debtor. The acceptance of the resolution plan under the Code or its implementation did not have any effect on the prosecution under s.138 of the Act. The distinction between the right to sue based on a dishonoured cheque by initiating a civil suit and launching a prosecution under s.138 of the Negotiable Instruments Act was significant. In the case of the former, the interim moratorium operated, but not in case of the latter.

The Court concluded that allowing the signatories to evade prosecution under s.138 by invoking the moratorium would undermine the very purpose of the NI Act which was to preserve the integrity and credibility of commercial transactions, and the personal responsibility persisted, regardless of the insolvency proceedings.

A two-Judge Bench in Dineshchand Surana v. UCO Bank, 2026 INSC 579 has ignited a fresh controversy. The Bench undertook a fundamental re-examination of the interface between the Act and the moratorium provisions of the Code and in doing so introduced a bifurcated or “tiered” understanding of s.138 that had not previously found articulation in this form. The Court held that s.138 proceedings were not monolithic but comprised of two distinct facets — a penal or criminal facet, directed at conviction, sentence and fine as punishment for the offence of dishonour, and a compensatory facet, under which the trial court may direct payment of compensation to the complainant (a remedy that the Bench described as functionally akin to a civil suit for recovery of debt).

On this analysis, the Bench held that the moratorium under the IBC (governing personal insolvency of individuals and partnership firms) cannot attach to the criminal facet, since permitting a debtor to use the moratorium as a shield against prosecution would defeat the penal and deterrent purpose of s.138 and reward evasion of criminal liability. However, because the compensatory facet was civil in substance and directly affected the debtor’s asset pool during the insolvency process, the Bench held that this facet did attract the protection of the moratorium — extending, notably, even to directors made vicariously liable under Section 141 where they were themselves undergoing personal insolvency.

The controversy that Surana has ignited is, in truth, two-fold. First, it questioned the very foundation laid in P. Mohanraj (supra), which had characterised s.138 in essentially unitary civil-recovery terms — famously as a “civil sheep in a criminal wolf’s clothing” — and had accordingly treated the entirety of such proceedings against a corporate debtor as covered by the s.14 moratorium. By dissecting s.138 into penal and compensatory tiers and doubting whether Mohanraj’s civil characterisation can be sustained without qualification, the Bench in Surana effectively signalled disagreement with the reasoning of a coordinate or higher-strength Bench without formally overruling it. Hence, the Court referred the matter for re-examination to a larger Bench. Second, and just as significantly, the tiered approach sat uneasily against the Court’s own very recent ruling in Rakesh Bhanot (supra), which had taken an unqualified, blanket position that the interim moratorium did not stay any facet of s.138 — criminal or compensatory. It held that the reference to the three-Judge Bench may decide on the following questions:

(i) Whether the provisions of s.138 of the Act and the objective underlying the enactment thereof indicate that it is quasi-criminal in nature with a tilt towards the criminal side?

(ii) Whether the moratorium provisions under the IBC should be made applicable on the entire proceedings under s.138 of the Act or only to the compensatory aspect thereof?

Meanwhile, at the High Court level, the interregnum is already being tested. The Telangana High Court in V. Narayana Reddy v. State of Telangana, (2026) ibclaw.in 193 HC, has held that promoters, directors and nominee directors of a corporate debtor cannot seek quashing of s.138 proceedings merely on the ground that IBC proceedings have been initiated or concluded against the company — an approach consistent with the criminal-facet reasoning in Surana itself, even as the larger constitutional question remains pending before the three-Judge Bench.

CONCLUSION

The decision in the case of Surana(supra) has created a new quandary: until the reference is answered, whether Mohanraj’s broader, protection for corporate debtors under s.14 will survive? It is submitted that since Mohanraj is a decision of a three-Judge bench it would hold the fort till reversed by a larger bench.

Duliram Maurya v. Nandram: Prolonged and unexplained delay in depositing balance consideration under a specific performance decree disentitles the purchaser to time extension.

29. Duliram Maurya v. Nandram

2026 Live Law (AB) 5557

August 6, 2026

Specific performance – Failure to deposit balance consideration within time stipulated in decree – Extension of time under section 28 – prolonged and unexplained delay – Discretion to extend time must be exercised on equitable principles – Wilful negligence of decree-holder disentitles extension. [Specific Relief Act, 1963, S.28]

FACTS

The petitioner and respondent entered into an agreement to sell dated 3 July 1991 for a consideration of `25,000/-. The respondent paid `13,000/- as advance and the balance `12,000/- was to be paid at the time of execution of the sale deed.

The respondent instituted a suit for specific performance, which was dismissed by the Trial Court.
In appeal, the suit was decreed. The petitioner was directed to execute the sale deed within two months, and the respondent was directed to deposit the balance consideration within one month.

The petitioner preferred a second appeal. No interim order was passed therein. The respondent did not deposit the balance consideration within the stipulated period. Execution proceedings were initiated only on 6 August 2012. The second appeal was dismissed on 23 September 2019. Thereafter, the petitioner applied under section 28 of the Specific Relief Act for rescission of the contract. The respondent, however, filed an application on 17 November 2025 seeking extension of time for depositing the balance consideration and condonation of delay. The executing court allowed the application subject to payment of Rs.1,000/- as costs. The revision filed by the petitioner was dismissed.

HELD

The Court held that a decree for specific performance is in the nature of a preliminary decree and the Court does not become functus officio upon passing of the decree. Under section 28, the Court retains jurisdiction, until execution of the sale deed, to either rescind the contract/decree or extend the time for payment of the balance consideration.

The power to extend time is, however, discretionary and equitable. While exercising such power, the Court must consider the attending circumstances, conduct of the parties, length of delay and the equities created in favour of the judgment-debtor. Mere expiry of the period stipulated in the decree does not result in automatic rescission; equally, payment after expiry does not result in automatic extension of time.

In the present case, the respondent had failed to deposit the balance consideration within one month of the decree dated 22 November 2003. Though execution proceedings were initiated in 2012 and an application for extension of time was filed, the respondent did not pursue the application. Even after dismissal of the second appeal in 2019, the respondent waited for more than six years before seeking extension of time in 2025.

The Court held that the conduct of the respondent disclosed wilful negligence and demonstrated that he was not genuinely interested in completing his part of the contract. The pendency of the second appeal could not justify the delay, particularly when no stay had been granted, and the respondent had not even contested the second appeal. The fact that the decree of 2003 merged in the judgment, dismissing the second appeal in 2019, did not assist the respondent. Even thereafter, he waited for more than six years before seeking extension of time. The Court held that the courts below had failed to properly balance the equities and had erred in permitting the respondent to deposit the balance consideration after such prolonged and unexplained delay.

The impugned orders are set aside. The Writ Petition was allowed.

Sanjay Sharma v. Krishnadhan Khaware : Disputed limitation issues for probate applications cannot be decided summarily as the right to apply is a continuous right.

28. Sanjay Sharma @ Sanjay Bhardwaj v. Krishnadhan Khaware & Ors.

2026 LiveLaw (SC) 683

July 15, 2026

Probate – limitation – Article 137 of Limitation Act – right to apply for probate is a continuous right – limitation does not necessarily commence from death of testator – Order VII Rule 11 – Disputed limitation issue cannot be decided summarily. [Indian Succession Act, 1925, Ss.222, 276; Limitation Act, 1963, Art.137; Code of Civil Procedure, 1908, Order VII Rule 11].

FACTS

An application for probate of a Will dated 15 April 1995 was filed in 2005. The testator had died approximately ten years earlier. The objectors applied under Order VII Rule 11 CPC seeking rejection of the probate application on the ground of limitation. The District Judge rejected the probate application and the High Court affirmed the decision.

The issue before the Supreme Court was whether a probate application filed several years after the death of the testator was barred by limitation.

HELD

The Supreme Court held that the Indian Succession Act, 1925 does not prescribe a specific limitation period for an application for probate. Consequently, Article 137 of the Limitation Act, 1963 applies, prescribing three years from the date when the right to apply accrues.

However, the Court rejected the proposition that the right to apply for probate necessarily accrues on the date of death of the testator.

An application for probate represents a continuous right which may be exercised whenever it becomes necessary to obtain the Court’s authority in relation to the Will. The right therefore accrues when the necessity to apply arises, which need not necessarily be within three years of the testator’s death.

In the present case, the necessity to seek probate arose when persons claiming adversely to the Will took hostile steps, including execution of a General Power of Attorney on 8 August 2005. The probate application filed on 31 August 2005 was therefore within limitation.

The Court also dealt with the second issue concerning Order VII Rule 11 CPC. It held that where limitation involves questions of fact – such as the date on which the applicant acquired knowledge of the relevant facts – the issue becomes a mixed question of law and fact and cannot ordinarily be decided summarily at the Order VII Rule 11 stage.

Further, an Order VII Rule 11 application is not the appropriate stage for making findings concerning whether the Will itself is suspicious or genuine. Such questions require appreciation of evidence in the substantive proceedings.

The Supreme Court accordingly restored the matter to the Civil Court for consideration in accordance with law. The Appeal was allowed.

Mahinder v. Puran Singh : Parliament possesses legislative competence to enact preferential rights of co-heirs for agricultural land under Hindu succession entries.

27. Mahinder & Ors. v. Puran Singh

2026 LiveLaw (SC) 625

July 14, 2026

Hindu Succession – Preferential right of co-heirs – Agricultural land – applicability of section 22 of the Hindu Succession Act – Legislative competence – Distinction between succession-based pre-emption and general pre-emption. [Hindu Succession Act, 1956, S.22; Constitution of India, Seventh Schedule, List III, Entry 5]

FACTS

The parties were siblings and had inherited agricultural land from their father as Class-I legal heirs. Some of the defendants sold their respective inherited shares to a third party. The plaintiff instituted proceedings under section 22 of the Hindu Succession Act, 1956 claiming the statutory preferential right to acquire the property.

The Trial Court dismissed the suit, relying upon Atam Prakash v. State of Haryana, 1986 AIR 859, which had struck down a provision of the Punjab Pre-emption Act as unconstitutional. The First Appellate Court reversed that decision, relying upon Babu Ram v. Santokh Singh, Civil Appeal No. 2553 of 2019, which had recognised the applicability of section 22 to agricultural land. The High Court declined to interfere in the second appeal.

The Supreme Court was therefore called upon to determine whether section 22 of the Hindu Succession Act applies to agricultural land and whether Parliament possessed legislative competence to enact such a provision.

HELD

The Supreme Court held that section 22 of the Hindu Succession Act applies to agricultural land. The right under section 22 is fundamentally a succession-based right. It is not a general law regulating transfers of agricultural land. Its purpose is to enable Class-I co-heirs who inherit property from a common intestate to prevent strangers from entering into the family property.

Applying the doctrine of pith and substance, the Court held that the dominant character of section 22 falls within Entry 5 of List III of the Seventh Schedule, dealing with succession. The fact that the exercise of the right may affect a proposed transfer does not transform the provision into a law regulating transfer of agricultural land.

Parliament therefore possessed legislative competence to enact section 22 even insofar as agricultural property is concerned. The Court also held that there was no conflict between the cases of Atam Prakash and Babu Ram.

The Court further held that where proceedings under section 22 were instituted before execution of the sale deed, the requirement that the alienation be “about to happen” stood satisfied. The plaintiff was not subsequently required to institute a separate challenge to the completed sale deed merely because the sale was effected during pendency of the section 22 proceedings.

Thus, the preferential right under section 22 is a limited, succession-based right of Class-I co-heirs and is fully enforceable in respect of agricultural land.

Chaitanya Suresh Kambli v. State of Maharashtra : Removing an auditor from the empanelment panel lacks statutory power for permanent debarment, violating their constitutional professional rights.

26. Chaitanya Suresh Kambli v. State of Maharashtra & Ors.

2026 LiveLaw (Bom) 368

July 29, 2026

Co-operative societies – Auditor’s panel – Removal from panel for one empanelment period – Permanent debarment from future empanelment – Absence of statutory power to impose perpetual embargo – Restriction violative of Article 19(1)(g). [Maharashtra Co-operative Societies Act, 1960, Ss. 75(2A), 81; Maharashtra Co-operative Societies Rules, 1961, R.69(1)(g); Constitution of India, Art.19(1)(g)]

FACTS

The petitioner was a qualified certified auditor and had been empanelled on the State Government’s panel of auditors for several years. He had acted as auditor of a Co-operative Housing Society Ltd. continuously for 13 years. This was contrary to the statutory restriction under section 75(2A), under which the same auditor could not be appointed by the same society for more than three consecutive years.

Following a complaint, the Commissioner/Registrar passed an order dated 7 October 2024 directing removal of the petitioner’s name from the panel of auditors published on 7 February 2024, which was operative only until 31 March 2026. When a fresh empanelment process was initiated for 2026-28, the Government relied upon clause 6(x) of its circular, which provided that an auditor whose name had been removed from the earlier panel under Rule 69(1)(g) would not be eligible for re-inclusion.

The petitioner challenged this restriction, contending that the earlier removal was only for the duration of the particular panel and that there was no statutory provision permanently debarring him from future empanelment.

HELD

The Court noted that section 75(2A) prohibits the same auditor from being appointed by the same society for more than three consecutive years. The statutory scheme therefore regulates the auditor-society relationship; it does not contemplate a permanent prohibition against the auditor being empanelled for other societies or in future panels.

Rule 69(1)(g) specifies circumstances in which the name of an auditor may be removed from the panel. However, the Court found no provision in the Act or Rules creating a permanent embargo against future empanelment merely because an auditor’s name had previously been removed from a panel. The Court held that clause 6(x) of the Government circular, insofar as it permanently prevented such an auditor from applying for subsequent empanelment, was unsustainable. A permanent removal from the State’s panel has serious consequences for the auditor’s professional right to carry on his occupation. Since neither section 81 nor Rule 69(1)(g) contemplated permanent debarment, the restriction was held to be violative of Article 19(1)(g).

The Court therefore held that the petitioner’s previous deplanement from the 2024-26 panel could not prevent him from applying for empanelment for 2026-28.

The Writ Petition was made absolute.

Mumtaz Ahmad Shah v. Chief Executive Officer, SRA : Eviction order implementation is a statutory obligation of the competent authority, and lack of enforcement machinery is no defence.

25. Mumtaz Ahmad Shah v. Chief Executive Officer, Slum Rehabilitation Authority & Ors.

2026 LiveLaw (Bom) 353

July 22, 2026

Slum Rehabilitation – Eviction order – Duty of Competent Authority to implement eviction – absence of enforcement machinery no defence – SRA/MHADA required to ensure mechanism for execution of eviction orders. [Maharashtra Slum Areas (Improvement, Clearance and Redevelopment) Act, 1971, Ss. 2(c), 3E, 33]

FACTS

The petitioner claimed possession of Flat which had been allotted to him. The Competent Authority had passed an order dated 4 July 2023 directing that possession of the premises be handed over to the petitioner. The petitioner approached the Bombay High Court under Article 226 seeking implementation of the eviction order. MHADA did not dispute that an eviction order had been passed but submitted that the Competent Authority did not possess the machinery necessary to execute it and had to depend upon the Slum Rehabilitation Authority (SRA). The SRA, in turn, submitted that the contractor previously engaged for execution of eviction orders was no longer available.

HELD

The Court examined sections 3E and 33 of the Maharashtra Slum Areas (Improvement, Clearance and Redevelopment) Act, 1971. Section 33 specifically empowers the Competent Authority to direct eviction and, for that purpose, to use or cause to be used such force as may be necessary.

The Court held that implementation of an eviction order is a statutory obligation of the Competent Authority. The authority cannot pass an eviction order and thereafter contend that it lacks the machinery to enforce it. Merely passing an eviction order without having the means to implement it would render section 33 meaningless and defeat its very object by encouraging unauthorised occupation.

Although the Competent Authority may seek assistance from the SRA, the SRA’s inability to provide machinery does not absolve the Competent Authority of its statutory obligation. The Competent Authority must devise a mechanism and ensure that adequate machinery is available for execution of eviction orders.

The Court directed the Principal Secretary, Housing Department, in coordination with the Vice President and Chief Executive Officer of MHADA and the Competent Authority, to ensure that the necessary machinery is put in place.

The Writ Petition was allowed and listed for compliance.

Non-Tariff Barriers: The New Face of Protectionism

As traditional tariffs decline globally, countries increasingly deploy non-tariff barriers (NTBs) like technical standards, environmental regulations, and data localization laws to protect domestic industries. While often framed as public health or safety measures, these complex, opaque regulations act as disguised protectionism. They disproportionately restrict market access for developing nations, exacerbating global trade inequalities. Looking ahead, NTBs are here to stay. Emerging technologies like AI and digital compliance frameworks will likely be weaponised by advanced economies to reinforce competitive advantages, creating a new generation of sophisticated barriers.

The globe suddenly isn’t shrinking as much. Increasingly the “global village” resembles independent fiefdoms, with political strongmen emerging as undisputed kings. With social, cultural and political upheaval, economics cannot be left behind. Indeed, arguably, there is no motivator stronger than economics to usher in change, whether social, cultural or political.

Since time immemorial, trade has been used as a strategic tool by shrewd statesmen either to assert heft or to avoid economic annihilation. The simple truth about being alive is best described in a phrase “survival of the fittest”, coined by Herbert Spencer and adopted by Charles Darwin.1 When juxtaposed to economics it translates to “dance with the devil”, or thereabouts!


1 Paul, Diane B. The Selection of the ‘Survival of the Fittest’, Journal of the History of Biology, Vol. 21, No. 3, 1988, pp. 411–24.

There are different measures adopted by States to make the life of a product entering the country difficult – by putting a tax (a tariff or customs duty) at the border, thereby directly adding to the price or by using rules and procedures that are not tax and yet can significantly obstruct trade. Tax is charged at the very threshold, when a product crosses the customs border.2 It is visible and the impact is easy to measure, the non-tariff measures on the other hand are rules framed by States in a manner that they affect trade for eg., health and safety rules for food3, quality standards for products4, special permissions for sensitive goods5 etc. These measures are used to shield domestic industries from foreign competition.


2 Section 12 of the Customs Act, 1962 read with Section 3 of the Section 3 of the Customs Tariff Act, 1975.
3 Food safety and health regulations in India are primarily governed by the Food Safety and Standards Act, 2006, which consolidates various legacy food laws and lays down science-based standards for food items, while regulating their manufacture, storage, distribution, sale, and import. The framework is administered by the Food Safety and Standards Authority of India and is supplemented by rules and regulations, including the Food Safety and Standards Rules, 2011, Food Safety and Standards (Import) Regulations, 2017, Food Safety and Standards (Packaging and Labelling) Regulations, 2011, and the Food Safety and Standards (Contaminants, Toxins and Residues) Regulations, 2011.
4 Quality standards for non-food industrial goods, including electronics, chemicals, and consumer products, fall under the jurisdiction of the Bureau of Indian Standards (“BIS”) and relevant line ministries. The governing framework is anchored in the Bureau of Indian Standards Act, 2016 (which replaced the 1986 Act), establishing BIS as the national standards body responsible for product standardization, marking, and quality certification. Key non-tariff enforcement mechanisms include Quality Control Orders, issued by ministries, which render specified Indian Standards mandatory and prohibit the manufacture, sale, or import of non-compliant goods. The Compulsory Registration Scheme, which mandates testing and registration for notified electronics, IT, and solar products prior to market entry and the Foreign Manufacturers Certification Scheme, which requires overseas manufacturers exporting notified goods to India to obtain a valid BIS licence.
5 Imports and exports of sensitive and dual-use items under the FTP 2023 are governed by Section 3 read with Sections 11, 13, and 14 of the Foreign Trade (Development and Regulation) Act, 1992. Read with Paragraph 2.08, Chapter 2 of FTP 2023, trade in restricted or sensitive items strictly mandates prior import/export authorizations or permissions issued by the Directorate General of Foreign Trade. Specific control over dual-use, defense, and strategic goods is exercised under the SCOMET framework (Chapter 10, FTP 2023), which requires specialized clearances.

A question to ask in today’s interconnected and yet distant world, is – are these “invisible” rules and procedures a larger hindrance to trade than the old-fashioned taxes on import? From an Indian standpoint what does it mean for the country, its people and the businesses involved?

INDIAN PERSPECTIVE: DECLINING TARIFFS, RISING BARRIERS

A bare reading of the Foreign Trade Policy 2023 (“FTP 2023”) indicates that exports and imports are generally “free” unless specifically restricted/prohibited6. A further perusal of the customs tariff structure over the years would show that they have been gradually falling to meet with India’s international commitment7. Indeed, this is not an Indian phenomenon alone, many countries have reduced tariffs through trade negotiations. At the same time, they have introduced rules/regulations and conditions at and behind the border, that are now a major factor shaping trade.


6 Paragraph 2.01, Chapter 2, FTP 2023. 
7 Explainer: What the WTO’s Latest Trade Policy Review Says About India’s Economy and the Road to Viksit Bharat, 29th July 2026, https://indiasworld.in/explainer-what-the-wtos-latest-trade-policy-review-says-about-indias-economy-and-the-road-to-viksit-bharat/ (last accessed on 01.08.2026) & Report of Trade Policy Review: India, Trade Policy Review Body, 26th May 2026, https://www.wto.org/english/news_e/news_docs/S488_e.pdf (last accessed on 01.08.2026).

RISE OF NON-TARIFF BARRIERS IN GLOBAL TRADE

As the globe turned into a “global village”, a term popularized by Canadian media theorist Marshall McLuhan8, trade expanded and with it there was a global push for trade liberalization. While this promoted free trade in principle, it hindered the ability of governments to use tariff measures as protective shields. Newer methods thus were devised by governments, that pivoted to alternative mechanisms that do not fall foul of international norms while yet offering protection to domestic industries.


8 Mass Media and the Global Village, Yale University Press, 17th November 2016, https://yalebooks.yale.edu/2016/11/17/mass-media-and-the-global-village/, (last accessed on 01.08.2026)

FORMS OF NON-TARIFF BARRIERS: REGULATION AS RESTRICTION

Non-tariff barriers can take various forms, either as regulatory mechanism, export control measures or restrictions on technology transfer etc. Technical barriers to trade have particularly become significant. These include product standards, labeling requirements and safety regulations that imported goods are expected to meet. What may often be justified on grounds of consumer protection and environmental sustainability also act as hidden barriers to trade. An instance that readily comes to mind is the stringent environmental standards that the European Union has imposed. Measures such as the Carbon Border Adjustment Mechanism, which effectively levy a carbon cost on imports of emission-intensive goods, and the proposed Packaging and Packaging Waste Regulation9, which mandates recyclability and reuse standards, have significantly elevated compliance thresholds for exporters. These may be difficult for exporters from developing countries to comply with, effectively limiting market access to countries that comprise the global south.


9 Carbon Border Adjustment Mechanism, European Union, https://taxation-customs.ec.europa.eu/carbon-border-adjustment-mechanism_en. (last accessed on 01.08.2026)

Use of sanitary and phytosanitary measures10, that aim to protect human, animal and plant health can also function as trade barriers. Although measures such as these are essential as public health safeguard, their excessive, strict or selective application may operate as non-tariff barriers to trade by imposing additional compliance burdens on foreign producers.


10 In the Indian context, sanitary and phytosanitary measures are implemented through a combination of statutory frameworks governing food safety, plant health, and animal health. These include the Destructive Insects and Pests Act, 1914 read with the Plant Quarantine (Regulation of Import into India) Order, 2003, which establishes phytosanitary requirements for agricultural imports and the Livestock Importation Act, 1898, which regulates sanitary conditions for the import of livestock and animal products.

In current times data localizations laws11, which require companies to store and process data within national borders, is a growing category of non-tariff barrier. Proliferation of these policies are often justified on grounds of privacy and national security concerns and they tend to become obstacles for foreign parties seeking to operate in those markets.


11 In India, data localisation and cross-border data flow restrictions are emerging through the Digital Personal Data Protection Act, 2023, which is to be implemented in a phased manner along with its accompanying rules. The framework emphasises lawful processing, consent-based data use, and conditions governing the transfer of personal data outside India, potentially imposing compliance obligations on foreign entities operating in the Indian market. Comparable regimes in other jurisdictions most notably the European Union’s General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) and the United Kingdom’s data protection framework under the UK GDPR and the Data Protection Act, 2018, have, in practice, operated as regulatory barriers by imposing stringent requirements on cross-border data transfers, particularly under Chapter V of the GDPR (Articles 44–49), which mandate that transfers of personal data to third countries occur only pursuant to adequacy decisions (Article 45), appropriate safeguards such as standard contractual clauses or binding corporate rules (Article 46), or limited derogations in specific situations (Article 49), thereby increasing compliance costs and operational constraints for foreign service providers seeking market access.

PROTECTIONISM IN DISGUISE: IMPACT ON DEVELOPING ECONOMIES

These are just some examples of use of non-tariff barriers to steer trade, at times creating “disguised protectionist” regimes for domestic producers.12 The impact of these measures significantly impede trade and have pronounced effect on developing economies. These measures especially exacerbate global trade inequalities tilting towards advanced economies. The current atmosphere will not be the first or the last instance of countries turning inwards.


12 Kim Moonhwak, Disguised Protectionism And Linkages To The GATT/WTO, World Politics, Vol. 64, No. 3, 2012, pp. 426–75.

Legitimate concerns regarding weaponization of non-tariff barriers aside, it is important to recognize that not all such measures are protectionist. There are many occasions when governments are required to step in on account of genuine policy objectives, such as protecting public health or ensuring product safety etc. The key, however, lies in distinguishing between honest regulations and those designed to restrict trade. It is precisely in this context that the principles of “necessity” and “proportionality” assume significance. Even where a measure pursues a legitimate objective, it may be inconsistent with international norms if it imposes restrictions that exceed what is required to achieve its purpose. The existence of less trade-restrictive alternatives, or a disproportionate burden on foreign producers, may indicate that the measure is, in substance, protectionist.

Lack of transparency and the resultant difficulty in sifting through the maze of regulations to ascertain the genuineness of a measure is the criticism of a non-tariff barrier. While tariffs are clearly defined and the effect thereof, easy to measure, non-tariff barriers are complex and open to interpretation. The diverse and evolving nature of non-tariff measures make it difficult to fathom and regulate. Opacity of reasons, lack of information, unreasoned restrictions are just some of the hallmarks of arbitrary non-tariff barriers that undermine transparency and predictability in international trade.

CONCLUSION

All criticism notwithstanding, non-tariff barriers are here to stay. In times to come, at least in the near future they are likely to play a dominant role in global trade. In modern times, with increased emphasis on industrialization, rapid technological advancement and data boom one might expect the world order to assume a more socialist than capitalist character, however, such a proposition is far removed from reality. Equal opportunity is a fiction espoused by socialist idealists that is routinely sacrificed at the altar of ever intensifying contemporary global market, that routinely favours economically and technologically advanced nations.

Artificial Intelligence (“AI”), the contemporary buzzword, is often heralded by its proponents as a transformative technology that will create the possibility of abundance, which would be a perfect setting for a socialist set up and an egalitarian society. This argument overlooks a fundamental human flaw – “greed”. The core question remains: in an increasingly polarized world economic order will the benefits be evenly distributed or will it aggravate economic inequality if the current institutional set up, ownership and market structures remain unchanged? The answer assumes particular significance in the context of international trade. As we look around, advanced economies are already deploying cutting-edge digital standards, algorithm driven compliance mechanisms, cybersecurity requirements, data-governance framework, AI-related technical frameworks, ostensibly legitimate but far from egalitarian.

Technological evolution by itself has never resulted in a level playing field. If at all, each wave of technological advancement is followed by sophisticated regulations, amplifying underlying regulatory asymmetry. The age of AI will be no different. Advanced economies with new age technological capabilities will use them to preserve competitive advantage, if not worsen it. AI has the potential to become the catalyst for the emergence of a new generation of non-tariff barrier.

Death with Dignity: Directives

Maharashtra has established a legally mandated healthcare governance framework for end-of-life care, turning the Supreme Court’s rulings on passive euthanasia and Advance Directives into practical, working machinery. Following a landmark public interest litigation, the state has appointed district-level custodians to receive, store, and digitise citizens’ Advance Directives. Additionally, a July 2026 Government Resolution requires all government and private hospitals to constitute Primary and Secondary Medical Boards to evaluate treatment withdrawal requests. This two-tier checking system protects patient rights, shields treating doctors from prosecution, and establishes a strict compliance and liability audit trail for institutions.

On 17 July 2026, the Government of Maharashtra issued a Government Resolution (GR) directing every government and private hospital in the State to constitute medical committees for considering requests relating to passive euthanasia and end-of-life decisions. It reads like an administrative order for the medical fraternity. For Chartered Accountants who audit hospitals, advise charitable trusts, or sit on the boards of healthcare companies, it is something more: a new, legally mandated governance structure, with its own documentation trail, empanelment records and liability exposure, that hospitals must now build and their advisors must understand.

A COMMON DILEMMA

An elderly woman with advanced dementia develops pneumonia and is ventilated in the ICU, with doctors certain that recovery is not possible. She had always said she did not want to be kept alive artificially. Her family does not know if they may ask for the ventilator to be withdrawn, and her doctors, fearing prosecution, hesitate to raise it themselves.

WHAT DOES THE SUPREME COURT PERMIT?

The Supreme Court in Gian Kaur v. State of Punjab, the Court had held that the right to life does not include a right to die by suicide, but left open whether a dignified process of dying might stand on different footing. In Aruna Shanbaug case the Apex Court drew the line India still follows: actively causing death, by lethal injection or similar means, remains a criminal act, while withholding or withdrawing treatment that merely prolongs dying, once recovery is medically impossible, does not.

In 2018, a five-judge Bench in Common Cause v. Union of India went further, holding that the right to refuse treatment is part of the right to life under Article 21, and validating Advance Directives, or Living Wills, as a way to record that refusal in advance. But the 2018 procedure was itself heavy: every directive needed a Judicial Magistrate’s countersignature, and withdrawal required Collector-appointed boards, so cumbersome that almost no state ever implemented it. In January 2023, the same Bench simplified its own guidelines: a directive now needs only two witnesses and attestation by a Notary or a Gazetted Officer, and the decision to withdraw treatment rests with two medical boards rather than magistrates.

Even this remained largely theoretical until March 2026, hence the Apex Court reiterated the principles laid down earlier in Harish Rana v. Union of India. The Court permitted withdrawal of feeding tube for a patient who had been in a vegetative state for over a decade, and held that even artificially administered nutrition and hydration count as “treatment” that can lawfully be withdrawn.

WHY ANOTHER PUBLIC INTEREST LITIGATION WAS NECESSARY

Even after 2018, and again after 2023, most states did nothing to build the machinery the Court had ordered. After executing my own living will, I discovered there was no one authorised to receive or preserve it. I filed Public Interest Litigation No. 3 of 2024 before the Bombay High Court, seeking directions to the Government of Maharashtra to actually implement what the Supreme Court had already decided. The Bombay High Court accepted the concern and directed the State to act in a time-bound manner, well before Harish Rana gave the issue fresh urgency.

THE IMPACT OF THE PIL

The litigation has produced three concrete reforms. The Government of Maharashtra has appointed custodians across every district of the State, in Mumbai, the Medical Officer of each municipal ward, to receive and preserve Advance Directives. The State has begun digitising these directives for secure storage and retrieval. And the 17 July 2026 GR now requires every government and private hospital to constitute medical committees to process requests for withdrawing or withholding treatment. Together, these create, for the first time, machinery through which the Supreme Court’s judgment can actually operate.

HOW THE FRAMEWORK OPERATES

An Advance Directive is not a property will; it governs medical treatment, not inheritance. Any adult with decision-making capacity may execute one, specifying the conditions, such as terminal cancer, irreversible coma or end-stage organ failure, in which it takes effect, and the treatments (ventilation, dialysis, CPR) to be refused, while requesting pain relief and palliative care. It need not be on stamp paper or government-registered; a handwritten document is valid if signed before two witnesses and attested by a Notary or Gazetted Officer, with a copy filed with the designated custodian. It can be revoked or modified at any time.

When treatment withdrawal is proposed, whether under a directive or, absent one, on a family’s request, the hospital constitutes a Primary Medical Board of specialists to assess whether continued treatment merely prolongs dying. If it agrees, an independent Secondary Medical Board, including a government nominee, must reach the same conclusion before treatment can be withdrawn. Under the July 2026 GR, the Primary Board is chaired by the hospital’s Medical Director and includes the treating specialist and two subject experts. The secondary board the Secondary Board is also convened at the same hospital but involving different doctors. There will be one doctor who shall represent the civil surgeon of the district. This two-tier check is designed to protect patients from unilateral decisions and to protect treating doctors from unwarranted prosecution, the latter being precisely what has made many hospitals reluctant to act even where the law already permits it.

THE ROAD AHEAD

Legal recognition does not by itself change clinical practice. Hospitals need standard operating procedures and documented board composition; doctors need training and assurance against liability; boards and trustees need to know this is now a compliance obligation, not a discretionary courtesy. Much as with financial wills and insurance, most citizens still postpone this planning because it feels distant rather than urgent.

CONCLUSION

Maharashtra’s custodianship system, digitisation drive and mandatory hospital medical boards mark real progress in turning a constitutional right into working practice. For healthcare institutions and their advisors, this is no longer a matter of medical ethics alone: non-constitution of these boards, or inadequate documentation of their decisions, is fast becoming a governance and compliance failure with its own audit and liability trail. The measure of success will not be the number of GRs issued or boards constituted, but whether patients can, in practice, exercise their right to a dignified end of life. The goal of my judicial activism was to have citizens a right to die with dignity practically available and implementable and not merely on paper. It seems that the state of Maharashtra is taking leadership role amongst all the states in this regard.

Consolidation of Section 8 Company With The Sponsor Company

Editorial Note: While this article concludes that in the given examples consolidation is appropriate, based on alternative views discussed in the article, the issue has not been free from debate, and diversity in practice continues.

Under Ind AS 110, a sponsor company must consolidate a Section 8 CSR entity if it exercises control. Control requires three simultaneous elements: power over the entity’s relevant activities, exposure to variable returns (including non-financial benefits like reputation and compliance), and the ability to use power to affect those returns.

In wholly-owned scenarios, control is clearly established, requiring consolidation. However, in minority or guarantee-based setups, the assessment is highly fact-dependent on governance arrangements.

Upon consolidation, intra-group transactions are eliminated, presenting only actual external spending as CSR expenditure in the consolidated financial statements.

I. INTRODUCTION

Companies in India which are subject to Corporate Social Responsibilities (CSR) provisions as required under Section 135 of the Companies Act, 2013 may discharge their CSR obligations either directly or through an eligible implementing agency. Such implementing agency may include Section 8 company, a charitable trust under the Indian Trusts Act, 1882 or a society under the Societies Registration Act, 1860.

This article examines the circumstances in which a Section 8 company established for undertaking CSR obligations may require consolidation in the financial statements of the Company that sponsor it (“the Sponsor Company”). The analysis considers the relevant requirements of the Companies Act, 2013 (“the Act”) and the applicable accounting standards, particularly the principles of control under Ind AS 110, ‘Consolidated Financial Statements’ to evaluate whether the Sponsor Company exercises control over the Section 8 Company notwithstanding the absence of an ownership interest or profit motive.

The article further discusses the indicators of control in the context of CSR structures, including governance rights, appointment of directors or trustees, decision-making powers, funding dependence, and the ability to direct relevant activities. Through this analysis, the article seeks to provide practical guidance on determining whether a Section 8 company functioning as a CSR implementing agency should be consolidated with the Sponsor Company.

II. ISSUE UNDER CONSIDERATION

In this article, three illustrative scenarios are analysed below to assess whether, and in what circumstances, a Section 8 Company would be required to be consolidated with the Sponsor Company: –

Scenario – 1: The Sponsor Company, in discharge of its obligations under Section 135 of the Act, has incorporated a wholly owned subsidiary in the form of a Section 8 Company for undertaking CSR activities. The Sponsor Company contributes funds to the Section 8 Company for carrying out such CSR activities. The Section 8 Company receives its entire funding/donation solely from the Sponsor Company.

Scenario – 2: The Sponsor Company, in discharge of its obligations under Section 135 of the Act contributes funds to the Section 8 Company for undertaking CSR activities. The Sponsor Company holds 20% equity interest in the Section 8 Company, while the remaining 80% equity interest is held by two individuals who are employees of the Sponsor Company. The Section 8 Company receives its entire funding/donation solely from the Sponsor Company.

Scenario – 3: The Sponsor Company has incorporated a wholly owned subsidiary in the form of a Section 8 Company for undertaking CSR activities. Unlike the preceding scenarios, the Section 8 Company receives funding/donation from multiple companies, which are utilised towards the implementation of CSR activities.

III. TECHNICAL ANALYSIS

The Sponsor Company needs to determine whether it controls the Section 8 Company as per Ind AS 110 and if yes, then the Sponsor Company would be treated as ‘Parent’ and the Section 8 Company would be treated as ‘subsidiary of the parent’.

Under Ind AS-110, consolidation is required only when all three elements of control are present simultaneously:

a) Power over investee;
b) Exposure, or rights, to variable returns from investee; and
c) Ability to use power over investee to affect the investor’s returns.

Accordingly, each of the three scenarios is analysed below against each of the three elements of the control:-.

POWER OVER INVESTEE

The first element for establishing control is whether the Sponsor Company has ‘power’ over the Section 8 Company.

As per paragraph 10 of Ind AS 110, power exists when an investor has existing substantive rights that provide the current ability to direct the relevant activities of the investee. In this context, ‘current ability’ does not necessarily require the rights to be exercisable immediately. Instead, an investor only needs to have the ability to control relevant activities, and it is not relevant whether the investor exercises this ability.

Therefore, when assessing whether an investor has ‘power’, two critical concepts need to be considered:

  • Identification of the relevant activities; and
  • determination of who has the current ability to direct those activities?

Identification of the relevant activities

Relevant activities are defined as “activities of the investee that significantly affect the investee’s returns.”

Considering the nature and objectives of the Section 8 Company, ‘relevant activities’ may include:

  • identification and implementation of CSR projects;
  • deployment and utilisation of funds;
  • approval of operational programmes and budgets;
  • appointment of key managerial personnel;
  • selection and monitoring of beneficiaries/projects; and
  • strategic and operational oversight of social initiatives.

Assessment of Right to Direct Relevant Activities?

Once the relevant activities are identified, the next step is to determine which investor, if any, has the current ability to direct those activities.

Ind AS 110 requires assessment of substantive rights and not merely legal ownership percentages.

The following factors may indicate existence of power:

  • Board representation by personnel associated with the Sponsor Company;
  • practical ability to influence operational and strategic decisions;
  • dependence of the Section 8 Company on funding/support from the Sponsor Company; and
  • any de facto control arising from governance arrangements.

Conversely, the following factors may indicate absence of power:

  • absence of contractual rights granting unilateral decision-making authority;
  • absence of rights to appoint or remove majority directors;
  • substantive voting rights held by other shareholders; and
  • operational independence of the Section 8 Company.

Accordingly, determination of power would depend upon whether the Sponsor Company, in substance, has the present ability to direct the relevant activities of the Section 8 Company.

Scenario 1: As a wholly owned subsidiary, the Sponsor Company holds 100% of the equity and voting rights in the Section 8 Company and would ordinarily control the appointment and removal of its entire board. This gives the Sponsor Company the current ability to direct all relevant activities of the Section 8 Company. Power is present.

Scenario 2: The Sponsor Company holds only 20% of the equity, with the remaining 80% held by two individual employees of the Sponsor Company. While the Sponsor Company does not hold majority voting rights directly, the relevant question is whether it nonetheless has substantive rights to direct the Section 8 Company’s relevant activities. This could arise, for instance, through its ability to influence the two individual shareholders by virtue of their employment relationship, particularly if the shareholders-cum-employees are, in substance, acting on the direction of the Sponsor Company or through board composition, or governance arrangements. Where the facts establish that the Sponsor Company, in substance, directs the relevant activities — whether through its own minority shareholding combined with influence over the other shareholders or otherwise, power would exist notwithstanding the minority equity stake. Where no such substantive rights can be evidenced and the individual shareholders exercise their voting rights independently, power may not be established merely from the 20% holding. The conclusion is fact-dependent and requires further evidence of substantive rights beyond the equity percentage.

Scenario 3: As in Scenario 1, the Sponsor Company holds 100% of the equity in its wholly owned Section 8 Company subsidiary, giving it the current ability to appoint the board and direct relevant activities. The fact that funding is received from multiple companies does not, by itself, affect the Sponsor Company’s power over the Section 8 Company’s relevant activities, since power is assessed by reference to decision-making rights, not the source of funding. Power is present.

EXPOSURE OR RIGHTS TO VARIABLE RETURNS

The second element of the control assessment under Ind AS 110 requires the investor to assess whether the investor has an exposure, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee. Returns can be positive, negative or both.

As explained in Ind AS 110, returns are interpret broadly and need not be limited to financial returns. Variable returns includes:

  • exposure to losses;
  • reputational enhancement or reputational risk;
  • operational synergies;
  • achievement of strategic objectives; and
  • compliance-related benefits.

Scenario 1 and Scenario 3:

In both scenarios, the Sponsor Company is exposed to variable returns through its involvement with the Section 8 Company established to undertake CSR activities. The quality and effectiveness of the Section 8 Company’s operations directly influence the Sponsor Company’s ability to fulfil its obligations under Section 135 of the Act. Consequently, the Sponsor Company is exposed to:

  • reputational enhancement arising from successful CSR initiatives, or reputational damage from ineffective implementation;
  • compliance benefits, or the risk of regulatory scrutiny, depending on whether the CSR obligations are effectively discharged;
  • the achievement (or otherwise) of its CSR and sustainability objectives; and
  • funding and liquidity support requirements, where the Sponsor Company is expected to finance the activities of the Section 8 Company.

In view of above, the Sponsor Company is exposed to variable returns arising from its involvement with the Section 8 Company.

Scenario 2:

Although the Sponsor Company holds only a minority equity interest, its exposure to variable returns remains substantially the same because such returns arise primarily from its role as the Company responsible for discharging its CSR obligations, rather than from its shareholding alone. The Sponsor Company continues to be exposed to variations in reputational outcomes, compliance benefits, achievement of CSR objectives and the effectiveness of CSR implementation. Accordingly, the criterion of exposure to variable returns is also satisfied in this scenario.

ALTERNATIVE VIEW: SECTION 8 COMPANY DOES NOT SATISFY THE “VARIABLE RETURNS” CRITERION

An alternative view is that the Section 8 Company established solely for undertaking CSR activities may not satisfy the “variable returns” criterion under Ind AS 110. The view is based on the fact that:

  • a Section 8 company is prohibited from distributing profits to its members,
  • a Section 8 company cannot distribute its assets to the Sponsor Company upon winding up, and
  • the directors of Section 8 Company are required to discharge independent fiduciary duties in the interests of the Section 8 company.

Consequently, unlike a conventional commercial subsidiary, the Sponsor Company does not possess a residual economic interest in the Section 8 Company. On this basis, some companies have taken the position that a CSR implementing entity of this nature ought not to be consolidated, notwithstanding the Sponsor Company’s involvement in its governance.

As discussed above, Ind AS 110 defines ‘returns’ broadly and does not confine the concept to financial or distributable returns or to a residual economic interest on winding up. Returns include non-financial benefits such as reputational outcomes, achievement of strategic and compliance objectives and operational synergies.

In view of the above, the prohibition on distribution of profits, the absence of a residual economic interest on winding up, and the independent fiduciary duties owed by directors, may not by themselves be conclusive of the absence of variable returns, provided the Sponsor Company continues to derive the non-financial benefits described above from its involvement with the Section 8 Company.

Thus, the alternative view cannot be dismissed outright and the assessment would ultimately depend on the specific facts and governance arrangements in each case.

RELEVANCE OF PROVISION FOR DIMINUTION IN VALUE OF INVESTMENT

It is also relevant to consider whether the accounting treatment adopted by several Sponsor Companies, of fully providing for diminution in the value of their investment in the shares of the Section 8 Company at inception, has any bearing on the assessment of ‘returns’ under Ind AS 110.

Sponsor Companies often recognize a full impairment or diminution in the carrying value of their investment in the equity shares of the Section 8 Company shortly after incorporation on the basis that such investment has little or no real economic value.

The write-down of the investment in the Sponsor Company’s standalone financial statements reflects an assessment of the recoverability of the equity investment carried in its books. The accounting treatment adopted by the Sponsor Company for such investment does not influence the control assessment under Ind AS 110. The existence of control depends upon substantive rights, exposure to variable returns and the ability to use power to affect those returns rather than by the carrying amount assigned to the investment. Accordingly, a full impairment or diminution in the value of the investment neither establishes nor negates control.

ABILITY TO USE POWER TO AFFECT RETURNS

The third element of the control under Ind AS 110 requires the investor to have the ability to use its power over the investee to affect the investor’s variable returns. This element links the first two components of the control model and requires that the investor’s decision-making rights are capable of influencing the returns to which it is exposed. Merely possessing power, or merely being exposed to variable returns, is insufficient in isolation; there must be a demonstrable connection between the two.

Accordingly, this assessment requires establishing linkage between:

  • the investor’s substantive decision-making rights over the relevant activities; and
  • the investor’s exposure, or rights to variable returns arising from its involvement with the investee.

Scenario 1: The Sponsor Company has the current ability to direct all relevant activities of the wholly owned Section 8 Company through its substantive voting and governance rights. The exercise of those rights directly influences the effectiveness of the CSR activities undertaken by the Section 8 company, which in turn has a direct bearing on the Sponsor Company’s CSR objectives, reputational outcomes and compliance position, the linkage criterion is clearly satisfied.

Scenario 2: The linkage would be established only if the Sponsor Company possesses substantive rights that enable it to direct the relevant activities of the Section 8 Company. Where such right exists, the Sponsor Company can influence the outcomes of the CSR programme which has a bearing on its compliance and reputational position. However, if the Sponsor Company merely provides funding and does not have substantive rights, the linkage criterion would not be met.

Scenario 3: As in Scenario 1, the Sponsor Company retains the ability to direct the relevant activities of the wholly-owned Section 8 Company through its substantive voting and governance rights. The participation of other funders towards CSR activities does not dilute this linkage, since these contributors do not acquire decision-making rights over the relevant activities of the Section 8 company. Consequently, the Sponsor Company’s ability to direct the relevant activities continues to influence its own CSR, reputational, and compliance-related returns. Accordingly, the linkage criterion is satisfied.

Conversely, where the Sponsor Company merely provides funding support without possessing substantive decision-making authority, the linkage criterion may not be met.

IV. APPLICABILITY TO SECTION 8 COMPANIES LIMITED BY GUARANTEE

The preceding analysis has been carried out in the context of a Section 8 Company having share capital, where the Sponsor Company holds shares (whether wholly or in part) in the Section 8 Company. In practice, however, a number of Section 8 Companies are incorporated as companies limited by guarantee, without share capital, so that the Sponsor Company holds no shareholding or investment interest in the Section 8 Company. It is, therefore, relevant to consider whether the conclusions reached above would differ in such cases.

The absence of share capital does not, by itself, alter the control assessment under Ind AS 110. Power may exist through contractual or other arrangements, and the standard specifically contemplates that control can arise even where the investor holds less than a majority of the voting rights of the investee, or none at all. Accordingly, in the case of a Section 8 Company limited by guarantee, the ‘power’ element would need to be assessed with reference to substantive rights available to the Sponsor Company through governance arrangements, appointment or removal its members/directors, rights to approve its budgets, projects or key operational decisions, and the extent of the Sponsor Company’s funding of, and consequent influence over, its activities. Where the Sponsor Company holds such substantive rights, power may be established notwithstanding the absence of a shareholding or guarantee-based interest.

The ‘returns’ element would similarly need to be assessed on the same basis as discussed above, namely, whether the Sponsor Company is exposed to non-financial returns such as reputational outcomes, compliance benefits and achievement of its CSR objectives; the absence of a financial or equity interest does not, of itself, preclude the existence of variable returns, since Ind AS 110 does not require returns to arise from an ownership interest.

Consequently, a Section 8 Company limited by guarantee can also meet the definition of a subsidiary of the Sponsor Company under Ind AS 110, provided the power and returns criteria discussed above are otherwise satisfied on the facts, notwithstanding the absence of any shareholding or investment interest. The principles discussed in the preceding scenarios would apply with appropriate modification, having regard to the manner in which power is established in the absence of share capital.

V. PRESENTATION OF CSR EXPENDITURE ON CONSOLIDATION IN CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The treatment of CSR expenditure under the Companies Act, 2013, can sometimes diverge from the accounting outcomes as required by Ind AS 110, particularly when a “Sponsor Company” utilizes controlled Section 8 Company as its implementation agency.

1. RECOGNITION IN STANDALONE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Under Section 135 of the Companies Act, 2013 and the CSR Rules, a Sponsor Company normally recognises its contribution to a Section 8 Company as CSR expenditure in its standalone financial statements at the time the contribution is made, provided all the legal requirements for the discharge of the obligation are satisfied.

2. IMPACT OF CONSOLIDATION ON CSR EXPENDITURE PRESENTATION

In case the Section 8 Company fulfills the above criteria and is consolidated under Ind AS 110, the group is presented as a single economic entity. In the consolidated financial statements (CFS): –

  • the CSR contribution represents an intra-group transaction and is eliminated on consolidation;
  • the amount spent by the Section 8 Company during the reporting period on CSR activities is reflected as CSR expenditure;
  • any unspent amount by the Section 8 Company of the CSR contribution received from the Sponsor Company, remains reflected as asset within the CFS. Consequently, the CFS reflects only CSR expenditure to the extent that the Section 8 Company has utilized the funds for activities with external third parties.

For example, the Sponsor Company contributes 100% of its CSR obligation to the Section 8 Company but only 20% of such contribution is utilized by the Section 8 Company during the year, with the balance remaining unspent. In the standalone financial statements, the entire contribution is reflected as CSR expenditure. In the CFS, only 20% of the contribution is reflected as CSR expenditure while the remaining 80% unspent balance forms part of the group’s net assets (e.g. cash or bank balances).

This presentation difference arises since the parent and subsidiary together represent a single economic entity carrying on a common business. While the Sponsor Company may have discharged its statutory obligation under Section 135 of the Act, whereas, the group as a whole, has not yet consumed the economic resource until it is spent externally.

This presentation anomaly is one of the reasons cited in support of the view that consolidation of a Section 8 Company with the Sponsor Company may not, in every case, result in the most appropriate accounting outcome, and reinforces the need for a careful, facts-based assessment of control under Ind AS 110, rather than a presumption of consolidation (or non-consolidation) based on the legal form of the Section 8 Company.

VI. CONCLUSION

The assessment of control under Ind AS 110 is fundamentally based on substance rather than legal form and requires consideration of all relevant facts and circumstances. Although a Section 8 Company is established for charitable purposes and operates under statutory restrictions that differ significantly from those applicable to commercial entities, those characteristics do not automatically preclude consolidation. Equally, neither the existence of shareholding nor the provision of funding, by itself, establishes control. Each of the three elements of the control model—power, exposure to variable returns and the ability to use power to affect those returns—must be evaluated collectively.

Applying the three-part control test under Ind AS 110 to each scenario yields the following conclusions.

Scenario 1: Where the Section 8 Company is wholly owned by the Sponsor Company and the Sponsor Company possesses substantive voting and governance rights enabling it to direct the relevant activities, all three elements of control are satisfied. The Sponsor Company has power over the investee, is exposed to variable returns from its CSR involvement and can use its power to affect those returns. Accordingly, the Section 8 Company is required to be consolidated in accordance with Ind AS 110.

Scenario 2: Where the Sponsor Company holds only a 20% minority equity interest and the balance is held by individual employee-shareholders, the control conclusion is not automatic and depends on facts beyond the shareholding percentage. The assessment requires a comprehensive evaluation of all relevant facts and circumstances, including the Sponsor Company’s substantive rights, board appointment and removal rights, shareholder arrangements, voting patterns, and whether the remaining shareholders are, in substance, able and willing to exercise their rights independently. If the Sponsor Company is able, in substance, to direct the relevant activities, consolidation would be required notwithstanding its minority shareholding. Conversely, if substantive decision-making rights rest with the other shareholders and the individual shareholders are found to exercise independent decision-making authority. Further, the Sponsor Company cannot direct the relevant activities, control would not exist and consolidation would not be required.

Scenario 3: Where the Section 8 Company continues to be wholly owned by the Sponsor Company notwithstanding that it receives CSR funding from multiple corporate contributors, the source of funding does not affect control assessment. Provided that the Sponsor Company retains the substantive rights to direct the relevant activities of the Section 8 company, it continues to satisfy all three elements of the control model under Ind AS 110. The other contributors merely provide financial support and do not acquire decision-making rights over the relevant activities. Accordingly, the Section 8 company remains a subsidiary of the Sponsor Company and is required to be consolidated.

Reference :

  1. Ind AS 110, ‘Consolidated Financial Statements
  2. Companies Act, 2013
  3. EAC Opinion on Consolidation of the financial statements of a Section 8 Company with the Sponsor Company.

Materiality: A Sustainability Perspective

Materiality refers to the identification and prioritisation of matters that are significant enough to demand attention and action. The concept of materiality is interpreted differently across domains depending on the context in which it is applied. The idea of materiality has evolved in tandem with the transformation in the business environment. From a sustainability perspective, materiality serves as the guiding framework in an organisation for sustainability performance and sustainability reporting. The determination of materiality in sustainability frameworks is anchored in the structured due diligence process which aids organisations in identifying, assessing, prioritising and addressing their impacts on the environment, people and economy. A double materiality assessment builds upon the due diligence process to include aspects of financial risks and opportunities arising from sustainability matters in the analysis. The materiality assessment process is an important step toward an organisation’s ultimate goal of becoming a sustainable business enterprise.

INTRODUCTION TO MATERIALITY

The term materiality is familiar to every Chartered Accountant. The concept is introduced early in our accounting education as a fundamental principle that governs the recognition, presentation, and disclosure of financial information in the financial statements. The principle of materiality implies that information which is sufficiently significant to influence the decisions of users of financial statements warrants separate presentation or disclosure.

While materiality is formally defined and applied mostly in the context of financial reporting, the principle is universal across domains such as risk management, regulatory disclosures, and in sustainability frameworks. Materiality has a common theme in all —the identification and prioritisation of matters that are significant enough to demand attention and action.

DEFINITIONS OF MATERIALITY FROM DIFFERENT PERSPECTIVES

The concept of materiality, though consistent in its theme, is interpreted differently across domains depending on the context and objectives in which it is applied. A few perspectives are outlined below:

  • Materiality under Accounting Standards

As per Ind AS 1, information is considered material if omitting, misstating or obscuring it could reasonably be expected to influence the decisions of the primary users of financial statements1. This reflects a reporting-driven perspective, focused on decision usefulness in financial reporting.

  • Materiality under SEBI LODR Regulations

Under SEBI LODR Regulations, materiality is assessed based on whether the omission of disclosing an event or information is likely to result in discontinuity or alteration of publicly available information and could lead to a significant market reaction if it comes to light later2. This represents a market-driven perspective, centred on investor protection and market sensitivity.

  • Materiality in Risk Management Frameworks

In risk management frameworks, materiality is gauged through the identification of major risks that meet the established criteria for being significant enough to impact the achievement of an organisation’s strategy and business objectives.3 This shows an uncertainty-driven perspective, focusing on potential deviations from expected performance or results.

  • Materiality in Sustainability standards

Under sustainability standards, materiality is viewed from different perspectives depending on the objective of the standard. An Impact materiality perspective emphasises the organisation’s effects on the outside world. Financial materiality perspective focuses on how sustainability-related matters influence the organisation’s long-term value and performance.


1 Ind AS 1
2 SEBI Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirement Regulations, 2015 (as amended)
3 Risk Significance and Criteria: ISO 310001:2018

EVOLUTION OF MATERIALITY: FROM FINANCIAL TO SUSTAINABILITY PERSPECTIVE

Over time, the focus of investors and other stakeholders has progressively expanded—from evaluating current financial performance to assessing future risks and, more recently, to understanding sustainability-related impacts. This shift in perspective has been accompanied by a corresponding evolution in the concept of materiality also.

Traditionally, materiality was applied in the context of financial reporting, primarily to determine the recognition, classification, and presentation of financial information. As businesses and markets became more complex, it extended into risk management, where materiality began to include risks that could affect the achievement of strategic and operational outcomes. In the current landscape, the concept has further evolved to include sustainability considerations. Materiality now encompasses identifying and prioritising environmental, social, and governance (ESG) topics that are critical to the long-term viability of the organisation.

The evolution of materiality reflects a broader transformation in the entire business environment. Organisations today operate under increased regulatory pressures, heightened investor expectations, and growing exposure to new and unique challenges such as climate change and geopolitical uncertainties. Therefore, materiality is no longer limited to financial significance alone; it now serves as a strategic tool to identify what is truly necessary for building a resilient and sustainable business enterprise.

SIGNIFICANCE OF MATERIALITY IN SUSTAINABILITY FRAMEWORKS

It is prudent to understand the significance of materiality from a sustainability perspective before delving into how materiality is determined in sustainability frameworks. Organisations can prioritise and manage sustainability matters in a structured manner using materiality as a tool. The importance of materiality can be understood through the following dimensions:

a. Channelising organisational focus and resources

Investors and other stakeholders are increasingly showing interest in how the organisations are mitigating the harmful impacts of their operations on the environment, people and economy. Under these circumstances, materiality helps organisations in determining the most significant of such impacts, thereby guiding the organisation where it needs to direct its efforts and resources effectively. For instance, an increase in the frequency of safety-related incidents may make the issue more pressing, necessitating a greater emphasis on external safety audits and certifications.

b. Enabling strategy formulation and implementation

Sustainability has evolved from being an “also have component” earlier to an “integral component of business strategy”. Materiality in sustainability frameworks acts as a guiding framework for formalising strategic priorities and converting them into actionable items such as capital expenditure planning, research and development initiatives, and new projects selection. For example, rising energy costs identified as a material issue can drive investments in energy efficiency projects or R&D efforts in the use of alternative fuels.

c. Strengthening sustainability disclosures in annual reports

Sustainability disclosures form a critical component of the organisation’s annual report. Materiality helps determine the topics which require detailed reporting like setting of time-bound targets, defining key performance indicators (KPIs), and presenting multi-year performance trends. This makes the disclosures more focused and relevant for the users. For instance, if climate change is identified as a material topic, organisations may take net-zero targets and disclose emissions reduction metrics as the performance indicators.

d. Enhancing stakeholder engagement

Materiality also determines the stakeholders which the organisation needs to target for engagement and the manner of such engagement. Organisations can engage with their stakeholders meaningfully if they link the material impacts to the relevant stakeholders. For example, if the transportation of hazardous goods is identified as material issue, the organisation needs to specifically focus on the logistics partners. Engagement would include communication of safety protocols, conducting training programmes, and real-time communication systems.

DRIVERS OF MATERIALITY IN SUSTAINABILITY FRAMEWORKS

As discussed earlier, materiality in sustainability frameworks is defined in terms of an organisation’s most significant impacts on the stakeholders. This definition highlights three key drivers of materiality—impacts, stakeholders, and significance—each of which plays a distinct role in shaping what is ultimately considered material.

IMPACT

Impact is defined as the effect that an organisation’s business operations have or may have on the environment, people, and economy4. These effects could be actual or potential, short-term or long-term, reversible or irreversible, intended or unintended, and negative or positive. The organisation may directly cause the impact, contribute to it, or have a direct connection to it. How the organisation handles the impact depends on how it is involved in it. It might attempt to mitigate the effects that it causes or contributes to. It may play a role in the mitigation of the effects that it is directly associated with.


4 GRI 1- Foundation 2021

The nature of the organisation’s relationship with an impact determines the extent of its responsibility and the appropriate course of action, as illustrated below:

Impact Nature of impact Source of impact Relationship with the impact Action required
Air Pollution Negative Own Operations Caused by Mitigate air pollution
Supplier Non-compliance with Labour Standards Negative Upstream Value Chain Contributed to Influence the vendor for compliance
Data breach in supplier’s organisation Negative Upstream Value Chain Directly linked to Help in remediation to the extent possible

Table 1: Illustrative Classification of Impacts Based on Source, Relationship and Response

STAKEHOLDERS

Stakeholders are individuals or groups who are directly or indirectly affected by the organisation’s operations (physically, financially, in terms of human rights, or otherwise). The organisation’s operations may have an impact on the interests of stakeholders, either positively or negatively. For example, sponsoring the digitalisation of schools in the district benefits the organisation’s local community has a positive impact. Stakeholders could be directly affected or potentially affected. For example. In the case of bribery (cash for the release of vendor payment), the specific vendor is directly affected, while the remaining vendors are potentially affected. This distinction is critical in determining the appropriate future course of action in terms of impact.

Stakeholder perspectives provide valuable information about how impacts become apparent in the real world. Engaging with stakeholders through dialogues, grievance redressal mechanisms, focused group discussions, or other structured communication methods can help organisations better understand the effects.

Different stakeholders have various interests that are impacted. All interests are not material, and they do not need to be treated equally. Identifying stakeholder interests that are negatively impacted by the organisation’s operations should take precedence over other interests. For example, employees’ physical safety at workplace is inherently more critical than sponsoring the education of the employees’ children. All of the aforementioned factors are important in determining materiality for the organisation.

DUE DILIGENCE

As previously discussed, materiality requires organisations to prioritise their most significant impacts. Since organisations cannot address every impact simultaneously, a structured decision-making process is required to identify which impacts demand the highest priority. This determination of materiality is based on the due diligence process5. It is the process by which organisations identify, assess, prioritise, and address their actual and potential impacts on the economy, the environment, and people. It provides a systematic and evidence-based approach to determining materiality, ensuring that material topics are identified through a structured evaluation rather than on an ad hoc basis.


5 OECD Guidelines for Multinational Enterprises on Responsible Business Conduct

The following steps are involved in due diligence process:

Step 1: Defining the Scope

The scope of the due diligence process must be defined i.e. establishing clear boundaries for identifying impacts. It includes the impacts of the organisation’s own operations as well as the relevant upstream and downstream value chains (suppliers, dealers, customers, and consumers). For example, an FMCG company’s scope may extend to include the environmental impact of how consumers use their products and dispose the empty packing material after use.

Step 2: Identifying the Impacts

The impacts on the environment and people must be identified based on a comprehensive assessment of historical data, available evidence, and information about upstream and downstream value chain partners. For example, community complaints, regulatory observations may provide evidence of identifying pollution as an impact.

At this point, the organisation should consult relevant subject matter experts. They also should refer to relevant sector-specific impacts indicated in various sustainability standards (GRI, SASB, and ESRS6).


6 GRI – Global Reporting Initiative, SASB – Sustainability Accounting Standards Board, ESRS- European Sustainability Reporting Standards.

Organisations may consider asking questions during this process, such as:

  • Does this impact relate to a key area of our operations, products, services or value chain?
  • Has this impact led to any actual harm or benefit to communities, workers, environment, or consumers?
  • Could this impact have potential significant affects (positive or negative) in the near or long term?
  • Have we consulted with affected stakeholders (e.g., workers, communities, NGOs) on this topic?

Step 3: Classifying the Impacts

The identified impacts must be divided into two categories: actual impacts (those that have already occurred or are currently occurring) and potential impacts (those that may occur in the future). For example, air pollution is classified as having an actual negative impact, whereas possibility of an industrial accident is a potential negative impact.

Step 4: Assessing the significance of the Impacts

The impacts are assessed based on their severity factor and the likelihood factor.

Severity factor is a reflection of the scale (the amount of harm it can cause), scope (how widespread the harm is) and Irremediability(how difficult to reverse its consequences) of the impact . For example, Climate change is extremely serious because it is an existential threat for all creatures (scale), it affects everyone on the planet(scope), and it will require enormous and co-ordinated efforts from all countries to mitigate the effects (degree of irremediability).

Likelihood factor is only used to assess potential impacts. It represents the probability that the organisation’s operations will have an impact. For example, likelihood shall be used to assess the impact of an industrial accident in a factory dealing with hazardous chemicals. The likelihood of the impact will less if it currently follows all necessary saftey protoccols.

Step 5: Prioritising the impacts

The significance of an impact is assessed based on its severity and, in the case of potential impacts, its likelihood.7 For potential negative human rights impacts, however, severity takes precedence over likelihood.


7 The actual process of scoring of topics based on severity and likelihood is beyond the scope of this article

The most significant impacts identified through this process constitute the organisation’s material topics. This step also involves identifying the stakeholders affected by each material topic and understanding the nature and extent of the impacts on them.

Step 6: Action, Monitoring and Disclosure

As next steps, the organisation has to address these material topics. It has to take actions to prevent, mitigate, or remediate identified significant impacts and periodically monitor the effectiveness of actions taken. It has to disclose the entire process of how material topics are identified, prioritised, and addressed in its sustainability report.

MATERIALITY PERSPECTIVES IN SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING FRAMEWORKS

With the rapid evolution of sustainability reporting, global reporting frameworks have adopted different perspectives on materiality namely impact materiality perspective, financial materiality perspective and double materiality perspective.

Impact materiality, as adopted by GRI, focuses on the actual and potential impacts that an organisation has on the economy, the environment and people. These impacts are assessed based on their severity and, where relevant, their likelihood, irrespective of whether they result in immediate financial consequences for the organisation. For instance, non-compliance with air pollution norms may adversely affect the health of surrounding communities. Even in the absence of immediate financial implications, such impacts are considered material because of their severity and societal relevance.

Financial materiality, as adopted by IFRS S1, focuses on sustainability-related risks and opportunities that could reasonably be expected to affect an organisation’s enterprise value, including its financial position, financial performance, cash flows, access to finance or cost of capital. Continuing the same example, repeated non-compliance with air pollution norms may result in regulatory penalties, operational disruptions or increased compliance costs, thereby affecting the organisation’s financial performance.

Double materiality, as adopted by ESRS, combines these two perspectives. It recognises that organisations should evaluate sustainability matters not only from the perspective of the impacts they have on the environment and people, but also from the perspective of how those sustainability matters may create financial risks and opportunities for the business. (refer Figure 2). Continuing the same example, air pollution may be material from both an impact and a financial perspective if the organisation has a history of regulatory penalties and recurring complaints from local communities, resulting in financial and reputational consequences.

Materiality in BRSR

The SEBI Business Responsibility and Sustainability Report (BRSR) framework is based on the nine National Guidelines on Responsible Business Conduct (NGRBC) principles, which prescribe disclosures on a broad range of environmental, social and governance matters. Unlike GRI, BRSR does not require companies to undertake a formal materiality assessment. However, Question 26 of Section A – General Disclosures requires companies to disclose the material sustainability issues pertaining to environmental and social matters that present a risk or an opportunity to the business. Although not mandatory, Indian companies reporting under BRSR may choose to undertake a formal materiality assessment using internationally recognised frameworks such as GRI or ESRS to strengthen governance, strategy formulation and stakeholder engagement.

DOUBLE MATERIALITY ASSESSMENT

A double materiality assessment builds upon the due diligence process discussed earlier, while incorporating an additional analytical layer—namely, the evaluation of financial risks and opportunities arising from sustainability matters. In essence, while the process of identifying and assessing impacts remains unchanged, organisations are required to simultaneously examine how these impacts translate into financial consequences over different time horizons.

FINANCIAL RISKS

Identification of financial risks is an integral component of double materiality assessment. Dependencies on environmental and social resources—may expose the organisation to financial risks due to its own operations, value chain relationships, geographic exposure, or regulatory environment. For example, a cyberattack in an airline company can disrupt its operations entirely, resulting in loss of revenue, regulatory penalties, and reputational damage. Such an event clearly poses a financial risk to the airline company.

FINANCIAL OPPORTUNITIES

Organisations may also consider financial opportunities arising from sustainability-related matters. These opportunities increase the organisation’s ability to sustain operations, improve efficiency, or access new markets. For example, a power generation company increasing the share of renewable energy in its generation capacity is not only reducing its environmental impact but also catering to a new market in a regulatory environment that encourages low-carbon operations. Such strategies create long-term economic value and resilience.

To support this evaluation, organisations may consider questions such as

  • Is this topic currently causing any financial impact on revenues, costs, access to capital, or license to operate?
  • Could this topic affect our future business i.e. revenues, costs, access to capital, or license to operate?
  • Do investors or regulators consider this topic financially material?
  • Does it create opportunities for innovation, efficiency, or market access?

TIME HORIZON

Another new component of double materiality is the consideration of time horizon. Organisations are expected to categorise financial risks and opportunities across short, medium, and long-term periods. Short term means the impacts start appearing within the reporting period, in medium term impacts may materialize in next five years, in the long term, impacts are expected to occur beyond five years8. For example, impacts of rising fuel prices will impact in the same financial year. However, physical risks associated with climate change will start impacting in the medium or long term. Similarly, sustainability related initiatives may also yield financial implications over different timeframes. For example, energy efficiency measures such as LED retrofits may result in immediate cost savings. Investments in renewable energy or R&D efforts in using alternative fuels may generate benefits over a longer time horizon.


8 Organisation may opt for a different time-horizon depending upon its business cycle.

Similar to impact materiality, the assessment of financial materiality is a function of both the magnitude of financial effects and the likelihood of occurrence. The outcome of the double materiality assessment is a consolidated list of topics that are a) material from an impact perspective, b) material from a financial perspective (risks or opportunities), or c) material from both perspectives.

Organisations may then apply appropriate thresholds to prioritise these topics for management action and disclosure9. This integrated approach ensures that both outward impacts and inward financial implications are systematically captured, enabling more informed decision-making and comprehensive sustainability reporting.


9 The actual process of application of thresholds is beyond the scope of this article

Double materiality effectively bridges the gap between sustainability and enterprise risk management by integrating impact-based assessment with forward-looking financial analysis.

An illustrative mapping of topics across impact and financial materiality dimensions is presented below:

Topic Materiality Perspective Time-horizon Risk / Opportunity Stakeholders affected
Environmental management and compliance Financial + Impact materiality Short–medium term Risk • Local communities

• NGOs

• Investor

• Regulator

Occupational health, safety and employee well-being Financial + Impact materiality Short–medium term Risk and opportunity • Employees

• labour unions

• Regulator

Ethical business conduct and anti-corruption Financial materiality Medium–long term Risk and opportunity • Customers

• Investors

• Business partners

• Regulator

Table 2: Illustrative Mapping of Topics Across Materiality Perspectives, Time Horizon and Stakeholders

PITFALLS IN DETERMINING MATERIALITY IN SUSTAINABILITY FRAMEWORKS

The due diligence process and double materiality assessment inherently involve judgement at multiple stages. This judgement can be influenced by subjectivity of the matter, personal bias of the participants, and limited perspectives. While the objective of the process is to identify the most significant impacts and risks, organisations may not arrive at optimal conclusions due to gaps in approach or execution. Some common pitfalls are discussed below.

A key shortcoming observed in practice is the failure to consider sector-specific topics recommended by established sustainability standards. Frameworks such as GRI and (Sustainability Accounting Standards Board) SASB identify issues that are generally considered material for specific industries. Ignoring these reference points can result in an incomplete or non-defensible materiality assessment. For instance, the preparedness for an emergency event is a recognised material topic by SASB for companies in the chemicals sector and should be evaluated irrespective of the organisation’s internal perception.

Another pitfall is the insufficient consideration of stakeholder perspectives. As discussed earlier, materiality is closely linked to interest of the stakeholders. A materiality assessment would be incomplete if stakeholder input was excluded. In order to validate the identified material topics and capture their varied perspectives, organisations should engage with both internal and external stakeholders. For example, an organisation may consider air pollution not material since it is within regulatory limits. However, local communities may still perceive air pollution as a significant concern in the area.

Organisations also often exhibit a weak linkage between materiality and strategy or risk management. Identifying material topics is only the starting point. The real value lies in integrating these topics into strategic planning and enterprise risk management processes. Unless material impacts and financial risks are embedded within governance frameworks and receive Board-level attention, the exercise becomes a compliance formality rather than a strategic tool.

The quality of a materiality assessment depends less on the scoring methodology and more on the quality of governance, stakeholder engagement and professional judgement supporting it.

A further limitation is failure to update the materiality assessment on a regular basis. Materiality is not a static concept. It evolves. Its evolution is triggered by the changes in the business environment, regulatory landscape, and technological developments. Organisations run the risk of missing new emerging impacts if they don’t regularly review their materiality assessments. For example, Artificial Intelligence was relatively insignificant just a few years ago for IT services companies. However, recent advancements in artificial intelligence have made it the most material topic for such companies today.

CONCLUSION

At its core, the concept of materiality retains a consistent essence across domains— significance of a matter in influencing decisions and outcomes. Materiality has a more prominent role in the context of sustainability. It serves as guiding framework for organisations in identifying their most significant impacts, risks, and opportunities. Therefore, materiality is actually a strategic tool—one that directs organisational energies, helps in informed decision-making, and enhances the organisation’s resilience in an increasingly complex business environment. Organisations must actively perform materiality assessment to build a more informed, responsive, and sustainable business enterprise.

References

1. Global Reporting Initiative Standards (GRI)
2. European Sustainability Reporting Standards (ESRS)
3. Business Responsibility and Sustainability Report (BRSR)
4. OECD Guidelines for Multinational Enterprises on Responsible Business Conduct
5. ISO 31000:2018
6. Indian Accounting Standards

Five Years of AIS TIS: From Nudge to Notice!

The Annual Information Statement (AIS), launched in 2021 to ease compliance, has transitioned from a supportive “nudge” into a harsh enforcement trigger for tax reassessments. Assessing Officers increasingly issue notices based solely on unverified data mismatches, bypassing mandatory statutory inquiry safeguards. This shift is compounded by unreliable third-party reporting, joint-holder mis-attributions, and a confusing maze of internal machine codes. To restore fairness, the author advocates for mandatory officer verification before issuing notices, simplified plain-English explanations, and merging overlapping tax documents into a single self-correction portal.

BACKGROUND

Section 285BB of the Income-tax Act, 1961, read with Rule 114-I of the Income-tax Rules, 1962, mandates the tax department to make available to every assessee an Annual Information Statement (AIS) — a consolidated record of TDS/TCS, Specified Financial Transactions (SFT), tax payments, demand/refund, GST returns, foreign remittances, dividend and mutual fund data reported by third parties (banks, RTAs, depositories, GST Network, and others).1 Alongside AIS sits the Taxpayer Information Summary (TIS), a category-wise aggregated and “processed” version of the same data, and Form 26AS, now restricted to TDS/TCS/Tax Payment/Refunds credits.2 The department’s own FAQ states the object of AIS is to display “complete information’ to the taxpayer before filing, “promote voluntary compliance,” enable pre-filling, and “deter non-compliance.”3


1. Section 285BB, Income-tax Act, 1961, read with Rule 114-I, Income-tax Rules, 1962; incometaxindia.gov.in/annual-information-statement
2. Income Tax Department, “Annual Information Statement (AIS)”, https://www.incometax.gov.in/iec/foportal/ais-faq (Q6, distinction between AIS and Form 26AS effective AY 2023-24)
3. Income Tax Department, “FAQs on AIS”, incometax.gov.in/iec/foportal/ais-faq, Q1

When AIS was formally rolled out on the Compliance Portal on 1st November 2021, the Ministry of Finance described it, through a Press Information Bureau release, purely as a taxpayer facility — “a comprehensive view of information to a taxpayer with a facility to capture online feedback.”4 Significantly, that very release told taxpayers that in case of variation between AIS and the TDS/TCS data on the TRACES portal (Form 26AS), the taxpayer “may rely on the information displayed on TRACES portal” for filing and compliance purposes — an official acknowledgment, at the point of launch itself, that AIS data could be unreliable and was not to be treated as final.5 The 2021 Budget speech situated AIS-linked information squarely in the pre-filling and ease-of-compliance space, speaking only of salary, TDS, capital gains, dividend and interest data being pre-filled to reduce the taxpayer’s burden — not of AIS being used as evidentiary ammunition for reopening assessments.6 The information provided by both these forms are helpful to taxpayers especially those they are missing out to remain compliant.


4. Press Information Bureau, “Roll out of new Annual Information Statement (AIS)”, Ministry of Finance, 1 November 2021, PIB Delhi, Release ID 1768560. pib.gov.in/PressReleasePage.aspx?PRID=1768560
5. https://www.pib.gov.in/PressReleasePage.aspx?PRID=1768560&reg=48&lang=2
6. Budget 2021-2022, Speech of Nirmala Sitharaman, Minister of Finance, 1 February 2021, para 169 (pre-filling of salary, TDS, capital gains, dividend and interest data). indiabudget.gov.in

THE PROBLEM

Nearly five years on, AIS has quietly migrated from an information-sharing facility into the principal trigger for CPC action, assessment, and even reassessment. Practitioners now report that Section 148A show-cause notices — and consequent Section 148 reassessment notices — are increasingly issued on the sole strength of an AIS/TIS figure not matching the return, without any independent enquiry by the Assessing Officer.7 The pattern is now common enough to be documented: notices citing “AIS mismatch,” “high-value transaction reported in SFT,” or “TIS figure exceeds returned income” as the entire basis for reopening a case that may be four, five, or even ten years old.8


7. TaxGuru, “Validity of Reassessment Under Section 148 Based on AIS Mismatch” (June 2025); taxguru.in
8. TaxBuddy, “Section 148A Notice: Reassessment and Response Explained”; taxbuddy.com

The department describes this as data-driven, non-intrusive administration. CBDT’s own 2026 framework for this is candidly named NUDGE — Non-intrusive Usage of Data to Guide and Enable — intended to strengthen “behavioural” tax administration and encourage voluntary correction through better use of data.9 The irony bears stating plainly: an instrument conceived and administratively branded as non-intrusive has, in practice, become the trigger for the most intrusive proceeding in the statute — reopening a completed assessment.


9. SAG Infotech, “CBDT Mandates IT Department Readiness for Upcoming Direct Tax Law Overhaul”, January 2026 — CBDT Chairman Ravi Agrawal’s NUDGE (Non-intrusive Usage of Data to Guide and Enable) framework; blog.saginfotech.com

HOW THE MACHINE ACTUALLY WORKS

AIS, TIS and Form 26AS are not, in truth, three documents produced by one system — they are the visible tip of at least seven or eight distinct back-end systems, most of which the taxpayer never sees or is even told exist.

Data collection: OLTAS captures actual tax payments/challans from banks and RBI. TIN, historically run by NSDL e-Governance (now Protean eGov Technologies), received e-TDS/TCS returns and PAN/TAN applications. The Reporting Portal is where banks, RTAs, depositories, mutual funds and insurers upload SFT returns (Form 61A) and FATCA/CRS data (Form 61B) under Section 285BA. GSTN separately feeds GST turnover data into AIS.

Data processing: Project Insight (being replaced by Insight 2.0) houses INTRAC — the Income Tax Transaction Analysis Centre — which de-duplicates and integrates this data into what becomes the AIS you see. A separate unit, CMCPC, runs the compliance-campaign machinery (emails, SMS, letters, calls).

Reconciliation: CPC-TDS at Ghaziabad runs TRACES, matching deductor TDS/TCS returns against OLTAS challans to generate Form 26AS and Form 16/16A. CPC-ITR at Bengaluru, a separate centre, processes the return itself, matches credits, and issues Section 143(1) intimations and refunds.

Enforcement: None of the above is visible to the Assessing Officer directly — flags are routed into ITBA, the Department’s internal case-management system, which is where an AIS mismatch actually becomes a Section 148A notice.

A citizen who has never heard of OLTAS, INTRAC, CMCPC or ITBA is nonetheless expected to reconcile their outputs correctly, on pain of reassessment.10

What “accepted by taxpayer” and “confirmed by source” actually mean: TIS shows a final “value accepted by taxpayer/confirmed by source” for each income head, which is what gets used to pre-fill the ITR. This sounds like independent verification. It is not. “Accepted by taxpayer” simply means the taxpayer did not dispute the entry — not that anyone checked it. “Confirmed by source” means the same bank or company that originally reported the figure has reaffirmed its own number — not that any independent party audited it. Both labels carry an air of finality that the underlying process does not support.11


10 Income Tax Department, Reporting Portal (Project Insight), report.insight.gov.in; internal CBDT correspondence on Project Insight 2.0 transition (Directorate of Income-tax Systems), 2023-25; Reporting Portal FAQs on SFT, taxheal.com (definitions of INTRAC and CMCPC); CPC-TDS/TRACES architecture note, taxindiaonline.com. Vendor/managed-service-provider details for CPC-ITR and the e-filing portal were not independently re-verified and should be confirmed before publication.
11 Income Tax Department, “AIS — Annual Information Statement” help page, incometax.gov.in/iec/foportal/help/all-topics/e-filing-services/ais-annual-information-statement (definition of “value processed by system” and “value accepted by taxpayer/confirmed by source” in TIS, and its use for ITR pre-filling); AIS FAQ, incometax.gov.in/iec/foportal/ais-faq, Q5

IS IT FAIR?

1. AIS/TIS data is admittedly unreliable — and the Department knew it from Day One

AIS/TIS data is frequently wrong, duplicated, or mis-attributed — and the department knew this at rollout, which is precisely why the very first press release on AIS told taxpayers to prefer Form 26AS/TRACES over AIS wherever the two conflict, and why six categories of taxpayer feedback (“not fully correct,” “relates to other PAN/Year,” “duplicate,” “denied,” among others) were built into the system from inception.12 The existence of that feedback mechanism, and of the official advice to distrust AIS in case of conflict, is itself an admission that raw AIS data is not reliable enough to stand alone. Off-market share transfers get double-counted across depositories; joint bank accounts attribute full interest to both holders; SFT filers routinely report gross consideration where net or exempt amounts were involved. Yet reassessment notices routinely treat the unverified, pre-feedback AIS/TIS figure as if it were settled fact — the very opposite of what “reason to believe” under Section 147 has historically required.


12 Income Tax Department, “FAQs on AIS”, incometax.gov.in/iec/foportal/ais-faq, Q10 (categories of taxpayer feedback)

2. The statutory safeguard of independent enquiry is being bypassed

The legal threshold for reopening an assessment is not a data mismatch; it is “information” that suggests income has escaped assessment, followed by an independent enquiry and an opportunity of hearing under Section 148A — a safeguard Parliament inserted precisely to stop mechanical reopening. Courts have already had to intervene: the Bombay High Court, in PCIT v. Agfa India Pvt. Ltd., held it mandatory for the Assessing Officer to independently apply his mind to the material on record rather than reproduce a computer-generated flag as “reason to believe.”13 That such a basic proposition needed judicial restatement tells its own story about departmental practice.


13 PCIT v. Agfa India Pvt. Ltd., Bombay High Court, as reported in TaxGuru, “Validity of Reassessment Under Section 148 Based on AIS Mismatch” (June 2025). Primary judgment text not independently verified — please confirm citation before publication.

3. The entire burden of reconciliation sits with the taxpayer, none with the reporting entity

If an SFT filer over-reports, the taxpayer must track it down, raise a feedback request, and hope the source confirms or corrects it — all within compressed reassessment timelines that, post the Finance Act 2024/2025 amendments, can still run out to five years and three months for income above ₹50 lakh. There is no reciprocal accountability on the reporting entity for filing an inflated or duplicated SFT return that sets an entire reassessment machinery in motion.

4. This inverts the Taxpayer’s Charter and natural justice

Section 119A obliges the department to treat every taxpayer as honest unless there is reason to believe otherwise, and to be fair, courteous and reasonable. A regime where an unverified third-party entry — one the taxpayer had no chance to contest before its upload — becomes prima facie grounds to reopen a closed assessment does not sit easily beside that Charter commitment, or beside the constitutional guarantee of fair procedure recognised in Maneka Gandhi v. Union of India.14 Natural justice requires that the person be heard before, not merely after, an adverse action is set in motion on data he never had a chance to correct.


14 Maneka Gandhi v. Union of India, (1978) 1 SCC 248; indiankanoon.org/doc/1766147/

5. Faceless reassessment compounds the problem

Once AIS flags a mismatch, the faceless machinery under the National Faceless Assessment Centre generates the notice algorithmically, with limited scope for the taxpayer to explain context to a human officer before the show-cause stage. Genuine explanations — a gift already offered to tax, a reversed transaction, an exempt long-term holding or transmission — often need several rounds of correspondence, converting what should be a two-minute reconciliation into a months-long ordeal, with every deadline enforced strictly against the taxpayer and none against the department. A trend is seen, where the officers simply don’t read or decline a matter of fact without countering it with facts that are otherwise.

6. The taxpayer is handed a maze of documents and codes he had no part in creating

Beyond the substantive mismatch problem lies a subtler unfairness: sheer multiplicity. A single fixed-deposit interest entry alone can appear under an SFT code (e.g. SFT-005 for the deposit, SFT-016 for the interest), a TDS section code (194A), an “Information Source” identifier for the reporting bank, and a separate “Information Description” string — four different labels for one transaction, spread across AIS, TIS and 26AS, none of which is explained in plain language on the document itself.15 The SFT taxonomy alone runs from SFT-001 (cash purchase of bank drafts) through SFT-018 and beyond — codes covering everything from credit card payments to buy-back of shares to immovable property — and a taxpayer is simply handed the code, not a plain-English reconciliation of why the same economic transaction surfaces twice under two different labels.


15 Income Tax Department, “FAQs on AIS”, incometax.gov.in/iec/foportal/ais-faq, Q2 (TDS/TCS and SFT information codes); Studycafe, “What is SFT & SFT Codes used in Annual Information Statement (AIS)”, listing SFT-001 to SFT-018 (Nov 2021); TaxConcept, “All About the New Annual Information Statement (AIS)” (illustrating SFT-016 interest overlapping with TDS section 194A/193 reporting)

These codes were never designed for the citizen. They exist for machine-to-machine handshakes between OLTAS, TIN, the Reporting Portal and INTRAC — internal bookkeeping convenience for the Department’s own systems — and have been passed on to the taxpayer unmodified, as if self-explanatory. A retired pensioner or a small trader, confronted with a printout reading “SFT-016 / Source: XXXX Bank Ltd / 194A,” has no realistic way of knowing whether this is one transaction counted twice or two genuinely different ones — short of hiring a professional merely to translate the Department’s own internal taxonomy back into ordinary language. Codes built for one government system to talk to another have been handed to the citizen as if they were self-explanatory — and then used against him when he cannot explain them.

The Taxpayer’s Charter promise to be fair, courteous and reasonable must surely include a duty to communicate in a form the citizen can actually parse. A regime that requires professional intermediation simply to read one’s own tax data — before any question of accuracy even arises — imposes a compliance cost that falls hardest on exactly those taxpayers least able to afford representation.

7. The taxpayer has no independent way to verify SFT completeness or correctness

Unlike TDS — where Section 203 obliges the deductor to issue the deductee a Form 16/16A certificate as a matter of law — no provision in Section 285BA or Rule 114E requires a bank, mutual fund, registrar or other reporting entity to ever tell the taxpayer what it has filed against his PAN, or to share a copy. An SFT entry, right or wrong, is simply filed with the Department and surfaces, unannounced, in AIS months later.16


16 Income Tax Department, “FAQs on AIS”, incometax.gov.in/iec/foportal/ais-faq, Q3 (AIS “includes information presently available with Income Tax Department” and “there may be other transactions...not presently displayed”). Contrast Section 203, Income-tax Act, 1961, which obliges a TDS deductor to issue Form 16/16A to the deductee — no equivalent obligation exists on an SFT reporting entity under Section 285BA/Rule 114E to inform the taxpayer of what has been reported. See IndiaFilings, “Form 61A Filing Guide”.

Worse, the Department’s own FAQ concedes that AIS “includes information presently available with Income Tax Department” and that “there may be other transactions relating to the taxpayer which are not presently displayed” — an explicit admission that AIS is not guaranteed to be complete.17 A taxpayer can therefore never be certain, from AIS alone, that what he sees is either accurate or exhaustive — yet he is expected to reconcile his return against it, and risks reassessment years later for whatever discrepancy the Department’s systems eventually notice. Completeness is asserted against the taxpayer but not warranted by the Department. This problem is accentuated, when 26AS continues to show joint purchasers of property in its reporting and without TDS verification/correlation in that year and for that property to determine which PAN made payments and corresponding TDS.


17 FAQ, Q 3 - https://www.incometax.gov.in/iec/foportal/ais-faq

8. A one-way 30-day silence rule favours the reporting entity, not the taxpayer

Neither Section 285BA nor Rule 114E gives a taxpayer any right to approach a reporting entity directly and demand an explanation. The only route is AIS feedback — e.g. marking an entry “relates to other PAN/Year” — which the portal forwards to the entity, giving it 30 days to accept or reject.18 If the entity stays silent or denies it, the original entry simply stands, with no penalty on the entity and no appeal for the taxpayer — the same silence that shields the reporting entity would count against the taxpayer if the roles were reversed.


18 Section 285BA, Income-tax Act, 1961, and Rule 114E, Income-tax Rules, 1962 (no provision for direct taxpayer query to reporting entity). Process description: AIS feedback routed to reporting entity, which has 30 days to accept or reject, failing which original entry stands — MyFinancial, “AIS Mismatch Correction: A Step-by-Step Process for AY 2026-27” (2026); VittSphere ONE, “AIS, TIS, Form 26AS reconciliation before filing ITR” (2026); GetBelong, “AIS Mismatch for NRIs” (2026).

9. Case in Point

Benaifer Vispi Patel v. ITO 2025) 475 ITR 704 (Bom)(HC) is a recent case in point which went to High Court. The Court held (paraphrased from itatonline.org):

… the Court held that it cannot be conceived that at all material times, the information available in the electronic mechanism/system, would be free from errors and defects. Once a defect was pointed out on information as available on portal, it would be duty of Assessing Officer to examine version of assessee in pointing out that information was not correct and same would require due consideration for any further action to be taken to issue notice under section 148. When electronic information was available under faceless mechanism and there was other material available, as may be gathered by Assessing Officer or furnished by assessee, it would be incumbent on Assessing Officer to apply his mind to all such materials and only thereafter take a well-considered view of matter to issue a notice under section 148 by dispensing provisions of section 148A. Court held that reopening notice was arbitrary and vitiated by non-application of mind and is set aside. (AY. 2020-21)

Application of mind is increasingly becoming an issue, as many disgruntled officers seem to plainly take the data blindly and start proceedings.

There are numerous cases where Joint Holder is required to be reported. In case of Mutual Fund investments this appears in both taxpayers. The cause is that Rules are wrong – where MFs are mandated to report both holders. Attribution to all holders: As per the Aggregation Rule guidelines under Rule 114E, the reporting entity must attribute the entire value of the transaction to all the persons in whose name the account or transaction is recorded. In the AI age this is backward as belonging to 20th century mind-set.

Recently the author came across a case where Non Resident purchased property. Money came from overseas, and wife was joint holder. Husband filed the ITR disclosing the property. Wife had no income or investments. Notice and demand were received on the wife. Notice was not served properly. Husband had gone through the scrutiny assessment. The matter reached to the point of bank account seizure. The point is the tax officer failed to apply the nexus – to see the joint registration, name of first holder, movement of money, and payment from a bank account and scrutiny assessment in respect of a property. Application of mind is critical and no system can develop this ability of due care by an officer. It shows a bizarre and brazen display of unprofessional behaviour without accountability and causing harassment to a category of people who send MAXIMUM inward remittances for the nation.

In another live matter, where Jt Holder spouse is facing a 148 matter after receiving Section 133(6) Notice, supplying all papers of all payments and mentioning the name, PAN, and amounts of spouse, still ended up facing 148 proceedings. In the age of TDS deductions under section 194I – where even a marginally intelligent officer and in this case a commissioner should have been able to determine where the funds came – after connecting Bank Statement, TDS entries, TDS Certificates, Property Purchase Documents, Invoices. However, lack of application of mind at commissioner level and a mechanical approach with complete and careless disregard for law, facts and taxpayer is becoming the norm.

THE SOLUTION

1. No notice without AO verification. An AO may not cite an AIS/TIS entry in a Section 148A notice without first checking taxpayer feedback on it and recording what was submitted, in the notice, why that feedback was rejected especially when factually and can be counter checked with TDS payments in case of property purchases.

2. A mandatory pre-notice reconciliation window. A 30-day automated window on the AIS portal to fix genuine data errors before any notice is even considered — consistent with the Department’s own 2021 position that TRACES, not AIS, should prevail in case of doubt.

3. Punish false reporting by SFT filers. Reporting entities whose SFT data is repeatedly found wrong on taxpayer feedback should face mandatory penalty under Section 271FAA or fine per error — false or careless reporting cannot be cost-free for the source while the taxpayer alone pays for it in notices.

4. Publish AIS error rates. CBDT should periodically publish AIS/TIS feedback-acceptance statistics, so the reliability of this “evidence” is known before it is used to reopen assessments.

5. Genuine NUDGE, not disguised enforcement. A mismatch should first trigger a soft, non-adversarial email nudge — as already piloted for virtual digital asset discrepancies19 — escalating to Section 148A only if ignored, not as the first response to a data flag.


19 Business Standard, reporting on CBDT NUDGE email campaign addressing under-reported virtual digital asset (crypto) income, 2025; business-standard.com/topic/cbdt

6. Make it understandable. Every SFT/TDS code must carry a mandatory plain-English explanation on the statement itself. If a code is fit to trigger a notice, it must be fit to explain itself.

7. One composite statement — not three. AIS, TIS and Form 26AS should be merged into a single taxpayer-facing statement with one reconciled figure per income head. Three overlapping documents, each a partial and differently-processed view of the same underlying data, is itself a source of confusion and inconsistent departmental action.

8. Make it less surveillance, more self-service. The AIS/Compliance Portal should be administratively and visually de-linked from the enforcement machinery (ITBA) — rebranded and communicated as a self-correction facility, not a watch-list dossier, with soft-touch language replacing the current compliance-and-deterrence framing.

9. Joint Holders. The AIS/Compliance Portal should be administratively and visually de-linked from the enforcement machinery (ITBA) — rebranded and communicated as a self-correction facility, not a watch-list dossier, with soft-touch language replacing the current compliance-and-deterrence framing.

10. Stop Modifications to AIS TIS 26AS after filing of ITR. Once the ITR is filed, taxpayer permission should be required to update these as the taxpayer has already relied on them. There is a problem of constantly changing forms where one has to check several times what has changed.

CONCLUSION

The officially described themes of transparency and pre-filling tool meant should help taxpayers, not indict them. Understandability of numerous documents is the critical missing component – multiplicity of documents, incorrigible entries in many cases, overlapping and duplicate data is far from being helpful. It is clear that since the machine based reporting came, the officers including at high levels, do not apply their minds and are trigger happy to initiate proceedings where taxpayer has everything to loose and tax administrator can illegally claim 20% deposit for appeals with no cost imposed on him if he loses.

A tool meant to nudge voluntary compliance should be one simple, understandable statement that helps the citizen self-correct — not three coercive ones that punish him for not being able to read them. Until it is, AIS remains, for many honest taxpayers, exactly the surveillance instrument it claims not to be.

Beyond SEO: Why Chartered Accountants Must Prepare For The GEO Era

The manner in which clients discover professional expertise is undergoing a significant transformation. Increasingly, individuals are turning to AI-driven platforms such as ChatGPT, Gemini, and Perplexity AI for answers to tax, regulatory, and business queries instead of relying solely on traditional search engines. This shift has led to the emergence of GEO (Generative Engine Optimisation), which focuses on making professional expertise digitally understandable and discoverable within AI-generated responses. For Chartered Accountants, this development has important implications for visibility, positioning, and client discovery. The article examines how GEO differs from traditional SEO, why digital expertise signals are becoming increasingly relevant, and how professionals can adapt to the evolving AI-driven ecosystem.

In the AI era, professional visibility may increasingly depend not merely on expertise itself, but on whether AI systems can recognise, interpret, and associate that expertise with relevant client queries.

For nearly two decades, professional visibility on the internet revolved around one dominant platform — Google. Businesses and professionals focused extensively on websites, search rankings, and SEO strategies because client discovery largely began with a Google search. A prospective client would search for a tax query, browse multiple websites, compare professionals, and then decide whom to approach.

That model is now undergoing a quiet but significant transformation. Increasingly, individuals are no longer “searching” in the conventional sense. Instead, they are directly asking questions to AI-driven platforms such as OpenAI’s ChatGPT, Google Gemini, Anthropic Claude, and Perplexity AI. More importantly, they are receiving complete, contextual, and conversational responses within seconds — often without opening a single website. This behavioural shift has given rise to a new concept: GEO (Generative Engine Optimisation).

UNDERSTANDING GEO

GEO refers to the process of building a digital presence in a manner that enables AI systems to recognise, interpret, and associate a professional with a particular area of expertise while generating responses.

Traditionally, professionals focused on SEO (Search Engine Optimisation), where the objective was to rank higher on search engines. Success was measured by visibility in search results and website traffic. GEO fundamentally changes that framework.

In the AI-driven ecosystem, users increasingly ask complete questions instead of typing fragmented keywords. Rather than displaying a list of links, AI platforms generate consolidated and contextual answers.

Accordingly, the central question is no longer: “How do I rank on Google?”

The more relevant question now is: “How do I become part of the answer generated by AI?”

That distinction lies at the heart of GEO. In practical terms, GEO depends upon how strongly the digital ecosystem associates a professional with a specific subject area. AI systems infer such associations through publicly available digital signals such as articles, blogs, FAQs, professional insights, educational posts, interviews, discussions, and case-based explanations.

For example, if a Chartered Accountant consistently publishes practical insights on startup taxation, FEMA, ESOPs, NRI taxation, or GST-related matters, such content strengthens publicly visible expertise signals that AI systems may be able to interpret when those signals are included within their underlying data sources or retrieval processes. While this can improve discoverability over time, whether a professional is surfaced in any specific AI response will continue to depend on the design, data sources, licensing arrangements, and retrieval policies of the particular AI platform.

The-new-rule-of-visibility-from-seo-to-Geo

This is why GEO is fundamentally different from traditional digital marketing. It is not merely about visibility or promotion. Rather, it is about building digital interpretability of expertise.

It is important to recognise, however, that AI-generated discoverability is not determined solely by the volume of public content or digital signals. Different AI platforms rely on different combinations of training data, licensed content, retrieval mechanisms, freshness of information, and platform-specific filters. Consequently, the professionals or sources surfaced by one AI system may differ from those identified by another. GEO should therefore be viewed as improving the likelihood that a professional’s expertise can be recognised and interpreted by AI ecosystems, rather than as a guarantee of inclusion in AI-generated responses. Consistent, high-quality public expertise remains an important input, but it operates alongside these platform-specific factors.

How it differs from SEO

Aspect SEO GEO
Focus Ranking higher on search engines Being included in AI-generated answers
User Behaviour Keyword searches → list of links Conversational queries → direct contextual answers
Signals Website traffic, backlinks, keywords Digital expertise signals (articles, blogs, FAQs, case notes, interviews)
Outcome People find your website AI understands what you are known for

In simple terms:

  • SEO helps people find your website.
  • GEO helps AI understand what you are known for.

In an era where professional discovery increasingly begins with AI-generated answers, that distinction may become extremely significant.

A simple exercise every Chartered Accountant should try

Open ChatGPT or Gemini and type queries such as:

  • “Suggest good Chartered Accountants in Mumbai for GST registration.”
  • “Who are good CAs for startup taxation in India?”
  • “Best CA for NRI taxation in Mumbai.”

Observe the responses carefully.

Certain patterns become immediately noticeable:

  • AI systems may mention professionals or firms with stronger, well-structured digital visibility, although responses can vary across platforms depending on their training data, licensing arrangements, retrieval methods, and platform-specific filters.
  • They tend to rely on publicly available expertise signals such as articles, blogs, interviews, and professional commentary.
  • Professionals who consistently explain concepts in a structured and accessible manner are more likely to surface.

This leads to an important introspective question:

Would your name, firm, or expertise appear anywhere within that ecosystem today?

The answer to that question itself explains why GEO matters.

WHY THIS SHIFT IS PARTICULARLY RELEVANT FOR CHARTERED ACCOUNTANTS

The Chartered Accountancy profession is fundamentally built upon trust, interpretation, and expertise. Clients approach Chartered Accountants not merely for compliance, but for clarity, guidance, and confidence in decision-making.

Historically, such trust was built primarily through referrals, professional reputation, and personal networks.

Today, however, the first layer of professional validation is increasingly becoming digital. Before contacting a professional, clients now frequently seek preliminary understanding through AI tools. Consider a common example. A business owner wanting to understand the taxability of cross-border SaaS transactions may no longer search: “GST on SaaS services”

Instead, the question may be framed conversationally: “How does GST apply to software services provided to foreign clients from India?”

The response generated by AI is usually structured, practical, and direct. In arriving at such responses, AI systems rely heavily on publicly available digital content — articles, explanatory notes, discussion threads, blogs, interviews, and professional insights that demonstrate subject matter expertise. This development has important implications for professionals.

EXPERTISE WITHOUT VISIBILITY IS GRADUALLY BECOMING INVISIBLE

Consider two Chartered Accountants possessing similar technical competence and experience in GST advisory.

One regularly publishes short practical insights on LinkedIn, writes explanatory notes on emerging industry issues, and discusses case-based interpretations in simple language. The other relies entirely on traditional referrals and maintains virtually no visible digital footprint.

When AI systems repeatedly encounter practical and structured content from the first professional, a digital association gradually develops between that individual and the relevant subject matter. Over time, this increases the likelihood of that expertise being reflected, referenced, or indirectly represented within AI-generated responses.

The second professional, despite being equally competent, remains largely invisible because the digital ecosystem lacks sufficient context to identify and associate expertise with that individual.

This represents the central reason why GEO is becoming increasingly important for professionals.

THE NATURE OF CONTENT IS ALSO CHANGING

Importantly, GEO is not about “gaming algorithms” or creating superficial content purely for visibility. In fact, AI-driven systems tend to favour clarity, consistency, relevance, and usefulness.

Content that performs well within AI ecosystems is typically:

  • Structured and easy to understand
  • Practical rather than purely theoretical
  • Written in conversational language
  • Focused on real-world questions and scenarios
  • Educational in nature

For Chartered Accountants, this presents a significant opportunity because the profession naturally generates practical problem-solving situations every day.

Questions relating to capital gains, ESOP taxation, HUF structures, startup compliance, residency status, FEMA regulations, cross-border transactions, succession planning, and GST implications are inherently explanatory in nature. These are precisely the kinds of subjects users increasingly explore through AI platforms.

A simple illustration highlights this shift.

An article titled: “Analysis of Capital Gains Provisions under the Income-tax Act” may satisfy technical completeness. However, a practical note titled: “Sold a Property After Three Years? Here is How Your Tax Will Actually Be Calculated” is substantially more aligned with how modern users ask questions and how AI systems process contextual understanding. The technical substance may remain identical. The accessibility changes entirely.

GEO AND THE IMPORTANCE OF PROFESSIONAL POSITIONING

Another important dimension of GEO is professional positioning.

Historically, many professionals positioned themselves broadly as “tax consultants” or “practising Chartered Accountants.” In the AI-driven ecosystem, however, sharper positioning creates stronger digital association. Repeatedly discussing focused subject areas: such as startup advisory, NRI taxation, international taxation, forensic audits, FEMA, or real estate taxation, gradually strengthens one’s digital identity in that domain. Over time, expertise that is repeatedly visible becomes expertise that is digitally recognised.

Importantly, this does not imply that every professional must become a social media influencer or produce excessive volumes of content. Consistency and relevance are far more valuable than frequency alone. Even brief but insightful observations, practical interpretations of amendments, FAQs, or case-based explanations can meaningfully strengthen one’s GEO presence.

DISCOVERY IS BECOMING PRE-FILTERED

Perhaps the most significant aspect of this transition is that, in the near future, many clients may never conduct a conventional search at all. Their professional discovery journey may simply become:

  1. Ask AI a question
  2. Receive a refined answer
  3. Identify likely professionals or firms
  4. Reach out directly

In such an environment, professionals who are digitally visible within the AI knowledge ecosystem may enjoy disproportionate discoverability. The significance of this transition is comparable to the early adoption phase of websites and social media. Those who recognised the importance of digital presence early were able to build substantial visibility advantages over time. GEO appears to represent a similar inflection point.

A PRACTICAL 90-DAY GEO ACTION PLAN FOR CHARTERED ACCOUNTANTS

Days 1–15: Build Your Professional Identity

  • Optimise your LinkedIn profile
  • Clearly mention your areas of specialisation
  • Use practical descriptions instead of generic labels

Days 15–30: Create Foundational Content

  • Write short posts answering common client questions
  • Focus on clarity rather than technical jargon
  • Simplify practical concepts

Days 30–45: Build Searchable Expertise

  • Publish FAQs, explanatory notes, and short articles
  • Discuss practical scenarios and industry developments
  • Create educational content consistently

Days 45–60: Strengthen Authority Signals

  • Participate in webinars, panel discussions, and podcasts
  • Share practical observations publicly
  • Engage meaningfully within professional communities

Days 60–90: Develop Consistency

  • Commit to at least two professional posts per week
  • Publish one practical article every month
  • Build one clearly identifiable niche area of expertise

CONCLUSION

GEO is not merely another marketing trend. It represents a structural shift in how professional expertise is discovered in the digital age. For years, professionals competed for visibility on search engines. Increasingly, professionals may now compete for relevance within AI-generated answers. In such a world, technical competence alone may not guarantee discoverability.

The professionals who are likely to stand out will be those whose expertise is understandable, accessible, digitally visible, and consistently communicated.

Ultimately, the question is no longer simply: “Are you a good professional?”

The more relevant question increasingly becoming: “Does the digital ecosystem know that you are one?”
GEO is a powerful tool for enhancing discoverability, but it is not a substitute for professional competence, ethical practice, or traditional reputation-building. Chartered Accountants should treat GEO as a complement to their existing credibility rather than a replacement.

From The President

My Dear BCAS Family,

September in Mumbai is a season of transition. As the monsoon begins to recede and the festive spirit gathers momentum, the city prepares to move forward with renewed energy. This transition invites us to pause and reflect: how can we convert reflection into renewal personally, professionally and institutionally?

The Strength to Forgive

Let’s begin with Paryushan. It is perhaps the one festival that asks something genuinely difficult of us. On Kṣamāpanā, His Holiness the 79th Spiritual Sovereign, Jainacharya Yugbhushan Suriji, posed a question that I cannot shake off: We forgive ourselves so easily; why are we harder on others when it is their turn to be forgiven? Why the double standard? His answer was neutrality; extending to others the same generosity we readily extend to ourselves. This is the strength Gandhiji once located in forgiveness itself. “The weak can never forgive. Forgiveness is the attribute of the strong.” There is a lesson here for all of us. We spend our careers examining other people’s numbers, decisions and mistakes. Perhaps it is time we turned that same scrutiny, and the same grace, inward. So, to every member, staff colleague and friend of this Society whom I may have let down this year, knowingly or unknowingly: Michhami Dukkadam.

Building Trust, Breaking Silos

This spirit of reflection and collective responsibility shaped the BCAS Core Group Leadership Retreat 2026.

The last two months gave the Core Group something rare: an actual pause, though it almost did not happen. The BCAS Core Group Leadership Retreat 2026 was originally planned at Avadh Utopia, but the monsoon had other plans. With just ten days to go and the venue rendered unusable, our team went into overdrive, sourcing, evaluating and finalising a new venue, Pearl Resort in Silvassa, without losing a single day for the 120 members who had already blocked their calendars. Two Managing Committee members personally inspected the venue because a brochure and an actual, seamless experience are two very different things.

I mention this not for the logistics, but because it says something about us; the unglamorous scramble behind the scenes is what makes the visible part look effortless. The Leadership Retreat was conceived with a simple thought: to bring our Core Group together, break down silos and create a shared vision for the future.

The retreat delivered exactly what we had hoped for two days of honest conversations, meaningful connections and trust-building across committees and generations of BCAS. My gratitude to every Core Group member who was part of these two days of conversation for your time, your ideas, your faith and, most importantly, your willingness to serve the Society. Together, we will honour the legacy of BCAS, serve the profession and transform the future.

Extending the Reach of BCAS

As part of our “Reach” initiative, BCAS has been engaging with regulators, law enforcement agencies and corporates through the proactive approach of the 4i Committee, led by CA Chirag Doshi. We had a productive meeting with SEBI Chairman Mr. T. K. Pandey to explore how BCAS can contribute to strengthening corporate governance and building regulatory awareness among professionals serving as KMPs, auditors and Independent Directors.

The Economic Offences Wing of the Mumbai Police has also invited us to train senior officers in reading financial statements and identifying fraud modus operandi.

I also met the Vice-Principal of R. A. Podar College to explore a program focused on sharpening the practical skills of students pursuing commerce and finance courses.

These engagements reflect our larger ambition through “Reach”, to take the expertise of our profession beyond our traditional circles and make it more relevant to regulators, institutions, businesses and society at large.

A Community That Removes Obstacles

This September, we will welcome Lord Ganesh into our homes and pandals. The processions and the scale of the celebrations we see today were not always part of public life. Lokmanya Tilak deliberately revived the public celebration of Ganeshotsav to build a sense of community at a time when public gatherings were restricted. He found his answer in the remover of obstacles. That is a useful lens for a professional body too. At our best, that is what BCAS should be; not merely a directory of contacts, but a genuine community that helps remove the obstacles between a member and their next step. Our own retreat this year was a small example of that spirit – a plan disrupted, a challenge we could not have anticipated, and a community that found a way through it together.

A certain stagnation hits many of us mid-career. You’re competent, established, even respected, yet somehow boxed into a role you’ve outgrown: the tax specialist eyeing advisory, the audit partner curious about ESG assurance, the practitioner good at the work but rarely seen for it. If that’s you, lean into this community rather than work through it alone. A cross-professional conversation, a chance meeting at a seminar, an honest coffee with a senior member: this isn’t networking in the transactional sense. It’s closer to what Balgangadhar Tilak understood; people move through obstacles together, not by individually pushing harder against them.

Beyond-the-ledger

Knowledge with Responsibility

Regulatory update: The Taxation and Other Laws Amendment Bill, 2026 moved swiftly through the Lok Sabha. This reflects the government’s continued push for simpler compliance and a more coherent digitaleconomy framework. We’ll examine its implications in the weeks ahead.

GST collections: Gross GST collections rose 15.4% year-on-year to ₹2.11 lakh crore, providing welcome reassurance despite continued uncertainty across global supply chains.

Events: The 60th Members’ RRC has crossed 200 registrations within its first month. Registrations for the 2nd Direct Tax Retreat are also progressing briskly. Members are encouraged to register early.

Giving back: In keeping with its social commitment, BCAS aspires to plant nearly 10,000 trees in the tribal belt of Jawhar, supporting environmental sustainability while creating a regular income source for tribal farmers who nurture them. I humbly appeal to every reader to support this cause.

Moving Forward Together

As we enter the busiest month of the year, alongside the festive season, thoughtful planning will be essential to complete assignments on time without compromising on quality. Wishing you and your teams a productive tax season. One that is successful, smooth and, hopefully, a little less taxing!

Jai Hind.

Listening

In our profession, we are trained to read numbers, interpret laws, identify risks and ask the right questions. We are expected to have answers. Clients come to us because they believe we know something they do not.

It is therefore natural that we speak a lot. But the quality of our spoken or written advice depends on an oftenneglected skill: the ability to listen. And listening is not the same as hearing.

A client may spend twenty minutes explaining a problem, while the professional is already constructing an answer in his head. We hear the initial words, identify the apparent issue and begin solving it. But sometimes the real problem is hidden somewhere beyond the initial words.

Consider a client who seeks advice on whether tax is required to be deducted at source on a particular payment. The legal position may be genuinely debatable with arguments on both sides. The professional instinct is to analyse the provisions, examine the decisions and recommend the interpretation that appears stronger in law.

But suppose we first ask: “What is most important to you in taking this position?”

The answer may change the advice. The client may be willing to adopt an aggressive but defensible interpretation because the amounts involved are substantial. Another client, faced with the same legal question, may prefer the more conservative position because it has thousands of payees, cannot easily recover tax later, or does not wantrecurring disputes in assessment. A third may be concerned about the commercial consequences of withholding tax from a key vendor.

he-Professional-Art-of-Listening

The law has not changed. The competing interpretations remain exactly the same. What changes is our understanding of the client’s real problem. Good professional advice is therefore not merely about identifying the better legal argument. It is also about understanding the consequences the client is willing, or unwilling, to live with.

Listening allows us to discover the question behind the question.

This becomes particularly important as our profession changes. Technology and AI are increasingly capable of retrieving provisions, analysing documents, comparing judicial decisions and even generating technically sound opinions. The relative value of merely knowing information will inevitably decline. What will become more valuable is our ability to understand context, intention, risk and people.

Senior professionals often believe that their experience makes them better listeners. Yet, paradoxically, it can sometimes have the opposite effect. We recognise patterns quickly and therefore assume we already know what the younger colleague is going to say. So, we interrupt and give advice before the other person has finished explaining. In doing so, we may save two minutes of conversation and lose an opportunity to understand something important.

There is another dimension to listening: listening without immediately judging. Not every conversation requires a solution. Sometimes a colleague, client or team member needs to feel safe enough to articulate an innovative, contrarian or uncomfortable thought. If every statement is immediately evaluated, corrected or criticised, people eventually stop bringing us the information we most need to hear. For a profession built on trust, that is costly.

Perhaps the simplest way to improve is to introduce a small discipline into our conversations: pause before responding. Ask one more question. Paraphrase what you have heard. Resist the temptation to formulate the answer while the other person is still speaking.

The objective is not to become passive listeners. Quite the opposite. Great listening is an active professional skill. It requires curiosity, attention, patience and the humility to accept that our first understanding may be incomplete.

The future chartered accountant will still need technical excellence. That is non-negotiable. But technical excellence alone may no longer distinguish one professional from another. The differentiator may be something much more human. The ability to sit across the table from another person, put aside the urge to speak, and genuinely understand what they are trying to tell us.

We spend years learning how to read numbers. Perhaps it is time we became equally good at reading people.

Because sometimes, the most valuable professional advice begins not with an answer, but with a very simple question:

“Tell me more.”

Article 13 and Article 24 of India – Singapore DTAA – in terms of the erstwhile Article 13(4), capital gains on shares acquired prior to 01 April 2017 are taxable only in Singapore and Article 24(1) i.e. Limitation of Relief, cannot be invoked if India does not have taxing right over such capital gains.

8. [2025] 174 taxmann.com 1244 (Mumbai – Trib.)

Prashant Kothari vs. Intl Tax Ward

IT Appeal Nos. 5391/Mum/2024

A.Y.: 2016-17 Dated: 29.05.2025

Article 13 and Article 24 of India – Singapore DTAA – in terms of the erstwhile Article 13(4), capital gains on shares acquired prior to 01 April 2017 are taxable only in Singapore and Article 24(1) i.e. Limitation of Relief, cannot be invoked if India does not have taxing right over such capital gains.

FACTS

The Assessee, a tax resident of Singapore, had earned capital gains from transfer of listed and unlisted shares which he had acquired before 01.04.2017. As per the computation, the Assessee had both losses and gains from such transfer. In respect of gains, the Assessee contented that in terms of Article 13(4) of the DTAA, such gains were taxable only in Singapore and in respect of loss, he had carried forward such losses under the Act.

The AO invoked the provisions of Article 24(1) of the DTAA dealing with limitation of relief, to contend that Assessee is entitled to treaty benefit, only if such gains are subject to tax in Singapore. The AO asserted that the Assessee failed to establish that his global income is taxable in Singapore. The AO distinguished the rulings on Article 24 by noting that the rulings were not rendered in the context of shares, and status of those Assessees was not that of individuals. The CIT(A) upheld the action of the AO and dismissed the appeal.

Aggrieved by the order, the Assessee appealed to ITAT.

HELD

Under the erstwhile Article 13(4) (as applicable to the relevant year), the gains from transfer of shares were taxable only in Singapore. Even under the amended DTAA (vide notification dated 23.03.2017), gains from the transfer of shares that were acquired on or before 01.04.2017 continued to be taxable exclusively in Singapore.

Article 24(1) provides for two cumulative conditions: if (i) income derived from a contracting state is either exempt or taxed at lower rate under the treaty; and (ii) such income is subject to tax in other contracting state only to the extent of remittance or receipt and not on the basis of accrual, then such exemption or reduced taxation must be limited to the remittance or receipt.

Article 13(4) did not provide for any exemption from taxation on capital gains. Rather, it provided the right of taxation to residence state. Article 24(1) could be invoked only with respect to exemption provision.

With respect to the second condition, the coordinate bench in Citicorp Investment Bank (Singapore) [(2017) 81 taxmann.com 368 (Mumbai – Trib.)] and APL Co. Pte Ltd v. ADIT [(2017) 185 TTJ 305 (Mumbai)], later affirmed by the Bombay High Court [457 ITR 203 (Bombay)], held that Article 24(1) is not applicable if the income was taxable in Singapore on accrual basis.

The ITAT noted that the above rulings did not deal with the aspect of income taxable in Singapore on a remittance basis. In the absence of information regarding the manner of taxation of such capital gains in Singapore, the ITAT was constrained from commenting on the satisfaction of the second condition of Article 24(1).

The ITAT affirmed that to invoke Article 24(1), twin conditions must be satisfied cumulatively. Since the first condition was not satisfied, the ITAT held that Article 24(1) is not taxable and the capital gains are taxable only in Singapore.

As regards set off of losses computed by the AO, the ITAT followed the decision of the coordinate bench ruling in Matrix Partners India Investment Holdings, LLC vs. DCIT (ITA No. 3097/Mum/2023) (Mumbai -Tribunal) to hold that gains need to be computed for each source of income separately and assessee is entitled to carry forward the loss without setting off against the gains exempt under Article 13(4) DTAA.

Article 12 of India-Germany DTAA – Where supply of drawings and designs is inextricably linked to sale of equipment, consideration received towards drawings and designs cannot constitute FTS

7. [2025] 173 taxmann.com 403 (Delhi – Trib.)

SMS Siemag AG vs. ADIT

IT Appeal Nos. 5580/Del/2011 and 2144/Del/2012

A.Y.: 2007-08 to 2016-17 Dated: 09.04.2025

Article 12 of India-Germany DTAA – Where supply of drawings and designs is inextricably linked to sale of equipment, consideration received towards drawings and designs cannot constitute FTS

FACTS

The Assessee is a tax resident of Germany, engaged in the business of supplying equipment, design, and drawings, and providing services to the metallurgical sector. During AY 2008-09, the Assessee had receipts of ₹ 41 lakhs from Indian companies towards supervisory activities and drawings, which were unconnected with supply of equipment. The Assessee offered these receipts as FTS. Apart from these, the Assessee had also received certain amounts towards offshore supply of drawings and designs.

The AO considered the receipts towards offshore supply of drawings and designs as FTS and assessed the aggregate income at ₹176 crores. The DRP upheld the assessment order.

Aggrieved by the final order, the Assessee appealed to ITAT. The Group companies also filed similar appeals. Appeal of the Assessee was taken as the lead matter.

HELD

The Tribunal relied on the coordinate bench ruling in Assesses’ own case for AY 2005-06 and SMS Concast AG vs. DDIT [2023] 153 taxmann.com 718 (Delhi – Trib.) and held as follows.

  • The Assessee had supplied drawing and designs from outside India and had also received the consideration outside India. Supply of drawings and designs were inextricably linked to sale of plant and equipment and both drawings and designs and equipment formed part of a single project undertaken for the customer.
  • The schedule of drawings and documentation also indicated that the drawings were specifically related to supply of equipment.
  • Even if the contracts for drawings and the supply of equipment were entered into separately, they cannot be read in isolation.
  • In case of delay in supply of equipment beyond the stipulated time, the purchaser had the right to terminate not only the equipment contract but also the contract for drawings. This demonstrated that the supply of drawings was an integral part of supply of equipment.
  • When the link between supply and services is strong, the payment for services cannot be regarded as FTS under Section 9(1)(vii) of the Act.

Accordingly, ITAT held that receipt of drawings that are interlinked with supply of equipment cannot be regarded as separately chargeable as FTS, either under the Act or under DTAA.

Unsecured Loans – Genuineness and Creditworthiness – AO issued notices u/s 133(6) to only part of the lenders – No summons issued u/s 131 – No incriminating material brought on record – Addition deleted to extent of loans repaid, balance remanded for verification

45. [2025] 123 ITR(T) 660 (Nagpur – Trib.)

Ravindra Madanlal Khandelwal vs. Deputy Commissioner of Income-tax

ITA NO.: 375/NAG/2024

A.Y.: 2018-19 DATE: 18.11.2024

Section 68, 36(1)(iii)

Unsecured Loans – Genuineness and Creditworthiness – AO issued notices u/s 133(6) to only part of the lenders – No summons issued u/s 131 – No incriminating material brought on record – Addition deleted to extent of loans repaid, balance remanded for verification

FACTS I

During the scrutiny assessment, the Assessing Officer noted that the assessee was in receipt of new unsecured loans from various individuals and entities and sought to verify the genuineness, creditworthiness, and identity of the creditors from whom these loans were reportedly received.

In response to notices under section 142(1), the assessee submitted list of lenders, their PAN, address, ledger confirmation of most of the debtors, interest payment details, details of TDS deducted on interest and the TDS returns of the assessee but they were unable to submit the return of income and bank statements of the lenders. The Assessing Officer had also issued notices u/s 133(6) to various parties.

However, as the Assessing Officer could not verify the creditworthiness of the lenders in the absence of the income tax return and bank statements, the Assessing Officer made addition under section 68.

On appeal, the Commissioner (Appeals) upheld the addition made by the Assessing Officer holding that the assessee had failed to provide complete and satisfactory documentation that could establish the transactions concerning all creditors and assessee also failed to comply with the notices issued by the Assessing Officer.

Being aggrieved, the assessee filed an appeal before the ITAT.

HELD I

The Tribunal observed that the Assessing Officer, out of total 43 lenders, issued notices under section 133(6) only to 10 lenders out of which 4 lenders confirmed the transaction, while 6 lenders did not respond. The Assessing Officer erred in drawing negative inference based on non-response from few parties. The Assessing Officer had the powers to issue summons under section 131 and enforce attendance of the lenders. However, the said exercise was also not conducted by the Assessing Officer.

Further, Tribunal observed that no enquiry was made by the Assessing Officer by issuing summons and no incriminating evidences were brought on record to dislodge the materials relied upon by the assessee to prove the ingredients of section 68.

The Tribunal deleted the addition made by the Assessing Officer on account of cash credit to the extent of repayment of loans made by the assessee either in the same year or succeeding years. And further directed the Assessing Officer to verify Identity, Genuineness and creditworthiness of the lenders for the balance loans.

Interest on Borrowed Funds – Advances to Related Concern – Commercial Expediency Established – No evidence of diversion for non-business purposes – Entire disallowance deleted

FACTS II

The assessee had borrowed funds in his individual capacity and advanced them to a related concern, in which he was both a director and shareholder. The assessee had claimed deduction on account of interest of ₹ 74,32,292 on borrowed funds in his individual capacity. The Assessing Officer noticed that the assessee failed to provide adequate documentation to prove that the interest expenses were incurred solely for the purpose of business and the linkage between the borrowed funds and their utilization in business activities was not substantiated satisfactorily and held that the interest expenses might not have been wholly for the purpose of business and for the reasons, the addition was made to the total income of the assessee.

Further, the Assessing Officer observed that the assessee claimed another interest expenses of ₹ 97,66,208 which were asserted to be incurred for earning income from other sources, but were not recorded in the Profit & Loss Account of the business. The Assessing Officer disallowed this expenditure on the grounds that the expenditure claimed was not reflected in the Profit & Loss Account.

The Commissioner (Appeals) observed that the borrowed funds were used for non-business purposes, and the Assessing Officer’s decision to disallow the interest expenses was upheld, as the assessee did not meet the burden of proof required to establish that these expenses were incurred wholly and exclusively for business purposes.

Being aggrieved, the assessee filed an appeal before the ITAT.

HELD II

The Tribunal observed that the explanation provided by the assessee was that the company, being a private limited entity, could not borrow directly from outsiders except from banks/financial institutions as per the Companies Act. Therefore, for business exigencies, the assessee arranged funds personally and transferred them to the company.
The Assessing Officer’s sole objection was non-charging of interest on the advances, and he treated the interest paid on the borrowings as personal expenditure.

The Tribunal held that the borrowed funds were advanced to a related concern, and there is a clear nexus with potential income. The transaction was driven by commercial expediency and the assessee acted to support a business concern in which he had a substantial interest. Further, held that the Assessing Officer brought no evidence of diversion of funds for non-business or personal purposes.

Therefore, the interest expenditure of ₹ 74,32,292 was allowable in full and disallowance was deleted by the Tribunal.

The Tribunal observed that with respect to interest expense of ₹ 97,66,208, the Assessing Officer failed to demonstrate any nexus between borrowed funds and non-business use and the disallowance was based on general statements without specifics. Further, the CIT(A) upheld the order without addressing the assessee’s detailed explanations or analysing fund flow.

The Tribunal held that interest on borrowed capital is allowable if the funds are used for the purposes of the business; the burden is on the Assessing Officer to prove diversion for non-business purposes if he seeks to disallow. In the present case, the AO’s approach of straightaway disallowing the entire claim without pinpointing specific instances of diversion was contrary to settled principles.

Therefore, the entire disallowance of ₹ 97,66,208 was deleted by Tribunal.

Reassessment – Jurisdiction to make additions – No addition made on the issue for which case was reopened – Other additions not sustainable – Reassessment invalid

44. [2025] 124 ITR(T) 410 (Jaipur – Trib.)
Kailash Chand vs. ITO
ITA NO.: 565/JP/2024
A.Y.: 2012-13 DATE: 10.03.2025
Sections: 147 r.w.s. 144

Reassessment – Jurisdiction to make additions – No addition made on the issue for which case was reopened – Other additions not sustainable – Reassessment invalid

FACTS

The assessee was engaged in the business of plying of trucks on hire. He had not filed his return of income for the year under consideration.

The revenue was in possession of the information that the assessee had deposited a sum of ₹ 42.46 lakhs during the financial year 2011-12 in his saving bank account. In the absence of return of income, the above transaction was considered as not verifiable and accordingly, notice under section 148 was issued upon the assessee.

The assessee made part compliance and submitted the copy of balance sheet and profit and loss account. Thereafter despite various opportunities provided, the assessee remained non-compliant and the Assessing Officer went on making the addition on account of depreciation, interest on loan etc. which were based on the profit and loss account and balance sheet filed by the assessee and the Assessing Officer had abstained from making any addition on account of cash deposited to the saving bank account as alleged in the reasons recorded for re-opening of the case.

On appeal, the Commissioner (Appeals) upheld the order of the Assessing Officer. Aggrieved, the assessee preferred an appeal before the Tribunal.

HELD

The Tribunal observed that the reason recorded for reopening was the alleged unexplained cash deposits of ₹ 42.46 lakhs and no addition was made on this issue in the reassessment order.

In such circumstances, the AO loses jurisdiction to assess other income which comes to his notice during reassessment proceedings. Once the Assessing Officer is satisfied with the reasons recorded for reopening the case, they no longer have the jurisdiction to tax any other income.

Placing reliance on CIT vs. Shri Ram Singh [2008] 306 ITR 343 (Rajasthan High Court), CIT vs. Jet Airways (I) Ltd. [2010] 195 Taxman 117 (Bombay High Court), Ranbaxy Laboratories Ltd. vs. CIT [2011] 12 taxmann.com 74 (Delhi High Court), the Tribunal held that the settled legal position is “If no addition is made in respect of the issue for which the assessment is reopened, the AO has no jurisdiction to assess any other income in reassessment proceedings.”

In the result, the appeal by the assessee was allowed.

Mere existence of any object allowing the charity to carry out activity outside India will not enable CIT(E) to deny registration under section 12AB.

43. (2025) 176 taxmann.com 561 (Mum Trib)

TIH Foundation for IOT and IOE vs. CIT

ITA No.: 2904/Mum/2025

A.Y.: 2025-26 Dated: 10.07.2025

Section: 12AB

Mere existence of any object allowing the charity to carry out activity outside India will not enable CIT(E) to deny registration under section 12AB.

FACTS

The assessee was a not-for-profit company incorporated under section 8 of the Companies Act, 2013, established pursuant to the directions of the Ministry of Science and Technology, Government of India, and hosted by IIT Bombay. It was granted registration under section 12AB for A.Y. 2021-22 to A.Y. 2025-26. It applied for renewal of registration under section 12AB.

CIT(E) rejected the application for registration for the reason that there was a possibility of future endeavour by the assessee which would require expenditure outside India which would be in violation of section 11.

Aggrieved, the assessee filed an appeal before ITAT.

HELD

The Tribunal observed that-

(a) The only basis for rejection of registration by CIT(E) was the possibility of the assessee incurring expenditure outside India in furtherance of its objects, which, according to him, contravened section 11. However, such reasoning did not find support either in the statutory scheme of section 12AB or in judicial precedents.

(b) In the present case, the assessee had neither undertaken any impermissible application of income nor had CIT(E) brought on record any specific violation of conditions prescribed under Section 12AB(1)(b) or Explanation to Section 12AB(4). The objects of the assessee were in line with the mission of the Central Government under the NM-ICPS initiative, and the activities were genuine and aimed at technological development in public interest.

Accordingly, the Tribunal allowed the appeal of the assessee and directed the CIT(E) to grant registration to the assessee under section 12AB.

Amendment in section 11(3)(c) vide Finance Act 2022 omitting extra period of one year following the expiry of the period of accumulation of five years applies prospectively in respect of fresh accumulations under section 11(2) made from assessment year 2023-24 onwards and not to earlier years.

42. (2025) 176 taxmann.com 661 (Mum Trib)

Dadar Digamber Jain Mumukshu Mandal vs. CIT

ITA No.: 2446/Mum/2025

A.Y.: 2023-24 Dated: 15.07.2025

Section: 11

Amendment in section 11(3)(c) vide Finance Act 2022 omitting extra period of one year following the expiry of the period of accumulation of five years applies prospectively in respect of fresh accumulations under section 11(2) made from assessment year 2023-24 onwards and not to earlier years.

FACTS

The assessee trust filed its original return of income, declaring total income of ₹14,37,197. The return was processed under section 143(1) making an adjustment of ₹ 75,66,540 being additions under section 11(3) on account of unutilised set aside / accumulated funds under section 11(2) relating to FY 2016-17 (₹ 35,66,540) and FY 2017-18 (₹ 40,00,000).

Aggrieved, the assessee went in appeal before CIT(A), who upheld the additions.

Aggrieved, the assessee filed an appeal before ITAT.

HELD

The Tribunal observed as follows:

(a) Under the un-amended section 11(3) (as it stood before Finance Act, 2022), the assessee gets an extended period of one more year, in total, six years for utilisation of accumulated income and on expiry of the said period, by virtue of the deeming fiction, the unutilised accumulated income shall be brought to tax in the previous year following the expiry of period of six years.

(b) The Finance Act, 2022 has amended and omitted the extra period of one year following the expiry of the initial period of accumulation of five years. Therefore, unlike under the un-amended provisions wherein the income which is not utilised for the purposes it was accumulated can be brought to tax on the expiry of the sixth year, under the amended law, that income can be brought to tax on the expiry of five years itself.

(c) Considering both language as well as the intent, the amendment which has been brought in by the Finance Act, 2022 relates to accumulation of income pertaining to previous year starting from 1st April, 2022 onwards relevant to AY. 2023-24 and subsequent assessment years and in that sense, has to be applied prospectively in respect of fresh accumulations and not in respect of existing accumulations which continue to remain guided by the erstwhile provisions at the relevant point in time when the accumulations were made in the respective financial years.

(d) As far as the accumulation relating to the period of FYs. 2016-17 and 2017-18 are concerned, the assessee had the time window till 31-03-2023 and 31-03-2024 respectively by which it has to utilize accumulated income and in that view of the matter, the amendment brought in by the Finance Act, 2022 does not debar the assessee from availing the said time window in respect of existing accumulations and the amendment has to be read prospectively in respect of fresh accumulations for the period pertaining to previous year starting from 1st April, 2022 onwards.

The Tribunal also noted that a similar view has been taken by a number of benches of the Tribunal.

Accordingly, the Tribunal held that –

(i) for accumulation relating to FY 2016-17, since the assessee had utilised the r 35,66,450 during FY 2022-23, that is, within stipulated period of 6 years, the addition deserves to be deleted.

(ii) for accumulation relating to FY 2017-18, the assessee had time window to utilise the accumulated income till 31.3.2024 under the un-amended law and thus, the question of bringing the same to tax during AY 2023-24 did not arise.

In the result, the appeal of the assessee was allowed.

Best judgment assessment made by the AO under section 144 cannot be substituted by the judgment of CIT exercising revisionary powers under section 263.

41. (2025) 176 taxmann.com 819 (Mum Trib)

Bhagwan Vardhman Shwetamber Murtipujak Tapagacch Jain Sangh vs. CIT

ITA No.: 2378/Mum/2024

A.Y.: 2012-13 Dated: 23.07.2025

Sections: 144,263

Best judgment assessment made by the AO under section 144 cannot be substituted by the judgment of CIT exercising revisionary powers under section 263.

FACTS

The assessee was not registered under section 12A. It filed its return of income. The return was selected for scrutiny assessment and accordingly, notices were issued and served upon the assessee. None attended the proceedings and the AO framed the order ex-parte to the best of his judgment under section 144. In the order, the AO allowed corpus expenditure of ₹ 10,97,699 against the corpus donation of ₹ 38,42,558 received during the year and treated the balance of ₹ 27,44,859/- as income of the assessee.

Invoking revisionary powers under section 263, CIT held that AO did not make any enquiry and because of which the expenditure claimed by the assessee was allowed and only the balance corpus was assessed to tax, and therefore, the assessment order was erroneous and prejudicial to the interest of the revenue.

Aggrieved, the assessee filed an appeal before ITAT against the order under section 263.

HELD

Following the decision of the coordinate bench in Sanjay Umarshi Dand vs. Pr. CIT [IT Appeal No. 321(Nag.) of 2024, dated 10-2-2025), the Tribunal held that since the assessment order was an ex-parte order under section 144 by which the AO assessed income of the assessee to the best of his judgement, the judgement of the AO cannot be substituted with the judgement of the CIT(E) by invoking revisionary powers under section 263.

Accordingly, the Tribunal allowed the appeal of the assessee, set aside the order of the CIT and restored the order of the AO.

Claim of capitalized interest, supported by evidence, which interest has been disallowed while computing capital gains, cannot be subject matter of levy of penalty under section 270A, in view of the ratio of decision of the Apex Court in Reliance Petroproducts Pvt. Ltd. [189 Taxmann 322 (SC)]

40. Urmila Rajendra Mundra vs. ITO

ITA No. 577/Jp./2025

A.Y.: 2022-23 Date of Order: 1.8.2025

Section: 270A

Claim of capitalized interest, supported by evidence, which interest has been disallowed while computing capital gains, cannot be subject matter of levy of penalty under section 270A, in view of the ratio of decision of the Apex Court in Reliance Petroproducts Pvt. Ltd. [189 Taxmann 322 (SC)]

FACTS

The assessee claimed deduction of interest, which was capitalised, while computing capital gains arising on sale of immovable property. While assessing total income, the Assessing Officer (AO) disallowed the interest which was capitalised by the assessee, though the same was backed by documentary evidence. The assessee did not prefer an appeal against this disallowance.

Subsequently, the AO initiated proceedings for levy of penalty under section 270A for under-reporting of income in consequence of misreporting thereof. In response, the assessee submitted that the claim of interest was supported by copies of bank statements and since there was not much tax outflow due to brought forward losses, the assessee chose not to file an appeal. Also, the notice did not specify how the assessee has misreported the income.

The AO held that the assessee has misreported income of ₹ 4,89,159 and levied a penalty of ₹ 2,03,488 thereon being 200% of the tax on misreported income.

Aggrieved, assessee preferred an appeal to the CIT(A) who upheld the action of the AO.

Aggrieved, assessee preferred an appeal to the Tribunal.

HELD

The Tribunal noted that the assessee, in the course of assessment proceedings, had substantiated the amount of interest by submitting bank statements in respect of borrowings made. The Tribunal held the contention of the AO and the CIT(A) that the claim was not backed by evidence to be devoid of merit. The Tribunal held that mere non-acceptance of the claim made by the assessee cannot be a reason to automatically levy penalty for misreporting or even under-reporting of income. It stated that this view is supported by the decision of the Apex Court in the case of CIT vs. Reliance Petroproducts Ltd. [189 Taxman 322 (SC)]. In view of this decision of the Apex Court, the Tribunal held that it did not see any reason to sustain the penalty imposed.

Also, the bench noticed that the notice issued did not specify whether the assessee has misreported income or has under-reported the same. Due to this lapse on the part of the AO, it held, the penalty cannot be sustained without specifying the charge against the assessee. This view was supported by the ratio of the decision of the jurisdictional High Court in the case of G R Infraprojects Ltd. vs. ACIT [159 taxmann.com 80].

In view of the decisions relied upon and also in view of the facts of the case being similar to those before the courts in the said decisions, the Tribunal directed the AO to delete the penalty levied.

Where the Assessing Officer in the assessment proceedings did not make any enquiry as to whether the equipment received by the assessee free of cost from its holding / subsidiary companies was received on returnable basis or otherwise, the assessment order was erroneous and prejudicial to the interest of the revenue. If, in the set aside proceedings, the assessee satisfies the AO by substantiating based on the documents that the equipments were received on returnable basis then the AO will decide the issue on hand in the light of the order of the Tribunal in the case of Sony India Software Center Private Limited [170 taxmann.com 309 (Bang.-Trib.)]

39. LSI India Research & Development Pvt Ltd. vs. PCIT

ITA No. 1061/Bang./2024

A.Y.: 2017-18 Date of Order: 23.7.2025

Sections: 28(iv), 263

Where the Assessing Officer in the assessment proceedings did not make any enquiry as to whether the equipment received by the assessee free of cost from its holding / subsidiary companies was received on returnable basis or otherwise, the assessment order was erroneous and prejudicial to the interest of the revenue.

If, in the set aside proceedings, the assessee satisfies the AO by substantiating based on the documents that the equipments were received on returnable basis then the AO will decide the issue on hand in the light of the order of the Tribunal in the case of Sony India Software Center Private Limited [170 taxmann.com 309 (Bang.-Trib.)]

FACTS

The assessee preferred an appeal against the order passed by PCIT under section 263 of the Act holding the assessment framed under section 143(3) r.w.s 144(3) and 144B of the Act to be erroneous and prejudicial to the interest of the revenue and further directing the Assessing Officer (AO) to make a fresh assessment in accordance with law.

The assessee, during the year under consideration, received capital assets amounting to ₹ 42,89,70,248 on free of cost / loan basis from holding / subsidiary companies. According to the PCIT, these fixed assets represented income of the assessee chargeable to tax under section 28(iv) of the Act. However, the assessee, in its return of income filed under section 139(1), had not offered the same for taxation. Similarly, the assessment had been framed without any enquiry so as to offer such equipment received free of cost as income under section 28(iv) of the Act. PCIT, in his show cause notice, proposed to hold the assessment order to be erroneous and prejudicial to the interest of the revenue.

In response to the show cause notice, the assessee submitted that the equipments were acquired for limited purpose of testing the software development. Further, these equipments were received on returnable basis and were for the benefit of recipient / customer and not for the assessee. Accordingly, it was submitted that these equipments cannot be treated as benefit / perquisite under section 28(iv) of the Act.

The PCIT, in his order under section 263 of the Act, observed that the assessee company has been provided with customized / specific assets (primarily in the nature of testing equipment) by the relevant group companies. From the submission the usable period of these assets is not clear. These assets, if used for more than one year, should be treated as capital assets. He also observed that it is not clear as to when these assets were returned to the group companies / disposed. Hence, these should be considered as benefit / perquisite arising out of business / profession. He held the assessment order to be erroneous and prejudicial to the interest of the revenue and directed the AO to make a fresh assessment in accordance with law after examining the aforementioned facts. He directed the AO to conduct necessary enquiries and verification and give the assessee an opportunity to substantiate his claim with necessary supportive evidence and explain why the proposed addition / disallowance should not be made. He shall make a fresh assessment in accordance with law and CBDT instructions on the subject.

Aggrieved, the assessee preferred an appeal to the Tribunal where relying on the decision of the Bangalore Bench of the Tribunal in the case of ACIT v. Sony India Software Center Private Limited [170 taxmann.com 309 (Bang.-Trib.)], it was contended that since these equipments were received on returnable basis the provisions of section 28(iv) of the Act are not applicable. Without prejudice it was submitted that the direction given by PCIT be modified to the extent that if the assessee substantiates that these equipments were received on returnable basis on production of documentary evidence then the same cannot be treated as a benefit / perquisite taxable under section 28(iv) of the Act.

The Revenue contended that since the assessee has not produced any evidence suggesting that the equipments were received on returnable basis the principles laid down by the Tribunal in Sony India Software Center Private Limited (supra) are not attracted.

HELD

The Tribunal noted that the issue on hand is limited to the extent whether the equipments were received by the assessee on returnable basis and, therefore the same cannot be made subject to the addition under section 28(iv) of the Act. The Tribunal also noted that the assessment order has been held to be erroneous and prejudicial to the interest of the revenue since no enquiry was made by the AO during the assessment proceedings qua receipt of equipment free of cost. Even before the PCIT the assessee could not demonstrate that the equipments have been received on returnable basis. The Tribunal further noted that the PCIT has not given any direction to the AO for making addition of r 42,89,70,248 representing the equipment received on free of cost basis meaning thereby the assessee has been granted a fresh opportunity to substantiate that the equipments were received on returnable basis. The Tribunal held that there is no infirmity in the direction given by the PCIT.

The Tribunal also held that if the assessee satisfies the AO by substantiating based on the documents that the equipments were received on returnable basis then the AO will decide the issue on hand in the light of the order of the Tribunal in the case of Sony India Software Center Private Limited (supra).

Subject to assessee bringing on record the relevant evidence of the amount of tax deducted at source and deposited with the Government, the assessee cannot be denied her lawful right by restricting the TDS credit to the amount reflected in Form 26AS.

38. Sonali Dhawan vs. ITO, International Tax

ITA No. 3748/Mum./2025

A.Y.: 2023-24

Date of Order: 5.8.2025

Section: 143(1), Rule 37BA

Subject to assessee bringing on record the relevant evidence of the amount of tax deducted at source and deposited with the Government, the assessee cannot be denied her lawful right by restricting the TDS credit to the amount reflected in Form 26AS.

FACTS

During the previous year relevant to the assessment year under consideration, the assessee sold a house property for a consideration of ₹ 2,76,20,500 from which the buyer deducted ₹ 48,00,000 as TDS. The fact of deduction of TDS as well as its deposit with the Government were recorded in the Sale Deed itself.

The assessee filed her return of income wherein she reflected the amount of capital gain arising on sale of house property and also credit claim of TDS. However, while processing the return of income, CPC accepted the return of income but did not grant TDS credit of ₹ 47,99,525 out of ₹ 48,00,000 claimed by the assessee in her return of income. The reason for denial of credit was stated by CPC to be mismatch between the amount claimed and that reflected in Form 26AS. Form 26AS contained only partial amount of TDS and therefore assessee was denied credit of TDS claimed in the return of income.

Aggrieved, the assessee preferred an appeal to the CIT(A) who directed the AO to grant TDS credit as per relevant Form 26AS.

Aggrieved, the assessee preferred an appeal to the Tribunal where, on behalf of the assessee it was submitted that not only has tax been deducted at source but the same has also been deposited and these facts are evident from the sale deed itself. Further, as per provisions of section 143(1)(c) of the Act, so long as TDS is deducted even if it is not paid by the deductor, co-ordinate benches of the Tribunal have gone ahead and held that credit for TDS cannot be denied to the assessee and in support of this proposition reliance was placed on the decision in the case of Mukesh Padamchand Sogani vs. ACIT [ITA No. 29/PUN/2022; A.Y.: 2009-10; order dated 31.1.2023] and that mere fact that TDS is not reflected in Form 26AS for reasons unknown to the assessee and beyond the control of the assessee cannot be a basis for denial of TDS credit which has been duly deducted and deposited by the buyer.

HELD

The Tribunal observed that there could be varied technological or other reasons where the relevant data pertaining to the assessee doesn’t get reflected in Form 26AS at the relevant point in time. The CPC may have the limitation to look beyond what has been claimed by the assessee and reflected in IT system more particularly in Form 26AS. At the same time where an aggrieved assessee brings the relevant evidence on record as in the instant case, the assessee cannot be denied her lawful right in terms of credit of TDS where the same has been duly deducted and deposited subject to necessary verification. The Tribunal remarked that it has been informed that for the TDS on sale of property, the prescribed form is the tax payer receipt which contains the requisite particulars of tax deposited unlike Form 16/16A issued in other cases. In light of the same, the Tribunal directed the AO to verify the taxpayer receipt issued by Canara Bank dated 17.6.2022 for an amount of ₹ 48,00,000 as available in the assessee’s paper book and if the same is found in order allow the necessary credit of TDS amounting to ₹ 48,00,000 so claimed by the assessee in her return of income.

If books of accounts are not maintained, foundation of audit collapses and therefore penalty cannot be levied for not getting the accounts audited.

37. Bhaveshbhai Haribhai Kanani vs. ITO 
ITA No. 254/RJT/2025
A.Y.:  2018-19
Date of Order: 5.8.2025
Sections:  44AB, 271B

If books of accounts are not maintained, foundation of audit collapses and therefore penalty cannot be levied for not getting the accounts audited. 

FACTS

The assessee, an individual, engaged in the business of trading of brass scrap, filed his return of income declaring therein a turnover of ₹ 1,03,43,628 and offered net profit of ₹ 7,91,012 as his income. The income declared in the return on an admitted turnover worked out to 7.65%.  In the course of assessment proceedings, the Assessing Officer (AO) noticed a further turnover of ₹ 11,93,30,453 and that assessee had declared income under section 44AD as “no account case”, he issued a show cause notice as to why the provisions of section 44AB have not been complied with.

The AO estimated the income to be 4% of total turnover of ₹ 11,93,30,453 which worked out to ₹ 44,73,218.  After reducing from this amount, the profit of ₹ 7,91,012 offered in the return of income, the balance of ₹ 39,82,206 was added to the returned income.

Since the assessee had not furnished an audit report as required by the provisions of section 44AB of the Act, proceedings were initiated for levy of penalty under section 271B of the Act.  In response, the assessee submitted that default u/s 44AB of the Act was on account of mistake of accountant of assessee under wrong belief and mistake of accountant cannot put assessee to jeopardy.  The AO imposed penalty of ₹ 1,50,000 u/s 271B of the Act.

Aggrieved, the assessee preferred an appeal to CIT(A) who confirmed the action of the AO.

Aggrieved, the assessee preferred an appeal to the Tribunal.

HELD

The Tribunal noted that the assessee declared income under section 44AD of the Act.  As per scheme of section 44AD of the Act, the assessee was not required to maintain books of account.  The Tribunal held that since the assessee did not maintain books of accounts, no penalty should be imposed under section 271B.  The Tribunal noted that the Allahabad High Court in the case of CIT vs. Bisauli Tractors [(2008) 299 ITR 219 (All.)] has held that when the assessee has not maintained books of accounts, the question of getting the books audited under section 44AB would not arise.  Therefore, penalty under section 271B would not be leviable.  The Tribunal noted that if no books are maintained, foundation of audit collapses and, hence penalty cannot be imposed.  It also noted that apart from this, during the assessment proceeding itself, the AO has estimated the income of the assessee, therefore, the penalty on estimation should not be levied.  It remarked that an order imposing penalty for failure to carry out a statutory obligation is the result of a quasi-criminal proceeding, and penalty would not ordinarily be imposed, unless the party obliged either acted deliberately in defiance of law or guilty of conduct, contumacious or dishonest, or acted in conscious disregard to obligation.  The penalty will not be imposed merely because it is lawful to do so.  Whether penalty should be imposed for failure to perform a statutory obligation is a matter of discretion of the authority to be exercised judicially and on a consideration of all relevant circumstances.  Even if a minimum penalty is prescribed, the authority competent to impose a penalty will be justified in refusing to impose a penalty when there is technical or venial breach of the provision of the Act.  The Tribunal held that the assessee was not supposed to maintain books of accounts u/s 44AD of the Act, therefore, penalty under section 271B of the Act should not be imposed.  The Tribunal deleted the penalty of ₹ 1,50,000 imposed by the AO.

Tech Mantra

Encrypter / Decrypter

Many times we wish to send a secret message to friends or family which we do not wish to be seen by anyone else. This could be Credit Card numbers or passwords or even some sensitive personal information like Aadhar Number or PAN number. Notwithstanding the encryption used by email systems and Whatsapp, if you wish to include another layer of security, this simple method is quite effective.

Just type encrypter in Google Search and select the website which comes up with a prefix of cs.franklin.edu/…… You will be presented with a box where you could type your message and click on Encrypt. Your message will now be converted to a set of random numbers. You can then copy the output of random numbers and send them via Email or WhatsApp or any other means to the receiver.

Conversely, the recipient also needs to go to the same website and paste the random numbers received and click on Decrypt – the original message will be revealed instantly.

To make it more secure, you may even include a password which you can relay separately to the recipient and then, decryption will be possible only on entering the correct password.

Very interesting for those who have to send confidential stuff often.

https://cs.franklin.edu/~whittakt/ITEC136/examples/encrypter.html

VIVA : Become your best self

VIVA : Become your best self

VIVA is an app designed to help you live a life full of wellness and fulfillment. With access to a wide range of courses and daily science-based lessons, VIVA combines mental and physical health in one place. It relies on scientific updates and modern approaches proven to establish sustainable and healthy habits.
You will find over 250 courses focused on mental health, mindful nutrition, and physical exercise. From building healthy eating habits to advanced emotional management techniques, VIVA offers everything you need to feel good inside and out.

You can learn at your own pace, 5 minutes a day. Each lesson is designed to be brief and effective, allowing you to integrate VIVA into your daily routine and make constant progress toward a healthier life. The plans are personalized and designed to help you achieve your health and personal development goals.

Join a community committed to personal growth and holistic well-being. Become part of VIVA and start your journey toward a happier and healthier life today.

Android : https://bit.ly/40mmBfc

https://www.soyviva.com/ 

ClickUp – Manage Teams & Tasks

Save time with the all-in-one productivity platform that brings teams, tasks, and tools together in one place.

Whether you’re an agile team doing weekly sprints or you’re an operational team collaborating on Production Tasks, you can do it all here.

ClickUp allows you to:

ClickUp - Manage Teams & Tasks

  • Create tasks on the go
  •  Update/ edit seamlessly
  •  Collaborate with your team
  •  View your to-dos in one list
  •  Stay connected with push notifications

You can manage tasks, documents, Forms, Dashboards, Time Tracking and much more.
With ClickUp, you’ll solve these problems:

  •  How do I know what people are working on?
  • How do I know what to work on next?
  •  How long is my project going to take?

Try it today for a different experience in collaboration and task management!

Android : https://tinyurl.com/adsec586

Grok– AI assistant

Grok– AI assistant

Grok is a powerful AI assistant, developed by xAI, designed to be truthful, useful and curious. You can get answers to any question, generate striking images and upload pictures to gain a deeper understanding of the world around you. With Grok, the universe is virtually in your hands!

Available on the web, Android and iOS and can be seamlessly integrated across platforms.

A very simple and easy to use AI tool developed by X (previously Twitter) of Elon Musk fame. A great addition to your AI Tools library!

https://x.ai/

Statements Recorded Under GST Law

This article explores the legal framework governing the statements recorded during summon proceedings under the Goods and Services Tax (“GST”) law, with a special focus on its evidentiary value. It further analyses the role such statements play in adjudication and prosecution proceedings. In addition, the Article delves into the legal principles surrounding the retraction of statements, assessing the conditions under which retractions are considered valid and their impact on the overall evidentiary value.

STATEMENTS RECORDED DURING SUMMONS PROCEEDINGS

Under Section 70 of the Central Goods and Services Tax Act, 2017 (“CGST Act”), the proper officer is empowered to summon any person to appear, give evidence, or produce documents or any other thing that may be required in any inquiry. Therefore, issuance of a summons is always in connection with a pending/existing inquiry. The inquiry may be pending against the person summoned or against any other person. However, in the absence of any pending/existing inquiry, the validity/legality of such summons may become a ground for challenge. The power to issue summons is similar to that of a civil court under the provisions of the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908 (“CPC”). Therefore, the proper officer while conducting an inquiry under the provisions of the CGST Act is empowered to exercise all such powers which are vested with a civil court in case of issuance of summons, recording of statements and producing evidence.

Section 70(2) of the CGST Act deems such inquiry to be ‘judicial proceeding’ within the meaning of Sections 229 and 267 of the Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita, 2023 (“BNS”). As a result, the provisions under these sections become applicable to proceedings under the GST law. Section 229 of BNS stipulates punishment/penalties for making false statements during judicial proceedings; at the same time, Section 267 of BNS affords protection to public servants from insult or obstruction while discharging official duties in judicial proceedings. Accordingly, inquiries under Section 70 of the CGST Act are at par with judicial proceedings within the meaning of Sections 229 and 267 of BNS, and any act of interference or falsehood therein attracts punishment and penal consequences.

A summons is issued to call a person to record their statement, submit documents, or give evidence. This raises an important question: Can a statement be recorded without the issuance of a summons? The answer is no. The CGST Act confers the power to summon and record statements exclusively under Section 70. Nowhere else does the Act provide such an authority. Therefore, if a statement is recorded at an individual’s premises during a search without the prior issuance of a formal summons, such a statement lacks legal validity, is not admissible in law and cannot be relied upon as valid evidence. Reference is made to Paresh Nathalal Chauhan Versus State of Gujarat1 .


1 2020 (36) G.S.T.L. 498 (Guj.)

REPRESENTATION THROUGH AN AUTHORISED REPRESENTATIVE IN RESPONSE TO SUMMONS

A question that repeatedly and naturally arises is: once a summons is issued, is the person required to appear in person, or can he be represented by an authorised person such as an Advocate, Chartered Accountant, or any other duly authorised representative?

In this context, it is important to note the amendment introduced by the Finance (No. 2) Act, 2024 w.e.f. 1.11.2024, wherein sub-section (1A) was inserted in the Act following the recommendations of the GST Council in its 53rd meeting held on 22nd June 2024 in New Delhi. This amendment explicitly allows a person to appear through an authorised representative in response to a summons and also specifically provides for the recording of statements.

IS THERE AN OVERLAP BETWEEN SECTION 70(1A) AND SECTION 116 OF THE CGST ACT?

One may question the necessity of the 2024 amendment permitting appearance through an authorised representative in response to summons, especially considering the existing provision under Section 116 of the CGST Act. However, a closer examination reveals that Section 116 and Section 70(1) operate in entirely different contexts and serve distinct purposes under the Act.

To begin with, Section 116 deals with representation in the context of proceedings under the CGST Act. It allows any person entitled or required to appear before a GST officer, Appellate Authority, or Appellate Tribunal to do so through an authorised representative, except when personal appearance is required for examination on oath or affirmation.

However, Section 70(1) stands on a different footing altogether. It specifically deals with the power of the proper officer to issue summons in an inquiry for the purpose of gathering evidence, recording statements, or producing documents. The issuance of summons under Section 70 is an inquisitorial step, aimed at fact-finding, and is distinct from the adjudicatory or appellate “proceedings” contemplated under Section 116.

It is also pertinent to note that the term “proceedings” is not defined under the CGST Act. Its scope has been interpreted by courts to refer broadly to adjudicatory processes where rights and liabilities are determined. In contrast, “inquiry” under Section 70(1) is a preliminary step, a pre-adjudication phase, to ascertain facts or detect evasion. Therefore, the representation rights under Section 116 cannot be mechanically extended to the inquiry stage under Section 70.

The distinction between ‘proceedings’ and ‘inquiry’ underscores the necessity of the 2024 amendment, which addresses a legislative gap by expressly allowing appearance through an authorised representative even in response to summons. The amended Section 70 of the CGST Act now aligns with Section 108 of the Customs Act, 1962 and Section 14 of the Central Excise Act, 1944, both of which explicitly permit representation through an authorised person in response to summons.

However, it raises a critical question: whether statements made by an authorised representative can be treated as binding on the assessee. This issue carries significant legal implications, particularly when considered in light of the evidentiary value and admissibility of such statements.

The amended provision permits representation either by the person himself or through an authorised representative; however, this is subject to the condition “as the officer may direct,” which means the allowance is not absolute but conditional. If the officer specifically directs personal appearance, the assessee is obligated to appear in person and cannot be represented through an authorised representative in such cases.

ANALYSIS OF BHARATIYA SAKSHYA ADHINIYAM, 2023, FOR ANALYSING THE EVIDENTIARY VALUE OF STATEMENTS

The Bharatiya Sakshya Adhiniyam, 2023 (“BSA”) (formerly the Indian Evidence Act, 1872), provides for general rules and principles of evidence. Therefore, it becomes necessary to examine the relevant provisions of BSA in order to assess the admissibility, relevance, and legal effect of such statements.

The preamble of the BSA reads as “An Act to consolidate and to provide for general rules and principles of evidence for fair trial.” Further, as per Section 1(2) of BSA, the BSA applies to all judicial proceedings in or before any ‘Court’, but not to affidavits presented to any Court or officer. The term ‘Court’ is defined under Section 2(1)(a) of BSA as “Court” includes all Judges and Magistrates, and all persons, except arbitrators, legally authorised to take evidence. The court, in its ambit, includes any person who is legally authorised to take evidence. In the GST Law, evidence is produced at every stage, starting from the inquiry / investigation.

The term evidence, as defined under Section 2(1)(e) of BSA, encompasses both oral and documentary forms. Clause (i) covers all statements, including those given electronically, which the Court permits or requires to be made before it by witnesses concerning matters of fact under inquiry; these are classified as oral evidence. While Section 70 of the CGST Act does not specifically refer to written statements, any oral statement recorded during proceedings would squarely fall within the ambit of clause (i). Clause (ii) further clarifies that evidence also includes all documents, whether physical, electronic, or digital, produced for the Court’s inspection, and these are categorised as documentary evidence. Accordingly, any written statement submitted by an assessee to a GST officer would fall within the purview of documentary evidence. Ultimately, whether a statement is oral or written, both forms fall within the inclusive definition of ‘evidence’.

Sections 15 to 18 of BSA define and explain the term ‘Admission’. An admission is a statement, which can be oral, documentary, or contained in electronic form, that suggests any inference as to a fact in issue or a relevant fact. A statement becomes an admission in the following circumstances:

  •  Statement made by a party to the proceedings.
  •  Statement made by an agent when expressly or impliedly authorised by the person to make it. Thus, in case of a statement by an agent, the agent must be specifically authorised either explicitly or implicitly. Any statement by an agent without authorisation cannot be considered as an admission. Therefore, the statement given by an authorised representative on behalf of the assessee becomes binding on the assessee.
  •  A statement made by a party who is suing or being sued in a representative character is an admission only when such statement has been made while the party held that specific representative character.
  •  Statements made by persons who hold a proprietary or pecuniary interest in the subject matter of a proceeding, when made by the person in their character as an interested party and during the continuance of that interest.
  •  Statements made by persons from whom the parties to the suit have derived their interest in the subject, when made during the continuance of the interest of the person making it.
  •  Statements made by individuals whose position or liability needs to be proven against a party to the suit, when such statement is relevant as against those persons concerning their position or liability, had a suit been brought against them, and when they are made while the person occupied that specific position or was subject to that liability.
  •  Statements made by persons to whom a party to the suit has expressly referred for information in reference to a matter in dispute.

Under Section 19 of the BSA, the general rule about admissions is that they can be used as evidence against the person who made them or his representative in interest. However, the law states that the person cannot use his own admission or admission made by his representative except in the following circumstances:

  •  When an admission is of such a nature that the person making it was dead, and it is relevant as per Section 26 of BSA.
  • This applies when the statement describes the state of mind (like the intention or belief) or the physical condition, and it was made around the time that state or condition existed. Importantly, the actions at that time must also show that the statement was likely true and not false.
  •  If the admission is relevant for another reason, not just because it’s an admission.

Section 25 of the BSA states that admissions are not conclusive proof of the matters that have been admitted. This means an admission, on its own, does not definitively settle a fact or conclusively prove a point without further consideration or corroboration by the court. However, Section 25 also specifies that admissions may operate as estoppels. The application of estoppel is a legal principle that prevents a party from asserting a fact contrary to what has been previously stated or established.

Section 27 of the BSA addresses the relevancy of evidence given by a witness in previous judicial proceedings or before persons legally authorised by law, for the purpose of proving the truth of facts stated in a subsequent judicial proceeding or a later stage of the same proceeding. Such evidence becomes relevant under specific circumstances when the witness who originally gave the testimony is unavailable. These circumstances include the witness being dead, unable to be found, incapable of giving evidence, kept out of the way by the adverse party, or if their presence cannot be obtained without an unreasonable amount of delay or expense as deemed by the Court. Crucially, for this previously given evidence to be admissible, certain conditions must be met: the previous proceeding must have been between the same parties or their representatives in interest; the adverse party in the first proceeding must have had the right and opportunity to cross-examine the witness; and the questions in issue were substantially the same in both the first and second proceedings.

In the author’s opinion, the aforementioned provisions of the BSA can be applied within the framework of GST law to determine the admissibility of statements made either against or in favour of the assessee, particularly when such statements are given by the assessee himself or through an authorised representative. Accordingly, reference to these provisions becomes essential.

EVIDENTIARY VALUE AND RELEVANCY OF STATEMENTS RECORDED UNDER THE CGST ACT

To assess the relevancy and legal sanctity of such statements, it is imperative to consider the broader legal framework governing testimonial evidence. Article 20(3) of the Constitution of India provides a fundamental safeguard against self-incrimination, declaring that no person accused of any offence shall be compelled to be a witness against himself.

Evidentiary Value in Adjudication vs. Prosecution

The relevance of any statement recorded by a proper officer during summon proceedings under the CGST Act is governed by Section 136 of the Act, and such a statement attains evidentiary value specifically in the context of prosecution proceedings. In terms of Section 136, a statement, when recorded in response to a summons, becomes relevant for the purpose of prosecution proceedings under two eventualities:

  1.  When the person who made the statement is either dead, cannot be located, is incapable of giving evidence, is kept away by the adverse party, or whose attendance cannot be secured without undue delay or expense, which the court deems unreasonable in the circumstances of the case. or
  2.  When the person making the statement is examined as a witness before the court, and the court, upon considering the facts and circumstances, is of the opinion that the statement ought to be admitted in the interest of justice.

Thus, unless one of the contingencies contemplated under clause (1) of Section 136 is attracted, a statement recorded during summons proceedings attains evidentiary value only when the person making the statement is examined as a witness, and the court, in the exercise of its judicial discretion, considers it admissible in the interest of justice. In the absence of compliance with either of these conditions, such statements, by themselves, do not become relevant or admissible except in cases of prosecution proceedings.

Thus, persons facing prosecution under the CGST Act must carefully keep Section 136(b) in mind while preparing their defence. This provision clearly stipulates that a statement recorded during an inquiry can be treated as relevant evidence only if the person who made the statement is examined as a witness before the court, and the court, after considering the circumstances of the case, is satisfied that admitting such a statement is necessary in the interest of justice. This acts as a vital safeguard against the uncritical reliance on statements recorded by officers during an investigation. Therefore, accused persons should insist on strict compliance with this requirement and challenge any attempt by the prosecution to rely on such statements without subjecting the maker to cross-examination or without the court’s express satisfaction as to its admissibility. Reference is made to Daulat Samirmal Mehta vs. Union of India2


2 [2021] 55 GSTL 264 (Bombay)[15-02-2021]

The procedure has been interpreted by the Punjab and Haryana High Court in the case of Ambika International vs. Union of India3, as follows:

  1.  If the Revenue intends to rely on any statements, it must produce the makers for examination-in-chief before the adjudicating authority.
  2.  A copy of the record of examination-in-chief must be made available to the assessee.
  3.  After the examination-in-chief and furnishing a copy of the same to the assessee, the assessee is entitled to seek permission to cross-examine the persons whose statements have been relied upon. It is incumbent upon the adjudicating authority to consider and permit such cross-examination.

3 [2016] 71 taxmann.com 53 (Punjab & Haryana)

At this stage, it is pertinent to undertake a comparative analysis of Section 136 of the CGST Act with Section 138B of the Customs Act, 1962 and Section 9D of the Central Excise Act, 1944. While the provisions are largely identical across these legislations, it is noteworthy that subsection (2), which exists under the Customs Act and the Central Excise Act, is absent in the CGST Act. The relevant subsection reads as under:

“(2) The provisions of sub-section (1) shall, so far as may be, apply in relation to any proceeding under this Act, other than a proceeding before a court, as they apply in relation to a proceeding before a court.”

A plain reading of the relevant provisions highlights a marked distinction between the CGST Act and the Customs Act, as well as the Central Excise Act. While the latter statutes expressly provide that the procedure under sub-section (1) shall apply to any proceedings under those Acts in the same manner as it applies to proceedings before a court, Section 136 of the CGST Act limits the relevance of such statements to “any prosecution for an offence under this Act.” The deliberate non-inclusion of a provision identical to sub-section (2) of the Customs and Excise Act while enacting the CGST Act suggests a clear legislative intent to restrict the relevancy and evidentiary value of a statement recorded during inquiry to prosecution proceedings alone, thereby excluding their application in adjudication or other non-prosecution proceedings.

A literal reading of Section 136 reveals that it is applicable to prosecution proceedings. However, the provision does not explicitly restrict its applicability to adjudication proceedings. In the absence of such express exclusion, courts may, where appropriate, interpret its applicability to adjudication proceedings by drawing guidance from analogous provisions in other fiscal statutes.

Be that as it may, the essence of Section 136(b) lies in safeguarding the right of cross-examination of the person whose statement is sought to be relied upon. Even if Section 136 of the CGST Act is held inapplicable to adjudication proceedings, the right to cross-examination remains a constitutional safeguard, being an essential facet of the principles of natural justice. Accordingly, an assessee may legitimately seek cross-examination in adjudication proceedings as well.

CAN ALLEGATIONS BASED SOLELY ON UNCORROBORATED STATEMENTS BE SUSTAINED IN LAW?

It has often been observed that the Revenue relies heavily on statements of various persons while framing allegations against the assessee. In this context, it becomes crucial to examine whether allegations made solely on the basis of such statements, without any corroborative evidence, are legally sustainable.

The Hon’ble High Court, Bombay, in the case of Union of India vs. Kisan Ratan Singh & Others4, dealt with the need for independent corroborative evidence. The Court held that a statement recorded under Section 108 of the Customs Act, 1962, though admissible in evidence, cannot be relied upon solely in the absence of independent and reliable corroboration. It is settled law, as held in Ramesh Chandra vs. State of West Bengal5, that customs officers are not police officers and such statements are admissible. However, uncorroborated statements under Section 108 cannot be accepted. The underlying rationale advanced in this case was that “Moreover, if I have to simply accept the statement recorded under Section 108 as gospel truth and without any corroboration, I ask myself another question, as to why should anyone then go through a trial. The moment the Customs authorities recorded the statement under section 108, in which the accused has confessed about his involvement in carrying contraband gold, the accused could be straightaway sent to jail without the trial court having recorded any evidence or conducting a trial.”


4 Criminal Appeal No. 621 of 2001

5 (AIR 1980 SC 793)

In light of the above ruling, the answer to the question posed is clear:

The allegations or findings can be sustained only when supported by independent and reliable corroboration. Courts have consistently emphasised that mere reliance on uncorroborated statements, without supporting material evidence, does not satisfy the standards of legal admissibility or evidentiary reliability.

LEGAL FRAMEWORK GOVERNING RETRACTION OF STATEMENTS

As evident from the foregoing discussion, once a statement is recorded, it carries evidentiary value. However, such a statement may be made either voluntarily or involuntarily, or may be recorded under a mistaken belief or understanding. Accordingly, it becomes necessary to examine the remedies available to the assessee in respect of involuntary statements or those recorded under mistake. In legal parlance, retraction refers to the act of withdrawing, recanting, or disclaiming a previously made statement, confession, or admission. This may occur in both criminal and civil proceedings, typically where a party acknowledges having made a statement but subsequently asserts that it was false, inaccurate, or made under coercion, mistake, or misapprehension. In essence, retraction denotes the reversal or withdrawal of a prior representation, offer, or assertion, often with the intent of restoring the position to what it was prior to such statement being made.

Although there is no specific codified law stating that a person may retract a statement, the concept of retraction is well-recognised and embedded in the legal framework, particularly in the realms of Bharatiya Nagarik Suraksha Sanhita, 2023 (“BNSS”) and the Constitution of India.

  •  Article 20(3) of the Constitution of India: This Article forms the constitutional cornerstone of the jurisprudence surrounding retracted statements. It guarantees that “no person accused of any offence shall be compelled to be a witness against himself.” It provides a safeguard against self-incrimination, especially in situations where statements are alleged to have been made under compulsion or coercion.
  •  Section 183 of BNSS outlines the procedure for recording confessions or statements before a Magistrate and incorporates essential safeguards to ensure voluntariness.
  •  In the case of Narayan Bhagwantrao Gosavi Balajiwale vs. Gopal Vinayak Gosavi, (1960) 1 SCR 773, the Hon’ble Supreme Court held that “An admission is the best evidence that an opposing party can rely upon, and though not conclusive, is decisive of the matter, unless successfully withdrawn or proved erroneous.”

WHEN AND HOW SHOULD A RETRACTION BE MADE?

Retraction of a previously recorded statement is a serious and sensitive legal action. Courts have consistently held that a retraction must be made promptly and supported by cogent reasons and evidence. A retraction of a statement may be justified where it is established that the original statement was made under an erroneous understanding of facts or due to a misinterpretation of the applicable legal provisions. Additionally, if it is demonstrated that the statement was obtained through inducement, coercion, or undue pressure, the individual is entitled to withdraw it; however, the burden of proving such coercive circumstances lies on the person making the retraction. In Commissioner of Customs (Imports), Mumbai vs. Ganpati Overseas6, the Hon’ble Supreme Court reaffirmed that a statement recorded under Section 108 of the Customs Act is admissible in evidence and can be relied upon, provided it is made fairly and voluntarily. While customs officers are not treated as police officers, any statement recorded under duress cannot form the basis of a finding, and it is the duty of the adjudicating authority to assess its voluntariness in accordance with judicial standards.

MANNER AND FORMAT OF RETRACTION BY AFFIDAVIT

  •  Where independent witnesses were present at the time of the original statement, their affidavits may be submitted to substantiate the claim of retraction and enhance its credibility.
  •  The retraction must detail the circumstances under which the original statement was made, identify any factual or legal errors, and disclose any coercion or undue influence. A concurrent complaint should be filed in case of coercion. In S. Hidayatullah vs. Commissioner of Customs7, the retraction was rejected for lacking timely and credible justification.
  •  Timeliness is of utmost importance when it comes to retraction. A retraction should be made at the earliest possible juncture, ideally, immediately after the recording of the statement. Courts have repeatedly held that prompt retraction enhances credibility, whereas delayed retractions are often viewed with suspicion and treated as afterthoughts unless the delay is adequately and convincingly explained. In this regard, reliance is placed on the case of Continental Coffee Ltd. vs. Commissioner of Customs, Chennai8. In particular, where the recorded statement is not provided to the person despite requests and is supplied only later as part of the relied-upon documents in a show cause notice, the individual must act without delay upon receipt of the statement. In such circumstances, the date of receipt of the statement becomes the relevant trigger point, and retraction should be made at the earliest from that point onward.
  •  In many cases, officials themselves prepare the statement, and the assessee is made to sign it without being given a proper opportunity to read or comprehend its contents. If the statement does not reflect the true version of the assessee, a retraction should be promptly made, citing discrepancies.
  •  In the case of the Commissioner of Customs vs. Rajendra Kumar Damani9, it was observed that “If the learned tribunal was of the view that the statement recorded under section 108 of the Act was not admissible on account of the retraction, that by itself cannot render the statement as involuntary. It is the duty casts upon the court to examine the correctness of the validity of the retraction, the point of time at which the retraction was made, whether the retraction was consistent and whether it was merely a ruse. These aspects have not been examined by the learned tribunal resulting in perversity.”
  •  In the case of Vinod Solanki Versus Union of India10, it was observed that “A person accused of commission of an offence is not expected to prove to the hilt that confession had been obtained from him by any inducement, threat or promise by a person in authority. The burden is on the prosecution to show that the confession is voluntary in nature and not obtained as an outcome of threat, etc. if the same is to be relied upon solely for the purpose of securing a conviction. With a view to arrive at a finding as regards the voluntary nature of statement or otherwise of a confession which has since been retracted, the Court must bear in mind the attending circumstances which would include the time of retraction, the nature thereof, the manner in which such retraction has been made and other relevant factors. Law does not say that the accused has to prove that retraction of confession made by him was because of threat, coercion, etc. but the requirement is that it may appear to the court as such.”

6 (2023) 11 Centax 101 (S.C.)/2023 (386) E.L.T. 802 (S.C.) [06-10-2023]

7 2006 (202) E.L.T. 330 (Tri. - Chennai)

8 2005 (191) E.L.T. 1091 (Tri. - Chennai)

9 (2024) 19 Centax 224 (Cal.) [15-05-2024]

10 2009 (13) S.T.R. 337 (S.C.) [18-12-2008]

PROPER FORUM FOR RETRACTION

A frequent question is where the retraction should be submitted. The appropriate authority is the one who recorded the original statement, i.e., the investigating officer or proper officer under the relevant statute. Since the issue pertains to evidence that may be used in subsequent proceedings, retraction must form part of the official investigation or adjudication record.

In the case of K.C. Soni and Sons Steels (P) Ltd. vs. Commr. of C. Ex., Chandigarh-I11, the Tribunal observed that “I also find that the retraction has not been addressed to the investigation officer who recorded the statement. The Tribunal, in its judgment K.P. Abdul Majeed vs. CC, Customs – 2014 (299) E.L.T. 108 (Tri.-Bang.) has held that the retraction has to be necessarily addressed to the officer to whom the statement was given. The letter to the Commissioner has to be treated only as a representation or complaint and is not a valid retraction.”

EVIDENTIARY VALUE OF STATEMENT RETRACTED

A retracted statement does not entirely lose its evidentiary value; however, it cannot be relied upon as the sole basis for any finding or conclusion. In such circumstances, corroboration through independent and credible evidence becomes essential to lend weight and reliability to the retracted statement. Reference can be drawn from the case of Asst. Collector of Customs (Pre.), Bombay Versus Ahmed Abdulkarim12, whereby it was observed as under:

15. What has been held by the Apex Court can summarised as under : (i) There is no prohibition under the Evidence Act to rely upon retracted confession to prove the prosecution case; (ii) Practice and prudence requires that the Court could examine the evidence adduced by the prosecution to find out whether there are any other facts and circumstances to corroborate the retracted confession; (iii) The Court is required to examine whether the confessional statement is voluntary in the sense whether it was obtained by threat, duress or promise; (iv) If the Court is satisfied from the evidence that it was voluntary, then it is required to be examined whether the statement is true; (v) If the Court on examination of the evidence finds that the retracted confession is true, that part of the inculpatory portion could be relied upon to base the conviction; (vi) However, the practice and prudence requires that the Court should seek assurance getting corroboration from other evidence adduced by the prosecution.

Thus, a statement that has been retracted does not entirely lose its evidentiary value, but it cannot be relied upon as the sole basis for any finding or conclusion. It is a matter of practice and prudence that a court should seek assurance by obtaining corroboration from other independent and credible evidence to lend weight and reliability to the retracted statement. Without such robust, independent corroboration, and particularly if allegations of coercion in obtaining the statements are not refuted by authorities, findings resting solely on retracted statements will not stand and may be deemed unsustainable and liable to be set aside.


11   2017 (350) E.L.T. 426 (Tri.-Chan) [13-01-2017]

12  2009 (247) E.L.T. 97 (Bom.) [05-02-2009]

CONCLUSION

In the GST regime, it is often seen that proceedings in high-demand cases are primarily based on statements recorded from certain parties, without substantial corroborative evidence. This raises critical concerns about their evidentiary value. While the statements recorded under GST law are relevant in inquiries, their evidentiary value is not absolute. Sole reliance on uncorroborated statements is legally unsustainable, and retracted statements, though not entirely valueless, necessitate robust independent corroboration. This underscores the critical need for verifiable evidence beyond mere statements to ensure legally sound and fair proceedings in the GST regime.

Learning Events at BCAS

1. BCAS Townhall Meeting, Jaipur

The Bombay Chartered Accountants’ Society (BCAS) successfully conducted a vibrant Townhall meeting on 16th August, 2025, at Jai Club, Jaipur, strategically scheduled alongside the 29th International Tax & Finance (ITF) Conference.

BCAS Townhall Meeting, Jaipur

This initiative represents a cornerstone of BCAS’s national reach-out project, strengthening professional relationships through dedicated representatives termed ‘Sherpas’ across India. These Sherpas serve as vital bridges between BCAS and local CA communities, facilitating professional development programs while maintaining the Society’s ethical standards.

The session focused on the ‘New Income Tax Bill, 2025’, masterfully presented by CA Gautam Nayak, Past President of BCAS. His comprehensive presentation addressed fundamental changes in the Bill and their implications across various taxpayer categories. The interactive Q&A session transformed theoretical discussions into practical solutions, addressing real-world challenges faced by tax professionals.

The event was meticulously coordinated by Jaipur Sherpa, CA Naman Shrimal. Approximately 30 Chartered Accountants participated enthusiastically, with a significant majority being non-members, extending BCAS’s reach beyond its immediate membership base.

Media professionals are actively engaged, seeking expert opinions on proposed changes, resulting in comprehensive coverage across local and national media platforms – both print and digital.

An enriching dialogue session, led by Past President CA Gautam Nayak and Vice-President CA Kinjal Shah, provided profound insights into BCAS’s vision and ongoing activities. CA Naman Shrimal shared his inspiring journey, describing how BCAS shaped his professional trajectory, encouraging participants to actively engage with the Society.

The evening culminated with a delightful networking session over High Tea, fostering meaningful connections and professional camaraderie among participants.

This Townhall meeting exemplifies BCAS’s unwavering commitment to professional excellence, knowledge dissemination, and community building across the Indian Chartered Accountancy landscape.

2. Webinar on Navigating the Tax and Regulatory Landscape for Private Equity Transactions in India held on Friday, 8th August 2025, @ Virtual.

The Taxation Committee of the Bombay Chartered Accountants’ Society organised a webinar on “Navigating the Tax and Regulatory Landscape for Private Equity Transactions in India”.

The session began with an overview of the growing complexity in tax and regulatory rules for private equity (PE) transactions in India. With increasing scrutiny by tax authorities, changes in global tax treaties, and new regulations affecting fund flows and exits, the Speaker educated the participants about the latest developments and practical solutions for smooth deal execution.

The speaker gave an overview of private equity fund structures, including the role of fund managers, pooling vehicles, SPVs, and offshore jurisdictions. The speaker explained how different jurisdictions are used for structuring and highlighted major PE funds currently active in India.

The Speaker also focused on transaction structuring and tax matters, such as pre-acquisition planning, tax implications under Indian law and DTAAs, and recent court rulings on capital gains. Key clauses in transaction agreements and the use of tax insurance to reduce deal risks were also discussed.

The webinar offered useful insights and practical guidance for handling PE transactions in a compliant and effective manner.

Speaker: CA Prem Jain.

3. Lecture Meeting on Recent Developments in Related Party Transactions Disclosures held on 6th August 2025 @ Virtual.

Lecture Meeting on Recent Developments in Related Party Transactions Disclosures

A public lecture meeting was conducted by the Bombay Chartered Accountants’ Society virtually on the Zoom platform on 6th August 2025.

The speaker, CS Anoop Deshpande, mentioned that the Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI), vide its circular dated 26th June 2025, has introduced revised industry standards specifying the minimum information to be provided to the Audit Committee and shareholders for the approval of Related Party Transactions (RPTs).

These revised standards, effective from 1st September 2025, will supersede the earlier circulars dated 14th February 2025 and 1st March 2025.

The speaker covered the following matters:

  1.  Overview of Related Party Transactions
  2.  Key features of New ISF Note
  3.  Applicability and Exemptions from Reporting
  4.  Categorisation for Disclosure in Part A, B & C.
  5.  Key Issues on various RPT Transactions

The session provided valuable insights into the updated RPT framework, which replaces earlier guidelines and introduces enhanced disclosure standards for listed companies. Participants gained clarity on the regulatory background, key changes, compliance steps, and practical implications—including the need to revisit approval processes and information templates to align with SEBI’s new expectations.

The lecture was well-attended, with over 190 participants joining online.

BCAS Lecture Meetings are high-quality professional development sessions which are open-to-all to attend and participate. Missed the Lecture Meeting, but still interested in viewing the entire meeting video?

Visit the below link or scan the QR Code with your phone scanner app:

YouTube Link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xBBSsyqY748

QR Code:

Lecture Meeting on Recent Developments in Related Party Transactions Disclosures 1

4. Indirect Tax Laws Study Circle Meeting on “Finalisation & Review of Accounts from GST Perspective” held on Tuesday, 5th August 2025 @ Hybrid.

The Bombay Chartered Accountant Society had organised the following Study Circle Meeting under Indirect Taxes on 5th August 2025.

Group leader CA Nitin Bhuta prepared a PowerPoint presentation on the Finalisation of Accounts, keeping in mind the GST Implications.

The material covered the following aspects for detailed discussion:

  1.  Nature of Business Transfer Agreements, their GST Implications and their treatment in the books of accounts.
  2.  Aspects of Revenue Recognition and GST implications on Revenue Recognition done in the books of accounts.
  3.  GST Implications on Remuneration to Partners and the correct treatment in the books of accounts.
  4.  GST implications on the assesse when an Income tax Raid is conducted on the assessee and its treatment in the books of accounts of the assesse.
  5.  Implications of GST on the Cross Charge Valuation
  6.  Implications of GST on the Employee Stock Options Plan and its treatment in the books of accounts

Around 80 participants virtually and 10 participants physically from all over India benefited while taking an active part in the discussion. Participants appreciated the efforts of the group leader.

5. Finance, Corporate & Allied Law Study Circle – Recent Regulatory Changes Reshaping the AIF Landscape held on Friday, 1st August 2025 @ Virtual

The session provided a comprehensive overview of the evolving regulatory framework governing Alternative Investment Funds (AIFs) in India. The speakers discussed the lifecycle of AIFs, recent SEBI circulars, and the phased dematerialisation of AIF units and assets.

They also dealt with key reforms such as standardisation of valuation norms, introduction of dissolution period for illiquid assets, changes in borrowing limits, and enhanced due diligence for investors and investee companies.

The session also addressed pro-rata and pari-passu rights, reforms in angel fund structures, and the operationalisation of co-investment opportunities through regulated AIF structures. Insights were shared on SEBI’s push for greater transparency, investor protection, and systemic oversight through PPM audits, custodian requirements, and cybersecurity compliance.

The lecture was timely and well-received by participants for its clarity and coverage of both technical and practical aspects.

Speaker: CA Eshank Shah, jointly with CA Sivasangari Chinnappa

6. Indirect Tax Laws Study Circle Meeting on “Use of Technology in GST,” held on Friday, 25th July, 2025, @ Virtual

Group leader CA Rahul Gabhawala prepared a step-by-step demonstration of the prompt use of technology in GST.

The material covered the following aspects for detailed discussion:

  1.  Use of Chat-GPT to create code in order to carry out Login at the GST Portal.
  2.  Use of Selenium Wrapper to teach test automation at the GST Portal.
  3.  Use of Selenium Wrappers to make test automation more efficient, reliable, and user-friendly.
  4.  Use of Codes in automating certain functions at the GST Portal.

Around 200 participants from all over India benefited while taking an active part in the discussion. Participants appreciated the efforts of the group leader. Considering the response of the participants and the time required for a detailed demonstration, it is proposed to have Part 2 of the meeting in
August 2025.

7. Suburban Study Circle – Interactive Case Studies on Tax Audit held on Friday 25th July 2025 @ S H B A & CO LLP (formerly Bathiya & Associates LLP)

The Suburban Study Circle of Bombay Chartered Accountants’ Society (BCAS) hosted a power-packed and interactive session on “Tax Audit – Interactive Case Studies & Recent Amendments” on 25th July 2025. The session was conducted by two distinguished professionals, CA Sonakshi Jhunjhunwala and CA Bandish Hemani, both brought deep technical insight and remarkable clarity to the discussion.

Key Highlights of the Session

  •  Recent Amendments to Form 3CD (Applicable from A.Y. 2025-26)

The session began with a structured overview of the recent CBDT Notification No. GSR 207(E) dated 28.03.2025, which introduced significant changes to Form 3CD. Notable changes include:

New clause 36B – Buyback receipts disclosure under section 2(22)(f)

Revised Clause 22 – Extensive reporting of MSME payments under section 43B(h)

Amendment in Clause 21(a) – Reporting of disallowable expenditures under newly notified laws such as SEBI, Competition Act, etc.

Each clause was dissected with comparisons of old vs new provisions, implications, and reporting challenges.

  •  Deep Dive into ICDS – III (Construction Contracts) & VI (Foreign Exchange)

Through practical case studies, the speakers navigated the interplay between ICDS, the Act (Sections 43A and 43AA), and accounting standards (AS/IndAS). The complexities of tax vs accounting treatments were clarified with logical reporting approaches under Clauses 13(e), 13(f), and 21(a).

  • MSME Disclosure – Clause 22 Revamp

One of the session’s most relevant segments was around new reporting obligations regarding payments to MSMEs. Case studies illustrated the implications of delay in payments, interest disallowance, and classification issues. Practical tips were shared on Udyam verification and Clause 26(A) linkages.

  •  Case Study Method – Interactive & Practical

The hallmark of the session was its interactive format—participants were encouraged to debate views and test their understanding through curated scenarios:

  • Tax Audit applicability in cases of 44AD/Presumptive tax opt-out
  • Multiple businesses – whether the audit applies to each or the combined turnover
  • Reporting under section 40A(2)(b) – confusion between P&L expenses and payments
  • Controversial issues under section 43B – conversion of interest into loans or debentures

Rapid Fire Round & Compliance Nuggets: The session concluded with a rapid-fire round on common but tricky reporting items in the Tax Audit Report.

Conclusion

The Suburban Study Circle expresses its sincere gratitude to CA Bandish Hemani and CA Sonakshi Jhunjhunwala for delivering a high-calibre, practice-oriented, and thoroughly engaging session. Their lucid style and insightful commentary turned a technical subject into a deeply enriching experience for all attendees.

8. Felicitation of Chartered Accountancy pass-outs of the May 2025 Batch event held on Friday, 18th July, 2025@IMC.

The Seminar, Membership and Public Relations (SMPR) Committee hosted a felicitation ceremony on 18th July 2025 at Walchand Hirachand Hall, IMC Building, Churchgate, to honour the newly qualified Chartered Accountants from the May 2025 examination. The felicitation event received an overwhelming response of more than 550 registrations. Out of said registrations, over 460 enthusiastic new qualified CAs participated in the event. The guest and mentor for the event was CA Mandar Telang, Hon. Secretary. In a heartfelt session, he walked the audience through his early days as a young CA and how his involvement with BCAS helped him discover opportunities, build lasting connections, and develop a deeper understanding of the profession beyond books. Through personal anecdotes, he encouraged the newly qualified CAs to actively engage with BCAS and its many initiatives. AIR 33, Ms. Bhawana Gayari was then felicitated, and she addressed the audience. In her address, she made a mention of how she had achieved this remarkable feat without seeking the help of coaching classes – a statement which drew a thunderous applause from the audience. SMPR Committee member, CA Vatsal Paun, also addressed the audience. He recounted the fact that in August 2024, he was felicitated by BCAS in a similar event and mentioned how being a part of BCAS has helped in his professional development. A celebratory cake was cut, and then all the successful newly passed CAs were felicitated. The felicitation ceremony served as a warm welcome of the newly passed CAs into the wider professional fraternity.

Youtube link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tL-8C_iW8Jk&t

QR Code:

. Felicitation of Chartered Accountancy pass-outs

Felicitation of Chartered Accountancy pass-outs May

9. Lecture Meeting on Preparation & Audit of Financial Statements for FY 2024-2025 on 16th July 2025 @ BCAS Hybrid.

A public lecture meeting conducted by CA Himanshu Kishnadwala at the Bombay Chartered Accountants’ Society and also streamed virtually, provided an extensive overview of the preparation and audit of financial statements for the fiscal year 2024-2025. The session commenced with a discussion on the relevant regulatory bodies and applicable laws, including recent amendments to the Indian Accounting Standards (Ind AS) and the Companies Act, 2013, as well as updates to auditing standards and guidelines issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India (ICAI) and other authorities.

Lecture Meeting on Preparation & Audit of Financial Statements for FY 2024-2025

The speaker elaborated on the applicability of accounting standards to both corporate and non-corporate entities, including MSMEs, highlighting specific standards such as Ind AS 117, Ind AS 116, Ind AS 21, and various relaxations and guidance notes relevant for MSME financial statements. The audit segment focused on audit methodology, encompassing audit planning, execution, and reporting, emphasising a risk-based audit approach. Detailed insights were provided on Standards on Auditing (SAs) 800, 805, and 810, covering their objectives, applicability, and disclosure requirements.

Key topics included the audit of related party transactions and disclosure mandates under SEBI LODR 2015, the Companies Act 2023, and other applicable standards. The responsibilities of principal auditors, in light of findings by the National Financial Reporting Authority (NFRA), were discussed alongside critical considerations for component auditors, such as independence, fraud risk, internal controls, and risks of material misstatement.

The speaker addressed common challenges faced by auditors, changes in audit reporting requirements, and strategies to ensure compliance with auditing standards, including ethical considerations and fraud detection measures. Additional topics covered included frequent errors, taxation impacts on financial statements, and statutory disclosure requirements, providing participants with a comprehensive understanding of the subject matter.

The program underscored the importance of applying professional judgment alongside technical expertise to manage audit risks and promote transparency in financial reporting. It also offered practical guidance for efficient audit planning and execution tailored to the 2024-2025 financial year.

The lecture was well-attended, with over 700 participants joining both online and in person.

BCAS Lecture Meetings are high-quality professional development sessions which are open-to-all to attend and participate. Missed the Lecture Meeting, but still interested in viewing the entire meeting video?

Visit the below link or scan the QR Code with your phone scanner app:

YouTube Link https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=e__ylNR9jWw

QR Code:

Lecture Meeting on Preparation & Audit of Financial Statements for FY 2024-20251

10. Direct Tax Laws study Circle – Case Studies in Transactions of Immovable Property held on Wednesday, 2nd July 2025 @ BCAS -Hybrid.

Jagdish T Punjabi took up the above-mentioned topic, wherein cases relating to tax implications on immovable property transactions were discussed:

  1.  The cases covered capital gains computation under Sections 45, 50C, and 112 when the sale consideration differs from the stamp duty value, especially in intra-family transfers.
  2.  Redevelopment agreements and joint development models were examined – highlighting taxability of rent reimbursement, hardship compensation, and bonus area under Sections 56(2)(x) and 194IC.
  3.  Case studies highlighted disputes on valuation, treatment of stock-in-trade conversion, and capital gains deferment under Section 45(5A) in development agreements.
  4.  One of the case studies also highlighted the impact of amendments to Sections 54 and 54F, restricting exemption to r 10 crore, especially in the context of investment via Capital Gains Account Scheme (CGAS).
  5.  Discussion included interpretation challenges around DVO references, valuation differences, and the role of indexed cost in determining gains.
  6.  The implications of new LTCG rates (12.5%) for sales post-23.07.2024, timing of capital gain recognition, and AO actions under reassessment proceedings (Sec. 148A) were explored.
  7.  Specific scenarios involving the conversion of inherited property into business assets, advance tax computation, and treatment of unsold flats received under DA were evaluated.
  8.  The session concluded with a comprehensive legal analysis, giving participants clear takeaways for client advisory and compliance in light of evolving jurisprudence and legislative updates.

11. Special Premiere Screening of WELL DONE CA SAHAB!! Held on Friday, 27th June 2025 @ Cinepolis, Fun Republic, Andheri West.

The HRD Committee of Bombay Chartered Accountants’ Society (BCAS) successfully hosted an exclusive paid preview of the film Well Done CA Sahab! on 27th June 2025 – the day of its national release. The event was held in Mumbai and witnessed an overwhelming participation of around 250 members, including Chartered Accountants, students, and their families.

Well done CA saheb

Well Done CA Sahab! is a unique cinematic initiative created by seven Chartered Accountants from Ahmedabad and has been selected as an official entry to the Dadasaheb Phalke Film Festival. The film beautifully captures the journey, challenges, and resilience of the CA profession.

Attendees were treated to a special interactive session with the star cast and makers of the film after the screening. The event provided not just entertainment but also inspiration and pride in the profession, especially for young members and students who could see their aspirations reflected on screen.
The committee received extremely positive feedback, with many appreciating the blend of learning, motivation, and cultural engagement the event offered. The initiative was a creative step toward community building and celebrating the CA identity beyond professional boundaries.

II. BCAS IN NEWS & MEDIA

  •  BCAS has been featured in several news and media platforms, showing our active involvement, professional contributions, and commitment to the field. This reflects the growing recognition of BCAS in the public and professional space.

Link: https://bcasonline.org/bcas-in-news/

QR Code:

Bond Market – Online Bond Platform Provider (OBPP)

1. STRATEGIC CONTEXT: BRIDGING THE GAPS

The Indian corporate debt market, though sizeable in terms of outstanding issuances, has for decades suffered from structural and behavioural constraints that have hindered its growth potential. Retail investor participation has remained persistently low, with the secondary market dominated by institutional investors such as banks, mutual funds, and insurance companies. Trading activity has largely been concentrated in a limited set of highly rated issuances, while vast sections of the bond universe have remained illiquid. Moreover, price discovery has historically been opaque, with real-time transactional information accessible primarily to wholesale participants. This combination of limited transparency, inadequate retail access, and liquidity fragmentation created a market that, while functionally viable for institutions, was effectively exclusionary for smaller investors and lacked depth in the broader sense.

Historically, the Indian bond market evolved in two distinct phases.

THE WHOLESALE DEBT MARKET

The Wholesale Debt Market (WDM) segment of the NSE and BSE is the institutional nucleus of India’s debt market, created in the mid-1990s to provide a transparent, regulated platform for large-value transactions in fixed-income securities such as government bonds, treasury bills, state loans, corporate bonds, and debentures, where participation was largely dominated by institutional investors with retail involvement remaining negligible. According to official data released by the Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI), during the period FY 2015 to FY 2019, the transaction count typically was in the range of 5 lacs to 7 lacs transactions per year1. This trend reflected a largely institutional market with limited depth and lower retail penetration.


1 https://www.sebi.gov.in/statistics/corporate-bonds/trades-corporate-bonds/Data-For-FY-2015-2022.html

SHIFT TOWARDS RETAIL PARTICIPATION

Post FY 2020, SEBI’s calibrated interventions, such as the introduction of the Electronic Bidding Platform, the Retail Direct Scheme for G-Secs, and enhanced disclosure norms significantly bolstered market activity.

The latest data indicates that for FY 2023–24, corporate bond trades settled at approximately ₹ 13.73 lakh crore across nearly 1.29 million transactions, and in FY 2024–25 (up to the latest reporting period), around ₹ 17.09 lakh crore across 1.2 million trades have already been executed. The trajectory underscores not only the scale of market formalisation but also signifies the pivotal role of regulatory oversight in shaping transparency and participation.

While these reforms strengthened institutional trading and improved compliance discipline among issuers, they did not directly address the retail investor’s ability to discover, assess, and participate in fixed-income opportunities in a safe and transparent environment.

THE BEGINNING OF ONLINE BOND PLATFORMS

During the intervening period between 2018 & 2022, India witnessed the mushrooming of online bond platforms distributing fixed income securities to the retail public at large albeit outside the regulatory framework.

An Online Bond Platform Provider in common parlance, operates like a digital e-commerce platform for fixed income securities accessible to the retail investors.

Recognising this gap and to prevent market abuse, SEBI introduced a formalised framework for Online Bond Platform Providers (OBPPs) through its circular dated 14 November 2022, to create a new category of regulated segments to be registered with the exchange. The framework was conceived with dual objectives: to widen investor access by leveraging technology-driven distribution and to embed robust investor protection.

As of early 2025, there are approximately 27 Active Online Bond Platforms which are registered with SEBI2, however, the retail participation through the online bond platforms saw a marked increase: volumes rose from approximately ₹ 1,644.16 crore on April 1, 2023, to about ₹ 2,459.45 crore by February 19, 2024 reflecting early fiscal-year growth dynamics.


2 BSE & NSE Website

With the operationalisation of Online Bond Platform Providers (OBPPs) and the launch of “Bond Central” in December 2023, the trading ecosystem is expected to move toward a more retail-inclusive and data-driven framework, which may progressively bridge the gap between historical institutional concentration and future broad-based participation.

2. REGULATORY FRAMEWORK FOR OBPPs

The regulatory architecture for OBPPs is the culmination of a decade-long reform trajectory in India’s debt market, shaped by SEBI’s sustained efforts to address structural inefficiencies and to democratise fixed-income investing. The underlying policy rationale was to bridge the asymmetry between wholesale and retail bond market participation, leveraging digital platforms to enable transparent price discovery, centralised settlement, and standardised disclosures—without diluting prudential safeguards.

2.1 Foundation

The 2022 framework mandates that OBPPs:

  •  Be incorporated in India and registered as stockbrokers in the debt segment;
  • Obtain explicit authorisation from a recognised stock exchange;
  •  Appoint a Compliance Officer (minimum qualification: Company Secretary) and at least two Key Managerial Personnel with a minimum of three years’ securities market experience.
  •  Obtain a SEBI Complaints Redress System (SCORES) authentication and put in place a well-defined mechanism to address grievances that may arise or likely arise while carrying out OBPP operations.

This authorisation is continuously contingent on adherence to SEBI’s conduct, disclosure, and operational norms. Breaches attract enforcement action under the SEBI Act, including suspension of platform activity and monetary penalties.

2.2 Product Eligibility and Expansion

Originally confined to listed corporate bonds, the permissible universe was expanded in June 2023 to include:

  •  Listed municipal debt securities,
  •  Securitised debt instruments,
  •  Government Securities (G-Secs), State Development Loans (SDLs),
  • Treasury Bills, and
  •  Sovereign Gold Bonds.

3. KEY OPERATIONAL GUIDELINES

3.1 Transaction Architecture

All OBPP transactions must be routed through the Request for Quote (RFQ) mechanism of a recognised stock exchange, enabling competitive price discovery within a regulated and auditable framework. Settlement is executed via a recognised clearing corporation acting as a central counterparty, eliminating bilateral settlement risk. This operational integration not only mitigates counterparty risk but also ensures that price discovery happens within a transparent, regulated environment.

3.2 Investor Disclosures

Mandatory measures include KYC verification via SEBI-recognised KRAs, risk profiling, and product suitability assessment before onboarding. Product displays must feature credit ratings, maturity, coupon structure, liquidity indicators, and issuer disclosures, accompanied by prescribed, non-waivable risk statements.

3.3 Technology and Governance Standards

OBPPs must:

  •  Maintain high-availability systems with disaster recovery capabilities;
  •  Ensure secure, real-time API connectivity with market infrastructure institutions;
  •  Preserve all investor interactions and trade data for at least eight years;
  •  Deploy real-time monitoring for trade reconciliation and system performance.

4. OTHER INVESTOR PROTECTION MEASURES

OBPPs are prohibited from marketing unregulated products alongside regulated offerings. All communications must conform to the SEBI Advertisement Code, ensuring fairness, accuracy, and prominent disclosure of risks and eligibility criteria. Written conflict-of-interest policies must explicitly address instances where the platform operator or affiliates act as issuers, arrangers, or significant holders in the securities on offer.

  •  Price Transparency and Discoverability

One of the most significant advantages for the public is the elimination of information asymmetry. OBPPs operate through the RFQ mechanism integrated with recognised stock exchanges, ensuring that all bids and offers are visible in real time. Investors can benchmark prices against market-wide quotes, reducing reliance on opaque dealer negotiations. This enhances trust and enables more informed decision-making, particularly for retail investors who lack institutional bargaining power.

  •  Settlement Security and Reduced Counterparty Risk

Trades routed through OBPPs are mandatorily cleared via recognised clearing corporations, providing central counterparty protection. For retail participants, centralised settlement ensures that funds and securities are exchanged on a guaranteed basis, bolstering confidence in the integrity of the transaction process.

  •  Portfolio Diversification and Yield Optimisation

Access to corporate bonds through OBPPs enables retail investors to diversify beyond equity-linked products and low-yield bank deposits. Over time, this can contribute to a more balanced household investment portfolio, with fixed-income allocations aligned to long-term financial objectives.

  •  Accessibility and Inclusion

OBPPs provide retail investors with a digital entry point into a market previously dominated by institutional desks. By lowering the minimum investment size, from ₹ 10 Lakhs to ₹ 1 Lakh and option to issue plain vanilla instruments at ₹ 10,000 through private placement mode, standardising digital interfaces, these platforms allow individuals including first-time savers, small investors, and high-net-worth individuals to diversify beyond traditional instruments such as fixed deposits and small savings schemes.

PAVING THE ROADMAP FOR UNTAPPED RETAIL SEGMENT

SEBI has ensured that OBPPs cannot operate as opaque distribution channels. As technological penetration expands and investor education improves, India’s corporate bond market stands at the cusp of a structural transformation, aligning more closely with global best practices while addressing its own historical constraints.

The OBPP landscape presents a great-opportunity of India’s fixed-income markets, combining the scale of digital distribution with the rigour of securities market regulation. Success in this space will depend on sustaining operational discipline through scalable compliance ecosystems, robust data governance, and proactive market conduct oversight. This has opened the investment avenues for retail investors, thereby promoting and aligning to the objectives of SEBI to deepen the corporate bond market and investor protection.

Concert Camera Cartoon

Regulatory Referencer

DIRECT TAX: SPOTLIGHT

1. Partial Modification of Circular No. 3 of 2023 dated 28.03.2023 regarding consequences of PAN becoming inoperative as per Rule 114AAA of the Income-tax Rules, 1962 – Circular No. 9/2025 dated 21 July 2025.

CBDT vide Circular No. 03 of 2023 had specified that the consequences of PAN becoming inoperative as per Rule 114AAA of the Income-tax Rules, 1962 shall take effect from 1st July, 2023 and continue till the PAN becomes operative.

To address the grievances faced by deductor/collector of tax, CBDT has specified that there shall be no liability on the deductor/collector to deduct/collect the tax under section 206AA/206CC of the Act, in the following cases:

i. Where the amount is paid or credited from 1.04.2024 to 31.07.2025 and the PAN is made operative (as a result of linkage with Aadhaar) on or before 30.09.2025.

ii. Where the amount is paid or credited on or after 1.8.2025 and the PAN is made operative (as a result of linkage with Aadhaar) within two months from the end of the month in which the amount is paid or credited.

2. Relaxation of time limit for processing of returns of income filed electronically which were incorrectly invalidated by CPC – Circular No. 10/2025 dated 28 July 2025

CBDT provided that returns of income filed electronically upto 31.03.2024 which have been erroneously invalidated by CPC shall now be processed. The intimation under sub-section (1) of section 143 of the Act in respect of processing of such returns shall be sent to the assessees concerned by 31.03.2026.

FEMA

1. RBI allows AD banks to open ‘Special Rupee Vostro Accounts’ without prior approval for cross-border trade settlements 

RBI had put in place an additional arrangement for invoicing, payment and settlement of exports/imports in INR. However, under this arrangement, AD banks had to take prior approval of RBI to open Special Rupee Vostro Accounts (SRVAs) of correspondent banks. In a welcome move, AD banks can now open SRVAs without seeking prior approval from RBI. This would quicken the process for opening SRVAs.

[A.P. (DIR Series 2025-26) Circular No. 8, dated 5th August 2025]

2. RBI issues Draft regulations of Forex Guarantees for feedback

RBI has issued Draft FEM (Guarantees) Regulations, 2025. These regulations, once notified, will supersede Notification No. FEMA 8/2000-RB dated 3rd May 2000. This will impact all Indian residents involved in foreign exchange guarantees. Following are the underlying motivation for the proposed regulations:

a. The regulations are now principle-based. In general guarantees involving cross border transactions will be under automatic route, provided that the underlying transaction, and the transactions resulting from invocation of guarantee, are not in contravention of FEMA, 1999;

b. The universe of guarantees enabled under automatic route is being expanded, and therefore comprehensive reporting of all guarantees, issued and invoked, is proposed to be introduced.

Comments/feedback on the draft regulations may be submitted through the RBI website link under the ‘Connect 2 Regulate’ Section available on the RBI’s website i.e. https://www.rbi.org.in/scripts/Bs_Connect2Regulate.aspx or may be forwarded via email i.e. guaranteefeedback@rbi.org.in by September 4, 2025, with the subject line “Feedback on draft guarantee regulations under FEMA, 1999”.

[Press Release: 2025-2026/916, dated 14th August 2025]

Recent Developments in GST

A. ADVISORY

i) Vide GSTN dated 16.7.2025, information is provided that GST portal is now enabled to file appeal against waiver order (SPL-07).

ii) Vide GSTN dated 17.7.2025, information is provided about upcoming security enhancements.

iii) Vide GSTN dated 19.7.2025, information about reporting values in Table 3.2 of GSTR-3B is provided.

iv) Vide GSTN dated 20.7.2025, information regarding erroneous issuance of notice in GSTR-3A for non-filing of form GSTR-4 to cancelled Composition Taxpayer is provided.

B. ADVANCE RULINGS

ITC – PLANT AND MACHINERY NITTA GELATIN INDIA LIMITED

(AR ORDER NO.KER/19/2025 DATED: 27.06.2025) (KER)

The applicant M/s. Nitta Gelatin India Limited is a manufacturing company producing Gelatin and registered under GST Act 2017.

The Gelatin is manufactured by using Ossein, which is derived from animal bones. The appellant operates manufacturing unit at Koratty, Kerala for Ossein production and to enhance operational efficiency, the appellant has planned to construct a fresh water storage tank with 2,000 KL capacity and a guard pond (effluent storage tank) with 7,000 KL capacity. It is submitted that these facilities are crucial for maintaining uninterrupted plant operations through proper water storage and effluent management. The applicant has approached the Advance Ruling Authority to determine eligibility for claiming input tax credit of GST paid for goods and services used in this construction. The applicant has stated that these structures qualify as capital assets since they form an essential part of plant and machinery. The applicant’s contention was that ITC is not affected by section 17(5)(c) & (d) as it is not merely a civil structure but an essential component of the manufacturing process that supplies water for plant operations. Applicant has relied upon Explanations in above sections stating that foundations and structural supports for plant and machinery qualify for input tax credit and that it’s above civil structure portion should be classified as plant and machinery used in manufacturing.

The applicant also referred to TNAR order bearing No. 10/AAR/2021 dated 31.03.2021-2021-VIL-218-AAR, where input tax credit was allowed for a fire water reservoir construction when capitalized as plant and machinery, even though it was immovable property.

The Ld. AAR observed that fresh water tank and effluent guard ponds are immovable property and ITC would ordinarily be blocked unless they fall within the exception for “plant and machinery”. The Ld. AAR referred to Explanations in Section 17(5)(c) & (d) about “construction” and “plant and machinery” and reproduced same as under:

““Construction” includes re-construction, renovation, additions or alterations or repairs, to the extent of capitalisation, to the said immovable property. In other words, any capitalised construction activity related to immovable property is within the ambit of the ITC restriction.

“Plant and Machinery” is specifically defined to mean “apparatus, equipment, and machinery fixed to earth by foundation or structural support that are used for making outward supply of goods or services or both,” and this definition “includes such foundation and structural supports but excludes – (i) land, building or any other civil structures; (ii) telecommunication towers; and (iii) pipelines laid outside the factory premises.”

The Ld. AAR observed that the Explanations create an important exception that, even though something may be immovable property in the ordinary sense (being fixed to the earth), if it qualifies as “plant and machinery,” ITC on construction is not blocked under clauses (c) and (d) of Section 17(5) and ITC is eligible.

After discussing the case law of Safari Retreats Pvt. Ltd. (2024-VIL-45-SC) and the AR of TNAAR, the Ld. AAR concluded its observation as under:

“In conclusion, once the Fresh Water Storage Tank and the Guard Pond are functionally established as “plant and machinery” integral to the manufacturing operations of the applicant, the restrictions under Section 17(5)(c) and (d) of the CGST Act cease to apply. The statutory exclusion for immovable property does not extend to apparatus or equipment forming part of the production infrastructure. The ruling thereby aligns with the overarching objective of the GST framework to ensure seamless flow of credit and to avoid cascading of taxes on capital inputs used in the course of business. Accordingly, subject to the condition that the said structures are capitalised as plant and machinery and used in furtherance of the applicant’s taxable output, input tax credit on the goods and services used in their construction is admissible under law.”

Observing so, the Ld. AAR held that the ITC is eligible on above items subject to fact that they are capitalized as “plant and machinery”.

CLASSIFICATION – PVC RAINCOATS

ARISTOCRAT INDUSTRIES PVT. LTD.

(AAAR ORDER NO. 05/WBAAAR/APPEAL/2025 DATED 05.05.2025 DATE OF ORDER: 22.07.2025) (WB)

The appeal was filed by M/s. Aristocrat Industries Private Limited (hereinafter referred to as “the appellant”) against Advance Ruling Order No. 28/WBAAR/2024-25 dated 27.02.2025 – 2025-VIL-20-AAR, pronounced by WBAAR.

The appellant is engaged in the manufacture and supply of raincoats primarily composed of polyvinyl chloride (PVC), a synthetic polymer widely recognized for its durability and water-resistant properties, which makes it suitable for protective outerwear. The Appellant sought an AR on the following questions:

“Question 1: Whether PVC raincoats should be classified as plastic (HSN Code 3926) or textile (HSN Code 6201) items under GST?

Question 2: What should be the GST rate of PVC raincoat? If the price of PVC raincoat comes under ₹ 1000/- then does it attract 5% tax on it?”

The Ld. WBAAR ruled as under:

“Supply of PVC raincoat as manufactured by the applicant would be covered under Heading 3926 and would attract tax @ 18% vide entry no. 111 of Schedule – III of Notification No. 01/2017-Central Tax (Rate) dated 28.06.2017 [corresponding West Bengal State Notification No.1125 F.T. dated 28.06.2017], as amended.”

This appeal is against above ruling.

The Ld. AAR observed that the entire GST rate system of goods is based on HSN and it is the HSN classification of a particular item which determines the GST rate. The Ld. AAAR further observed that for present controversy it is necessary to identify whether the raincoats in question fall under HSN Chapter 39 or Chapter 62.

The Ld. AAAR observed that the PVC is nothing but plastic. The Ld. AAAR also concurred with findings of AAR which was based on process involved.

The Ld. AAAR noted that the AAR has studied process of manufacture of PVC sheets and based on same it has arrived to the finding that the raincoats manufactured by appellant are made from non-woven product as it employs a fusion method, wherein the parts are thermally or chemically bonded to form a seamless, non-woven product, which clearly suggests that PVC raincoats are made by sealing sheets of plastics.

The Ld. AAAR also held that Chapters 39 and 62 are mutually exclusive and clearly indicates that plastic raincoats under Chapter 39 are not to be treated as raincoats covered under chapter 62.

The Ld. AAAR, therefore, observed that PVC is correctly classified as a synthetic polymer of plastic and not a woven textile.

Accordingly, the Ld. AAAR confirmed the AR passed by WBAAR and held that the item PVC raincoats, being apparel, which is primarily composed of polyvinyl chloride (PVC), would be classifiable under HSN Code 3926 and liable to tax @18%.

GOVERNMENT AUTHORITY VIS-À-VIS FUNCTIONS UNDER ARTICLE 243W

BANGALORE METRO RAIL CORPORATION LIMITED

(AAR ORDER NO. KAR ADRG 30/2025 DATED 28.07.2025 (KAR)

The Ld. AAR has an important issue to decide.

The applicant, M/s. Bangalore Metro Rail Corporation is a company incorporated under the Companies Act, 1956. It is a joint venture of Government of India and Government of Karnataka (both the Government(s) holding 50% equity shareholding) and is a Special Purpose Vehicle entrusted with the responsibility of implementation and operation of Bangalore Metro Rail Project.

The applicant has taken up metro project of north south corridor measuring 17 km long at estimated cost of ₹ 4,202 crores. The Applicant will be absolute owner of the entire Metro network, tracks and Metro stations along with the structures constructed thereon within the jurisdiction of Bangalore City. The Applicant, with an intention to augment funds for the metro project, has identified and invited applications from private entities/companies to partly fund the total project cost. M/s Embassy Property Developments Private Limited (“EPDPL” or “Concessionaire”) had agreed to invest certain amount for construction of the “Kadubeesanahalli Metro Station” on the Outer Ring Road, in consideration of which the applicant is to grant certain concessions to EPDPL.

The applicant wanted to know taxability of the consideration so received by it, and hence raised following questions:

“a) Whether the Applicant is a “Government Authority” vide Paragraph-2(zf) of Notification no. 12/2017-CT (Rate) dated 28.06.2017 as amended from time to time and would fall within the scope of Sl.No.4 of the said exemption notification?

b) Whether the activity of grant of concession in terms of MOU dated 04.06.2018 to the “Concessionaire” is eligible for exemption from payment of GST vide Sl.Nos.4 of exemption notification no. 12/2017-CT (Rate) dated 28.06.2017. Consequently, no GST needs to be discharged by the Applicant on such activity?”

By a Memorandum of Understanding (“MOU”) dated 04.06.2018 the various concessions to be granted to EPDPL were crystalized, few of which are as under:

  • Concessionaire entitled to maximum of 2 access points from concourse level of station or from walkway from where connecting bridge can be constructed at own cost
  • Allow to give prefix to the name of station.
  • Exclusively entitled to utilize 1000 sq. ft of wall space in station premise for advertising activities or may monetarily exploit the same by sharing it with any person.
  • Concessionaire shall be exclusively entitled to an area measuring 3000 sq. ft located in station for commercial development which shall include retail stores, food and beverage and other kiosks or may monetarily exploit the same by sharing it with any person.

For above grant of concessions, the applicant is to get an amount of Rs.100 crores from concessionaire in instalments linked to the phases of construction and execution of the project work undertaken.

The duration of MOU is decided as 30 years.

The applicant was canvassing that it is not liable to pay GST on amount to be received from EPDPL in light of exemption vide Sl. No.4 of notification no. 12/2017-CT (Rate) dated 28.06.2017.

The applicant has elaborated the eligibility to exemption based on entries in Article 243W of Constitution of India, particularly provision of urban amenities and facilities.

The Ld. AAR referred to meaning of “Government Authority” provided in para 2(zf) in the above notification no.12/2017-CT (R) dated 28.6.2017.

The Ld. AAR observed that the applicant is a commercial entry and undertakes the works relevant to their business and do not carry out the said work for / on behalf of the municipality (the Municipal Corporation for Bangalore).

Regarding heavy reliance of providing public amenities, the Ld. AAR observed that the public amenities become the property of the Local Government i.e. concerned municipality but in present case, it is owned by applicant itself. It is held that such self-ownership property cannot take colour of public amenities. Since the applicant is not fulfilling conditions of carrying out work entrusted to municipality, the Ld. AAR held that the applicant is not Government Authority and not entitled to exemption.

EXEMPTION – SERVICES TO GOVERNMENT VIS-À-VIS GOVERNMENT ENTITY ETHNUS CONSULTANCY SERVICES PVT. LTD.

(AAR ORDER NO. KAR ADRG 25/2025 DATED 28.07.2025 (KAR)

The Applicant M/s. Ethnus Consultancy Services Pvt. Ltd. is a training and skill development company providing necessary employability skills, certification and placement support to the youth of India.

The applicant has sought advance ruling in respect of the following questions:

“(i) As per Notification 12/2017, Sl. No. 72, Chapter 99, Heading 9992 reads “Services provided to the Central Government, State Government, Union territory administration under any training programme for which total expenditure is borne by the Central Government, State Government, Union territory administration”, is Nil rated. Is this applicable to our organization when it provides services to Government under any training programme?

(ii) Whether income earned from Karnataka Skill Development Corporation by implementing skill development program “Kalike Jothege Kaushalya” under the CMKKY scheme of Govt. of Karnataka, results to taxable supply of services?”

The Applicant states that they are training at skill development company providing necessary employability skills, certification and placement support to the youth of India.

The Applicant explained that they work with multiple State Govts. as one of their implementation partners to deliver skill development programs to the youth of those respective states and currently they work with Karnataka Skill Development Corporation Ltd. (Govt. of Karnataka undertaking) and other such State entities. It was further submitted that Government skill development programs are funded by the respective state governments, through its skills development departments / bodies / corporations.

In view of above, the applicant submitted that its activity is exempt as per Notification 12/2017, Sl. No. 72, which provides that the “Services provided to the Central Government, State Government, Union territory administration under any training programme for which total expenditure is borne by the Central Government, State Government, Union territory administration”, covered under Chapter 99, Heading 9992 is exempt from levy of GST.

The applicant interpreted that as per the above notification, for any or all training programmes, which are wholly funded by a government through its departments / bodies / corporations, the GST rate will be Nil.

The Ld. AAR made reference to entry 72 and reproduced the same in AAR.

Analysing the said entry, the Ld. AAR found that following conditions are required to be fulfilled.

“a) The services should be provided to the Central Government or State Government or Union territory.

b) Services provided should be in the form of training programme and

c) 75% or more of the total expenditure is borne by the Central Government or State Government or Union territory.”

The Ld. AAR found that applicant is providing services to KSDC, which is an independent legal entity, distinct from state government. It is held that the applicant is not providing services to the Central Government or State Government or Union territory. The Ld. AAR observed that the first condition itself is not satisfied and therefore without going into the validation of remaining conditions, the Ld. AAR held that applicant do not get exemption under above entry 72 of Notification no. 12/2017-Central Tax (Rate) dated 28.06.2017 and held the activity as liable to GST.

EXEMPTION – ONLINE TRANSFORMATIVE PLATFORM

SISINTY PRIVATE LIMITED

(AAR ORDER NO. KAR ADRG 27/2025 DATED 28.07.2025 (KAR)

The Applicant M/s. Sisinty Pvt. Ltd. is a Private Limited Company, engaged in activity of an online transformative upskilling platform, designed to enhance the skills of working tech professionals and bridge the gap between the Tech industry and Tech education. The applicant intends to provide a course in collaboration with the National Skill Development Corporation (NSDC), a non-profit company. The applicant is also an approved training partner under the “Market Led Fee-Based Services”, one of the schemes implemented by the NSDC.

The applicant has sought advance ruling in respect of the following questions:

“i. What is the applicable GST on the services provided by the applicant under the “Market led Fee-based Services Scheme”?

ii. Whether the applicant is eligible for exemption under entry 69 of Notification No. 12/2017-Central Tax (Rate) dated 28-6-2017?”

The applicant elaborated that NSDC implements National Skill Development programs and proposes various schemes; approves different entities to carry out these programs and grants them the status of ‘Approved Training Partner’.

The applicant further stated that under the ‘Market Led Fee-Based Services’ scheme, they had submitted a proposal that was accepted by NSDC, resulting in them being recognized as an Approved Training Partner. As per the procedure, applicant must upload details of candidates enrolled in the scheme on the Skill India Portal (SIP) within 15 days of starting a batch and NSDC monitors the number of candidates uploaded on the SIP and tracks whether they meet the training targets specified in the Business Plan of the term sheet. NSDC has right to terminate the partnership if the partner fails to meet these targets.

Under above facts, the applicant submitted that it is eligible to exemption under entry 69 of Notification no.12/2017-Central Tax (Rate) dated 28.6.2017.

The Ld. AAR made reference to entry 69 of Notification no. 12/2017-Central Tax (Rate) dated 28.6.2017 and observed from the said entry that any services provided by a training partner, approved by the National Skill Development Corporation, in relation to the National Skill Development Programme or any other scheme implemented by the National Skill Development Corporation, covered under SAC 9983 or 9991 or 9992 is exempt unconditionally, subject to fulfilment of the following conditions.

“(i) the service provider must be a training partner approved by the NSDC and

(ii) the training has to be in relation to the National Skill Development Programme or any other scheme implemented by the National Skill Development Corporation.”

The Ld. AAR observed that the applicant fulfils the above conditions for its training courses in relation to “Market Led Fee Based Services” scheme and held that the applicant’s above activity is eligible for exemption under entry 69 of Notification no.12/2017-Central Tax (Rate) dated 28.6.2017.

Goods And Services Tax

HIGH COURT

44. (2025) 30 Centax 95 (All.) Arena
Superstructures Pvt. Ltd. vs. Union of India
dated 21.04.2025

Once a Resolution Plan is approved by the NCLT, no fresh claims can be raised thereafter by anyone including by tax authorities

FACTS

Petitioner went into the Corporate Insolvency Resolution Process (CIRP) on 10.10.2020. A formal notice was issued to respondent informing them of the commencement of the CIRP process by resolution professional. On 19.07.2022, the National Company Law Tribunal (NCLT) approved the Resolution Plan. However, on 04.02.2025, the respondent passed an order confirming demand for F.Y. 2017–18 under section 74(9) of the CGST Act. Being aggrieved, the petitioner filed a writ petition before the Hon’ble High Court.

HELD

The Hon’ble High Court relying on the decisions of the Apex Court in N.S. Papers Ltd. Writ Tax No. 408 of 2021 and Vaibhav Goel [Civil Appeal No. 49 of 2022], held that once a Resolution Plan is approved by the NCLT, all other creditors are barred from raising any further claims, as it would disrupt the resolution process. Consequently, the Court held that the impugned assessment order and demand notice were liable to be set aside.

45. (2025) 32 Centex 101 (H.P)
Shyama Power India LTD vs. State of H.P.
dated 11.07.2025

Deposit or reversal of ITC made “under protest” does not amount to admission of liability and cannot be the basis for imposing interest or penalty 

FACTS

Petitioner was engaged in providing construction services for transmission lines and sub-stations. An audit for the financial years 2017-18 and 2018-19 was carried out by the respondent. During the audit, the respondent alleged wrongful availment of ITC amounting to ₹ 1.11 crores from certain suppliers. Under continuous pressure from the respondent, the petitioner reversed the disputed ITC “under protest” while contesting the liability. SCN was issued and respondent passed an order under section 74 of the HP GST Act, imposing interest of ₹ 1.32 crores and penalty of ₹ 1.11 crores by treating the reversal of ITC made as an admitted liability. Being aggrieved by such order, the petitioner approached the Hon’ble High Court.

HELD

The Hon’ble High Court held that any amount deposited or ITC reversed “under protest” cannot be treated as an admission of liability. Such payment is not voluntary and therefore cannot justify imposition of interest and penalty. The Court further observed that the reversal of ITC could not be directed merely on suspicion without any independent investigation by the respondent. Accordingly, the order passed under section 74 imposing interest and penalty was quashed.

46. (2025) 32 Centax 238 (Del.)
Directorate General of GST Intelligence vs. Rakesh Kumar Goyal
dated 27.06.2025

Once a charge sheet is filed, bail granted remains unaffected unless there is a risk of absconding, witness influence or evidence tampering 

FACTS

Respondent was alleged to have fraudulently availed and utilised ITC through fake invoices in his companies. On the strength of such invoices, Respondent fraudulently claimed IGST refunds on exports, resulting in a revenue loss of about r 61 crores. Respondent was arrested and bail was initially denied twice but later on granted by the Chief Metropolitan Magistrate (CMM) after filing of the chargesheet. Being aggrieved by the grant of bail, the petitioner approached the Hon’ble High Court for recalling the bail.

HELD

The Hon’ble High Court held that once the chargesheet has been filed, the grant of bail cannot be recalled arbitrarily without satisfying the existence of any of the circumstances in triple test namely risk of absconding, influencing witnesses, or tampering with evidence. Since the case rested mainly on documentary evidence, there was neither such risk nor has the respondent shown any sign that he will flee away. Since there was no misuse of liberty after grant of the bail, the Court upheld the CMM’s discretion and dismissed the petitioner’s petition to recall the bail.

47. (2025) 31 Centax 305 (Mad.)
Tamilnadu State Transport Corporation (Villupuram) Ltd. vs. Additional Commissioner of Central Tax, Chennai
dated 14.03.2025

Interest liability would not arise where amount of tax is already deposited in the Electronic Cash Ledger on or before the due date of filing return even if actual offset in GSTR 3B is done subsequently after the due date 

FACTS

Petitioner could not file GSTR-3B returns for the period July 2017 to July 2019 due to various DSC-related technical glitches on the GST portal. Nevertheless, the petitioner deposited the exact output tax liability each month into the Electronic Cash Ledger (ECL) before the due dates of filing GSTR 3B. Respondent issued a SCN proposing levy of interest on delay in filing of Returns. Petitioner contested such demand for interest by raising multiple objections in their response. However, the respondent rejected objections raised in the submissions and confirmed the demand. Being aggrieved by impugned order, the petitioner approached the Hon’ble High Court.

HELD

The Hon’ble High Court, relying on its own decision in the case of Eicher Motors Ltd. vs. Superintendent of GST & Central Excise Range-II (2024) 2024 (81) G.S.T.L. 418/(2024) 14 Centax 323 (Mad.) and referring to proviso of Rule 88B(1) of CGST Rules, 2017 held that interest liability ceases, once the amount of tax is deposited in ECL and such balance continues till date of filing of return. The writ petition was accordingly disposed of in favour of the petitioner.

48. [2025] 177 taxmann.com 245 (Calcutta)
R.P. Techsoft International (P.) Ltd. vs. Deputy Commissioner of Revenue
dated 23.07.2025

Adjudicating authorities cannot deny transitional credit solely based on the Counterpart Officer’s verification report under CBIC Circular No. 182/14/2022-GST dated 10.11.2022, without independently considering the assessee’s objections and comments, as this constitutes a violation of natural justice.

FACTS

A fresh claim of transitional credit made by the writ petitioner after the decision of the Supreme Court in Union of India vs. Filco Trade Centre Pvt. Ltd. (2022) 142 taxmann.com 89/93 GST 233/64 GSTL 385 (SC) in terms of Circular No. 180/12/2022-GST dated 09.09.2022 was denied by the State Tax Authority, wholly relying upon the Verification Report submitted by the Central Tax Authority, setting out certain reasons for denying transitional credit to the appellant. The procedure in such cases is outlined in CBIC Circular No.182/14/2022-GST dated 10.11.2022, which mandates the counterpart officer to verify the transitional credit claim (TRAN-1/TRAN-2) and submit a report to the jurisdictional officer within 10 days. Based on this report, the jurisdictional officer may request documents, issue a notice for any inadmissible credit, and provide an opportunity for a hearing before passing the final order.

HELD

The Hon’ble Court observed that the State Tax Authority followed guidelines up to a particular point that is, up to the stage of issuing a notice, and allowed the petitioner to submit their rebuttal. However, he believed that he was bound by the opinion expressed in the verification report of the Central Tax Authority. Therefore, without taking an independent decision on the matter and without considering the grounds raised in rebuttal by the petitioner, he passed the impugned Order.

The Hon’ble Court held that as per the guidelines issued (and in particular in para 5.3.7 thereof), it is clear that the State Tax Authority should consider the verification report as of the Central Tax Authority as an information, furnish copy thereof to the dealer/RTP, invite their objections and request for comments to be furnished by the Central Tax Authority on the objections raised by the Registered Tax Payer (RTP) and thereafter afford an opportunity of personal hearing to the RTP and then take a decision by passing a reasoned order. Consequently, an order passed without taking an independent decision on the matter and without considering the grounds raised in the rebuttal by the appellant/writ petitioner, has to be held a violation of the principle of natural justice and not in accordance with the policy guideline framed by the Central Board and warrants interference.

The appeal was thus allowed, and the matter was remanded back to the said authority to be decided afresh after taking note of the said circulars, and after affording a fresh opportunity of personal hearing to the petitioner.

49. [2025] 177 taxmann.com 234 (Allahabad)
J.T. Steel Traders vs. State of U.P
dated 28.07.2025

At the time of the survey, if excess stock is found, the proceedings against the same should be initiated under sections 73/74 and not under section 130 of the CGST Act.

FACTS

A survey was conducted at the business premises of the petitioner by the authorities, and the stock was assessed based on eye measurement and it was held that excess stock was found. However, the actual weighing of the stock was not done by the respondents – authorities. The department initiated the proceedings under section 130 of the GST Act against the petitioner instead of taking recourse to the proceedings under sections 73/74 of the GST Act.

HELD

Referring to the decision in the case of Dinesh Kumar Pradeep Kumar vs. Additional Commissioner Grade 2  [2024] 165 taxmann.com 166 (Allahabad) and Maa Mahamaya Alloys Pvt. Ltd 2023 (73) G.S.T.L. 612 (All.), the Court held that the law is clear on the subject that the proceedings under section 130 of the GST Act cannot be put to service if excess stock is found at the time of survey. The Hon’ble Court in those cases, inter alia, referred to provisions of section 35(6) of the CGST Act which provides that where the registered person fails to account for the goods or services, the proper officer shall determine the amount of tax payable on such goods or services or both that are not accounted for under the provisions of section 73 or section 74 or section 74A of the Act.

50. [2025] 177 taxmann.com 128 (Karnataka)
Shyamaraju and Co (India) (P.) Ltd vs. Deputy Commissioner of Commercial Taxes (Audit) Bangalore
dated 18.07.2025

Once the tax on the entire property, including 30% share of landowner, is discharged by the developer under the Joint Development Agreement and the said arrangement is accepted and verified by the department in proceedings against the developer, the authorities cannot demand tax again from the land-owner by taking a diametrically opposite stand in respect of the same development agreement. 

FACTS

The petitioner challenges the adjudication order where the tax authority held that, due to the unregistered Joint Development Agreement (JDA) with M/s.  DivyaSree Projects (Developer), no development rights were transferred to the developer. Consequently, the petitioner, being the owner, was held liable for GST on the entire property. However, two days before the impugned order, another departmental officer had passed an order in relation to the developer by concluding that the GST liability in relation to the entire property was to be fastened and discharged by the said developer, according to which the said developer had discharged the whole liability.

HELD

The Hon’ble Court held that the aforesaid facts and circumstances are sufficient to conclude that the adjudication order passed against the developer, pursuant to which the said person discharged the entire GST liability in relation to the entire property including the 30% share of the petitioner under the Joint Development Agreement, and once the developer makes the payment, the question of demanding payment once again from the petitioner would not arise, as it would lead to the double taxation. The Hon’ble Court further held that once the departmental officer has already acted upon the said unregistered agreement in the developer’s matter, the petitioner’s adjudicating officer is estopped from denying the said agreement and taking a diametrically opposite stand and rendering a contrary finding.

51. [2025] 177 taxmann.com 10 (Madras)
Rebekah Metals vs. Deputy Commercial Tax Officer
dated 22.07.2025

If a taxpayer does not respond to a notice served through a particular mode, the officer must explore alternative modes such as RPAD under section 169; failure to do so constitutes inadequate opportunity for effective service to the assessee.

FACTS

The authorities issued all notices/communications to the petitioner by uploading them on the GST common portal of the petitioner. Since the petitioner was not aware of the said notices, they failed to file their reply within the time. Under these circumstances, the impugned order came to be passed by the respondent without providing any opportunity of personal hearing to the petitioner. Aggrieved by the same, the petitioner filed a writ.

HELD

The Hon’ble Court held that while uploading notices on the portal is a valid mode of service, if a petitioner does not respond, the officer should consider other modes of service prescribed under section 169 of the GST Act and merely issuing repeated reminders and passing ex parte orders without doing so amounts to empty formality and leads to unnecessary litigation. The Hon’ble Court thus held that when there is no response from the tax payer to the notice sent through a particular mode, the Officer who is issuing notices should strictly explore the possibilities of sending notices through some other mode as prescribed in section 169(1) of the Act, preferably by way of RPAD, which would ultimately achieve the object of the GST Act. Accordingly, the impugned order was to be set aside, and the matter was to be remanded for fresh consideration.

The Power of Gratitude

“Gratitude turns what we have into enough.”

– Anonymous

Gratitude is one of the most powerful yet underrated emotions a human being can feel. It is the ability to recognize and appreciate the good in our lives—be it something as grand as achieving a lifelong dream or as simple as a smile from a stranger. Often, in our busy routines, we forget to pause and notice the blessings around us. Gratitude is not merely a polite “thank you”; it is a deep awareness that we already have reasons to be content and joyful.

Human nature tends to focus on problems, shortcomings, and unmet desires. We measure our happiness against what we lack rather than what we have. This mindset often leads to dissatisfaction and stress. Gratitude helps us break this cycle by changing the way we look at life.

When we consciously choose to notice the good—whether it’s good health, a supportive family, or a simple act of kindness—it shifts our mental state from scarcity to abundance. This is why Oprah Winfrey famously said, “Be thankful for what you have; you’ll end up having more.” By focusing on blessings instead of burdens, we create space for peace and happiness to grow.

“It’s not happiness that makes us grateful, it’s gratitude that makes us happy.” – David Steindl-Rast

Gratitude is not just personal—it is social. When we express appreciation to people around us, we strengthen relationships. Think about it: when someone sincerely thanks you for something, you feel valued and motivated to do more.

In families, gratitude nurtures love and understanding. In friendships, it builds trust and loyalty. In workplaces, it boosts morale and teamwork. Even small gestures—like telling a colleague “I appreciate your help” or sending a message to a friend saying “I’m glad you’re in my life”—can create deep connections. Gratitude acts like glue that holds relationships together.

“A moment of gratitude makes a difference in your attitude.” – Bruce Wilkinson

Gratitude is not just an emotional concept; it is scientifically proven to be beneficial for both the mind and the body. Studies from leading universities show that practicing gratitude reduces stress and anxiety, improves sleep quality, strengthens immunity, lowers blood pressure & boosts happiness hormones like dopamine and serotonin.

In other words, gratitude is a natural antidepressant with no side effects. It has the ability to rewire our brain to focus more on positive experiences and less on negative ones.

“Gratitude is the healthiest of all human emotions.” – Zig Ziglar

Many people think gratitude comes naturally, but in reality, it must be cultivated. There are several practical ways to make gratitude part of daily life:

  •  Gratitude Journal: Write down three things you are thankful for each night before bed.
  •  Morning Reflection: Begin the day by mentally listing blessings, such as good health, shelter, or opportunities.
  •  Expressing Thanks: Regularly tell people you appreciate them—in person, by message, or through a handwritten note.
  •  Mindful Moments: Pause during the day to notice small joys—a warm cup of tea, the sound of rain, or a child’s laughter.

When gratitude becomes a habit, it changes not only how we see the world but also how the world responds to us.

“Gratitude is a habit of the heart.” – Alexis de Tocqueville

A year ago, I faced one of the most painful chapters of my life. I lost the most important person to me. Alongside my grief, I had responsibilities piling up, bills to manage, and a family to care for. Every day felt heavy, and I could only see what was going wrong.

One evening, while speaking to an old friend, I shared my worries. She didn’t offer advice; instead, she said, “Rati, every night before you sleep, write down three things you’re grateful for. No matter how small, find them.”

At first, it felt impossible. My initial lists included only basic things like “I have a roof over my head” and “I had a meal today.” But over time, my awareness grew. I began to notice my mother’s soothing voice when she called to check on me, my children’s laughter echoing through the house, the kindness of a neighbour who brought groceries without being asked, and the quiet beauty of a sunrise after a long night.

These little moments became my anchors. My problems didn’t vanish, but my heart felt lighter. I realized that even in grief and uncertainty, there were still gifts in my life worth noticing. That shift in perspective gave me the strength to move forward.

“Gratitude turns pain into acceptance, chaos into order, and confusion into clarity.” – Melody Beattie

It is easy to be grateful when everything is going well. The real power of gratitude is revealed during adversity. When challenges arise, gratitude helps us focus on what remains instead of what is lost. It doesn’t mean ignoring pain – it means choosing to also see the good that coexists with it.

Gratitude, in these moments, becomes a source of resilience. It tells us, “Yes, this is hard, but there is still something here to hold on to.”

“When it rains, look for rainbows. When it’s dark, look for stars.” – Oscar Wilde

Gratitude is not just a reaction to receiving something – it is a way of living. It costs nothing, yet it enriches every aspect of our lives. It makes us more present, more content, and more connected to others.

To me, gratitude is like the sunrise after a long, dark night—a gentle whisper that says, “Look, there is still light.” When we embrace gratitude daily, we do not just change how we feel; we change how we live. And that is the true power of gratitude.

“Gratitude is the fairest blossom which springs from the soul.” – Henry Ward Beecher.

Miscellanea

1. SPORTS

#Training for Life: Perseverance Strength and Conditioning Utilizes Fitness to Shape Stronger Futures

When people hear the word “fitness,” most think of visible muscles, faster sprints, or heavier lifts. However, true fitness is preparation for life itself. Strength isn’t just about the body. It also encompasses mindset, identity, discipline, and resilience. At Perseverance Strength and Conditioning (PSC), a performance-based coaching company with the ability to conduct programs across the US, fitness is redefined. PSC sees it as a means of developing life skills, self-awareness, and character. The company helps individuals, especially the youth, learn how to persevere through discomfort so they can thrive in every dimension of their lives.

PSC’s model is a response to a growing and concerning trend in public health, which has been building in schools, households, and communities across the country. The world is becoming more sedentary and overstimulated. Children and teens aren’t moving enough, and the consequences are unfolding in real time.

According to the US Physical Activity Guidelines for Americans, those ages six to 17 must get at least 60 minutes of physical activity per day. Yet most aren’t even close. Only 20% to 28% meet this requirement. What’s the outcome? “The problem isn’t just preventing obesity or managing weight,” says PSC founder Pablo Ambrosio. “The lack of movement can impact mental health, emotional regulation, academic performance, and long-term health outcomes.”

These gaps are compounded by another issue. The 2014 School Health Policies and Practices Study revealed that only around 3-4% of elementary, middle, and high schools require daily physical education. PSC aims to help address these problems.

The company’s mission revolves around the belief that physical fitness isn’t only about performance but also preparation. PSC recognises that schools are struggling to offer meaningful physical education while simultaneously watching athletic participation rise. Instead of asking schools to take on more, PSC embeds its coaches and curriculum directly into school communities.

It partners primarily with boarding schools and educational institutions, offering a full-time presence that blends physical training, mindset development, and sustainable nutrition education into the daily lives of students. By partnering directly with schools, PSC offers certified strength coaches who serve as on-campus guides, working with students, faculty, parents, and broader school communities.

These coaches become mentors, educators, and role models. They design programs tailored to each individual’s biomechanics through personalized movement assessments, and they use nutrition education to replace fad diets with practical, long-term approaches to health.

It’s worth noting that this model is financially sustainable. Schools can avoid the high cost and liability of hiring their own strength staff. At the same time, they can gain access to a turnkey performance solution grounded in research, character development, and real-world outcomes.

PSC further stands out for reframing fitness as a “low-stakes laboratory” for high-stakes life lessons. Students are taught to see failure not as a threat, but as a teacher. The company operates on a guiding mantra: “Win or learn.” Whether a missed rep, a bad day, or a tough conversation, PSC helps young people practice discomfort in a way that builds true resilience.

That ability to stay grounded in difficult moments is cultivated through PSC’s “Axiom Framework.” Stemming from the mathematical idea of an undeniable truth, this model guides students through a structured introspective process to develop their own “I am” statements. These are declarations of identity that reflect who they are and who they aspire to be. These axioms, such as “I am resilient” or “I am powerful,” become mental anchors during times of challenge. They’re tested in the gym and then carried into the classroom, into relationships, and into everyday life.

“Our goal isn’t to produce athletes who only work hard when coaches are watching,” says Ambrosio. “We want to support individuals who are intrinsically driven and self-aware. We want them anchored in a sense of identity that has been tested and proven through struggle.”

Amid a national crisis in youth health, Perseverance Strength and Conditioning is reimagining what strength education can be. It demonstrates that when
young people are equipped with the tools to handle physical, mental, and emotional challenges, they not only become better athletes. They’re growing into better individuals.

(Source: International Business Times – By Callum Turner – 16 July 2025)

2. WORLD NEWS – CULTURE

#Sarajevo Street Art Marks Out Brighter Future

Bullet holes still pockmark many Sarajevo buildings; others threaten collapse under disrepair, but street artists in the Bosnian capital are using their work to reshape a city steeped in history.

A half-pipe of technicolour snakes its way through the verdant Mount Trebevic, once an Olympic bobsled route — now layered in ever-changing art.

“It’s a really good place for artists to come here to paint, because you can paint here freely,” Kerim Musanovic told AFP, spraycan in hand as he repaired his work on the former site of the 1984
Sarajevo Games.

Retouching his mural of a dragon, his painting’s gallery is this street art hotspot between the pines.

Like most of his work, he paints the fantastic, as far removed from the divisive political slogans that stain walls elsewhere in the Balkan nation.

“I want to be like a positive view. When you see my murals or my artworks, I don’t want people to think too much about it.

“It’s for everyone.”

During the Bosnian war, 1992-1995, Sarajevo endured the longest siege in modern conflict, as Bosnian Serb forces encircled and bombarded the city for 44 months.

Attacks on the city left over 11,500 people dead, injured 50,000 and forced tens of thousands to flee.

But in the wake of a difficult peace, that divided the country into two autonomous entities, Bosnia’s economy continues to struggle leaving the physical scars of war still evident around the city almost three decades on.

“After the war, segregation, politics, and nationalism were very strong, but graffiti and hip-hop broke down all those walls and built new bridges between generations,” local muralist Adnan Hamidovic, also known as rapper Frenkie, said.

Frenkie vividly remembers being caught by police early in his career, while tagging trains bound for Croatia in the northwest Bosnian town of Tuzla.

The 43-year-old said the situation was still tense then, with police suspecting he was doing “something political”.

For the young artist, only one thing mattered: “Making the city your own”.

Graffiti was a part of Sarajevo life even during the war, from signs warning of sniper fire to a bulletproof barrier emblazoned with the words “Pink Floyd” — a nod to the band’s 1979 album The Wall.

Sarajevo Roses — fatal mortar impact craters filled with red resin — remain on pavements and roads around the city as a memorial to those killed in the strikes.

When he was young, Frenkie said the thrill of illegally painting gripped him, but it soon became “a form of therapy” combined with a desire to do something significant in a country still recovering from war.

“Sarajevo, after the war, you can imagine, it was a very, very dark place,” he said at Manifesto gallery where he exhibited earlier this year.

“Graffiti brought life into the city and also colour.”

Sarajevo’s annual Fasada festival, first launched in 2021, has helped promote the city’s muralists while also repairing buildings, according to artist and founder Benjamin Cengic.

“We look for overlooked neighbourhoods, rundown facades,” Cengic said.

His team fixes the buildings that will also act as the festival’s canvas, sometimes installing insulation and preserving badly damaged homes in the area.

The aim is to “really work on creating bonds between local people, between artists”.

(Source: International Business Times – By Anne Sophie LABADIE, Rusmir SMAJILHOZDIC – 28 July 2025)

3. WORLD NEWS

# With Poetry and Chants, Omanis Strive to Preserve Ancient Language

Against the backdrop of southern Oman’s lush mountains, men in traditional attire chant ancient poems in an ancient language, fighting to keep alive a spoken tradition used by just two percent of the population.

Sitting under a tent, poet Khalid Ahmed al-Kathiri recites the verses, while men clad in robes and headdresses echo back his words in the vast expanse.

“Jibbali poetry is a means for us to preserve the language and teach it to the new generation,” Kathiri, 41, told AFP.

The overwhelming majority of Omanis speak Arabic, but in the mountainous coastal region of Dhofar bordering Yemen, people speak Jibbali, also known as Shehri.

Researcher Ali Almashani described it as an “endangered language” spoken by no more than 120,000 people in a country of over five million.

While AFP was interviewing the poet, a heated debate broke out among the men over whether the language should be called Jibbali — meaning “of the mountains” — or Shehri, and whether it was an Arabic dialect.

Almashani said it was a fully-fledged language with its own syntax and grammar, historically used for composing poetry and proverbs and recounting legends.

The language predates Arabic, and has origins in Semitic south Arabian languages, he said.

He combined both names in his research to find a middle ground.

“It’s a very old language, deeply rooted in history,” Almashani said, adding that it was “protected by the isolation of Dhofar”.

“The mountains protected it from the west, the Empty Quarter from the north, and the Indian Ocean from the south. This isolation built an ancient barrier around it,” he said.

But remoteness is no guarantee for survival.

Other languages originating from Dhofar like Bathari are nearly extinct, “spoken only by three or four people,” he said.

Some fear Jibbali could meet the same fate.

Thirty-five-year-old Saeed Shamas, a social media advocate for Dhofari heritage, said it was vital for him to raise his children in a Jibbali-speaking environment to help keep the language alive.

Children in Dhofar grow up speaking the mother-tongue of their ancestors, singing along to folk songs and memorising ancient poems.

“If everyone around you speaks Jibbali, from your father, to your grandfather, and mother, then this is the dialect or language you will speak,” he said.

The ancient recited poetry and chants also preserve archaic vocabulary no longer in use, Shamas told AFP.

Arabic is taught at school and understood by most, but the majority of parents speak their native language with their children, he said.

After the poetry recital, a group of young children nearby told AFP they “prefer speaking Jibbali over Arabic”.

But for Almashani, the spectre of extinction still looms over a language that is not taught in school or properly documented yet.

There have been recent efforts towards studying Jibbali, with Oman’s Vision 2040 economic plan prioritising heritage preservation.

Almashani and a team of people looking to preserve their language are hoping for support from Dhofar University for their work on a dictionary with about 125,000 words translated into Arabic and English.

The project will also include a digital version with a pronunciation feature for unique sounds that can be difficult to convey in writing.

(Source: International Business Times – By Maha Loubaris – 10 August 2025)

Cobra Effect

‘Cobra Effect’ is an interesting observation in the field of advertising and marketing. It is based on the unpredictability of human mind or psychology. A particular thing is conceived or done with a particular good intention. However, its effect is exactly the opposite! That leads to amusing situations.

During Britishers’ time, once in Delhi, there was lot of nuisance and terror created by snakes that had grown in multiple numbers! On roads and everywhere, snakes were moving freely. Just as we have street dogs, rats, etc.

Britishers announced a reward for the person who would kill a snake and bring its body to the Government office. Initially, its good effect was felt. However, later, it was observed that the number of snakes was increasing!

On investigation, the ingenuity of fertile Indian brain came to the light! Few people started breeding snakes at their home! They used to kill them and claim reward.

This phenomenon came to be known as ‘Cobra Effect’. There are many such instances in the history of this ‘Cobra Effect’. It arises because the pious thinkers / planners often fail to anticipate the opposite consequences.

In 2008, Tatas introduced Nano car to make it affordable to a common (less resourceful man). Its intention was also to provide safety to the persons using two wheelers. Intentions were pious and laudable. However, the rich or elite thought that it was below their dignity and the less resourceful – common man – did not want to reveal his financial limitations!

A pharmaceutical company had brought a very effective medicine in the market on a particular disease. It was selling very well. However, Government made it compulsory also to declare the negative side effects, if any. This particular medicine had very mild, not so harmful side effects. However, unfortunately it had a very negative effect on the users and the sale dwindled significantly (Actually, that negative effect was observed in a very few people. Still, the consequence of this declaration was very negative!)

When Government, with reality laudable intentions, sometime waives the loans/liabilities of a particular class of people – often farmers. But the effect is the people who have honestly serviced or repaid the loan earlier, feel aggrieved and then they borrow with a clear intention not to repay at all!

Same thing happens in respect of Amnesty Scheme announced by the Government. The tax practitioners have experienced similar example in respect of acquisition or pre-emptive purchase of land. The relevant provisions were introduced in the Income Tax Act with view to curbing the on-money transactions in the transfers of immovable property.

However, it led to two disastrous consequences – one, the high level of corruption and two – many people transferred their barren and not so valuable land at an artificially inflated price to a known person. Then they used to have a setting with the concerned officers/valuers and ‘made them’ acquire the land. The funny part was that the Government was offering 15% premium on the declared price!

In psychology, the anticipation of such unintended consequences is called ‘Second Order Thinking’. The moral is that one should not only focus on the problem but also think all the pros and cons of the remedies!

Note

(This article is based on an article published in a Marathi daily).

Wills – Recent Judicial Developments

INTRODUCTION

This feature has over the last 23 years covered the subject of Wills and its myriad issues many times. However, this is a topic which is always subject to interesting developments and many controversies and hence, we keep revisiting it time and again. Recently, the Supreme Court has had occasions to examine important facets pertaining to a Will. Let us examine these vital decisions and the propositions laid down by them.

EXCLUDING NEAR AND DEAR RELATIVES

Quite often we hear that a person has excluded his nearest relatives from his Will in favour of a stranger. This is absolutely possible in India and the answer to this lies in the legal system followed by India. There are two basic legal systems in International Law ~ Civil Law and Common Law. Certain Civil Law jurisdiction countries, such as, France, Italy, Germany, Switzerland, Spain, Japan, etc., have forced heirship rules. Forced Heirship means that a person does not have full freedom in selecting his beneficiaries under his Will. Certain close relatives must get a fixed share. Sharia Law is also an example of forced heirship rules. This is a feature which is not found in Common Law countries, such as, the UK and India. Thus, an Indian has full freedom to prepare his Will as per his wishes and bequeath to whomsoever he wishes. This issue has been elaborated eloquently by the Supreme Court in its decision in Krishna Kumar Birla vs. RS Lodha, (2008) 4 SCC 300 where it has held:

“Why an owner of the property executes a Will in favour of another is a matter of his/her choice. One may by a Will deprive his close family members including his sons and daughters. She had a right to do so. The court is concerned with the genuineness of the Will. If it is found to be valid, no further question as to why did she do so would be completely out of its domain. A Will may be executed even for the benefit of others including animals.”

Inspite of the above clear position, the question that often arises is whether any specific wordings are needed by a testator (i.e., the person who prepares the Will) to exclude his near and dear relationships and bequeath his estate to a stranger? On a lighter vein, once excluded the near would not remain so dear.

The Supreme Court considered this issue in the case of Gurdial Singh (Dead) vs. Jagir Kaur (Dead), CA (Nos.) 3509-3510/2010, Order dated 17th July 2025. A person while executing a Will did not make any bequest to his wife and instead preferred his nephew. The question before the Apex Court was faced with the question of whether, in the facts and circumstances of the case, the non-mention of the status wife of the testator in the Will was valid? Further, was the failure to give reasons for her disinheritance in the Will a suspicious circumstance which exposed a lack of a free disposing mind of the testator, thereby rendering the Will invalid? This question arose inspite of the Will being a registered one.

The Court laid down the basic legal framework in this aspect. A Will has to be proved like any other document subject to the requirements of Section 63 of the Indian Succession Act, 1925 and Section 68 of the Indian Evidence Act, 1872, that is examination of at least of one of the attesting witnesses. However, unlike other documents, when a Will is propounded, its maker is no longer in the land of living. This casts a solemn duty on the Court to ascertain whether the Will propounded had been duly proved. The onus was on the propounder (i.e., the person claiming that the Will was genuine) not only to prove due execution but dispel from the mind of the court, all suspicious circumstances which cast doubt on the free disposing mind of the testator. Only when the propounder dispelled the suspicious circumstances and satisfied the conscience of the court that the testator had duly executed the Will out of his free volition, without coercion or undue influence, would the Will be accepted as genuine. It relied on an earlier decision in Rani Purnima Devi vs. Kumar Khagendra Narayan Dev, AIR 1962 SC 567, which held that merely because the Will was registered and signatures were proved, the Will would not be treated as genuine if suspicious circumstances existed.

This led to the next relevant question as to what circumstances could be considered suspicious? In Indu Bala Bose vs. Manindra Chandra Bose, (1982) 1 SCC 20, the Court held that a circumstance would be “suspicious” when it is not normal , or it is not normally expected in a normal situation, or is not expected of a normal person. However, as held in PPK Gopalan Nambier vs. PPK Balakrishnan Nambiar, 1995 Supp (2) SCC 664, the suspicions must be real, germane and valid suspicious features and not a fantasy of the doubting mind.

The Apex Court then held that mere deprivation of a natural heir, by itself, may not amount to a suspicious circumstance because the whole idea behind the execution of the Will is to interfere with the normal line of succession. However, in Ram Piari vs. Bhagwant, (1993) 3 SCC 364, the Court held prudence requires reason for denying the benefit of inheritance to natural heirs and an absence of it, though not invalidating the Will in all cases, shrouds the disposition with suspicion as it does not give inkling to the mind of the testator to enable the court to judge that the disposition was a voluntary act.

Again, in Leela Rajagopal vs. Kamala Menon Cocharan, (2014) 15 SCC 570 the Court held that a Will may have certain features and may have been executed in certain circumstances which may appear to be somewhat unnatural. Such unusual features appearing in a Will or the unnatural circumstances surrounding its execution will definitely justify a close scrutiny before the same can be accepted. It is the overall assessment of the court on the basis of such scrutiny; the cumulative effect of the unusual features and circumstances which would weigh with the court in the determination required to be made by it. The judicial verdict, in the last resort, will be on the basis of a consideration of all the unusual features and suspicious circumstances put together and not on the impact of any single feature that may be found in a Will or a singular circumstance that may appear from the process leading to its execution or registration.

Thus, it held that a suspicious circumstance, i.e. non-mention of the status of wife or the reason for her disinheritance in the Will ought not to be examined in insolation but in the light of all attending circumstances of the case. The Court examined crucial facts and held that when one read the contents of the Will, the nephew’s stand was stark and palpable in its tenor and purport. The Will was a cryptic one where the testator bequeathed his properties to his nephew as the latter was taking care of him. However, the Will was completely silent with regard to the existence of his own wife and natural heir or the reason for her disinheritance. Evidence on record showed that she was residing with the testator till the latter’s death. Nothing had come on record to show the relation between the couple was bitter. As per the widow, she was the nominee entitled to receive his pension. This showed his conduct in accepting her to be his lawfully wedded wife. The Lower Courts had erroneously held that she did not perform the last rites of her husband and hence, their relationship had soured. The Supreme Court held that normally in case of Hindus/Sikhs, male relations perform the last rites and thus, this observation of the Lower Courts was wrong.

In this backdrop, it could not be said that the testator had during his lifetime, denied his marriage with his wife or admitted that their relation was strained, so as to prompt him to erase her very existence in the Will. Such erasure of marital status was the tell-tale insignia of the propounder and not the testator himself. A cumulative assessment of the attending circumstances including this unusual omission to mention the very existence of his wife in the Will, gave rise to serious doubt that the Will was executed as per the dictates of the nephew and was not the free will of the testator. Accordingly, the Court held that the Will was not duly proved.

This judgment once again lays down a very vital principle, i.e., in cases where close relatives are excluded from the Will, the testator must give reasons for the same. Giving a background of the soured relationship or fact of having helped the relative earlier could be some explanations. Ultimately, the Will speaks from the grave of the testator when he is not alive so it should be self-explanatory and leave no doubts!

REGISTERED WILLS

The controversy over whether registered Wills are superior to unregistered ones continues. In Metpalli Lasum Bai vs. Metapalli Muthaih(D) by Lrs., CA(Nos.)5291,52922 of 2015, Order dated 21st July 2025, the testator executed a registered Will in favour of a relative of his based on which the beneficiary became entitled to a land parcel. The issue before the Court was whether this Will was valid. The Court held that the Will, was a registered document and thus there was a presumption regarding genuineness thereof. A trial Court accepted the execution of the Will based on the evidence led before it. As the Will was a registered document, the burden would lie on the party who disputed its existence thereof, who in this case would be defendant, to establish that it was not executed in the manner as alleged or that there were suspicious circumstances which made the same doubtful. However, the defendant himself in his evidence, admitted the signatures as appearing on the registered Will to be those of the testator. Accordingly, the Supreme Court upheld the genuineness of the Will.

However, it should be noted that a registered Will does not automatically become a valid Will. In case suspicious circumstances exist then even a registered Will can be disregarded. Another recent decision of the Supreme Court in the case of Leela and Ors vs. Muruganantham & Ors., 2025 AIR SC 230, has held that the legal position is well settled that mere registration of a Will would not attach to it a stamp of validity and it must still be proved in terms of the legal mandates under the provisions of Section 63 of the Indian Succession Act and Section 68 of the Evidence Act. It relied on an earlier decision in the case of Moturu Nalini Kanth vs. Gainedi Kaliprasad (Dead), through Lrs., 2023 SCC OnLine SC 1488, which held:

“Trite to state, mere registration of a Will does not attach to it a stamp of validity and it must still be proved in terms of the above legal mandate.”

A very old 3-Judge Supreme Court decision in the case of H. Venkatachala Iyengar vs. B. N. Thimmajamma & Others, 1959 AIR SC 443, has summed up the requirements of the validity of a Will very succinctly. It held that there was an important feature which distinguished Wills from other documents as, unlike other documents, a Will spoke from the grave of the testator and, therefore, when it was propounded or produced before a Court, the testator who had already departed from the world could not say whether it was his Will or not. It held that the onus on the propounder to prove the Will could be taken to be discharged on proof of the essential facts, such as, that the Will was signed by the testator; that the testator at the relevant time was in a sound and disposing state of mind; that he understood the nature and effect of the dispositions; and that he put his signature to the document of his own free will. It was, however, noted by the Bench that there might be cases in which the execution of the Will was surrounded by suspicious circumstances and the same would naturally tend to make the initial onus very heavy and unless it was satisfactorily discharged, Courts would be reluctant to treat the document as the last Will of the testator.

VALIDLY EXECUTED WILL NOT SAME AS GENUINE WILL

The Supreme Court in Lilian Coelho & Ors. vs. Myra Philomena Coalho, 2025 (2) SCC 633 laid down a very crucial principle, that a ‘Will is validly executed’ and a ‘Will is genuine’ cannot be said to be the same. If a Will was found not validly executed, in other words invalid owing to the failure to follow the prescribed procedures, then there would be no need to look into the question whether it is shrouded with suspicious circumstances. Therefore, it can be said that even after the propounder was able to establish that the Will was executed in accordance with the law, that will only lead to the presumption that it was validly executed but that by itself was no reason to canvass the position that it would amount to a finding with respect to the genuineness of the same. In other words, even after holding that a Will was genuine, it was within the jurisdiction of the Court to hold that it was not worthy to act upon as being shrouded with suspicious circumstances when the propounder failed to remove such suspicious circumstances to the satisfaction of the Court.

CAN’T APPROBATE AND REPROBATE

An interesting decision was rendered in the case of Bhagwat Sharan (Dead Thr.LRs) vs. Purushottam and Ors, 2020(6) SCC 387. In this case, a person who was a beneficiary under a Will accepted the bequest but contested that the description of the properties as given by the testator was incorrect. The Court held that it was trite law that a party cannot be permitted to approbate and reprobate at the same time. This principle was based on the principle of doctrine of election. In respect of Wills, this doctrine was held to mean that a person who took benefit of a portion of the Will could not challenge the remaining portion of the Will. The doctrine of election was a facet of law of estoppel. A party could not blow hot and blow cold at the same time. Any party which took advantage of any instrument must accept all that was mentioned in the said document.

EPILOGUE

The above decisions demonstrate that when it comes to Wills, there is no one-size-fits-all approach! Each decision is based on the way the Will is drafted, the peculiar facts and circumstances surrounding the testator and his estate, and an examination of evidence in relation to the Will. However, one common thread emanating from these and various other judgments is that when it comes to matters of drafting of Wills or for that matter any succession planning, due care and caution is the norm. It is always safer to err on the safer side since the person making the Will would not be around to explain his side of the story!

Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) Obligation – Whether Day 1 Obligation?

INTRODUCTION

The main provisions of section 135 of Companies Act, 2013, as amended, can be summarised as follows:

  •  Every company having net worth of r 500 crore or more, or turnover of r 1,000 crore or more or a net profit of r 5 crore or more during the immediately preceding financial year is required to spend 2% of the average net profit of the Company made in the immediately preceding 3 years on CSR activities as specified in the relevant schedule.
  •  Earlier, in case of unspent CSR amount, Board of Directors were required to specify the reason for not spending the amount in the Board Report.
  •  Basis subsequent amendments notified in official Gazette, in case of unspent CSR amount, the Companies are required to transfer unspent CSR amount in a separate government fund within six months of the expiry of the financial year, unless that unspent amount pertains to ongoing CSR projects.
  •  In case of unspent CSR amount pertaining to ongoing CSR project, the Companies are required to transfer such amount within a period of 30 days from the end of the financial year to a special account opened with a scheduled bank called as Unspent Corporate Social Responsibility Account and such amount shall be spent by the Company within a period of 3 financial years from the date of such transfer, failing which Companies are required to transfer unspent CSR amount in a separate government fund.
  •  Further, if the Company spends an amount in excess of its obligation in a year, the excess amount so incurred can be set off against the CSR obligation of immediate succeeding 3 financial years, subject to certain conditions.

Basis this amendment, the Company has a clear statutory obligation as at balance sheet date to transfer unspent amount to government fund/special account. Accordingly, a liability for unspent amount needs to be recognised in the financial statements. If the company decides to adjust such excess incurred amount against future obligation, then to the extent of such excess, an asset as prepaid expense needs to be recognised in financial statements.

QUERY

How should the amount required to be spent on CSR in a financial year be accounted for? Can it be recognised evenly over the four quarters or on an as incurred basis or should the obligation be provided for on Day 1 of the financial year?

RESPONSE

For the purposes of responding to this question, it is assumed that there are no contractual obligations incurred by the company.

References

Ind AS 37, Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets

Definitions under Paragraph 10

A liability is a present obligation of the entity arising from past events, the settlement of which is expected to result in an outflow from the entity of resources embodying economic benefits.

An obligating event is an event that creates a legal or constructive obligation that results in an entity having no realistic alternative to settling that obligation
Appendix C Levies

1 A government may impose a levy on an entity. An issue arises when to recognise a liability to pay a levy that is accounted for in accordance with Ind AS 37, Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets.

4. For the purposes of this Appendix, a levy is an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits that is imposed by governments on entities in accordance with legislation (i.e. laws and/or regulations), other than:
a. those outflows of resources that are within the scope of other Standards (such as income taxes that are within the scope of Ind AS 12, Income Taxes); and
b. fines or other penalties that are imposed for breaches of the legislation.

8. The obligating event that gives rise to a liability to pay a levy is the activity that triggers the payment of the levy, as identified by the legislation. For example, if the activity that triggers the payment of the levy is the generation of revenue in the current period and the calculation of that levy is based on the revenue that was generated in a previous period, the obligating event for that levy is the generation of revenue in the current period. The generation of revenue in the previous period is necessary, but not sufficient, to create a present obligation.

11. The liability to pay a levy is recognised progressively if the obligating event occurs over a period of time (i.e. if the activity that triggers the payment of the levy, as identified by the legislation, occurs over a period of time). For example, if the obligating event is the generation of revenue over a period of time, the corresponding liability is recognised as the entity generates that revenue

Technical Guide on Accounting for Expenditure on Corporate Social Responsibility Activities (Revised July 2025 Edition)

Whether Provision for Unspent Amount is required to be created?

“Other than on going project”

9. Sub-section (5) of section 135 of the Act has been amended by the Companies (Amendment) Act, 2019 whereby, any amount remaining unspent under sub-section (5), pursuant to an activity other than any ongoing project as per section 135(6), the company has to transfer such unspent amount to a Fund specified in Schedule VII, within a period of six months of the expiry of the financial year.

10. As per the said amendment, the company will have an obligation to transfer the unspent amount of “other than relating to an ongoing project” to a specified fund. Accordingly, a provision for liability for the amount representing the extent to which the amount is to be transferred, needs to be recognised in the financial statements. As the obligation to transfer unspent amount arises only at the financial year end and, during the year CSR spends can be incurred anytime. It may not be necessary that a provision being made towards such unspent amounts on pro-rata basis in interim / quarterly financials.

“On going project”

11. In case of any amount remaining unspent under section 135(5) pursuant to any ongoing project, undertaken by a company in pursuance of its Corporate Social Responsibility Policy, shall be transferred by the company within a period of thirty days from the end of the financial year to a special account to be opened by the company in that behalf for that financial year in any scheduled bank to be called the Unspent Corporate Social Responsibility Account, and such amount shall be spent by the company in pursuance of its obligation towards the Corporate Social Responsibility Policy within a period of three financial years from the date of such transfer, failing which, the company shall transfer the same to a Fund specified in Schedule VII, within a period of thirty days from the date of completion of the third financial year.

12. As there is an obligation to transfer the unspent amount to a separate bank account within 30 days of the end of financial year and eventually any unspent amount out of that to a Fund specified in Schedule VII, a provision for liability for the amount representing the extent to which the amount is to be transferred within 30 days of the end of the financial year needs to be recognised in the financial statements. As the obligation to set aside the unspent amount arises only at the financial year end, and during the year CSR spends can be incurred anytime. It may not be necessary that a provision being made towards such unspent amounts on pro-rata basis in interim / quarterly financials.

ANALYSIS

View 1

On the basis of paragraph 4, Appendix C Levies, CSR liability is a levy. The obligating event for incurring CSR expenditure occurs on day 1 of the financial year, because if the Company is in existence on that day and had an average net profit in the preceding 3 financial years, the liability is crystalised. The Company is liable to incur the CSR expenditure, even if later during the financial year, it was wound up or merged with another company (as per one legal interpretation) or incurred heavy losses. In other words, if the requisite conditions are triggered on day 1 of the financial year, the company cannot escape the obligation, though the actual cash outflow could occur any time during the financial year, or if not spent, should be transferred to the requisite fund mentioned above, within the stipulated time after the financial year end.

Accordingly, though the CSR expenditure would be incurred throughout the financial year, the obligating event that gives rise to the CSR liability is the existence of the Company on Day 1 of the financial year, and the average net profit of the preceding three financial years of the Company is a positive number. This analysis is clear from a combined reading of Paragraph 8 and 11 of Appendix C Levies.

The expenditure on the CSR liability may occur evenly or unevenly throughout the financial year. That is of no relevance, to the recognition of the liability. The liability will be recognised on Day 1 of the financial year.

Even if a Company does not incur the expenditure in the financial year, it will have to transfer the unspent amount to an appropriate government fund or Unspent CSR account as the case may be. The amounts in the Unspent CSR account shall be spent by the company in pursuance of its obligation towards the CSR Policy within a period of 3 financial years from the date of such transfer, failing which, the company shall transfer the same to a Fund specified in Schedule VII, within a period of thirty days from the date of completion of the third financial year.

View 2

Basis paragraph 9,10, 11 and 12 of the above referred Technical Guide, as the obligation to transfer the unspent amount to a government fund or to set aside the unspent amount in Unspent CSR account arises only at the financial year end, and during the year CSR spends can be incurred anytime, it may not be necessary that a provision is made towards such unspent amounts on pro-rata basis in interim / quarterly financials. In other words, the provision need not be made on day one or pro-rata each quarter, and therefore the debit to profit or loss occurs on a cash outflow basis. Thus, if all of the CSR obligation is spent on the last day of the financial year, or remains unspent, the provision is made on the last day of the financial year, as per the Technical Guide.

This view may find support if the legal interpretation is that there is no CSR obligation (under Companies Act) if the company were wound up or merged with another company during the financial year. It may however be noted that there is no specific exemption under section 135 of the Companies Act, 1956.

View 2A

The above wordings “it may not be necessary” is ambiguous, suggesting that the Technical Guide allows two views, i.e. provision of unspent amounts each quarter on a pro-rata basis or unspent amount to be provided at the end of the financial year.

CONCLUSION

Currently there appears to be a mixed practice on when a CSR liability is recognised. It appears there are 3 views. Whilst View 1 is based on authors’ interpretation of the accounting standard Ind AS 37, View 2 and 2A are based on the interpretation in the Technical Guide referred to above. It appears that the Technical Guide has created one additional difference between International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) and Ind AS.

CA

Appeal – Corporate Insolvency Resolution Process – Appeals cannot proceed while the moratorium under Section 14 of the IBC, 2016, was in operation: Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016.

Pr. Commissioner of Income Tax-13 Mumbai vs. Shirpur Gold Refinery Ltd,

ITA Nos. 729/2018, 798/2018 & 773/2018

Dated 23.07.2025

Appeal – Corporate Insolvency Resolution Process – Appeals cannot proceed while the moratorium under Section 14 of the IBC, 2016, was in operation: Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016.

The Resolution Professional on behalf of the Respondent submitted that the Respondent Company was undergoing a Corporate Insolvency Resolution Process (“CIRP”) under the provisions of the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016 (for short “IBC, 2016”). Since the company was undergoing a CIRP, and there was a moratorium in effect/in force under Section 14 of the IBC, 2016, the above Appeals cannot proceed. In this regard, he relied upon a decision of the Hon’ble Delhi High Court in the case of Principal Commissioner of Income Tax-6, New Delhi vs. Monnet Ispat and Energy Ltd [(2017) SCC Online DEL 12759]. He submitted that, the Delhi High Court had clearly held that during the period of moratorium, the Appeals filed by the Revenue before the High Court [against the orders of the ITAT], cannot proceed. He submitted that the aforesaid decision of the Delhi High Court was subjected to an Appeal before the Hon’ble Supreme Court. The Hon’ble Supreme Court also, relying upon section 238 of the IBC, 2016, came to the conclusion that the Delhi High Court correctly decided the law and proceeded to dismiss the Special Leave Petition. The decision of the Hon’ble Supreme Court is reported in (2018) 18 SCC 786. He, therefore, submitted that the above Appeals cannot proceed.

On the other hand, the learned counsel appearing on behalf of the Revenue submitted that though it is correct that recovery proceedings could not be proceeded with against the Assessee because of the moratorium, the same would not preclude the completion of the assessment proceedings. Since the above Appeals are in relation to assessment proceedings and penalty proceedings, the Appeals can continue. In this regard, the learned counsel for the Revenue relied upon the decision of the Hon’ble Supreme Court in the case of Sundaresh Bhatt (Liquidator) of ABG Shipyard vs. Central Board of Indirect Tax and Customs [(2023) 1 SCC 472].

The Hon. Court observed that the present case is squarely covered by the decision of the Hon’ble Delhi High Court in Monnet Ispat and Energy Limited (supra). This decision of the Delhi High Court was subjected to challenge by the Revenue before the Hon’ble Supreme Court. The Hon’ble Supreme Court proceeded to dismiss the SLP by making the following observations: –

“1. Heard. Delay, if any, is condoned.

2. Given Section 238 of the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code,2016, it is obvious that the code will override anything inconsistent contained in any other enactment, including the Income Tax Act. We may also refer in this connection to Dena Bank vs. Bhikhabhai Prabhudas Parekh and Co. and its progeny, making it clear that income tax dues, being in the nature of crown debts, do not take precedence even over secured creditors, who are private persons.

3. We are of the view that the High Court of Delhi, is, therefore, correct in law. Accordingly, the special leave petitions are dismissed. Pending applications, if any, stand disposed of.” (emphasis supplied)

The Hon. Court observed that the above Appeals cannot proceed while the moratorium under Section 14 of the IBC, 2016, was in operation.

As regards the judgment relied upon by the learned advocate for the Revenue in the case of Sundaresh Bhatt (Liquidator) of ABG Shipyard (supra) the Hon. Court observed that the same is wholly inapplicable to the facts of the present case. That decision was rendered under the provisions of the Customs Act, 1962 and was in relation to completing assessment or reassessment of duties and other levies and not in relation to any Appeal being prosecuted before the High Court. Therefore, the reliance placed on the judgement of the Supreme Court in the case of Sundaresh Bhatt (Liquidator) of ABG Shipyard (supra) was wholly misplaced.

The Court adjourned the Appeals sine die with liberty to the parties to mention the matter after any further orders were passed by the NCLT, namely, either approving a resolution plan in relation to the Assessee, or ordering that it be wound up. At that time, the Court will consider whether the above Appeals can proceed or otherwise.

Capital Gains – Personal effect – Vintage car owned by the Appellant was not his personal effect – the gain arising on sale thereof was liable to be taxed under the head ‘Capital Gains’

12. Narendra I. Bhuva vs. Assistant Commissioner

ITA 681/Mum/2003 dated 14.08.2025

AY: 1992-1993. (BOM)(HC)

Capital Gains – Personal effect – Vintage car owned by the Appellant was not his personal effect – the gain arising on sale thereof was liable to be taxed under the head ‘Capital Gains’

The Assessee was a salaried employee. The Assessee had income from house property, share income, dividend, etc. In the course of assessment proceedings, the Assessing Officer noticed that the Assessee has purchased a vintage car namely “Ford Tourer” 1931 Model from one Mr. Jesraj Singh of Delhi sometime in the year 1983 for a consideration of ₹ 20,000/-. The said car was sold for a consideration of ₹ 21,00,000/- to one Mrs. Kamalaben Babubhai Patel. On a query made by the Assessing Officer, the Assessee by a communication dated 28 January 1994, apprised the Assessing Officer that the car was shown as a personal asset in Wealth-tax and same was an exempt asset. The Assessing Officer by an order dated 8 March 1994, added the sum of ₹ 20,80,000/- as income to the Assessee on account of sale of motor car as business income.

The Assessee filed an appeal. The Commissioner of Income Tax (Appeals) [CIT (A)] inter alia held that vintage cars are not generally used frequently as maintenance costs of these cars are very high. The car was shown as personal asset in wealth tax returns. The Assessee never claimed any depreciation in respect of the car. There was no need for purchase of foreign exchange for spare parts as the parts were locally fabricated. The CIT(A) set aside the addition of sum of ₹ 20,80,000/- under the head ‘profits from sale of car’.

Being aggrieved by the order, the Revenue preferred an Appeal before the Income Tax Appellate Tribunal (ITAT). The ITAT reversed the finding of CIT (A) and held that the vintage car was not used by the Assessee as personal effect. The order passed by the CIT (A) was set aside by the ITAT and the Appeal preferred by the Revenue was allowed.

On Appeal before Hon. High Court, the Assessee submitted that the ITAT was not justified in law in holding that the vintage car owned by the Assessee was not his personal asset and thus the gain arising on sale whereof was liable to be taxed under the head ‘capital gain’. It was further submitted that the ITAT has not disputed or controverted any of the basic facts or arguments of the Assessee that the car was being accepted as personal asset by the department itself and the maintenance expenses were debited to the capital account as part of personal withdrawals. It was also submitted that the finding recorded by the ITAT that no evidence has been adduced by the Assessee to show that the car was used as a personal asset is perverse. It was submitted that the finding that the car was not part of any car rally organized by the Government was irrelevant.

On the other hand, the Revenue supported the order passed by the ITAT and has submitted that the finding recorded by the ITAT does not suffer from any infirmity warranting interference of the Court in exercise of powers under Section 260-A of the Income-tax Act, 1961 (ITA). The Hon Court considered the provisions of Section 2(14) of the ITA, and observed that capital assets do not include personal effects, that is to say movable property including wearing apparel and furniture, but excluding jewellery held for personal use by the Assessee or any other member of his family dependent on him. Thus, the personal effects must be for personal use for being excluded from the definition of the term ‘capital assets.

The Hon. Court further considered a pari-materia provision namely Section 2(4A) of the Income Tax Act, 1922 which was interpreted by the Supreme Court in H.H. Maharaja Rana Hemant Singhji vs. CIT Rajasthan (1976) 103 ITR 61 (SC). The Supreme Court in the said decision dealt with the expression ‘personal effects and the relevant extract of the judgment reads as under:

7. The expression “personal use” occurring in clause (ii) of the above quoted provision is very significant. A close scrutiny of the context in which the expression occurs shows that only those effects can legitimately be said to be personal which pertain to the assessee’s person. In other words, an intimate connection between the effects and the person of the assessee must be shown to exist to render them “personal effects”.

Thus, the Hon Court observed that for treating a movable property as personal effects, an intimate connection between the effects and the person of the Assessee must be shown. In case before the Apex Court though the silver bars and silver coins were proved to be used for puja, the same was held to be not constituting personal use. It is also held that the expression ‘intended for personal or household use’ does not mean capable of being intended for personal or household use but it means normally or commonly intended for personal or household use. Thus, capability of a car for personal use would not ipso facto lead to automatic presumption that every car would be personal effects for being excluded from capital assets of the Assessee. Thus, before arriving at a finding with regard to personal effects, the evidence with regards to personal use is necessary.

The Hon. Court observed that the Assessee had failed to adduce any evidence with regard to the vintage car being put to personal use and therefore the ITAT had rightly reversed the order passed
by the CIT(A), which had applied irrelevant considerations of wealth tax returns and non-claiming of depreciation in respect of the car by the Assessee. The CIT(A) had failed to appreciate
that the said aspects were irreverent for deciding personal use of the car by the Assessee. The ITAT on the other hand concentrated only on the aspect of personal use of the car by the Assessee. The Hon. Court noted that it was not the case of the Assessee that the finding of fact recorded by the CIT(A) was perverse.

The Hon. Court further observed that none of the judgments relied upon by the Assessee are relevant for deciding the present Appeal which involves failure on the part of the Assessee to lead evidence to prove personal use of the vintage car. Therefore, what needed to be proved was that the car was used as a personal asset by the Assessee. It was therefore incumbent upon the Assessee to lead evidence to show that he actually used the car personally. It was an admitted position that the Assessee failed to adduce evidence to prove that the car was used personally by him. On the other hand, there were several indicators showing that the car was never used by the Assessee for personal use, such as (i) Assessee using company’s car for commute (ii) car not being used even occasionally by the Assessee (iii) vintage car not being parked at the Assessee’s residence (iv) Assessee’s inability to prove that he spent any amount on its maintenance for keeping the same in running condition and (v) a salaried employee purchasing a vintage car as pride of possession.

The Hon. Court noted that the failure to produce evidence to prove personal use appeared to be an admitted fact. The Appeal was accordingly dismissed.

Solicitor’s fees — Assessability as income — Amount received by solicitor from clients for certain specific task — Amount is received in fiduciary capacity — Amount is not assessable as income.

34. (2025) 475 ITR 473 (Cal):

CIT vs. Sanderson & Morgans:

A. Y. 2007-08: Date of order 7/2/2024:

S. 4 of ITA 1961

Solicitor’s fees — Assessability as income — Amount received by solicitor from clients for certain specific task — Amount is received in fiduciary capacity — Amount is not assessable as income.

The assessee was a solicitor. For the A. Y. 2007-08, in the return of income, the assessee had shown receipts from profession of ₹ 1,82,02,958. As per the certificate of tax deduction at source, the amount received was ₹ 5,56,88,817. The assessee was required to explain the difference of ₹ 3,74,85,859. The assessee explained that it had been receiving advances from its clients, a portion of which was spent on behalf of the client for counsel’s fees, stamp paper, court fees stamp, payment to rent controller, bank draft in lieu of stamp duty and registration fees, etc. The assessee also gave complete details of payment made head-wise. The Assessing Officer recognised that the money was spent by the assessee on behalf of its clients but added the differential amount of ₹ 3,74,85,859 to the income of the assessee.

The Commissioner (Appeals) held that the amount was not assessable as income of the assessee. The Tribunal upheld the decision of the Commissioner (Appeals).

The Calcutta High Court dismissed the appeal filed by the Revenue and held as under:

“i) When a solicitor receives money from his client, he does not do so as a trading receipt but he receives the money of the principal in his capacity as an agent and that also in a fiduciary capacity. The money so received does not have any profit-making quality about it when received. It remains money received by a solicitor as “client’s money” for being employed in the client’s cause. The solicitor remains liable to account for this money to his client. It is not assessable as his income.

ii) No adverse on the basis of section 145 of the Income-tax Act, 1961, could be drawn against the assessee. The money received by the assessee from clients were held by the assessee in a fiduciary capacity. That apart, the payment made by the assessee as agent on behalf of its clients (principal) under various heads, had not been doubted or disputed and instead a finding of fact regarding such payment had been arrived by Commissioner (Appeals) and the Tribunal. The amount was not assessable as income in the hands of the assessee.”

Revision u/s. 264 — Scope of Power of Commissioner — Mistake in the return of income — Detected when intimation u/s. 143(1) issued/received — Time limit to file revised return expired — Powers of the Commissioner wide enough to rectify a bonafide mistake committed by the assessee even after the expiry of the time limit to file revised return.

33. 2025 (7) TMI 1439 (Cal.):

Crown Electromechanical Pvt Ltd. vs. Pr.CIT:

A.Y.: 2022-23: Date of order 15/07/2025:

Ss. 264 of ITA 1961

Revision u/s. 264 — Scope of Power of Commissioner — Mistake in the return of income — Detected when intimation u/s. 143(1) issued/received — Time limit to file revised return expired — Powers of the Commissioner wide enough to rectify a bonafide mistake committed by the assessee even after the expiry of the time limit to file revised return.

The Assessee filed its return of income for A. Y. 2022-23 declaring total income at ₹ 9,54,872. However, due to oversight certain figures which were required to be provided in the profit and loss account under Part – A of the return were not included. Subsequently, the return was processed and intimation u/s. 143(1) of the Income-tax Act, 1961 was issued wherein the total income was determined at ₹3,58,76,000 and a demand of ₹1,02,60,400 was determined to be payable by the assessee. It is only when the intimation u/s. 143(1) was issued that the assessee detected the mistake in the return of income filed by the assessee.

By the time the assessee received intimation u/s. 143(1), the time limit to file revised return had expired. Therefore, the assessee resorted to section 264 and filed an application before the Principal Commissioner along with audited accounts and tax audit report and claimed that the profit of the assessee for the assessment year under consideration was only ₹ 9,54,872 as against ₹ 3,58,76,000 determined in the intimation issued u/s. 143(1) and thereby requested the Principal Commissioner to consider the income of the assessee correctly. The application was rejected vide order dated 4.3.2025 on the ground that apart from the assessee, none is competent to alter the return filed by the assessee.

Against this order of the Principal Commissioner, the assessee filed a writ petition before the High Court. The Calcutta High Court allowed the writ petition and held as under:

“i) The learned advocate representing the respondent has placed reliance on the judgment of the Hon’ble Supreme Court in the case of Goetze (India) Ltd. vs.CIT; (2006) 284 ITR 323 (SC) on the question whether the assessee could make a claim for deduction other than by filling a revised return.

ii) I note that the Hon’ble Supreme Court in the said case Goetze (India) Ltd. (supra) was dealing with the claim of deduction of the assessee introduced by way of a letter to the Assessing Officer which was disallowed on the ground that there was no provision under the Income Tax Act to make amendment in the return of income by modifying the application at the assessment stage without revising the return. Although, the assessee on an appeal had succeeded before the Commissioner of Income Tax (Appeals), the department was able to secure a favorable order by way of reversal on the further appeal before the Income Tax Appellate Tribunal. The matter thus, travelled to the Supreme Court. The Hon’ble Supreme Court while considering the above and the power of the Tribunal u/s. 254 of the said Act observed that the tribunal can entertain for the first time a point of law provided the fact on the basis of which the issue of law can be raised was before the Tribunal. While observing as such, the Hon’ble Supreme Court had, however, made it clear that the exercise of powers by Assessing Authority does not impinge upon the power of the Income Tax Tribunal u/s. 254 of the
said Act.

iii) Although, much stress has been laid on the aforesaid judgment, however, I find that in the said cause as noted above, the question as to whether an error by an assessee could be corrected by a revisional authority u/s. 264 was not an issue. As rightly pointed out by the learned advocate representing the petitioner and as would appear from the scheme of Section 264, the consistent view of this Court and all the other High Courts that the power u/s. 264 can be exercised when a bona fide mistake has been committed even by the assessee, an appropriate rectification of the return can be effected thereunder, as has been noted in the judgment delivered in the case of in Ena Chaudhuri vs. ACIT; (2023) 148 taxmann.com 100 (Cal.) in paragraph-11 thereof. The relevant portion of the judgment is extracted hereinbelow:

“11. In my considered view, in the facts and circumstances of the case, Commissioner in refusal to consider the aforesaid claim of the petitioner has misinterpreted and misconstrued the judgment of the Hon’ble Supreme Court in the case of Goetze (India) Ltd. (supra) as well as the scope of jurisdiction confer upon him u/s. 264 of the Income-tax Act, 1961 by equating the same with that of the jurisdiction of the Assessing Officer in considering the claim of any allowance/deduction by an assessee in return or without filling any revised return.”

iv) In view thereof, it is clear that respondent no. 1 had committed error in failing to exercise jurisdiction, thereby rejecting the above application. Having regard thereto, I remand the matter back to the appropriate authority to decide the cause on the basis of the observation made herein. Accordingly, the order passed by respondent no. 1 is set aside.”

Recovery of tax — Stay of demand pending appeal before CIT(A) — Condition requiring 20 per cent., deposit of outstanding demand is contrary to law — Instruction issued by CBDT misconceived — Non-consideration of prima facie merits and undue hardship — Mechanical approach rejecting stay application solely due to non-deposit of 20 per cent amount is contrary to law — Order of conditional stay set aside — Matter remanded.

32. (2025) 475 ITR 96 (Del):

Centre For Policy Research vs. CIT:

A. Y. 2022-23: Date of order 09/05/2024:

Ss. 156 and 220(6) of ITA 1961

Recovery of tax — Stay of demand pending appeal before CIT(A) — Condition requiring 20 per cent., deposit of outstanding demand is contrary to law — Instruction issued by CBDT misconceived — Non-consideration of prima facie merits and undue hardship — Mechanical approach rejecting stay application solely due to non-deposit of 20 per cent amount is contrary to law — Order of conditional stay set aside — Matter remanded.

The assessee was registered as a charitable trust u/s. 12A r.w.s. 12AA and 12AB(4) of the Income-tax Act, 1961. The assessee’s registration was cancelled with retrospective effect, which formed the subject matter of a separate writ petition wherein interim orders were passed. Following this cancellation, an assessment order was passed for the A. Y. 2022-23. The assessee filed appeal before the Commissioner (Appeals) u/s. 246A of the Act. The assessee also applied for stay of the demand u/s. 220(6) of the Act, during the pendency of the Appeal. The Assessing Officer passed an order requiring the assessee to deposit 20 per cent of the outstanding demand as a precondition for granting protection, failing which recovery proceedings would be initiated.

The assessee filed writ petition against this order. The Delhi High Court allowed the writ petition and held as under:

“i) The order rejecting the stay of demand u/s. 220(6) did not consider either the prima facie merits of the case or the issue of undue hardship to the assessee. The Assessing Officer had erred in proceeding in the assumption that the application for stay of demand could not be entertained without 20 per cent pre-deposit which was a requirement mentioned in the CBDT office memorandum. Such requirement could not be treated as inflexible or inviolable. The quantum of deposit would depend on the facts and circumstances of each case after considering factors such as prima facie case, undue hardship, and likelihood of success.

ii) We, accordingly, allow the instant writ petition and set aside the impugned order dated May 3, 2024. The matter shall in consequence stand remitted to the Assessing Officer who shall examine the application for stay of demand afresh and bearing in mind the legal principles as enunciated in National Association of Software and Services Companies (NASSCOM) vs. Dy. CIT (Exemption) [(2024) 470 ITR 493 (Delhi)].”

Penalty u/s. 270A — Debatable issue — Receipts chargeable to tax as ‘Fees for Technical Service’ u/s. 9(1)(vii) or ‘Fees for included services’ under Article 12 of the DTAA between India and USA — Divergent views taken by the High Courts — Two views possible — Penalty u/s. 270A not leviable.

31. 2025 (8) TMI 768 (Kar):

Pr.CIT(IT) vs. IBM Australia Limited.:

A. Y. 2018-19: Date of order 31/07/2025:

Ss. 9(1)(vii) and 270A of ITA 1961

Penalty u/s. 270A — Debatable issue — Receipts chargeable to tax as ‘Fees for Technical Service’ u/s. 9(1)(vii) or ‘Fees for included services’ under Article 12 of the DTAA between India and USA — Divergent views taken by the High Courts — Two views possible — Penalty u/s. 270A not leviable.

The Assessee Company is a tax resident of Australia filed its return of income and claimed a refund. During the year under consideration, the Assessee had received a sum of about ₹ 65.38 crores from IBM India Limited, a company incorporated in India towards IT Support, including recovery of salary expenses of the employees that were seconded to IBM India. The Assessee’s return was selected for scrutiny and the subject matter of dispute was as to whether the said receipts were chargeable to tax as ‘Fees for Technical Service’ (FTS) u/s. 9(1)(vii) of the Income-tax Act, 1961 or Fees for Included Service under Article 12 of the Double Taxation Avoidance Agreement (DTAA) between India and USA. The Assessing Officer penalty u/s. 270A of the Act.

The Tribunal set aside the penalty. The Tribunal had examined the nature of the disputes and had further noted that the decision of this Court in Flipkart Internet (P). Limited vs. DCIT (International Taxation): [2022] 139 taxmann.com 595], had favoured the Assessee. The Tribunal held that given the nature of the disputes, clearly, two views are possible. Thus, the penalty u/s. 270A of the Act could not be levied, as the question involved was a vexed one.

The Karnataka High Court dismissed the appeal of the Department and upheld the view of the Tribunal and held as under:

“i) The question whether such receipts would fall within the scope of FTS/FIS has been subject matter before various Courts. The Hon’ble High Court noted that while most High Courts took a favourable view that such proceeds would not fall within FTS, the Delhi High Court in the case of M/s. Centrica India Offshore Private Limited v. CIT [(2014) 44 taxmann.com 300 (Del.)] had taken the view that secondment of employees would result in absorption of knowledge by the entity to whom such employees had been seconded. Given the possible views, the assessee had opted for Vivad se Vishwas Scheme and settled the issue regarding the levy of tax.

ii) The Assessee operated under the reasonable and bona fide belief that the payments received were not subject to taxation under the Act. We find no infirmity in the said order and no substantial question of law exists for consideration by this court.”

Offence and prosecution — Wilful attempt to evade tax — Assessee filed a return, accepted with a refund — French Government information under DTAA alleged assessee held Swiss bank accounts — A search conducted u/s. 132 — No incriminating evidence found — Addition made on account of alleged foreign accounts — Tribunal set it aside — Criminal complaints u/s. 276C, 276D, and 277 for tax evasion and non-compliance with a notice to sign a consent form filed — Information from French, not Swiss, authorities was unauthenticated, and no evidence supported tax evasion — Without credible evidence, sections 276C, 276D, and 277 were inapplicable, and complaints were quashed — Non-signing of consent form was penalized under section 271, not warranting criminal proceedings.

30. [2025] 176 taxmann.com 771 (Del.):

Anurag Dalmia vs. ITO:

A. Ys. 2006-07 and 2007-08:

Date of order 21/07/2025:

Ss. 276C r.w.s. 5, 271, 276D and 277 of ITA 1961

Offence and prosecution — Wilful attempt to evade tax — Assessee filed a return, accepted with a refund — French Government information under DTAA alleged assessee held Swiss bank accounts — A search conducted u/s. 132 — No incriminating evidence found — Addition made on account of alleged foreign accounts — Tribunal set it aside — Criminal complaints u/s. 276C, 276D, and 277 for tax evasion and non-compliance with a notice to sign a consent form filed — Information from French, not Swiss, authorities was unauthenticated, and no evidence supported tax evasion — Without credible evidence, sections 276C, 276D, and 277 were inapplicable, and complaints were quashed — Non-signing of consent form was penalized under section 271, not warranting criminal proceedings.

The assessee filed Income Tax Returns for 2006-07 and 2007-08, declaring total income, which were finalized with refunds issued u/s. 143(1) of the Income-tax Act, 1961. In 2011, French authorities, under the DTAA, informed that the assessee held bank accounts in HSBC Private Bank, Switzerland, linked to four accounts as a beneficial holder.

Based on the information received, a search u/s. 132 of the Act was carried out on 20.01.2012 at the premises of the assessee but no incriminating material was found against the assessee. Assessee’s statements were recorded u/s. 132(4) wherein the assessee denied having any account in HSBC Bank.

In response to the notice issued u/s. 153A, the assessee filed return of income declaring the same income as was previously disclosed in his earlier returns. In the course of assessment, the assessee was required to sign the consent waiver form to procure details of his Bank account from the Swiss Bank. The assessee attended the proceedings through his Chartered Accountant and submitted response and filed the details from time to time. Thereafter, the assessment was completed vide order dated 23.03.2015 wherein certain additions on account of undisclosed alleged Foreign Bank Accounts, particularly the HSBC Bank in Switzerland and the interest presumed to have been received from the alleged Foreign Bank Accounts for the years 2006-07 and 2007-08 were made u/s. 69 of the Act. Additionally, a penalty along with interest, was imposed vide order dated 30.06.2015.

On appeal, the CIT(A) confirmed the order of the AO. On further appeal before the Tribunal, the additions made by the AO were set aside.

Subsequently, in January 2016, criminal complaint u/s. 276C(1)(i), 277(1) and 276(D) of the Act were filed against the assessee for wilful attempt to evade tax in relation the alleged Foreign Bank Accounts in HSBC Bank, Switzerland, alleged false verification given while filing original Return of Income; non-compliance of notice wherein the assessee was required to sign “the Consent Form”.

The assessee filed Criminal Petition before the Hon’ble High Court seeking quashing of the complaints on the ground that the appeal was decided in favour of the assessee by the Tribunal and since the order of the AO was set aside, the criminal proceedings initiated against the assessee became infructuous.

The High Court resolved the petitions in favour of the assessee, on broadly 3 questions as follows:

i. Whether the information received from France under DTAA can be relied upon to initiate criminal case against the accused?

The Hon’ble High Court held that unauthenticated documents received from the French Government under the DTAA without verification by Swiss Authorities and unaccompanied by supporting incriminating material found during a search do not provide sufficient grounds to initiate criminal proceedings. The presence of the assessee’s name in such documents alone does not shift the burden of proof onto the assessee.

ii. Whether the assessee could be compelled to sign the consent waiver form?

The Hon’ble Court stated that failing to sign the Consent Waiver Form, without authenticated incriminating evidence, cannot be considered an offence under Section 276D or as evidence of undisclosed income; however, this non-compliance may result in a penalty under Section 271(1)(b) but does not warrant criminal prosecution.

iii. Whether criminal complaints can be sustained when the assessment order has been set aside by the Tribunal for want of incriminating material?

The Court also concluded that criminal complaints u/s. 276C(1)(i), 276D, and 277(1) are not sustainable when the ITAT has set aside the Assessment Order due to lack of incriminating material, as there is no prima facie case for concealment or false statement that would justify prosecution.

The court emphasised that prosecution requires sufficient evidence to establish a prima facie case, which was absent here, and thus quashed the criminal complaints.

Assessment — Rejection of books of account — Estimation of net profit at 8% — Disallowance u/s. 43B while computing income and tax liability — Since profit was estimated after rejecting books of account Tribunal could not restore the matter to the Assessing Officer to consider whether addition was required to be made.

29. [2025] 177 taxmann.com 181 (Cal.):

Skyscraper Projects (P.) Ltd. vs. Addl.CIT:

A. Ys. 2012-13: Date of order 28/07/2025:

S. 43B of ITA 1961

Assessment — Rejection of books of account — Estimation of net profit at 8% — Disallowance u/s. 43B while computing income and tax liability — Since profit was estimated after rejecting books of account Tribunal could not restore the matter to the Assessing Officer to consider whether addition was required to be made.

The Assessee is engaged in the business of civil construction. The assessee filed its return of income for AY 2012-13. The Assessee’s return was selected for scrutiny. In the course of assessment, the Assessing Officer rejected the books of account of the Assessee and estimated the net profit at 8%, as was done in the earlier assessment years. However, while computing the tax liability, the Assessing Officer made a disallowance u/s. 43B of the Income-tax Act, 1961 and added the said amount while computing tax liability.

CIT(A) held that once the Assessing Officer has estimated the income after rejecting books of account, it is presumed that all the provisions of sections 29 to 43D have been considered and no further addition on account of section 43B was required. On appeal by the Department the Tribunal restored the issue to the file of the Assessing Officer to verify the claim of the assessee in respect of the VAT / Service tax liability paid during the year which had already suffered tax on account of addition made under section 43B of the Act in the preceding year.

The Calcutta High Court allowed the appeal filed by the assessee, took note of the various decisions by the other High Courts which laid down the position that when the profits are estimated, it implies that the Assessing Officer has not relied on the books of accounts and if this fact is accepted then the estimation made by the Assessing Officer of net profit will take care of every addition related to business income or business receipts and no further disallowance can be made and held as under:

“i) In the light of the above legal position and also the undisputed fact being that the gross profit was estimated after rejecting the books of accounts, the order passed by the learned Tribunal restoring the matter to the Assessing Officer is unnecessary and not called for. For the above reasons, the appeal filed by the assessee is allowed.

ii) The substantial questions of law are answered in favour of the assessee and the order passed by the CIT(A) dated 19th August, 2019 stands restored.”

ICAI and Its Members

I.  ICAI TAX AUDIT NOTIFICATION

ICAI Notification under Section 15(2)(fa) of the Chartered Accountants Act, 1949 – Tax Audit Limit Guidelines, 2025

Notification: F. No. 1-CA(7)/234/2025 dated 25.07.2025

Effective Date: 1st April, 2026

Key Provisions

  1. Title: Chartered Accountants (Limit on Number of Tax Audits) Guidelines, 2025.
  2. Applicability: Effective from 1st April 2026.
  3. Tax Audit Limit:
  • Individual Chartered Accountant / Proprietary firm: Maximum 60 tax audit assignments per financial year, whether corporate or non-corporate.
  • CA Firm: Maximum 60 tax audit assignments per partner per financial year.
  • Multiple Firm Membership: Where a partner is also a partner in any other CA firm(s), the aggregate ceiling of 60 audits applies across all firms.
  • Individual Capacity: Where a partner of a CA firm also accepts tax audits in his individual capacity, the aggregate ceiling of 60 audits applies across firm and individual capacity combined.
  • Branch/HO audits: Audit of head office and its branches to be counted as one assignment.
  • Revised audit reports: Not to be counted separately.
  • Assignments under Sections 44AE, 44ADA, and 44AD (clauses (c), (d), (e) of Sec 44AB): Not to be counted towards the limit.
  • Part-time partners: Not to be considered in calculating firm’s tax audit limit.

4. Record Maintenance: Every CA must maintain records of tax audit assignments accepted and signed in the prescribed format.

5. Supersession of Earlier Guidelines: These guidelines override earlier ones, including Chapter VI of Council General Guidelines, 2008, which remain valid only till 31st March, 2026

II. ICAI PUBLICATION

1. Guidance Note on Tax Audit under section 44AB of the Income-tax Act, 1961 (Revised 2025)

Considering the recent revisions to Form No. 3CD and the amendments introduced by the Finance (No. 2) Act, 2024 and the Finance Act, 2025 to the Income-tax Act, 1961,the Direct Tax Committee of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India has released the Revised (2025) Edition of the Guidance Note on Tax Audit under Section 44AB of the Income-tax Act, 1961. This updated edition is released keeping pace with ongoing legislative developments, judicial interpretations, and evolving professional practices. It serves as a comprehensive, practical resource designed to support members in fulfilling their tax audit responsibilities with accuracy, diligence, and confidence

Link: https://resource.cdn.icai.org/87317dtc-aps1808gn-tax-audit2025.pdf

2. Checklist for Preparation of ITR Forms (ITR-1 & ITR-4)

In pursuit of objective of to strengthen the knowledge base of members and offer practical insights into the evolving tax landscape and to support our members in guiding taxpayers through their return filing obligations, the Direct Taxes Committee has introduced a Checklist for Preparation of Income-tax Returns – ITR 1 to ITR 4. This checklist will be released as a series, aimed at equipping members with practical tools and insights to ensure accurate and timely compliance.

Link: https://resource.cdn.icai.org/87550dtc-aps1990.pdf

3. Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs) on Management Representation Letter

The publication contains FAQs on management representation letter and responses to these FAQs. For the benefit of the members, the publication also contains four Appendices which include illustrative templates on Representation Letter, Format for Updating Management Representation Letter, Format for Additional Considerations, and SA 580 Compliance Checklist. “Appendix I: Illustrative Representation Letter” includes a comprehensive format of management representation letter. The publication will enable auditors to comply with requirements of SA 580, “Written Representations” and to obtain the necessary management representations effectively.

Link: https://resource.cdn.icai.org/87555aasb-aps2002-publication.pdf

4. Technical Guide on Accounting for Expenditure on Corporate Social Responsibility Activities (Revised July 2025 Edition)

The revised edition of the Technical Guide on Accounting for Expenditure on Corporate Social Responsibility Activities has been brought out in view of the evolving regulatory landscape and emerging practical considerations in CSR accounting. It aims to provide continued clarity, relevance, and guidance to professionals in navigating the accounting and reporting aspects of CSR with confidence and consistency.

Link: https://resource.cdn.icai.org/87104clcgc-aps1579.pdf

III. EXPERT ADVISORY COMMITTEE OPINION

Treatment and Presentation of Perpetual Loan under Ind AS framework

Facts of the Case

  • A Government of India (GoI) undertaking under the Ministry of Defence, fully owned by GoI, engaged in construction/repair of ships and submarines.
  • In FY 2010–11, GoI sanctioned a financial restructuring package of ₹ 824.90 crores.

– ₹ 452.68 crores as grant-in-aid for clearing liabilities.

– ₹ 372.22 crores (loan + interest + guarantee fee) converted into a perpetual loan with zero interest.

  •  Until FY 2023–24 (IGAAP), the Company classified the perpetual loan under Long-term Borrowings.
  •  From FY 2024–25, the Company adopted Ind AS and sought guidance on its classification.

Query

  • What is the treatment of perpetual loans under Ind AS?
  • Can the perpetual loan be classified as Equity under Ind AS? If yes, what are the recognition, classification, and presentation requirements?

Points Considered by the Committee

  • The perpetual loan has no repayment or interest obligation and thus does not meet the definition of “financial liability” under Ind AS 32.
  • It also does not involve settlement through equity instruments; hence it represents a residual interest in the entity’s net assets.
  • As per Ind AS 32 and the Guidance Note on Division II – Ind AS Schedule III, instruments evidencing residual interest should be classified as “Instruments entirely equity in nature.”
  • Presentation requirements under Ind AS 1:

» Shown separately in Balance Sheet under Equity (after Equity Share Capital, before Other Equity).

» Separate reconciliation required in the Statement of Changes in Equity.

EAC’s Opinion

  • The perpetual loan of ₹372.22 crores should be considered as having the nature of Equity and classified as “Instruments entirely equity in nature.”
  • The Company should comply with the disclosure and presentation requirements of Ind AS 1 and Schedule III Guidance Note.

ICAI Journal August 2025 Pages 130-136

Link: https://resource.cdn.icai.org/87366cajournal-aug2025-36.pdf

 

IV. ICAI DISCIPLINARY COMMITTEE ORDERS

1. Case: Serious Fraud Investigation Office, Ministry of Corporate Affairs, Govt. of India vs. CA SS – PR/G/139/2020-DD/133/2020/DC/1827/2023

Date of Order: 4.08.2025

Particulars Details
Complainant Serious Fraud Investigation Office (SFIO), MCA
Background SFIO investigation into M/s DSKDL revealed diversion of public deposits and bank borrowings via V S P Pvt. Ltd. and V P D PVT. Ltd. (V Group Co.) These entities were used as conduits to route > r 115 crore to Mrs. H under the guise of advances for material purchase.
Role of Statutory Auditor of the DSKDL & V
Respondent Group Co (FY 2011-12 to 2015-16).
Key Allegations – Collusion with DSKDL KMPs in siphoning funds.

 

– Failure to disclose related party transactions (AS 18).

 

– Reporting advances as genuine despite sham transactions.

 

– Gross negligence and lack of independent verification.

Findings – V Group Cos were mere shells; no staff, no business, only fund transfers.

 

– Respondent CA admitted before SFIO that no material was supplied and companies were conduits.

 

– Failure to disclose material facts and misstatements materially affected true & fair view.

 

–  Respondent acted “hand in glove” with management.

Charges Guilty of Professional Misconduct under:
Established – Part I of Second Schedule: Clauses (5), (6), (7), (8).

– Part IV of First Schedule: Clause (2).

Punishment Removal of name from ICAI Register of Members for 2 months. – Fine of ₹ 50,000 (payable within 60 days).

2. Case: Income Tax Department vs. CA. A.M. – PR/173/16-DD/250/16/DC/764/2018

Date of Order: 24.07.2025

Particulars Details
Complainant Income Tax Department
Background During search proceedings in the case of M/s. PACL Ltd., the Income Tax Department found that the Respondent had issued backdated audit reports and certificates to facilitate PACL’s false claims of compliance before SEBI.
Role of Issued statutory certificates under
Respondent Section 227 of the Companies Act, 1956 for PACL.
Key Allegations – Issuance of false and misleading audit certificates, despite lack of supporting.

 

– Helping PACL misrepresent its financial position to regulators.

 

– Gross negligence and lack of professional independence.

Findings – Certificates were knowingly issued without verifying underlying records.

 

– Respondent’s conduct amounted to collusion with PACL’s management.

 

– Serious breach of duty of independence and diligence.

Charges Guilty of Professional Misconduct under:
Established – Part I of Second Schedule: Clauses (5), (6), (7), (8).

 

– Part IV of First Schedule: Clause (2).

Punishment – Removal of name from ICAI Register of Members for 2 years.

 

– Fine of ₹50,000 payable within 60 days.

 

3. Case: Income Tax Department vs. CA. S.G. – PR/35/2015-DD/48/2015/DC/993/2019

Date of Order: 5.08.2025

Particulars Details
Complainant Income Tax Department
Background Search and seizure operations against B. R Group revealed that the Respondent, while acting as statutory auditor of group entities, failed to verify actual receipt of share application money and investments. Bogus share capital and premium entries were accepted without proper scrutiny.
Role of Respondent Issued clean audit reports for companies which had routed unaccounted money as share capital / share premium.
Key Allegations – Failure to independently verify share application money.

 

– Acceptance of management’s explanation without corroboration.

 

– Gross negligence in reporting true and fair view.

Findings – Auditor did not perform necessary audit checks on large share capital and premium amounts.

 

– Accepted sham transactions at face value.

 

– Serious dereliction of duty and lack of skepticism.

Charges Guilty of Professional Misconduct under:
Established – Part I of Second Schedule: Clauses (5), (6), (7), (8).

 

– Part IV of First Schedule: Clause (2).

Punishment Removal of name from ICAI Register of Members for 1 year.  Fine of r 50,000 payable within 60 days.

How to Avoid a “Corporate Kalesh”?

Corporate family disputes, or “kalesh,” remain one of the most significant risks to Indian business continuity, with nearly 91% of listed entities being family-run. While legendary leaders like Warren Buffett and Ratan Tata have demonstrated the value of timely succession planning, Indian corporate history is rife with examples—Ambanis, Birlas, Bajajs—where lack of clarity in succession has eroded value and shaken investor confidence. Key triggers of disputes include blurred lines between ownership and management, complex family dynamics, opaque governance, and delayed succession planning. Legal frameworks such as SEBI Listing Regulations and provisions of the Companies Act, 2013 mandate succession policies and disclosures, yet enforcement challenges remain. Prolonged disputes often harm minority shareholders, disrupt operations, and tarnish reputations. Mitigation lies in proactive steps—drafting family constitutions, involving the next generation (including daughters), appointing independent directors, adopting mediation, succession planning, and drafting wills—to ensure continuity, tax efficiency, and preservation of shareholder value

Recently, the nonagrian “Oracle of Omaha” announced that he would step down from the CEO position of Berkshire Hathaway by the end of 2025. Acknowledged and worshipped by global investors – Warren Buffet’s wisdom and humility has redefined investing and has inspired generations. He also named his successor who would take over as CEO from the next year.

Back home, the celebrated patriarch of India’s “salt to software” conglomerate directed most of the billion-dollar estate to philanthropy. The will of Ratan Tata1 provided financial support to long-serving staff, family members and reinforced his commitment to generosity and welfare.


1 No-contest clause – 1 April 2025

Both of them seem to certainly know the importance of a well laid (and timely executed) succession plan. A well-executed succession plan strengthens organisational culture and ensures that
leadership is not left to chance, but rather shaped by deliberate, strategic preparation. This forward-thinking approach is essential for sustainable success and the continued achievement of business objectives.

But family disputes for the succession and inheritance is not uncommon in corporate India. Studies have generally indicated that most families can’t keep their herd together for more than three generations and India is not an exception. The Birla’s and the Bajaj’s split after three generations and the Ambani’s a little earlier – in their second generation2. Company’s value gets destroyed when the news of a split catches the markets by surprise. One may remember such an instance, when the younger Ambani sibling stated his ownership
issues at the Annual General Meeting of Reliance Industries in 2005. Not only the stock fell, but it also took the Sensex with it.

Discussions among the promoters of Murugappa Group3 to finalise a new family settlement have regained momentum, signalling intent from the three different factions of the storied Chennai-based group to resolve disagreements over business valuations and facilitate a three-way split.

From emotionally charged political debates during lunch to overly competitive card games during Diwali, there are many reasons family members can find themselves at loggerheads with one another. A particularly serious scenario is when family businesses become the epicentre of a bitter conflict between family members.


2 Family Businesses And Splitting Heirs – 15 October 2010

3 Murugappa Group 3-way split talks are back on track – 12 May 2025

WHY THINGS GO WRONG?

Few reports indicate that nearly 91% of all listed Indian entities can be classified as family-run. The disputes among business families underline the complexities of balancing family wealth and business interests. Family disputes typically arise from a combination of following key factors:

► Blurred distinction between ownership and management

Doctrine of separate legal entity provide that the legal status of an entity is distinct from its owners. For example, the actions of shareholders cannot be attributed to the company and vice versa. However, ownership and governance of family run companies is often dictated by policies and principles of the founding families and reflects the founder’s wishes and vision. The concept of the company being a separate legal entity almost blurs. Corporate governance norms, decision-making processes, and ownership/ management can be overshadowed by family dynamics.

► Family dynamics

Personal relationships within the family, including issues of trust and communication, often exacerbate business conflicts. A family feud can take various forms and shapes. It usually starts as a small difference of opinion between family members on business strategy or priorities or simply ego problems. The emotional ties and historical baggage can make resolution more difficult. For example, a lot of resentment can be traced back to the fact that one segment in the family may have an extravagant lifestyle while the other may be more down to earth.

► Opaque culture fuels conflicts

Conflicts in family businesses are rarely caused by poor business performance; most conflicts arise because the family owners perceive that their needs are not met. Conflicts also surface when situations are unclear or not properly understood. The management of these conflicts becomes the key to survival of both the business and the family. Indeed, the main reason behind the emergence of conflict in family businesses is the lack of understanding and communication between the three family dimensions, namely the family, owners and management.

Understanding and managing family dynamics become extremely important as everyone within the family will have their own strong point of views. The individual views will differ based on personalities but also based on where the individual family member is positioned within the family. Some family members will be active shareholders involved in running of the business while other family members may just be passive shareholders. This divergence in knowledge often gives rise to conflicts.

► Succession issues

Indian promoters generally forget about their mortality and leave this important planning until too late. In many businesses, too little of that work goes into determining who will take over when the founders leave the stage. The handing of the baton to the next generation often fraught with challenges due to lack of a clear succession plan which leads to power struggles, as seen in the Ambani conflict. Conflicts over who controls the family business and how decisions are made can lead to prolonged legal battles. Many family businesses despite displaying solid professionalism fail to properly plan for and complete the transition to the next generation of leaders.

Succession planning becomes even more complicated when family issues such as legacy, birthright, and interpersonal dynamics gets entangled. Even without any explicit disagreement, the divergent goals of the business — to generate profits, exploit market opportunities, reward efficiency, develop organizational capacity, and build shareholder value — can come into direct conflict with the recognised goals of the family.

LEGAL FRAMEWORK

Majority shareholding and voting control generally rest in promoter hands. Amendments to SEBI (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015 (“SEBI Listing Regulations”) have tried to break the nexus between the promoter and the businesses, but such changes have not borne the desired fruit. SEBI had wanted to split the positions of the Chairman and MD or CEO, including the requirements that the Chairman and MD/CEO must not be related to each other, but due to widespread concerns, this requirement was subsequently made voluntary.

SEBI Listing Regulations has mandated the need for a Succession Planning Policy. This is one of the most significant attempts to ensure that investors do not suffer due to sudden or unplanned gaps in leadership. It is a mandate for Boards of all listed companies to develop an action plan for successful transition of key executives. Under the SEBI Listing Regulations Board of Directors are required to oversee succession planning.

Disclosures to stock exchange are prescribed under SEBI Listing Regulations to cover agreements between promoters or shareholders, whose purpose and effect is to impact the management or control of the listed entity or impose any restriction or create any liability upon the listed entity. This disclosure addressed the prevalence of undisclosed family arrangements within business groups that directly impact the operation and ownership of listed entities. These arrangements, whether formal or informal, can restrict the freedom of listed entities to conduct business or dictate succession plans for key management positions, while remaining hidden from the scrutiny of the business’s board and shareholders. SEBI Listing Regulations mandates the public disclosure of all such covenants, shedding light on any exclusion of family members from ownership or control, or the allocation of specific entities to particular branches of the family. Such transparency is essential to ensure that the governance of listed entities stays free of undue familial influence and manipulation.

Sections 241 and 242 of the Companies Act, 2013 address oppression and mismanagement. Though a plain reading might indicate that familial disputes do not constitute oppression or mismanagement, the recent order of NCLT in Kirloskar Industries vs. Kirloskar Brothers4 takes a divergent stance. In this case, the NCLT lifted the corporate veil and acknowledged the influence of the family dispute which created an impasse in the company leading to oppression of its shareholders.

Alternative dispute resolution techniques like mediation have grown in acceptance in India recently. A neutral third party, known as a mediator, assists parties to a disagreement in communicating and negotiating a resolution that will be acceptable to both parties. Mediation is a voluntary process. The procedure aims to resolve conflicts more quickly and affordably than traditional litigation by being less formal and confrontational.


4 NCLT order reinforces allegations of mismanagement – 23 May 2024

MINORITY SHAREHOLDER AT RISK

Things turn ugly when the feuding members starts airing their dirty laundry in public, make allegations about financial mismanagement, levies charges of oppression and mismanagement and tarnish stellar reputations.

One of the fiercest fratricidal disputes took place when the then vice-chairman and managing director of Apollo Tyres, battled for control with his father – the company’s chairman5. The Chairman refused to sign the accounts of the company and accused his son at the Annual General Meeting of financial irregularities including overstatement of profits. Eventually, with the battle becoming messier, provoking financial institutions to broker a peace agreement.

An executive director of Godfrey Phillips6 accused his mother and company’s chairman of orchestrating an attack to force him to settle the muti-crore inheritance dispute on unfavourable terms. The contested inheritance includes nearly 50% of Godfrey Phillips, and shares in other group companies across various sectors such as cosmetics, retail, and direct selling.

Past incidents have also shown that investors suffer in a prolonged family feud, resulting in languishing share price and erosion of value of minority shareholders. Sadly, these disputes lead to destruction of the family business in terms of reputation and structure as it disintegrates into smaller less effective units. In many cases, assets of the business are frozen until satisfactory resolution of the disputes thereby severely curtailing the exist opportunities to minority shareholders.


5 No company for old men – 18 October 2018

6 Bina Modi, Lalit Bhasin not charged in Samir Modi assault case – 22 April 2025

WHAT SHOULD INDEPENDENT DIRECTORS (IDS) DO?

Investors rely on the objectivity and expertise of IDs for protection of their interests during these disputes. They should continue to execute their responsibility of safeguarding the interest of minority shareholders and other roles and responsibilities prescribed under the Companies Act, 2013 and SEBI Listing Regulations – which become even more critical in ongoing family feuds. IDs must consistently monitor the information affecting the company’s prospect and act in an unbiased manner by providing an objective perspective to the stakeholders. IDs should guide and support the management to ensure seamless operations during the continuance of the dispute. This would help maintaining investor confidence and prevent any adverse impact on the company’s reputation, financial performance and shareholders’ value.

TAX TANGLE

Dividing massive business could lead to a hefty bill from income tax authorities unless it qualifies as a family settlement – which exempts from levy of income taxes. A family settlement is an agreement between family members to avoid future disputes, settle existing disagreements, and ensure a fair division of assets while keeping things peaceful within the family. The Indian law recognises that transfer of shares between family members under a valid family settlement may not attract capital gains tax, a tax levied on profits from selling assets.

It should be noted that the family’s assets are sometimes owned or held in the corporate entities and transfer of the assets by these corporate entities to family members may not get immunity from the capital gain tax. The settlement of these assets needs to be structured to achieve tax efficiency.

WHAT CORPORATE FAMILIES CAN DO TO MINIMISE CONFLICTS?

An orderly transition of management and ownership would help survival and growth of the business under the current structure or after restructuring, preserve mutual harmony, reduce or eliminate income taxes and facilitate retirement for the current leadership generation. For the sake of long-term survival of business it is imperative that family business owners:

► Get the family involved

Finding acceptance of the transition plan amongst the family members ensures smooth and orderly transition. This is perhaps the most complicated exercise and require harmonisation of expectations inside the family before any blueprint is made and then divide the empire. The first step is difficult, but makes a logical sense – because an undivided group has more resources, a bigger balance sheet and hence a bigger impact in the marketplace.

The Bangalore-based infrastructure company GMR7 put together a family constitution. The key message was that before handling family wealth, each one of them would have to understand relationships within the group. Spouses were taken on board and were explained how their husbands and sons could be picked for a role inside the organisation. They were told the logic behind these choices. All family members were also advised to bring their living standards within a commonly accepted band.


7 Rao family of GMR group signs 'family constitution' – 23 April 2007

► Identify and develop future leaders

The patriarch must exhibit an innate desire to be make space for the next generation, or indeed find an outsider as a successor, and then take proactive and concrete steps to groom them. Whenever ‘that day’ comes, a lot will depend on choices made years before — and not just about who will take over the top job. It’s a process and would generally takes many years of careful decision-making to set the stage. A company’s current leadership is responsible for working to identify and prepare the next generation long before any nameplates change. The founder may rely on personal, one-on-one interactions to identify and train his or her eventual successors.

► Don’t forget Gen Z (or the daughters)

Indian families should involve the younger members (including Gen Z) of the family right at the start of the discussion of the transition plan. The younger lot like Gen Z are open to novel concepts. The older generation is often caught in situations where respect means saying nothing. Even when they see something they don’t agree with, they say nothing. So the next generation must be involved. They are anyway the people who will have to execute the plan and must be convinced, otherwise it won’t work.

The other major shift that business families are trying to make is to include their daughters as well in the succession and discussion plan. Till now, daughters have been by and large ignored but the Godrej group’s and Abbott’s decision to involve the daughters stand as shining examples.

► Succession planning

Succession planning can mean different things to different people. It can be as simple as naming a family member to take over, or as complex as restructuring the business to align it with long-term objectives. Effective succession planning isn’t only about deciding who will run the business — it’s just as important to determine what kind of business those people will run. Also, the family members should appreciate that equal distribution of family wealth is a myth. Succession plans may not create equal opportunities for all parties. This point cannot be emphasized enough.

Promoters of family businesses should no longer loathe to name a successor(s) early or at any point during their (active) lifetime. They may consider leaving behind a ‘break-glass’ letter addressed to the Board, naming a successor in case of death or incapacity. Promoters can take their Board and/or the Nomination and Remuneration Committee into confidence and discuss this choice(s) with them.

► Write a will

It makes sense to consider drafting a will while still having full capacity instead of putting it off until sickness or advanced old age. A will can always be updated if the circumstances change. No will is iron-clad – but simple measures exist to help ensure that wishes of owner are executed exactly as intended when he is gone. Indian businesses are increasingly taking help of skilled professionals to draft wills. Having a neutral professional opens the door for both generations to understand and work together in harmony, to build a sustainable long-term generational family business, where conflicts are addressed in healthy ways.

CONCLUSION

Handling and avoiding corporate family feuds require clear communication, defined roles, and strong governance structures. Establishing formal policies, such as family constitutions or shareholder agreements, helps set expectations and reduce misunderstandings. Succession planning and conflict resolution protocols also play key roles. Involving neutral third parties, like advisors or mediators, can defuse tensions and guide fair decision-making.

Glimpses of Supreme Court Rulings

7. PCIT vs. Nya International

(2025) 482 ITR 281 (SC)

Revision – Erroneous and prejudicial – To exercise jurisdiction under Section 263 of the 1961 Act, the Commissioner of Income Tax should examine the merits and only on reaching a finding that the re-assessment order is erroneous and prejudicial to the interest of the Revenue make an addition – The jurisdiction could not be exercised on the basis of ‘no inquiry and verification’, where a case is of wrong conclusion

The assessee firm M/s. Nya International had filed its return of income for the assessment year 2012-13 on 16.08.2012 declaring total income as NIL.

The case thereafter was selected for scrutiny and assessment and an order was passed under Section 143(3) of the Act on 25.03.2015.

Information was received from DDIT (Ivn) Unit-7(2) Mumbai that the assessee was maintaining a bank account no. 5500111032480 with ING Vysya Bank having credit entry of ₹70,13,43,319/- and the bank account was not disclosed by the assessee in its return of income for the year under consideration. During the year, the assessee firm had claimed exemption under Section 10AA of the Act of ₹87,21,44,414/- but the exemption under Section 10AA was disallowed by the Assessing Officer while passing an assessment order for the assessment year 2013-14 and 2014-15.

Accordingly, the case was reopened under section 147 of the Act by issuing a notice under Section 148 and an order was passed on 31.12.2019 making a disallowance of ₹87,21,44,414/-.

By exercising powers under Section 263 of the Act, the Principal CIT (Surat) took up the order in revision noticing that the assessee firm was maintaining total three bank accounts – two with the Allahabad Bank and one with ING Vysya Bank. This was not disclosed in the ITR filed for the assessment year 2012-13. In the assessment proceedings, the Assessing Officer had not made any inquiry and therefore the order was erroneous insofar as it was prejudicial to the interest of revenue.

A show cause notice was issued and thereafter the order dated 31.12.2019 was set aside with a direction to the Assessing Officer to reframe the assessment.

The assessee challenged the correctness of the order of the revisional authority dated 18.02.2022.

The Tribunal by the order impugned held that there was no reason for the Principal CIT to exercise powers under section 263 of the Act as it was a case where it could not be said that the Assessing Officer had passed an order which could be termed as erroneous and prejudicial to the interest of revenue. The Tribunal held that it was not the case of the learned Principal CIT that the Assessing Officer failed to make any additions/disallowance; the Assessing Officer conducted enough inquiries to examine the debit and credit in the bank statement and he also examined the eligibility to claim deductions under Section 10AA of the Act and that is why he disallowed the deduction under section 10AA of the Act. It was not shown by the Principal CIT that the Assessing Officer had failed to examine the issue during the assessment proceedings based on the submissions and verification of the assessment records.

The High Court dismissed the appeal filed by the Revenue against the order of the Tribunal in light of the findings that the Assessing Officer had conducted sufficient inquiry and examined the eligibility to claim deduction under section 10AA of the Act. It was not a case of ‘no inquiry’ or ‘lack of inquiry’. According to the High Court, when an opinion is formed as a result of the inquiries, which was in the exclusive domain of the Assessing Officer, it is not open for the revisional authority to arrive at conclusions merely on the basis of a subjective exercise.

This special leave petition filed by the Revenue was also dismissed as misconceived and completely contrary to the law pertaining to Section 263 of the Income Tax Act, 1961.

The Supreme Court noted that the notice under Section 148 of the 1961 Act referred to two reasons. The first reason was with regard to non-declaration of the account in ING Vysya Bank with a credit of ₹ 70,13,43,319/-. The second reason was with regard to the claim of deduction under Section 10AA of the 1961 Act.

It was an accepted position that a reassessment order under Section 148 read with Section 143(3) of the 1961 Act was passed. Addition was not made for the first reason.

In the given facts, according to the Supreme Court, the assertion by the Revenue that inquiry and verification of the bank account was not made was ex-facie incorrect. This being the position, this was not a case of failure to investigate, but as no addition was made, the Revenue could argue that it was a case of wrong conclusion and decision in the reassessment proceedings. Therefore, to exercise jurisdiction under Section 263 of the 1961 Act, the Commissioner of Income Tax should have examined the merits and only on reaching a finding that the re-assessment order was erroneous and prejudicial to the interest of the Revenue, made an addition. This was not a case of ‘no inquiry and verification’, but as made out by the Revenue, a case of wrong conclusion. The difference between the two situations is clear and has different consequences. This being the position, according to the Supreme Court, the High Court was right in dismissing the appeal preferred by the Revenue.

From The President

My Dear BCAS Family,

As I commence my communication to you all, I am filled with profound sadness due to the sudden and shocking demise of Padma Shree CA T. N. Manoharan, Past President of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India, on 30th July, 2025. He was not only a towering figure and a remarkable ambassador representing the profession but also a respected statesman. His wisdom, humility and unwavering integrity inspired generations of Chartered Accountants, thereby earning him respect and admiration globally. For us at BCAS, his loss is even deeper since he was a regular participant at various events, including the RRCs, as well as a frequent speaker, the latest being at the 75th year celebration at the Reimagine event in January 2024. Whilst he has served the profession and the nation in various capacities, according to me his most remarkable contribution was the “100 day turnaround of Satyam” in his capacity as a Board nominee by the Government, for which he did not charge a single rupee, which he very eloquently narrated in his book, “The Tech Phoenix” which he jointly authored. This noble gesture is an apt illustration of what I call the highest level of “Professional Social Responsibility” (PSR), a theme very close to my heart. Hence, it is appropriate for me to share my thoughts on this very relevant concept and its role for professionals and institutions like us.

For Chartered Accountants, PSR is not merely an optional virtue but an ethical imperative that shapes the credibility, trust and relevance of our profession in an increasingly complex world. This responsibility manifests itself in multiple roles — as auditors safeguarding public interest, as advisors guiding sound business practices and as educators nurturing the next generation of professionals. In this context, the Code of Ethics, which lays down the principles of integrity, objectivity, professional competence, confidentiality, and professional behaviour, becomes relevant. Each interaction, opinion and report that we sign carries with it an implicit promise to act with integrity and objectivity, not just for our clients, but for the broader community and society.

At a practical level, PSR manifests itself in several ways, as under:

  •  Declining assignments that could compromise independence, even if financially attractive.
  •  Advising clients on long-term sustainable strategies rather than short-term gains at the cost of governance.
  •  Bringing potential irregularities to light, even when doing so is uncomfortable.
  •  Helping businesses adopt environmentally responsible practices and integrating ESG reporting into mainstream financial disclosures.

Going forward, the business environment we operate in is evolving rapidly. Globalisation, digital transformation and sustainability imperatives are reshaping the contours of our work. Stakeholders today expect professionals to go beyond technical proficiency – they demand accountability, transparency, and foresight.

The Role of Mentorship

One of the most profound ways to practice PSR is through mentorship. Our profession is built on the foundation of apprenticeship, yet in the rush of deadlines and deliverables, mentoring often takes a back seat. For our profession, mentorship takes shape in various ways as under:

  •  Learning: New accounting standards, emerging technologies, regulatory reforms, sustainability disclosures and digital transformation are redefining the contours of our professional role. Accordingly, mentorship serves as a tool for continuous learning.
  •  Career Guidance: For students and newly qualified members, a mentor can assist in career decisions — whether to enter practice, pursue industry roles, specialise or study further. For young professionals, mentors provide confidence in decision-making, exposure to real-world problem-solving and a deeper understanding of professional ethics.
  •  Reverse Mentoring: Mentorship is a unidirectional 360-degree concept wherein the mentees are more often playing the role of mentors to experienced professionals, especially in the current digital age, to help the experienced professionals gain fresh perspectives and reignite their youthfulness.

BCAS as a Facilitator of PSR and Mentoring

At BCAS, we are at the forefront in facilitating both PSR and mentoring. In fact, the very purpose and essence of our existence is built around them! We have, over the past seven decades, embodied this spirit both individually and collectively:

At an individual level, PSR and mentoring manifests itself through its members; whether they are part of the core group or otherwise who display selfless volunteerism by individually contributing in various ways whether as speakers, authors, co-ordinators and convenors and also participating in community service initiatives organised by BCAS Foundation like the recent tree plantation drive at Wada, details of which are reported elsewhere.

Collectively, PSR and mentoring manifest themselves through:

  •  Knowledge dissemination by the various technical committees through study circle meetings, seminars, residential refresher courses, etc. These not only help keep the professionals updated with cutting-edge changes in diverse technical fields in an ever-changing and dynamic economic, political and regulatory environment but also provide platforms where informal mentorship flourishes. Many lifelong mentor-mentee relationships have found their genesis at BCAS events. Apart from the hard core Technical Programmes, the two non-technical committees – the SMPR committee and the HRD Committee also conceptualize various programmes and events creating social impact, through financial literacy workshops for students, technology initiatives for senior citizens and marginalised sections and other similar initiatives, if required, jointly the relevant technical committee, with the aim of bringing about sustainable smiles. The ongoing webinar under the DigiSetu series, over four sessions, which aims at providing Tech Literacy for the senior citizens organized by the Technology Initiatives Committee, is one such PSR initiative.
  • Public interest advocacy and representation by proactively making timely representations on contemporary policy and regulatory matters, thereby discharging its responsibilities towards various stakeholders.
  •  Capacity-building programmes in the form of think tanks and research initiatives, both individually and in collaboration with appropriate professional, trade and industry associations and academic institutions, on contemporary topics and policy-level initiatives for onward submission to relevant regulatory and government bodies, thus helping in policy formulation on emerging and relevant areas for the benefit of various stakeholders.
  •  Community initiatives, including through engagement with BCAS Foundation by organizing blood donation drives, medical camps, promoting education, amongst others, on one hand and for the staff and members on the other hand by organizing picnics, sporting events, family day, etc., to enforce a work-life balance and quality engagement.

In this context, I would like to highlight the felicitation programme of newly qualified CAs recently held, which had a record-breaking participation of over 450 freshers. This programme keeps on setting fresh records each time and represents the spirit of mentoring in the truest sense! This time, the event was addressed by our Jt. Secretary CA Mandar Telang, who took the participants through his journey with BCAS and how it could help in their future journey and also offered other useful tips and guidance. We hope to continue this initiative, coupled with our one-on-one mentoring initiatives going forward.

The Power of Collective Action

Being a member of the Lions movement, I would like to conclude with a quote by Helen Keller, the famous author and disability rights activist who was deaf and blind, during her address to the Lions, where she highlighted the power of collective action in the following words, which reflect the ethos of BCAS!

“Alone we can do so little; together we can do so much”

A big thank you to one and all!

Warm Regards,

 

CA Zubin F. Billimoria

President

From Published Accounts

COMPILER’S NOTE

Clause XI of CARO 2020, requires an auditor to comment on whether any fraud by the company or any fraud on the Company by its officers or employees has been noticed or reported during the year – the said clause also requires to mention whether any report under sub-section (12) of section 143 of the Companies Act has been filed by the auditors in Form ADT-4 as prescribed with the Central Government and whether the auditor has considered whistle-blower complaints, if any, received during the year by the company.

Given below are few instances of reporting by the statutory Auditor on the said clause for the year ended 31st March 2025 and other disclosures, if any, in the Notes and Board’s report.

REPORTING ON CLAUSE XI OF CARO 2020

Motilal Oswal Financial Services Limited

a. We have been informed that one of the employees of the Company had carried out fraudulent act for an amount of ₹1.58 crores. FIR has been filed with the police department; the investigations are in progress and that particular employee has been terminated. The Company has also put a claim with the Insurance Company for the stated amount. In the meantime, the Company has accounted loss of ₹1.58 crores towards this matter in its books of accounts;

b. During the year, no report under sub-section (12) of Section 143 of the Act has been filed by secretarial auditor or by us in Form ADT – 4 as prescribed under Rule 13 of Companies (Audit and Auditors) Rules, 2014 with the Central Government. However, for the matter referred in para (xi) (a), we will be filing Form ADT-4 with the central government subsequent to the adoption of these financial statement by the Board of Directors, as certain set of information’s are getting collated by the management in this regard and the timeline to file the form for the matter stated in above para as per the Act still exists;

c. According to the information, explanation and representations given to us, no whistle blower complaint has been received by the Company during the year.

From Board’s Report

Reporting of frauds by Auditors

During the year under review, a fraud incident was identified following a customer complaint, and an internal investigation confirmed that the fraud was committed by an employee in relation to a customer. A police complaint was filed against the employee concerned, and the matter was subsequently brought to the notice of the Statutory Auditors and Secretarial Auditor during their audit. In compliance with Section 143(12) of the Act read with Rule 13 of the Companies (Audit and Auditors) Rules, 2014 (as amended from time to time), the Statutory Auditors reported the incident to the Audit Committee within 2 (Two) days of becoming aware of it.

The Company’s Management further carried out a detailed investigation, including system log reviews, and confirmed that the employee had not engaged in similar misconduct with other customers. A broader verification across teams also revealed no other such instances. The incident has no impact on the Company’s compliance with applicable laws and regulations.

Credit Access Grameen Limited

a. To the best of our knowledge and according to the information and explanation given to us, no fraud by the Company or on the Company has been noticed or reported during the year covered by our audit except for multiple instances of misappropriation of cash by its employees as identified by the management during the year, aggregating to ₹ 2.07 crores as mentioned in Note 43(s) to the accompanying standalone financial statements. The Company has initiated necessary action against the employees connected to such instances including termination of their employment contracts and recovery of these amounts to the extent possible. The Company has recovered ₹ 0.48 crores from its employees and provided for / written off the unrecovered amount of
₹ 1.59 crores during the year ended 31 March 2025;

b. According to the information and explanations given to us including the representation made to us by the management of the Company, no report under sub-section 12 of section 143 of the Act has been filed by the auditors in Form ADT-4 as prescribed under rule 13 of Companies (Audit and Auditors) Rules, 2014, with the Central Government for the period covered by our audit;

c. According to the information and explanations given to us, the Company has received whistle blower complaints during the year, which have been considered by us while determining the nature, timing and extent of audit procedures.

From Board’s Report

Details in respect of frauds, if any, reported by auditors:

Pursuant to Section 143(12) of the Act, the Joint Statutory Auditors and the Secretarial Auditors of the Company have not reported any instances of material fraud committed in the Company by its officers or employees. However, a few instances of cash embezzlement are reported under Note No. 43 of the Annual Financial Statements.

Extract of Note 43(s):

Instances of fraud reported during the year ended March 31, 2025 (Amounts in crores)

Instances of fraud reported during the year ended March 31, 2025

Manapurram Finance Limited

a. In our opinion and according to the information and explanations given to us, 166 instances of fraud
on the company has been reported by the management during the year amounting to r 510.47 million. (Refer Note No. 65 in Standalone Financial Statements);

b. A report under sub-section (12) of section 143 of the Act has been filed by us in Form ADT-4 as prescribed under rule 13 of Companies (Audit and Auditors) Rules, 2014 with the Central Government vide letter dated 27 December 2024;

c. A s represented to us by the Management, there are no whistle blower complaints received by the Company during the year.

From Notes to Financial Statements – Note 65:

From Notes to Financial Statements – Note 65

Aditya Birla Renewables Limited

a. According to the information and explanations provided to us and based on our examination of the records of the Company, a fraud involving misappropriation of funds amounting to ₹ 63.90 Lakhs (gross) by an employee was noticed and reported during the year. Of this amount, ₹ 7.15 Lakhs has been recovered as of the reporting date. The Company has initiated appropriate legal disciplinary actions for the recovery of the remaining balance;

b. The matter referred in “para a” above was reported to the Board of Directors, and appropriate disciplinary action has been initiated. However, since the amount involved is below threshold prescribed under Section 143(12) of the Companies Act, 2013, reporting to the Central Government in Form ADT-4 was not required;

c. As represented to us by the Management, there are no whistle blower complaints received by the Company during the year.

Reliance Power Limited

a. Based on the audit procedures performed by us and according to the information and explanations given to us, a fraud has been committed on the Company and its subsidiary Reliance NU BESS Limited (RNBL) (formerly known as “Maharashtra Energy Generation Limited”) by an entity (including its directors) by providing a fake bank guarantee of ₹ 6,820 lakhs which was submitted for the bidding with Solar Energy Corporation of India Limited (SECI). An amount of ₹ 590 lakhs was paid to the entity as bank guarantee facilitation commission. RNBL has filed a case with Economic Offences Wing (EOW) and the investigation is in progress. Based on the audit procedures performed by us and according to the information and explanations given to us, no material fraud by the Company has been noticed or reported during the year;

b. According to the information and explanations given to us, no report under sub-section (12) of section 143 of the Act has been filed by the auditors in form ADT-4 as prescribed under rule 13 of the Companies (Audit and Auditors) Rules, 2014 with the Central Government;

c. As represented to us by the Management, no whistle-blower complaints have been received by the Company during the year.

Bajaj Auto Limited

a. No fraud by the Company or no material fraud on the Company has been noticed or reported during the year except one case which has been informed to us by the management wherein an employee of the Company was involved in professional misconduct during the period from October 2021 to September 2023 leading to fraud of ₹ 1.71 crore on the Company. The employee has been terminated, and full amount has been recovered by the Company;

b. Report under sub-section (12) of section 143 of the Companies Act, 2013 has been filed by us in Form ADT – 4 as prescribed under Rule 13 of Companies (Audit and Auditors) Rules, 2014 with the Central Government;

c. We have taken into consideration the whistle blower complaints received by the Company during the year while determining the nature, timing and extent of audit procedures.

Grasim Ltd.

a. During the course of our examination of the books and records of the Company and according to the information and explanations given to us, we report that no fraud by the Company or on the Company has been noticed or reported during the year except a fraud on the Company relating to inventory identified by the management aggregating to ₹ 4.50 crore involving erstwhile employee, transporter and warehouse staffs for which the management has taken the appropriate steps;

b. Report under sub-section (12) of section 143 of the Companies Act, 2013 has been filed by us in Form ADT – 4 as prescribed under Rule 13 of Companies (Audit and Auditors) Rules, 2014 with the Central Government;

c. We have taken into consideration the whistle blower complaints received by the Company during the year while determining the nature, timing and extent of audit procedures.

From Board’s Report

During the year, in the course of audit, auditors did not come across any instances of fraud, except a fraud relating to inventory identified by the Management aggregating to r 4.50 crore involving erstwhile employee, transporter and warehouse staff, for which the Management has taken the appropriate steps.

A report under sub-section (12) of Section 143 of the Companies Act, 2013 has been filed by one of the joint auditors of the Company in Form ADT-4 as prescribed under rule 13 of the Companies (Audit and Auditors) Rules, 2014 with the Central Government.

Fixed Place PE (Control and Substance over Form)

The Supreme Court of India1 (“SC”) has affirmed the ruling of the Delhi High Court2 (“Delhi HC”), holding that Hyatt International Southwest Asia Ltd. (“Hyatt International”), a UAE-based company, had a fixed place Permanent Establishment (“PE”) in India under Article 5(1) of the India-UAE Double Taxation Avoidance Agreement (“DTAA”). The SC focused on the substance of the arrangement, concluding that Hyatt International’s pervasive operational control over the Indian hotels, owned by Asian Hotels Limited, India (“AHL”), created a fixed place PE.

  •  The SC held that the test for a fixed place PE is not merely physical access but whether the premises are operationally ‘at the disposal’ of a foreign enterprise to conduct its business.
  •  The Court endorsed a substance-over-form approach, looking at the combined effect of (i) the Strategic Oversight Services Agreement (“SOSA”) between AHL and Hyatt International; and (ii) the Hotel Operating Services Agreement (“HOSA”) between AHL and Hyatt India Pvt. Ltd. (“Hyatt India”), Hyatt International’s Indian affiliate to determine the true nature of control.
  •  Pervasive control through strategic planning, brand standard enforcement, and the discretion to deploy personnel was sufficient to constitute the hotel premises as being ‘at the disposal’ of Hyatt International.

This article discusses the impact of the SC decision and the way forward for multinational companies (“MNCs”) operating in India. It delves into how ‘operational control’ may result in physical presence and outlines the crucial steps MNCs must take to consider the constitution of PE risk under this new precedent.


1 Hyatt International Southwest Asia Ltd. vs. Additional Director of Income Tax - 
judgement dated July 24, 2025 [Civil Appeal No. 9766 OF 2025/ SLP (C) No. 5710 of 2024].

2 Hyatt International Southwest Asia Ltd. vs. Additional Director of Income Tax - 
judgement dated December 22, 2023 [ITA 216/2020].

BACKGROUND

The taxpayer, Hyatt International, was a company incorporated in the UAE and was a tax resident of the UAE. It was engaged in rendering hotel consultancy and advisory services from Dubai to hotels within the Hyatt group, including several located in India. On September 4, 2008, it entered into a long-term (20-year) SOSA with AHL, the owners of Hyatt hotels in India, to provide strategic planning services and ‘Know-How’. Contemporaneously, AHL entered into a separate HOSA with Hyatt India, the Indian affiliate of Hyatt International, to provide day-to-day management and operational assistance for the hotels..

The key clauses of the SOSA were as follows:

  • Standards of Operation: The hotel was required to be operated consistently with the standards of international ‘Hyatt Regency’ hotels, referred to as ‘Hyatt Operating Standards’. Hyatt International was responsible for providing strategic plans, policies, procedures, and guidelines to ensure adherence to such ‘Hyatt Operating Standards’
  • Control over Strategic Planning: SOSA granted Hyatt International ‘complete control and discretion’ in formulating and establishing the overall general and strategic plan for all aspects of the hotel’s operation, including branding, product development, and day-to-day on-site operations.

It also granted Hyatt International power to formulate (i) purchasing policies with respect to selection of goods, supplies (and suppliers) and materials; (ii) policies on guest admittance, use of hotel for customary purposes, charges for hotel / room services; (iii) furnishing sales, marketing and centralized reservation services; (iv) making available its own and its affiliated companies personnel for the purpose of reviewing all plans and specifications for future alterations of the premises etc.; and (v) handling of the hotel’s operating bank accounts etc.

  • Provision of ‘Know-How’: As part of its services, Hyatt International agreed to provide the hotel with its proprietary ‘Know-How’. This included written knowledge, skills, experience, operational information, and associated technologies developed by the Hyatt group worldwide. AHL was restricted from using such ‘Know-How’ exclusively for the operation of the hotel.
  •  Personnel and Human Resources:

o Hyatt International, on behalf of and in consultation with AHL, could identify, recruit and assist in appointing any non-local employees of the hotel, including the General Manager, expatriate personnel, key executives and executive committee members. Although AHL had a right to approve the appointment of the General Manager, such approval couldn’t be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

o Hyatt International was required to align the hotel’s human resource policies with ‘Hyatt Operating Standards’.

o Hyatt International was empowered at its ‘sole and absolute discretion’ to assign its own (or affiliates’) employees to India on an occasional basis as needed without needing prior approval from AHL.

o Hyatt International or its affiliates could also temporarily assign its employees to serve as full-time executive staff at the hotel.

  •  Title to the hotel: AHL was restricted from using the hotel as collateral for financing or refinancing without first securing a ‘non-disturbance and attornment agreement’ from the lenders, which was acceptable to Hyatt International. This was to ensure Hyatt International’s rights, including the realisation of its fees, under the SOSA were protected.
  •  Service Fee: Hyatt International was entitled to ‘Strategic Fees’ for the services provided. This consideration was not a fixed fee, but it was calculated as a percentage of room revenue and other revenues and income – whether directly or indirectly derived from the hotel’s operations – as well as cumulative gross operating profit.
  •  Reimbursement: Hyatt International was entitled to advance its own funds in payment of costs and expenses of AHL. Hyatt International was also entitled to reimbursement of costs for certain services, including internal audits, management operation reviews and specialised training programs. Further, AHL was required to reimburse Hyatt International or its affiliates for which employees were assigned to serve as full-time executive staff at the hotel in terms of the secondment arrangement.
  •  Term of Agreement: The SOSA was for a long-term period of 20 years, with an option for a 10-year extension by mutual agreement

Upon examination of the facts of the case and the terms of SOSA and HOSA, the Delhi High Court held that Hyatt International had a fixed place PE in India. The SC dismissed Hyatt International’s appeal against the Delhi HC’s judgment.

SUPREME COURT RULING

As per SC, determination of a fixed place PE involves a fact-specific inquiry, including: the enterprise’s right of disposal over the premises, the degree of control and supervision exercised, and the presence of ownership, management, or operational authority.

The SC distinguished the Hyatt International case from ADIT vs. M/s. E-Funds IT Solutions Inc3 (“E-funds case”) on facts. The SC noted that in the E-funds case, the Indian subsidiary merely provided back-office support and was compensated on an arm’s length basis, with no involvement in core business functions. In contrast, the SC noted that in the Hyatt International case, “the hotel itself was the situs of the appellant’s primary business operations, carried out under its direct supervision and aligned with its commercial interests”.

Similarly, the SC also distinguished UOI v. U.A.E Exchange Centre4 case on facts holding that considering the functions of Hyatt International, “cannot be said that they were performing merely ‘auxiliary’ functions.”


3(2018) 13 SCC 294.

4 (2020) 9 SCC 329

The SC’s decision was grounded on the following key principles:

1. The ‘At the Disposal’ Test – Operational vs. Actual Physical Control:

  •  The SC negated Hyatt International’s argument that the absence of an exclusive or designated physical space within the hotel precluded the existence of a PE. Relying on the Formula One World Championship Limited v. CIT (“Formula One case”), the SC affirmed the principle that for a place to be considered ‘at the disposal’ of an enterprise, it does not require legal ownership, a rental agreement, or exclusive physical possession of a specific area. Temporary or shared use of space is sufficient, provided business is carried on through that space.
  •  The SC also negated the argument that the absence of a specific clause in the SOSA permitting the conduct of business from the hotel premises negated the existence of a PE. Relying on the Formula One case, the SC held that the test is not whether a formal right of use is granted, but whether, in substance, the premises were ‘at the disposal’ of the enterprise and were used for conducting the core business functions of such enterprise. Effectively, SC
  •  The SC found that Hyatt International exercised pervasive and enforceable control over the hotel’s strategic, operational, and financial dimensions under the SOSA. Specifically, the SOSA provided Hyatt International with powers to (a) appoint and supervise the General Manager and other key personnel, (b) implement human resource and procurement policies, (c) control pricing, branding, and marketing strategies, (d) manage operational bank accounts, and (e) assign personnel to the hotel without requiring the AHL’s consent.
  •  As per the SC, such rights under the SOSA went well beyond mere consultancy and indicated that Hyatt International was an active participant in the core operational activities of the hotel.
  •  Hyatt International’s ability to enforce compliance, oversee operations, and derive profit-linked fees from the hotel’s earnings demonstrated a clear and continuous commercial nexus and control with the hotel’s core functions. This nexus satisfied the conditions necessary for the constitution of a fixed place PE under the DTAA. In effect, Hyatt International was running AHL and therefore was carrying on the business of AHL in India.

2. Substance Over Form:

  •  The SC looked past the formal bifurcation of contracts (i.e. SOSA for strategic services and HOSA for day-to-day management). It noted that Hyatt India was obligated to implement the policies and standards dictated by Hyatt International. This structure ensured that Hyatt International retained ultimate control over the hotel’s operations, effectively using its Indian affiliate as an instrument to execute its business strategy within the hotel premises. The SC reiterated the well-settled principle that legal form does not override economic substance in determining PE status.
  •  This holistic analysis of contracts split up between Hyatt International and its Indian affiliate by SC is similar to the issue of splitting of contracts in the case of Supervisory PE5 captured in BEPS Action Plan 7 (Preventing the Artificial Avoidance of Permanent Establishment Status). The recommendation of BEPS Action Plan 7 was eventually adopted in Article 14 (Splitting-up of Contracts) of MLI (Multilateral Convention to Implement Tax Treaty related measures to prevent Base Erosion and Profit Shifting). Although this is not directly applicable to the case of fixed place PE, the principle applied by SC in the Hyatt International case is similar to the principle provided in Article 14 of the MLI.

3. Fixed place PE through presence of employees in India: The SC held that frequent and regular visits by Hyatt International’s employees/ executives established continuous and coordinated engagement, even though no single individual exceeded the 9-month stay threshold. Under Article 5(2)(i) of the DTAA, the relevant consideration was the continuity of business presence in aggregate – not the length of stay of each individual employee. Once it was found that there was continuity in the business operations, the intermittent presence or return of a particular employee became immaterial and insignificant in determining the existence of a PE.

4. Application of Stability, Productivity, and Dependence Tests: The SC implicitly endorsed the Delhi HC’s finding that the 20-year duration of the SOSA, coupled with the Hyatt International’s continuous and functional presence, satisfied the tests of stability, productivity and dependence in constitution of a PE as laid down by the SC in Formula One case.


5 A specialized form of PE that arises when an foreign enterprise 
provides supervisory activities in connection with construction, 
building, installation, or assembly project  if they continue for more than a specified period.

ANALYSIS

The existing tax rules, which were developed by a group of economists appointed by the League of Nations in the 1920s, provided for a threshold for taxation of business profits in the form of PE. The concept of PE is largely conceived as a fixed place of business through which the business of an enterprise is wholly or partly carried on, thereby establishing a taxable nexus based on physical presence.

Under bilateral tax treaties, Article 5 serves as the cornerstone provision that defines the concept of PE. Article 5(1) of the tax treaties captures this fixed place concept of PE. Article 5, in addition to the fixed place concept of PE, recognises other distinct categories of PE, like service PE6, agency PE7, supervisory PE8 etc. Regardless of the type of PE established, the fundamental implication remains consistent, i.e., attribution of profits to the PE for taxation purposes. Once a PE is determined to exist, the source country gains the right to tax the profits attributable to that PE under Article 7 of the bilateral tax treaties.


6 Constitution of service PE is connected with the provisioning of services
 by an enterprise in a jurisdiction through its employees for more than 
a specified period in a year.

7 Agency PE encompasses the situation when a foreign enterprise operates 
through a dependent agent who has the authority to conclude contracts 
on behalf of the foreign enterprise. If the agent habitually exercises 
such authority, a PE is deemed to exist even without a fixed place of business

8 Supra note 5.

The SC’s ruling in the Hyatt International case is a landmark ruling in India’s PE jurisprudence, which reiterates the substance over form principle. The decision not only has significant implications for the hospitality industry but also for all MNCs conducting business in India, especially for MNCs having cross-border service agreements, involving strategic / management advisory, revenue-sharing models, etc.

Economic nexus vis-vis actual physical footprint

Over the years, as businesses become more globalised and conducting business in another country without actual physical presence is enabled through advancement in digital technology, the concept of PE has also evolved. Considering that the determination of PE is a factual exercise, the Indian Courts have adjudicated several principles on this aspect. The Andhra Pradesh High Court in the case of CIT vs. Visakhapatnam Port Trust9 explained the concept of a PE as postulating a substantial element of the presence of a foreign enterprise in another country. The presence had to additionally meet the test of an enduring and permanent nature. This decision propounded the concept of ‘virtual projection’.


9 [1983] 15 Taxman 72/1983 SCC Online AP 287

The SC’s decision in case of Formula One case marked another watershed moment in the jurisprudence on PE determination. In the Formula One case, the racetrack was held to be a PE for the foreign entity because it had control and the premises were at its disposal for its business, albeit for a short duration.

The Hyatt International case builds directly on this foundation. The difference is a lack of exclusive physical place ‘at the disposal’ of a foreign taxpayer in India. The SC noted that a 20-year long agreement, along with Hyatt International’s continuous and functional presence, satisfied the tests of stability, productivity and dependence for the constitution of fixed place PE. Essentially, the Indian hotel being controlled by Hyatt International from outside India was the key factor in SC’s determination of a fixed place PE. The decision enforces the principle of economic nexus rather than actual physical footprint to form the basis of taxation.

The SC’s conclusion was heavily influenced by several facts embedded within the SOSA, which collectively demonstrated pervasive control. Some of the facts that serve as a clear warning for businesses are:

  •  Absolute Strategic Control: The SOSA explicitly granted Hyatt International ‘complete control and discretion’ over all formulation and establishment of the strategic plan for all aspects of the hotel’s operation, leaving AHL, the owner of the hotel, with minimal rights. This transcended beyond mere quality control.
  •  Unfettered Right of Access: The SOSA gave Hyatt International the ‘sole and absolute discretion’ to assign its employees to the Indian hotels whenever it deemed necessary without needing prior approval, which indicates that the premises were constantly available to Hyatt International.
  • Overarching Control on Title: The SOSA required AHL to obtain Hyatt International’s acceptance of a ‘non-disturbance and attornment agreement’ before using the hotel as collateral for loans. This showcased a level of control that went far beyond mere service provision.

Employee presence and travel

Even though a service PE was not being constituted (as the time threshold provided in the DTAA was not being met) in this case, the finding of the SC in relation to employee presence/travel is crucial. The SC decision indicated that even if the specific service PE conditions are not met, a fixed place PE can still be established if the foreign enterprise exercises pervasive control over a place where its core business is conducted. The SC has, in effect, concluded that Article 5(1) is broader than the service PE article, and frequent employee travel establishing continuity of business operations may also constitute a fixed place PE. Therefore, in addition to tracking the duration of employee travel, it will be crucial for MNCs to look at the exact role of the employee and the nature of the relationship with the Indian entity to conclude on the constitution of PE.

Even in the absence of travel of employees of a foreign company to India, the determination of the economic employer of employees is also crucial. The Delhi High Court in the case of Centrica India Offshore (P.) Ltd. v. CIT10 had observed that the substance of the employment relationship has to be looked at instead of the form. Whilst observing the economic employment to be with the Indian entity, courts have considered factors such as (i) control and supervision being exercised with the Indian entity, (ii) the Indian entity bearing the cost of salary and discharging the tax withholding obligations, (iii) the Indian entity having the right to terminate the secondment, etc.11


10  [2014] 224 Taxman 122 (Delhi)/[2014] 364 ITR 336 (Delhi).

11  M/s. Toyota Boshoku Automotive India Pvt. Ltd. v. DCIT, ITPA No. 1646/Bang/2017),
 Goldman Sachs Services (P.) Ltd. v. DCIT, 2022 138 taxmann.com 162 (Bangalore Trib), 
Serco India (P.) Ltd. v. DCIT, 2023 154 taxmann.com 56 (Delhi Trib), 
Abbey Business Services (India) (P.) Ltd. v. DCIT, [2012] 23 taxmann.com 346 (Bang.).

Preparatory and auxiliary / back-office functions

Tax treaties incorporate specific exclusions that prevent certain activities from constituting a PE even when they might otherwise meet the basic definition. Article 5 of tax treaties generally provides a comprehensive list of activities that are explicitly excluded from PE status, including the use of facilities solely for storage, display, or delivery of goods, maintaining a stock of goods for processing by another enterprise, maintaining a fixed place of business solely for purchasing goods or collecting information, and carrying on activities of a preparatory or auxiliary character.

Preparatory activities refer to work undertaken in contemplation of the essential and significant part of the principal activity of an entity12, while auxiliary activities are those activities that don’t form an essential and significant part of the activity of the enterprise as a whole.13 These exclusions ensure that routine, supportive, or preliminary business activities do not inadvertently create taxable nexus in a jurisdiction.

The courts have also held that the provision of back-office or support services should not amount to the creation of PE as they do not form part of the primary business activity of a foreign entity in India.14


12 Progress Rail Locomotive Inc. vs. Deputy Commissioner of Income-tax,
 International-Taxation, [2024] 466 ITR 76 (Delhi).

13 Klaus Vogel on Double Taxation Conventions, Edited by Ekkehart Reimer 
and Alexander Rust, Wolters Kluwer, 5th edition, Vol. 1, 2022

14 E-funds case; Progress Rail Locomotive Inc. (formerly Electro Motive Diesel Inc.) 
Vs. Deputy Commissioner of Income Tax (International Taxation), Circle  – Noida & Ors

 

As per the SC in the Hyatt International case, the actual nature of work should be seen in determining whether such activities are auxiliary or preparatory in nature. The SC also laid emphasis on the long period over which the services had been provided to the Indian hotel, along with the remuneration model, to hold that the nature of activities did not fall within the ambit of ‘auxiliary or preparatory activities’ or constitute back-office functions.

CONCLUSION AND WAY FORWARD
This judgment effectively lowers the threshold for what can constitute a fixed place PE. The emphasis has decisively shifted from requiring a specific, physical location (like a dedicated office) to a broader test of whether a location is operationally ‘at the disposal’ of the foreign enterprise. By diluting the traditional requirements, the ruling opens the door for tax authorities to scrutinise a wider range of business arrangements, which will likely lead to an increase in PE-related litigation.

This creates a risky situation for MNCs that have long relied on a bifurcated model — keeping strategic functions and intellectual property in an offshore entity while a local affiliate handles Indian operations. This structure was often perceived as a way to manage PE exposure. The SC has now effectively plugged this perceived loophole. It has sent a clear message that if a foreign enterprise exercises pervasive control and runs its core business through an Indian location, it cannot shield itself from taxation merely by avoiding a direct physical footprint and separating contracts.

Further, this judgment puts the onus on foreign enterprises to demonstrate a genuine separation of functions and independence with their Indian affiliates in the provision of services to third-party Indian enterprises. If the Indian affiliate is merely an extension of the foreign parent, implementing its directives without independent discretion, the structure is vulnerable to being disregarded.

In light of this evolving landscape, MNCs have several crucial steps to consider.

MNCs should conduct a thorough internal review of their operational structures in India, specifically examining the extent of control and involvement of the foreign enterprise in the day-to-day activities of their Indian affiliates. This review should include an assessment of resource allocation, decision-making processes, and contractual arrangements to identify any areas that could be interpreted as creating a fixed place PE. Furthermore, they should consider restructuring their agreements to clearly delineate the scope of services and responsibilities between the foreign enterprise and the Indian affiliate, ensuring that the Indian entity has genuine independent discretion in its operations. Training for local teams on maintaining operational independence and proper documentation of all inter-company transactions will also be vital to withstand potential scrutiny from tax authorities.

GST 2.0

On 15 August 2025, Prime Minister Narendra Modi, in his Independence Day address, announced a blueprint for what he termed “Next-Generation GST reforms.” Framed as a Diwali gift to the nation, the proposal seeks to simplify the tax architecture and restore confidence in India’s indirect tax regime. The reforms rest on three pillars— structural correction of inverted duty structures and classification disputes, rate rationalisation into two broad slabs with limited exceptions, and ease-of-living measures such as pre-filled returns, technology-driven refunds, and simplified registration.

The announcement has generated optimism among businesses and consumers alike. Analysts project a potential consumption boost of nearly ₹2 lakh crore1, with positive spillovers to GDP growth, inflation, and stock market sentiment. International rating agencies have also hailed the move, viewing it as a step toward broadening compliance and reducing the shadow economy.

THE IMPLEMENTATION DEFICIT – DISPROPORTIONATE DEMANDS

Way back in 1926, on the 150th anniversary of the American Declaration of Independence, U.S. President Calvin Coolidge2 observed “It is not the enactment, but the observance of laws, that creates the character of a nation”. Almost a century later, this insight resonates powerfully with India’s GST journey. The Prime Minister’s Independence Day announcement of far-reaching reforms may indeed promise a cleaner, simpler, and more predictable tax system. But the real test lies not in the policy announcements or framing of provisions, but in how faithfully and fairly they are observed in daily administration by the administrators. A recurring theme in GST administration is the disconnect between legislative intent and operational practice. Several illustrative examples highlight how misaligned or overzealous enforcement dilutes the credibility of GST as a “Good and Simple Tax.”


1 https://economictimes.indiatimes.com/news/economy/indicators/gst-rate-rejigto-
give-rs-1-98-lakh-cr-consumption-boost-yearly-revenue-loss-seen-at-rs-
85000-cr-report/articleshow/123391183.cms
2 Speech at Philadelphia, 5 July 1926 https://millercenter.org/the-presidency/
presidential-speeches/july-5-1926-declaration-independence-anniversarycommemoration

In June 2024, CBIC issued Circular No. 210/4/2024, clarifying that services from overseas branches, where full Input Tax Credit (ITC) is available, may be treated as nil-valued and exempt from GST. Despite this, Infosys was served pre-Show Cause Notice (SCN) aggregating to  ₹32,403 crore by State GST authorities and the DGGI, alleging unpaid IGST on services rendered by overseas branches, in utter disregard to the Circular. Clearly, this was a case of an administrator not following the law laid down by the Parliament as clarified by the apex executive body CBIC.

Such disproportionate demands, often in utter disregard to settled legal understanding and defying logic, are commonplace in GST. Several insurers have faced notices alleging non-receipt of services for marketing expenses incurred by them, purportedly on the ground that such expenses exceeded the limits prescribed by IRDA. Extensive submissions by the insurers to the investigating authorities explaining the facts fell on deaf ears, resulting in disproportionate demands on entities, such as New India Assurance Company Limited (₹ 2,298 crores) Life Insurance Corporation of India (₹ 1,084 crores) and HDFC Life Insurance (₹ 2,422 crore), to name a few.

The extent of disproportionality in the notice can also be gauged on a comparison of the demands with the profits or the revenue of the noticee. For instance, First Games Technology Private Limited (a PayTM subsidiary) was served with a SCN of ₹ 5,712 crore. The consolidated revenue of the entire group for FY 2024-2025 was ₹ 6,900 crore.

These are just a few examples (taken from the regulatory disclosure filed by such companies with the stock exchanges) out of an ocean of show cause notices issued by the administrators. On going through the disclosures and the SCNs, two important facets strike one’s attention – notices for FY 2018-2019 are issued as late as in June 2025 and invariably, all these notices allege fraud or active suppression with an intent to evade payment of tax. Interestingly, allegations of fraud or active suppression also find place in notices issued to Government companies. Something is clearly amiss!

CURRENT FRAMEWORK OF DISPUTE RESOLUTION PROCESS

To give due credit to the GST law, there is a layered dispute resolution process. The SCN has to be adjudicated after considering the submissions of the taxpayer. Such adjudication may result in either confirmation or withdrawal of the proposed demand, though it is commonplace that the demand is generally confirmed, either without considering the submissions of the taxpayer or dismissing them summarily without cogent reasons.

The taxpayer thereafter has a remedy of filing an appeal before the appellate authority, who may either confirm or drop the confirmed demand. However, a mandatory pre-deposit of 10% is required for filing the appeal. More often than not, the appellate authority (being a revenue officer himself), confirms rather than drops the demand. Further, an appeal can thereafter be filed before the Tribunal with an additional pre-deposit of 10%. Since the Tribunal is still not functional, the taxpayer is required to wait before he could file an appeal, though a clarification issued by the CBIC still requires him to make the additional pre-deposit. Substantial amounts of business funds are lying locked up in such pre-deposits, while the Government takes its own time in making the Tribunal operational.

In the absence of an effective dispute resolution process, taxpayers are forced to knock at the doors of the Courts, thus clogging the judicial system. It is not just the arbitrary and disproportionate show cause notices that clog the judicial system, but even simple matters like cancellation of GST registration or detention of goods while in transit, due to a minor defect in e-way bill generation.

WHY IMPLEMENTATION MATTERS MORE THAN POLICY

The examples above reveal that the real challenge for GST lies not in rate design but in ground-level administration. When clarifications are ignored, trivial defects block registrations and companies face SCNs larger than their profits, confidence in the system erodes. For businesses, the unpredictability of enforcement is often more damaging than the tax burden itself. Certainty, fairness, and proportionality are prerequisites for a successful GST.

RECOMMENDATIONS FOR ADMINISTRATIVE SIMPLIFICATION

Accountability

Bring in accountability for adversarial actions undertaken by administrators, if ultimately such actions are overturned by the judiciary. Maybe, imposition of a monetary fine or penalty to be paid by the concerned official from his personal funds is a wish possible only in Ram Rajya. What is possible is a small step towards sensitising the officials on the ramifications of their actions. A presidential award of appreciation certificate and medal is granted to CBIC officials with specially distinguished record of service. The recommendations are based on multiple criteria, including significant contributions to GST revenue mobilisations through recovery drives and plugging leakages and success in anti-evasion operations. Being a revenue officer, targets, recovery and anti-evasion may be KRAs. However, when the ‘salesman’ goes over-board, the employer has to bring in checks and balances, else it would amount to mis-selling of products, which is detrimental to the long term interests.
Another manner of bringing accountability at an institutional level could be to require an equivalent refundable pre-deposit payment by the Government (as a party to the dispute) into the Consumer Welfare Fund. While this would be an inter-governmental transfer, it would bring a level playing field and would ensure that the Government also has ‘skin in the game’, bringing in some control on high pitched adjudications. Needless to say, the entire pre-deposit may be refunded back to the Government on final resolution of the dispute, either in favour of the taxpayer or the Government.

Duality of Administration

The dual nature of GST (State and Central Administration) presents an opportunity to address the issue of disproportionate SCN head on. The current framework permits an investigating or enforcement authority to issue a SCN proposing a demand, with an adjudicating authority confirming the demand. Since both the authorities serve the same Tax Department, the adjudicating authority has a direct or indirect authority bias in favour of confirmation of demands. The framework can be changed whereby the investigating or enforcement authority of a particular administration (say Centre) merely prepares a case based on investigation or enforcement and sends it to the other administration (State, in this case), who then issues a SCN, after application of mind. It is likely that due to duality of administration, the authority bias can be eliminated or reduced. This will also permit the taxpayer multiple forums before the proposition of large demands.

Consent of the CBIC for High-pitched Demands

SCN for any high-pitched demand above a particular threshold, say ₹ 100 crore should be allowed only after a pre-consultation meeting is held with officials at CBIC, who can go into the merits of the case before hand.

REFORM MUST MEAN RELIEF

The Prime Minister’s announcement has rekindled hope of a simpler, more predictable GST. However, the difference between REFORM and RHETORIC is INTEGRITY of IMPLEMENTATION. GST 2.0 must therefore go beyond slab restructuring. Its true measure will be whether the administration becomes predictable, proportionate, and harmonised. Only then will GST finally earn its intended moniker: a Good and Simple Tax!

Best Regards,

 

CA Sunil Gabhawalla

Editor

Refunds under the GST Law

Refunds under tax enactments arise as a matter of Government policy or pursuant to excess payments. The legislative source of such refunds plays a pivotal role in deciding the entitlement criteria, process, limitation, restriction, etc.; and hence should not be lost sight of, while studying refund provisions. This article is aimed at examining the structural aspects of refunds under GST law.

I. INTRODUCTION : LEGAL FRAMEWORK

Refund entitlements are present across the entire GST law – a simple tabulation summarises this array1. While the provisions are scattered, section 54 appears to be the parent provision for processing GST refunds. Hence, the refund entitlements can be basketed into those which are: (a) specifically mapped to S. 54 for conditions, restrictions, etc (b) not specifically mapped to S. 54.


  1. The list excludes refund entitlements under Central / State Industrial or
     Budgetary policies which would be governed by the respective 
    notifications issued by the administering Ministry.

LEGAL FRAMEWORK

On a perusal of the various refund provisions, it is noteworthy that most of the refund claims converge into S. 54 for compliance of conditions/ restrictions specified therein. The phrase ‘in accordance with S. 54’ implies mandatory and strict compliance of the said provision. On a harmonious reading of the entitlement provisions and S. 54, it prima-facie appears that explicit linkage mandates the applicant to comply with the directions under both the provisions. In other cases, S. 54 need not be referred since refund entitlements do not bear any linkage with the said section. Nevertheless, provisions of Rule 89 (except rule 96) wherever made applicable would need to be followed even if the statutory provisions are not specifically linked to S. 54 – this is by virtue of section 164(1) of the GST law.

II. GOVERNING PROVISIONS

The entitlement to refund is statutory and not a constitutional guarantee, as observed by the Hon’ble Supreme Court in its landmark decision in Mafatlal Industries Ltd. & Ors. vs. UoI2 and recently reiterated in the context of S. 54(3) of the CGST Act in the VKC Footsteps case3. It is hence imperative to identify the governing provisions of refund prior to claiming the refund before the appropriate authority.


21997 (89) ELT 247 (SC)

32021 (52) G.S.T.L. 513 (S.C.)

In Mafatlal’s case, a distinction was made between the refunds arising out of an ‘unconstitutional levy’ versus an ‘illegal levy’. While unconstitutional levy involves violation of constitutional provisions (such as the debate on mutuality, etc), illegal levy would involve misapplication or misinterpretation of legal provisions (such as dispute on intermediary services, etc). Refunds arising from tax paid on unconstitutional levies could be governed by Article 265 and/or civil rights emerging from S. 72 of the Contract Act. Accordingly, the substantive rights of refund are examined under general law provisions i.e. time limit, forum, etc. On the contrary, refunds arising out illegal levies (such as adjudication or appellate proceeding) would operate under the statutory umbrella and would be governed by the specific provisions including time limitation, forum, etc.

While this analysis emerges from the long-standing decisions under erstwhile law, the revenue may claim that even unconstitutional levies would be governed by S. 54. The premise is that unlike erstwhile provisions, S. 54 now has a specific phrase ‘any amount’ as part of its refund provisions and such collections would form part of this phrase. Moreover, in terms of S. 162, civil courts are barred from hearing any subject matter relating to the GST law. Therefore, refunds arising out of unconstitutional levies should also be governed by the GST law.

Yet irrespective of the governing provisions, the economic principles of unjust enrichment emphasising equity would continue to operate. This leads us to the next point on the compliance of unjust enrichment principles under refund provisions.

III. PRINCIPLES OF UNJUST ENRICHMENT

All claims for refund under the GST law are governed by a fundamental principle: ‘doctrine of unjust enrichment’. In other words, refund would be granted only to those who have actually borne the incidence of the tax. It is a cornerstone of refund jurisprudence, ensuring that a person does not receive an undeserving benefit by claiming a refund of an amount that has already been passed on to another. This principle mandates that the incidence of tax, interest, or any other amount being claimed as a refund should not have been shifted to another person.

The core tenet established in Mafatlal Industries is that if a person pays tax to the Government and subsequently incorporates that tax into the sales price, thereby passing it on to the customer, then a refund of such tax, if later found not payable, would constitute an undeserved benefit to the person who passed on the incidence. Where the claimant has recovered the tax from the recipient of goods or services, the refund is generally credited to the Consumer Welfare Fund unless the claimant can demonstrably prove that the incidence has not been passed on. The statute provides a limited exception list to this doctrine and hence all other cases would have to pass the unjust enrichment test.

SITUATIONS WHERE UNJUST ENRICHMENT DOES NOT APPLY

  1.  Taxes paid on export of goods or services or input tax credit on such exports
  2.  Refund of Unutilised input tax credit
  3.  Refund of tax paid on supply which is not provided (wholly or partially) and for which invoice has not been issued or refund voucher has been issued
  4.  Refund of tax paid u/s 77
  5.  Refund of tax or interest or any other amount paid if the incidence has not been passed on to any other person
  6.  Such other applicants which are notified by the Government

SITUATIONS WHERE UNJUST ENRICHMENT REBUTTABLE

The real challenge lies in rebutting this presumption from factual documents. Certain judicial precedents have examined this factual aspect and delivered fact specific verdicts. Though there are innumerable decisions, certain emphatic findings of courts have been elaborate below:

Amounts Deposited during Investigation/Pendency: Amounts deposited voluntarily during investigation or pending adjudication are considered as deposits rather than tax payments. Therefore, the principles of unjust enrichment typically do not apply to claims for refund of such amounts. In CCE vs. Advance Steel Tubes Ltd & CCE vs. Pricol ltd4, the Courts held that principles of unjust enrichment would not apply if a refund is claimed for amounts deposited during adjudication or investigation.


4 2018 (11) G.S.T.L. 341 (All.) & 2015 (320) E.L.T. 703 (Mad.)

Chartered Accountant Certificate / Affidavits should be corroborated with books of accounts and most importantly tax invoice: A tax invoice and the tax charged on the same plays a decisive role in ascertaining the factual aspect of incidence of tax. Two contrasting decisions of Delhi High Court in Hero Motocorp Ltd. vs. CCE5 and Shoppers Stop Ltd. vs. CC6 were rendered on this aspect. The former granted the refund and the latter rejected the refund on the ground of inconclusive evidence. The primary reason for the divergence of view was that the applicant in the latter failed to submit the tax invoice which evidenced whether duty burden on the customs CVD component was being passed on. This adverse inference was rendered despite the applicant producing a CA certificate based on its books of accounts that the duty component was not included in the customer price. But in the former decision, the court granted the refund on the basis of the tax invoice which depicted the price before and after the rate change. Thus, the tax invoice played a pivotal role in removing ambiguity on unjust enrichment.


5 2014 (302) E.L.T. 501 (Del.)
62018 (8) G.S.T.L. 47 (Mad.)

Undertaking to pass on the benefit to consumers subsequently – In case of Torrent Power7 where the burden of tax was passed onto consumers, the court permitted the deposit of the refund received in a separate bank account to be passed onto consumers in the subsequent billing cycles. This was a peculiar case where it was considered possible because of the company being directly engaged with ultimate consumers.


72025 (95) G.S.T.L. 437 (Guj.)

Duty burden passed onto ultimate consumer (post transaction credit notes) – The Supreme Court in CCE vs. Addison & co. Ltd8 held that it is not only the duty of the claimant to prove that the duty, which was originally charged to its immediate customer, is being reinstated back but the applicant is also under the obligation to prove that such immediate customer has not onward passed on the duty to the end consumer in the value chain. The claimant and its customer should not be benefitting at the cost of the end consumer. Refund can be sought by the ultimate consumer on the duty borne by it9. This principle has received legislative recognition by way of explanation to Rule 89 which deems that if the amount of tax has been ‘recovered’, the burden of tax has been passed onto the ultimate consumer. It would hence apply even in cases where the amount recovered has been reversed to the immediate buyer either by way of refund or adjustment through credit notes. This places an onerous burden on the applicant to prove, through its downstream suppliers, that the entire value chain has been reinstated back. This is a highly impossible burden to overcome especially in long distribution channels of products/ services.


82016 (339) E.L.T. 177 (S.C.)
92017 (348) E.L.T. 630 (Mad.) TVS ELECTRONICS LTD. vs. ACST, Chennai

Uniformity in Price could also mean profit margins realigned – Interestingly, in a Tribunal decision in Philips Electronics India Ltd10, refund claim was rejected despite maintaining the price structure before and after the increase in duty. It was stated that maintenance of price could also arise due to non-tax factors (such as re-alignment of profit margins, etc). Hence, the burden had not been proved effectively. But this seems to be a peculiar case because of the industry in which it was operating. In another case the High Court in Dhariwal Industries Ltd11 held that the manufacturer was under a statutory compulsion to report tax rate applicable at the time of clearance, though maintaining the original price structure, and hence this mere fact is not determinative of passing on the incidence of duty. Therefore, one would have to walk tight rope between the S. 33 which statutorily mandates the tax applicable on a supply to be reported on the face of the invoice and explanation to Rule 89 which deems any amount recovered from the recipient as passing on the incidence of tax to the ultimate consumer.

Refunds under Provisional Assessment Finalisation: When provisional assessments are finalised and excess duty is found to have been paid, the provision requires that unjust enrichment principle would equally apply. and the appellant has discharged the initial burden of proof by providing supporting documents and an undertaking, the onus shifts to the Revenue. If the Revenue fails to provide contrary findings, the refund is admissible. This was the holding in M/s Johnson Lifts Private Limited vs. CCE12, where the Tribunal found the impugned orders unsustainable as the Revenue failed to discharge its onus.

Fixed Price Contracts: When the price of goods or services is fixed by contract/ statutory authority, the issue of unjust enrichment should not apply, as the assessee has no authority to pass on the tax burden (CST vs. Advance Systech Private Limited13).


102010 (257) E.L.T. 257 (Tri. - Mumbai) HC appeal admitted in (325) E.L.T. A251 (Bom.)

11 2014 (303) E.L.T. 496 (Guj.)

12 2021-VIL-298-CESTAT-CHE-CE

13 SCA No. 8391 of 2019 Gujarat High Court

IV. STATUTORY TIMELINES (LIMITATION)

Refund claims must be filed within a prescribed period specified u/s 54(1) of the CGST Act. It provides that any person claiming a refund must make an application before the expiry of two years from the “relevant date”. “Relevant date” is defined in the Explanation after sub-section (14) of S. 54 of the CGST Act, with various scenarios for its determination. Be that as it may, the question is whether time limitation applies to all cases of refunds or some leniency can be sought from legal forums:

Specific Situations

1. Refund of deposits/ amounts not in nature of tax, interest of penalty – In Aalidhra Texcraft Engineers vs. UOI, Doaba Co-Operative Sugar Mills & Alliance Infrastructure Projects Pvt. Ltd14 (rendered under erstwhile law) it was held that tax deposited under mistake of law would not be subjected to limitation as it is not in the nature of tax, interest or penalty. The refunds would be governed by general provisions of S. 17 of Limitation Act and the time limit starts on coming to know of the mistake by reasonable means (refer discussion earlier). But this decision does not seem to consider the specific mention of the term ‘any other amount’ for the purpose of claim of refund u/s 54(1) and one should be mindful of contrary decision in Biju KP vs. ACST15 which was rendered specifically under the GST context.


14 2025 (97) G.S.T.L. 301 (Guj) & 1988 (37) E.L.T. 478 (S.C.) & 2022 (56) G.S.T.L. 3 (Kar)

15 2024 (87) G.S.T.L. 424 (Ker)

2. Fresh claim after Deficiency Memos cannot be re-tested for time limits: If deficiencies are communicated in FORM GST RFD-03, the period from the date of filing the original refund claim in FORM GST RFD-01 until the date of communication of deficiencies in FORM GST RFD-03 is excluded from the two-year limitation period. The law prescribes that a fresh refund application filed after rectification of such deficiencies must still be submitted within two years of the “relevant date”. Courts16 have examined and stated that the date of filing the original refund application would be adopted for the purpose of ascertainment of limitation period, especially if the documents prescribed in Rule 89(2) are complied with. Limitation stops the moment the original refund application is filed. But the law would prevail if the refund claim is genuinely deficient in terms of the supporting documents.


16 Gillette Diversified Operations Pvt. ltd. vs. JCCT Appeals 2025 (97) G.S.T.L. 248 (Mad); National Internet Exchange Of India vs. UOI 2023 (77) G.S.T.L. 502 (Del)

3. Time limitation specified u/s 54(1) is directory and not mandatory – The Madras High Court in Lenovo (India) Pvt. Ltd17 held that the use of phrase “may make an application before two years from the relevant date” in S. 54 implies that the time limit specified in the section is not mandatory rather directory in nature. This is a landmark principle which could be used as a defence for all time barred refund applications.

4. Time spent before a wrong forum is excluded for the purpose of limitation. in Darshan Processors vs. UOI18 the court held that the period before the inappropriate authority may be excluded for purpose of time limitation. This decision may have relevance in manual refund applications because system guided refund applications are automatically directed to the proper officer.


17 2023 (79) G.S.T.L. 299 (Mad.)

18 2024 (89) G.S.T.L. 358 (Guj)

V. REFUND OF “ANY TAX, INTEREST, OR ANY OTHER AMOUNT” UNDER S. 54(1)

S. 54(1) of the CGST Act is the overarching provision that permits any person to claim a refund of “any tax, interest or any other amount paid by him”. S. 54 establishes the legal and procedural aspects for claiming refunds in respect of various categories, which include, but are not limited to:

  •  Any excess tax paid;
  •  Excess Interest paid;
  •  Any excess amount which is neither tax, interest or any sums due;
  • Tax paid on the export of goods or services or both.
  •  Tax paid on deemed exports as notified by the Government.
  • Unutilised input tax credit (ITC) at the end of a tax period in specific circumstances.

We will be discussing some specific scenarios and their nuances:

A. Refund of Excess Output Tax: Output tax refers to the tax payable on outward supplies. Refunds relating to output tax typically arise from errors, advances, cancellations, or other instances of excess payment.

  1.  Excess Payment of Tax: This is a direct category for refund claims filed in FORM GST RFD-01.
  2.  Excess Balance in Electronic Cash Ledger: Any amount physically paid in cash and remaining unutilised in the electronic cash ledger after discharging tax dues and other liabilities can be refunded as excess balance. This includes instances where TDS/ TCS is deposited under a wrong head creating an excess balance in the deductor’s / collector’s cash ledger. The deductee can also adjust or claim a refund of such excess amounts credited to their electronic cash ledger.
  3.  Tax Paid on Advance Payments where Supply is Not Provided: Refunds are also available for tax paid on a supply that is not provided, either wholly or partially, and for which an invoice has not been issued (i.e., tax paid on advance payment). A statement containing details of invoices, payment proof to supplier, agreement copy, and cancellation/termination letter from supplier are required.
  4.  Refund Subsequent to Favourable Order in Appeal or Any Other Forum: Where a refund claim initially rejected through an order in FORM GST RFD-06 is subsequently allowed by a favourable order in an appeal or any other forum, the registered person must file a fresh refund application. This application should be filed under the category “Refund on account of assessment/provisional assessment/appeal/any other order.” Notably, since the amount, if any, debited from the electronic credit ledger at the time of the original application was not re-credited (as per Rule 93), the registered person is not required to debit the amount again when filing the fresh application under this category. There has been debate in the erstwhile laws on whether the refund ought to be automatically granted by the proper officer as part of the consequential effect of the appellate order or whether this mandates a specific refund application from the assessee. The legal principle has been that the proper officer is bound to refund the same as the demand no longer exists in law and the grant of refund is a continuation of the appellate order. Even in the context of GST, once effect is given to the appellate order including the liability reported in the Electronic Liability ledger, payments made towards such liability need to be refunded consequently. But practically proper officers insists that the refund ought to be filed separately under the online refund module in order to disburse the same.

B. Refund of Input Tax Input tax refers to the tax paid on inward supplies of goods or services used in the course or furtherance of business. Refunds in this category primarily relate to unutilised ITC, particularly in zero-rated supplies and inverted duty structures.

1. Unutilised Input Tax Credit (ITC): S. 54(3) of the CGST Act provides for refund of unutilised ITC in two specific scenarios:

  • Zero-rated supplies made without payment of tax: This pertains to exports of goods or services (or both) or supplies to Special Economic Zone (SEZ) developers/units, where the exporter opts to supply without paying Integrated Tax, thereby accumulating ITC on inputs and input services.
  • Inverted Duty Structure: This occurs where the rate of tax on inputs is higher than the rate of tax on output supplies, leading to accumulation of ITC.
  • Calculation of Refund: In both scenarios, the refund amount is to be calculated using specific formulae provided in Rule 89(4) and (5) of the CGST Rules. “Net ITC” is defined for this purpose. Prior to an amendment, it meant “input tax credit availed on inputs and input services during the relevant period”. However, post-amendment, the definition of “Net ITC” for Rule 89(4) was restricted only to “input tax credit availed on inputs during the relevant period”.

2. Tax Paid on inputs / input services used in making zero-rated supplies – In terms of explanation to S. 54, refund of all taxes paid on input/ inputs services used in zero-rated supplies is permissible. This is a case of direct entry into the refund provisions and by-passing the availment of input tax credit in the GSTR-3B in respect of input or input services used for such supplies. The applicant would have to prove usage with zero-rated supplies for being eligible for this claim.

3. Tax paid on Deemed Exports: Certain supplies of goods are notified as “deemed exports” under S. 147 of the CGST Act (e.g., vide Notification No. 48/2017-Central Tax dated 18.10.2017). For such supplies, either the recipient or the supplier can apply for a refund of tax paid and the applicant would have to issue an undertaking that the counter-party has not parallelly sought refund of the said amount.

C. Controversies on Refund of Output Tax on Account of Zero-Rating Zero-rated supplies (exports and supplies to SEZ) are intended to be free of tax, and any ITC accumulated on them should be refunded. However, this area has also seen its share of challenges.

1. Rule 96(10) Restrictions: Rule 96(10) of the CGST Rules initially restricted exporters from availing the facility of claiming refund of Integrated Tax paid on exports if they had availed benefits of certain notifications (e.g., certain duty drawback schemes). This was intended to prevent double benefits. However, the said rule has now been omitted from the statute. The Kerala High Court in Sance Laboratories Pvt. Ltd. & Gujarat High Court in Addwrap Packaging Pvt. Ltd19 have both read down this restriction for the period prior to its omission. The Court interpreted omission of Rule 96(10) as repeal, and in absence of a saving clause, applied the General Clauses Act. Referring to precedents (Fibre Boards Pvt. Ltd. and Calcutta Export Company20), it held that omission without saving clause renders the provision inoperative in all pending matters. The GST Council’s recommendation was for prospective omission; however, it binds the Government and reflects legislative intent to ease refund restrictions. Without adjudicating on vires, the Court quashed ongoing proceedings initiated solely under the omitted rule.

2. Circulars vs. Statute: A recurring issue in tax jurisprudence is the authoritative weight of circulars. In M/s Precot Meridian Limited vs. CCC21, the Madras High Court held that a circular cannot prevail over or alter statutory provisions. Therefore, if the statute provides for IGST refund on exports, a circular cannot deny it, especially when the conditions of Rule 96(1) for refund are met.

3. Technical Glitches and System Limitations: Exporters have frequently faced denial of legitimate refunds due to technical glitches or limitations in the GST software system. Courts have consistently held that the rights of taxpayers cannot be prejudiced by inefficient software systems. In Vision Distribution Pvt Ltd vs. CGST22, the Delhi High Court rejected “hyper-technical objections” based on system limitations, stating that software systems must align with the law, not vice versa, and directed partial refund. Similarly, the Bombay High Court in Venus Jewel vs. Union of India23 held that non-compatibility of data between Customs and GST departments should not deny the legitimate refund of IGST to the assessee.


19 2024 (91) G.S.T.L. 245 (Ker.) & 2025 (6) TMI 1156- Gujarat High Court

20 2015 (8) TMI 482 & 2018 (5) TMI 356- Supreme Court

21 2019-VIL-616-MAD

22 2019-VIL-626-DEL

23 2024 (388) E.L.T. 536 (Bom.)

V. REFUND OF BALANCE IN LEDGERS

The GST law distinguishes between the electronic cash ledger and the electronic credit ledger, and their respective balances. The refund provisions address both scenarios in S. 49(6). The section provides for a refund of balance available in such ledgers after deduction of any amount payable under the Act.

A. Electronic Cash Ledger The electronic cash ledger records all cash payments made by a registered person towards tax, interest, penalty, and other amounts. Any amount remaining unutilised in this ledger after the discharge of tax and other dues can be refunded to the registered person. Instances arise where tax deducted at source (TDS) or tax collected at source (TCS) form part of the said ledger and lying unutilised in the Electronic Cash Ledger. These amounts could also be claimed as a refund in accordance with the proviso to S. 54(1) read with S. 49(6) of the CGST Act.

B. Electronic Credit Ledger: Interesting facet appears to emerge on the question of claiming refund of balance lying in the electronic credit ledger. To understand this, we need to appreciate certain critical aspect around (a) nature of an electronic credit ledger balance; (b) process of credit into the electronic credit ledger; and (c) difference between unutilised input tax credit and balance lying in electronic credit ledger.

  •  Nature of Electronic Credit ledger – It represents a record of the input tax credit self-assessed by registered person and maintained on the common portal. It is one of the means of ‘payment of tax’ by a registered person. The balances in this ledger represent the net result all input tax credit after deducting the amounts utilised towards output tax or refund claims. A credit balance represents amounts held by the Government to the account of the respective taxpayer.
  •  Process of Crediting the Electronic credit ledger – It is important to understand the sequence of events which lead to the process of crediting the electronic credit ledger. On a transaction of supply, the supplier charges ‘output tax’ and passes on the same as ‘input tax’ to the recipient. Based on its eligibility, the recipient claims a credit of this input tax which is termed as ‘input tax credit’. The government maintains a log of the amounts which are self-assessed as input tax credit and reports the same in a ledger maintained in the common portal. Any utilisation of this credit is debited and consequently reduces the balance in the electronic credit ledger. This elaboration highlights the different steps (as input tax to input tax credit to credit balance in electronic credit ledger) which a tax crosses to reach the electronic credit ledger.
  •  Balance in Electronic Credit Ledger vs. Unutilised Input Tax Credit: This brings us to the critical distinction between a general “balance in electronic credit ledger” and “unutilised input tax credit” as specifically defined for refund under S. 54(3). The latter pertains to accumulation due to reasons (such as zero-rated supplies or inverted duty structure) and is subject to specific formulae and limitations under Rule 89(4) and (5). On a reading of the formulae, it indicates that input tax credit is to be applied for a specific tax period for which the refund is claimed. The phrase ‘net ITC’ adopted in the said rule indicates that unutilised input tax credit should be understood as that amount which is self-assessed in the GSTR-3B return for the relevant period and not earlier or beyond. It would exclude any opening balance of credits lying because of prior periods. Consequently, refunds are also claimed within the specific window defined as ‘relevant period’ and not for opening balances. In simple terminology it represents the net result of input and output tax for a particular period (akin to a profit & loss account).
  •  But there is also another cumulative balance which continues endlessly as a result of credits not only for the relevant period but also as a consequence of self-assessment of earlier periods. This forms part of the ‘electronic credit ledger balance’ as on any particular date and represents the net result of all actions taken right from the registration. This credit balance does not have any expiry period and stands as an indefeasible right in favour of the taxpayer. In simple terminology it represents the balance position of as on a particular cut-off date (akin to a balance sheet).

This difference between ‘unutilised input tax credit’ and ‘closing balance in electronic credit ledger’ throws up an interesting jugglery between claiming refunds of unutilised input tax credit u/s 54(3) versus claiming refunds of balance lying in the electronic credit ledger u/s 49(6). The domain of S. 54(3) operates within the confines of a particular refund period and hence grants refund of unutilised input tax credit. It is governed by specific formulae and conditions. It has narrow application only to two situations. But S. 49(6) operates on a wider horizon. It is not restricted to a particular period but reads as refund of a credit balance as on a particular cut-off date.

The legislature has in the preceding clauses of S. 49 specifically used the phrase ‘amount available in electronic credit ledger’ as against the phrase ‘unutilised input tax credit’ even though the amount available in this electronic credit ledger comprises of input tax credit of multiple tax periods. This therefore leads us to the pressing conclusion that the choice of different terminology for 54(3) and 49(6) makes them distinct sources of refund.

Repeated references of ‘amount available in electronic credit leger’ or ‘electronic credit ledger balance’ in S.49 indicates that the entitlement of refund of such balance would be in accordance with section 54(1) rather than 54(3). As a corollary, the restrictions under 54(3) would not govern the claims of refund filed under 49(6) and hence not restricted by any time horizon or composition as to inputs, input services or capital goods.

Since the general balance in the electronic credit ledger arise from various factors, such as re-credited amounts, excess ITC availed not subject to the 54(3) formula, or simply accumulated credit that cannot be used, such a balance particularly represents an excess “deposit” or credit as a cumulative result from a previous tax periods and is not necessarily hit by the specific constraints of S. 54(3). The nature of the amount in the electronic credit ledger, when not specifically linked to the scenarios of zero-rated or inverted duty supplies, should be treated akin to an excess payment or a deposit, rather than strictly as unutilised ITC under S. 54(3).

VI. THE SICPA DECISION AND REFUND OF ACCUMULATED BALANCE IN ECR ON CLOSURE OF BUSINESS

With the above detailing, we may now refer to a specific judgment of SICPA India Pvt. Ltd. vs. Union of India24, which although not elaborative of the above analysis, supports the inference of refundability of accumulated balance in the Electronic Credit Ledger (ECL) vis-à-vis unutilised input tax credit.

The core argument in this case is that the balance in the ECL, when a business ceases its operations, it transforms from a mere ‘credit’ to a non-utilisable ‘deposit’ or ‘amount paid’ that cannot be adjusted against future output tax liabilities (as there will be none). To deny a refund in such circumstances would amount to the government retaining taxes which lacks any authority.


24 [2025] 175 taxmann.com 371 (SIKKIM)

CONCLUSION REGARDING SICPA AND BUSINESS CLOSURE

The principle that the balance in the Electronic Credit Ledger, particularly upon cessation of business, should be refundable in cash, can be strongly inferred based on the above discussion. This is because such a balance, in effect, becomes an unutilisable deposit with the government. Denying its refund would contravene principles of equity and result in unjust enrichment of the State, especially when no output liability remains or can be created against which the credit could be adjusted. Courts have repeatedly favoured safeguarding substantive rights against procedural rigidities and systemic limitations. Therefore, a registered person ceasing operations should, in principle, be entitled to a cash refund of the accumulated balance in their Electronic Credit Ledger, irrespective of the specific refund categories or limitations applicable to “unutilised input tax credit” under S. 54(3). The appropriate recourse would likely be through a refund application under the “excess payment of tax, if any” category in FORM GST RFD-01 or ‘any other category’ or ‘through a writ petition’, invoking the equitable jurisdiction of the High Courts, if the departmental mechanisms prove insufficient.

OVERALL CONCLUSION

The refund mechanism under GST Law is complex, governed by statutory provisions, rules, circulars, and evolving judicial interpretations. While the twin tests of unjust enrichment and statutory limitation are paramount, courts have consistently shown a pragmatic approach, safeguarding legitimate taxpayer rights against technicalities, systemic failures, and arbitrary denials. Businesses must maintain meticulous records and adhere to prescribed procedures, but should also be aware of the avenues for redressal when their legitimate claims are impeded. The dynamic nature of GST law necessitates continuous vigilance and expert advice to navigate the intricacies of refund claims effectively.

Company Law

12. In the Matter of

STANLEY LIFESTYLES LIMITED

Before the Regional Director, South East Region

Appeal Order No. F. No:9/28/ADJ/SEC.118(10) of 2013/ROC(B)/RD(SER)/2025

Date of Order: 1st August 2025

Appeal under Section 454(5) of the Companies Act 2013 (CA 2013) against order passed for offences committed under Section 118(10) of CA 2013

FACTS

This is an appeal filed under section 454(5) of the Companies Act, 2013 by the above appellants against the adjudication order dated 25th March 2025 under section 454 read with section 118(10) of the Companies Act, 2013 passed by the Registrar of Companies, Bangalore for defaults in compliance with the requirements of Section 118(10) of CA 2013.

Registrar of Companies (ROC) in his order of adjudication had stated that the company and its directors are liable to penalty as prescribed u/s 118(11) of CA 2013 for violation of Section 118(10) of CA 2013. ROC had alleged that company had not disclosed the date of Board Meetings in the Directors’ Report relating to 2018-19, 2019-20 and 2020-21 as required under SS-1.

ROC, Bangalore had issued an e-adjudication notice and imposed a penalty vide his adjudication order dated 25th March 2025 levying a penalty of  ₹75,000 on the Company and ₹15.000 each on its defaulting 3 directors (total aggregating to ₹1,20,000).

EXTRACT FROM THE RELATED PROVISIONS OF THE ACT IN BRIEF:

Section 118:

(10) Every company shall observe secretarial standards with respect to general and Board meetings specified by the Institute of Company Secretaries of India constituted under section 3 of the Company Secretaries Act, 1980 (56 of 1980), and approved as such by the Central Government.

(11) If any default is made in complying with the provisions of this section in respect of any meeting, the company shall be liable to a penalty of twenty-five thousand rupees and every officer of the company who is in default shall be liable to a penalty of five thousand rupees.

FINDINGS AND ORDER:

The Authorised Representative of the appellant stated that in the year 2017 the Secretarial Standards were amended deleting the requirement of disclosing the number and dates of the meeting of the Board and committees held during financial year indicating the number of meetings attended by each director. The company followed the latest SS and accordingly did not disclose the date of the Board Meetings.

Since SS-1 had been amended and there was no requirement to disclose the dates of the meetings, there is no violation. Hence the order of the Adjudication Officer dated 25th March 2025 was set aside.

Note: We have been covering the orders of the Adjudicating Officers in the past. We thought it appropriate to cover the Appellate orders too. Sections 454(5) and 454(6) of CA 2013, provide that appeal against the order may be filed with Regional Director within a period of 60 days from the date of the receipt of the order setting forth the grounds of appeal and shall be accompanied by a certified copy of the order.

The purpose of such coverage is to have a 360-degree view of the approach of the MCA in handling defaults which are occasionally very trivial in nature too.

13. In the Matter of

BI MINING PRIVATE LIMITED

Registrar of Companies, Telangana Hyderabad.

Adjudication Order No – ROC HYD/BIMINING/ADJ/S134(3)(g)/2025/228 TO 233

Date of Order – 6th May, 2025

Adjudication order issued against the Company and its Director for contravention of provisions of Section 134(3)(g) of the Companies Act, 2013 with respect to not disclosing / mentioning particulars of loans guarantees or investments under Section 186 in the Board Report of the Financial Year 2016-17.

FACTS

An Inquiry into books and accounts of BMPL was issued by the Office of Registrar of Companies (ROC) authorised by the Central Government under Section 206(4) of the Companies Act, 2013.

Inquiry Officer (IO) observed from the Board Report of the Financial Year (FY) 2016-17 that under the head Particulars of Loans, Guarantees or Investments, BMPL had disclosed/mentioned that it had not granted any loans or given any guarantees or made any investments covered under the provisions of Section 186 of the Companies Act 2013. However, during the FY 2016-17, BMPL had made investments for purchase of equity shares of its Associate Company, BGRMIL.

The Inquiry Report (IR) found reasonable cause to believe that BMPL and its officers had violated the provisions of section 134(3)(g) of the Companies Act, 2013 and liable for penal action under section 134(8) of the Companies Act 2013.

Thereafter, Adjudication officer (AO) issued Show cause notice (SCN) to BMPL and its directors dated 18th September, 2023. BMPL filed an adjudication application dated 22nd May, 2024.
Therefore, BMPL made submission in its application that the disclosure was missed out inadvertently and that BMPL had no mala-fide or fraudulent intention in not disclosing the particulars of loans, guarantees or investments.

Thereafter, a hearing was fixed by AO, where Mr. KCH, Practising Company Secretary (PCS) being authorised representative appeared and pleaded before AO for imposition of lesser penalty on BMPL and its directors.

PROVISION

Section 134 (Financial Statement, Board’s Report, etc)

“(3) There shall be attached to statements laid before a company in general meeting, a report by its Board of Directors, which shall include –

(g) particulars of loans, guarantees or investments under Section 186;

(8) If a company is in default in complying with the provisions of this section, the company shall be liable to a penalty of three lakh rupees and every officer of the company who is in default shall be liable to a penalty of fifty thousand rupees.”

ORDER

The Adjudicating Officer (AO) after considering the facts and circumstances of the case concluded that BMPL and its directors had failed to comply with the provisions of Section 134(3)(g) of the Companies Act, 2013 thereby attracting the penal provisions mentioned under Section 134(8) of the Companies Act, 2013.

AO therefore imposed the penalty of ₹3,00,000 on BMPL and₹50,000 on each of its officers in default.

Thus, a total penalty of ₹4,00,000 was imposed on BMPL and its Directors in default.

Format for Scrutiny Notice under S. 143(2)

ISSUE FOR CONSIDERATION

A notice under s. 143(2) is required to be served by the Assessing Officer(‘AO’) or the prescribed Income Tax Authority, to the assessee, in a case where the AO considers it necessary to ensure that the assessee has not understated the income or has not claimed excessive loss or has not under-paid the taxes. Such a notice shall call upon the assessee to attend the office of the AO or to produce evidence in support of the return of income on a date specified in the notice. This notice shall be served before the expiry of 3 months from the end of the financial year in which the return is furnished. No form or the format for issue of the notice has been prescribed in s.143(2) of the Act.

Under the powers vested u/s. 119 of the Act, the Central Board of Direct Taxes (”CBDT”), vide Notification No. 225 / 157 / 2017 / ITA. II dt. 23rd June, 2017 has prescribed the modified formats for issue of the notice under s.143(2) by the AO where a case of an assessee is selected for scrutiny. The formats require the AO to inform the assessee that his case is selected for scrutiny and also inform that the scrutiny would be limited or complete, besides informing him that the proceedings will be conducted manually or electronically. Three separate formats have been prescribed to be used based on the nature of scrutiny or return. The Notification informs that any notices thereafter should be issued in the revised formats only.

Cases have arisen wherein the notices issued by the AO are found to be not in the prescribed format, leading some of the assessees to challenge the validity of the notices and the consequent assessment orders. Conflicting decisions of different benches of the Income Tax Appellate Tribunal are available on the subject. The Delhi and the Kolkata Benches have held that the Assessment Order passed in pursuance of a notice issued not in the prescribed format are bad-in-law and not sustainable. In contrast, the Bangalore Bench has held that such a notice does not vitiate the assessment order and the defect in the notice, if any, is cured by the other provisions of the Act.

ANITA GARG’S CASE

The issue recently was examined by the Delhi bench of the Tribunal in the case of Anita Garg, ITA No. 4053 / Del / 2024 dt. 30th July, 2025 for A.Y. 2017-18. In the said case, the assessee appellant had inter alia raised the following additional ground; “On the facts and circumstances of the case, the Assessing Officer erred in issuing notice under s. 143(2) of the Income Tax Act, 1961 dated 9.8.2018 in violation of CBDT Instruction F.No.225/157/2017/ITA-II dated 23.06.2017. Therefore, the said notice is invalid, and assessment framed pursuant thereto is vitiated in law.

The appellant assessee submitted before the Tribunal that:

  •  the notice under s. 143(2) of the Act issued to the assessee did not specify whether it was a limited scrutiny or a complete scrutiny or a compulsory manual scrutiny,
  •  the CBDT had specifically provided vide instruction no. F. No. 225/157/2017/ITA-II Dated 23-06-2017, that the notice under s. 143(2) could be issued in one of the three formats, which have been prescribed, but the notice issued was not in accordance with the said instruction, and therefore, the assessment framed consequently was invalid and void ab initio.
  •  the notice issued under s. 143(2) by the AO on 24.09.2018 was void ab initio,
  •  the notice was issued in violation of the binding CBDT Instruction No. F.No.225/157/2017/ITA-II dated 23.06.2017,
  •  the CBDT under s. 119 of the Act had issued the above instruction prescribing mandatory revised formats for all scrutiny notices to be issued under s. 143(2) of the Act,
  •  the instructions were binding on all the Income tax authorities,
  •  reliance was placed on the decision of the Hon’ble Supreme Court in the case of UCO Bank vs. CIT (237 ITR 889) and Back Office IT Solution Pvt. Ltd. vs. Union of India (2021) SCC Online (Del) 2742,
  •  referring to para 3 of the above instructions of CBDT it was submitted that the Board had directed that all scrutiny notices under s. 143(2) of the Act should be thereafter issued in the revised formats only,
  •  in the present case, the AO did not issue the notice in the prescribed revised format and that was a direct violation of the CBDT’s binding instructions. Reliance was placed on the following direct decisions:
  1.  Hind Ceramics Pvt. Ltd. vs. DCIT, Circle – 10(1) [ITA Nos. 608 &; 610/KOL/2024] dated 6.5.2025;
  2.  Tapas Kumar Das vs. ITO, Ward-50(5), Kolkata [ITA No. 1660/KOL/2024] dated 11.03.2025;
  3.  Sajal Biswas vs. I.T.O, WD 24(1), HOOGHLY [I.T.O, WD24(1), HOOGHLY] [ITA No.1244/KOL/2023] dated 26.03.2025; and
  4.  Srimanta Kumar Shit vs. Assistant Commissioner of Income Tax [I.T.A. No.1911/KOL/2024].”
  •  the issuance of notice under s. 143(2) in proper format was a jurisdictional requirement and any defect therein went to the root of the assessment proceedings, and
  •  a notice issued in violation of law could not have conferred on the AO the power to proceed with scrutiny assessment, and the notice dated 22.09.2018 issued under s. 143(2) was invalid and unenforceable in law.

The Revenue on the other hand submitted that the notice was a computer-generated notice and the non-mentioning of the fact of either limited or complete scrutiny or compulsory manual scrutiny would not render the issuance of notice under s. 143(2) of the Act as invalid.

On hearing the rival contentions, the bench noted that an identical situation had arisen before the Kolkata bench of the Tribunal in the case of Hind Ceramics Pvt. Ltd. vs. DCIT in ITA Nos. 608 and 610/Kol/2024 dated 06.05.2025 wherein the Kolkata bench, on examination of the facts and in consideration of the law, quashed the assessment framed pursuant to the notice issued under s. 143(2), which was not in the prescribed format as per the CBDT instructions.

The Delhi bench quoted extensively from the said order of the Kolkata bench in the case of Hind Ceramics Pvt Ltd.(Supra), which bench had in turn relied upon the decision of the coordinate Bench in the case of Tapas Kumar Das (Supra) which in turn had relied upon the decision of the coordinate bench in the case of Shib Nath Ghosh, ITA No. 1812 / Kol / 2024, besides resting its case on the decision of the Supreme Court in the case of UCO Bank (Supra) to hold that the instructions of the CBDT were binding on the AO.

The Delhi Bench also took notice of the decisions of the Kolkata Bench in the case of Sajal Biswas (Supra) and Srimanta Kumar Shit (Supra) to finally hold that the assessment framed by the AO u/s. 143(3) dt. 27.12.2019 pursuant to the notice issued u/s. 143(2) dt. 22.09.2018 was bad in law and void ab initio, in as much as the said notice was not in the prescribed format.

VEERANNA MURTHY RAGHAVENDRA’S CASE

The issue had arisen, a year before, in the case of Shri. Veeranna Muruthy Raghavendra Dikshit in ITA No. 1072 / Bang / 2024 for A.Y. 2017-18. One of the additional grounds raised by the assessee before the Bangalore bench of the Tribunal was; “The notice issued u/s.143(2) of the Act dated 24.09.2018 is bad at law as it is not (in) accordance in the format prescribed by the Central Board of Direct Taxes as per Instructions (F.No.225/157/2017/ITA.II) dated 23.06.2017; therefore all consequential assessment proceedings including the assessment order are rendered bad at law in the facts and circumstances of the case.”

On behalf of the assessee appellant, it was vehemently submitted that the notice under s. 143(2) of the Act dated 24.9.2018 was bad in law as it was not in accordance with the format prescribed by the CBDT Instruction in F.No.225/157/2017/ITA.II dated 23.6.2017. The Revenue on the other hand, supported the orders of authorities below.

The Bangalore bench heard the rival contentions and perused the materials available on record in respect of the additional ground of appeal, contesting the validity of the issue of notice in a format not prescribed by the CBDT.

The Bangalore bench took notice of the CBDT Instruction F.No.225/157/2017/ITA.II dated 23/06/2017. In addition, the bench took special notice of sections 282A, 292B and 292BB of the Act.

On reading of section 282A, the bench observed that a notice issued by an Income Tax Authority should be signed and issued in the paper format or be communicated in the electronic format; the notice should be deemed to be authenticated if the name and office of the designated income tax authority was printed, stamped or written thereon. The bench further observed that there was no dispute about signing of the notice, nor about the fact that it was communicated in electronic format, and there was also no dispute in the present case about the name, office and the designation of the authority printed on the notice. The notice therefore was found to be genuine by the bench.

The purpose behind the introduction of section 292B of the Act, as noted by the bench, was to ensure that technical pleas on the grounds of mistake, defect, and omission should not invalidate the assessment proceedings, when no confusion or prejudice was caused due to non-observance of technical formalities.

On reading of section 292BB, the bench found that an assessee was precluded from taking any objection with regard to service of notice in an improper manner if he had appeared in any proceedings or co-operated in any enquiry relating to an assessment. In the present case, the bench noted that during the course of assessment proceedings, the assessee had filed his reply and co-operated with the proceedings by way of filing submissions on different dates, and therefore, the assessee was not entitled to take the ground before the Tribunal for the first time as he had not raised any objection before the AO before the completion of assessment proceedings. In the considered opinion of the Tribunal, as the assessee had co-operated with the proceedings by way of filing various submissions on different dates as well as he had not raised any objection before the AO on or before the completion of the assessment proceedings, the provisions contained in section 292BB of the Act should (not) apply to the case of the assessee.

In the facts of the case and the provisions of s. 282A, 292B and 292BB the bench observed that;

  •  the primary requirement was to go into and examine the question of whether any prejudice or confusion was caused to the assessee. If no prejudice/confusion was caused, then the assessment proceedings and the consequent orders could not and should not be vitiated and were saved on the said grounds of mistake, defect or omission in the notice.
  •  it was an undisputed fact that the notice under s. 143(2) of the Act dated 24.9.2018, was served on the assessee, as was noted in the assessment order,
  • the assessee had filed submissions / replies / explanations in response to notices issued by the AO and accordingly, the assessee had cooperated with the proceedings before the AO.
  •  the assessee had also not raised any objection before the AO with regard to the issue of notice, that it was not in the prescribed format as per the CBDT Instruction, on or before the completion of the assessment proceedings.
  •  there was also no dispute about signing and issue of notice in electronic format or about the name, office and designation of the authority and about the printing thereof.

Upon careful consideration of the arguments presented, it was evident to the bench that while the format of the notice was important, the primary concern was whether the notice effectively communicated the necessary information to the respondent or not. The bench was of the strong opinion that the notice, even though not in the prescribed format, served the intent and purpose of the Act, which was to inform the assessee and ensure that there was no confusion in the mind of the assessee about initiation of the proceedings under the Act, and hence the defective notice was protected under section 292B of the Act.

The bench did not find that any prejudice/confusion was caused to the assessee and the assessee had filed explanations/submissions and had co-operated during the course of assessment proceedings. Therefore, merely because of the procedural irregularities, the plea of the assessee that, the notice was invalid just because it was not issued as per the format prescribed by the CBDT, could not be accepted.

OBSERVATIONS

The conflict under consideration involves two issues;

  •  whether the instructions of the CBDT of 2017 prescribing the revised format for issue of notices u/s. 143(2) is binding on the AO, and
  •  whether provisions of s.282A, 292B and 292BB cure the defect if any, in the notice arising out of the AO not issuing the notice in the revised format.

The first issue is settled by the decision of the Supreme Court in the case of UCO Bank, 237 ITR 889 whereunder the Supreme Court held that the instructions of the CBDT issued under the power vested u/s. 119 of the Act are binding on the AO. The Court in that case held as under;

(a) ” the authorities responsible for administration of the Act shall observe and follow any such orders, instructions and directions of the Board;

(b) such instructions can be by way of relaxation of any of the provisions of the section specified therein or otherwise;

(c) the Board has power, inter alia, to tone down the rigour of the law and ensure a fair enforcement of its provisions by issuing circulars in exercise of its statutory powers under section 119 of the IT Act;

(d) the circulars can be adverse to the IT Department but still are binding on the authorities of the IT Department, but cannot be binding on the assessee, if they are adverse to the assessee.

(e) the authority which wields the power for its own advantage under the Act, has a right to forgo the advantage when required to wield it in a manner it considers just by relaxing the rigour of the law by issuing instructions in terms of Section 119 of the Act.”

There does not seem to be any disagreement on the binding nature of the Circular by the Bangalore bench of the Tribunal in the case of Veeranna Muruthy Raghavendra Dikshit (Supra). The ratio of the decision of the Supreme Court has been applied by the Courts in the cases of Crystal Phosphates Ltd., 152 taxmann.com 232 (P&H), AVI Oil India (P.) Ltd., 323 ITR 242 (P&H), Smt. Nayana P. Dedhia, 270 ITR 572 (AP) and Amal Kumar Ghosh 45 taxmann.com 482 (Calcutta), in the context of instructions issued by the CBDT in respect of notices u/s. 143(2).

The applicability of Instruction No. 225/157/2017/ITA-II dated 23.06.2017 has been specifically examined by different benches of the Tribunal, in the following cases to hold that a notice not in compliance of the instructions of 2017 was without jurisdiction and the subsequent order passed was bad in law.

1. Hind Ceramics Pvt. Ltd. vs. DCIT, Circle – 10(1), Kolkata, [ITA Nos. 608 &; 610/KOL/2024] for A.Y. 2017-18 dated 06.05.2025;

2. Tapas Kumar Das vs. ITO, Ward-50(5), Kolkata, [ITA No. 1660/KOL/2024] for A.Y. 2017-18 dated 11.03.2025;

3. Sajal Biswas vs. I.T.O, Wd 24(1), Hooghly, [ITA No.1244/KOL/2023] for A.Y. 2017-18 dated 26.03.2025;

4. Srimanta Kumar Shit vs. ACIT, Kolkata, [I.T.A. No.1911/KOL/2024] for A.Y. 2017-18 dated 19.11.2024;

5. Shib Nath Ghosh vs. ITO, Kolkata, [ITA No. 1812/KOL/2024 for A.Y. 2018-19 dated 29.11.2024.”

The remaining issue relates to the curative nature of the provisions of s. 282A, 292B and 292BB. In this regard, it is appropriate at the outset, to take notice of the settled position in law that holds that any of the aforesaid provisions do not cure a defect which goes to the root of assessment. A lapse or a defect which has roots in the jurisdiction of the AO to assess the income itself and pass the assessment order cannot be cured by the aforesaid provisions. Issuing the notice in the prescribed format is an essential condition for assuming the jurisdiction by the AO to assess an income of the assessee, and any defect therein cannot be cured by resorting to s. 292B of the Act, as is noted by the Punjab and Haryana High Court in the case of AVI – Oil India (P.) Ltd., 323 ITR 242 (P&H).

S.282A deals with authentication of notice in certain circumstances. The provision of s.282A has a very limited application, where it helps in deciding whether a notice is genuine or not. In the case under consideration, there is no dispute that the notice issued was genuine and authentic. The dispute is about whether such a notice is valid in law or not. It is respectfully submitted that S.282A has no relevance for deciding the issue of validity of the notice which is not in the prescribed format.

S.292B deals with return of income, etc. in certain circumstances specified in the said section. It is provided that the return of income, assessment, notice and summons could not be considered as invalid merely by reason of any mistake or defect or omission if such return, notice, etc. is in substance and effect in conformity with or according to the intent and purpose of the Act. On two counts, this provision cannot help the AO to cure the jurisdictional defect in the notice; firstly, not issuing the notice in the prescribed revised format cannot be considered as a mistake, defect or omission; secondly such a notice can never be held to be in substance and effect in conformity with or according to the intent and purpose of the Act. A prejudice is caused when the notice does not intimate the objective and the purpose behind the selection of a case for scrutiny, and the confusion it causes where the notice fails to define the scope of the scrutiny assessment. Had it not been so, the CBDT would not have taken pains to define the objective and the scope by issuing the instructions specifically for directing the course of action in the desired and defined manner.

S.292BB deals directly with issue of a notice and provides for the circumstances wherein the notice is deemed to be valid, provided the assessee has appeared in any proceeding or cooperated in an inquiry relating to an assessment. On a bare reading, it is apparent that the provision deals with the service of notice upon an assessee and proceeds to deem that service of the notice was valid in the listed circumstances which are a) where notice is not served upon assessee or b) is not served in time or c) served in an improper manner. It is respectfully submitted that the application of s. 292BB is limited to curing the defect of the listed nature in service of the notice and not a defect in the notice itself, either in the contents of the notice or in the manner and the format of notice.

In any case, the law is settled in respect of the position that s. 292BB does not cure the jurisdictional defect in the notice, which goes to the root of the validity of the notice itself. As noted earlier, the issue under consideration, in the context of notices issued u/s. 143(2), before 2017, has been examined by the High Courts to hold that such notices not issued in the format prescribed, up to 2017, were invalid. The ratio of these decisions of the High Courts shall apply with equal force to the issue of notices in the year 2017 and onwards.

In cases where the jurisdiction itself is lacking, the fact that the assessee had not objected to the notice and that he had complied with the notice by co-operating in the assessment proceedings does not have any significant relevance; acceptance of notice and compliance with the requirement of the notice do not have the ability to cure a defect that goes to the root of the jurisdiction of the AO and the assessment order passed by him. Likewise, in the matters of jurisdiction, it is irrelevant whether any prejudice or confusion was caused to the assessee by not issuing the notice in the prescribed format. In our considered opinion, a notice without jurisdiction is invalid, even where it has not prejudiced or caused confusion to the assessee.

Building Sustainable Startups – The CA Edge

India’s startup ecosystem has rapidly evolved into the world’s third largest, expanding from 500 recognised ventures in 2016 to over 1.59 lakh by 2025. Backed by initiatives like Startup India, Atal Innovation Mission, and the Seed Fund Scheme, this ecosystem has attracted nearly $70 billion in funding, created 120+ unicorns, and generated 1.7 million jobs, with growing participation from Tier II and III cities. Startups have disrupted industries ranging from e-commerce to fintech and healthcare, reshaping consumer experiences. However, sustainable growth requires more than innovation – it demands financial discipline, compliance, and governance. Chartered Accountants (CAs) play a pivotal role as strategic partners, guiding founders through structuring, investor agreements, tax compliance, valuations, and risk management. Their contribution spans both in-house leadership and external advisory roles, ensuring startups remain investor-ready and resilient. Increasingly, CAs are also emerging as entrepreneurs themselves, leveraging their expertise to build ventures in fintech, SaaS, and consulting.

INTRODUCTION

In an era of rapid technological advancement and shrinking global boundaries, startups have emerged as powerful engines of economic growth. Over the past decade, India’s entrepreneurial landscape has witnessed an unprecedented surge, with thousands of ventures evolving into unicorns and attracting billions in funding. These startups have redefined convenience, transforming how we order food, travel, make payments, and access healthcare, while creating innovative solutions to address complex societal challenges.

At the forefront of this transformation are technocrats and visionaries leveraging technology to deliver new-age products and services. However, while founders often possess deep technical expertise, many are first-generation entrepreneurs with limited exposure to corporate governance, regulatory frameworks, and structured financial management. This is where Chartered Accountants (CAs) step in, not merely as compliance managers, but as strategic partners enabling startups to grow responsibly, attract investment, and navigate the complexities of a regulated business environment.

INDIAN START-UP SAGA

India’s startup scene in 2025 is nothing short of inspiring. In less than a decade, we’ve gone from just 500 recognised startups in 2016 to over 1,59,000 today, making India the third-largest startup ecosystem in the world, right behind the US and China and it’s not just about numbers. These ventures span everything from cutting-edge AI and deeptech to fintech, healthcare, e-commerce, and manufacturing. While big cities like Bengaluru, Delhi-NCR, Mumbai, and Hyderabad continue to lead the charge, the real game-changer is that more than half of all new startups are now coming from Tier II and Tier III cities. This shift shows that entrepreneurship in India is no longer limited to a few metro hubs, it’s spreading deep into the heart of the country.

Funding too has kept pace. In the first half of 2025 alone, Indian startups pulled in $4.8–5.7 billion in investments, keeping us in the global top three for startup funding. Yes, there’s been some cooling compared to the highs of previous years, but early 2025 saw a healthy rebound – Q1 funding jumped 40% over the same period in 2024. Over the last five years, startups here have raised close to $70 billion, pushing the overall ecosystem value to $500 billion+ and creating 120+ unicorns.

This success is built on a strong foundation, visionary government programmes like Startup India, the Atal Innovation Mission, and the Seed Fund Scheme have made it easier for new ideas to take shape and grow. The impact is visible: 1.7 million+ jobs created, and 75,000+ startups led by at least one-woman director, adding to the diversity of voices shaping India’s innovation journey.

REGULATORY REPERTOIRE

A thriving startup ecosystem depends not only on entrepreneurial energy but also on a conducive business and regulatory environment. Recognising this, governments around the world, including India, have played a pivotal role in nurturing innovation-led enterprises through policy support and institutional backing. One such landmark initiative by the Indian government is the “Startup India, Stand Up India” campaign, launched to promote entrepreneurship, simplify compliance, and facilitate access to funding. This initiative has catalysed the creation of thousands of startups and contributed meaningfully to employment generation across the country.

As a result of India’s digital revolution, the country has seen the meteoric rise of homegrown giants such as Flipkart, Myntra, and Snapdeal, platforms that once began as modest startups and have now become some of the most valuable and influential businesses in India’s entire digital economy. Today, these brands anchor India’s thriving e-commerce sector, competing vigorously alongside new entrants and global players. Flipkart remains one of India’s top online marketplaces, continuously expanding its offerings, while Myntra leads in online fashion and innovation with exclusive labels, AI-driven personalization, and nationwide reach. Snapdeal also retains a prominent role, focusing on value-driven segments and tier-II and tier-III cities. This digital transformation is further reflected by the emergence of other leading platforms including Meesho, Nykaa, AJIO, and JioMart, which have significantly reshaped the e-commerce and retail landscape

CURRENT LANDSCAPE

In recent years, terms like startup, entrepreneurship, and seed funding have become deeply embedded in India’s business vocabulary. This cultural shift has inspired a new generation of aspiring entrepreneurs, particularly among the youth, to take the leap into building ventures of their own. What’s remarkable is that this entrepreneurial wave is not confined to metropolitan hubs alone, it is sweeping across the country, reaching smaller towns and even rural regions, where individuals from diverse backgrounds are now actively pursuing their startup dreams.
At the heart of this transformation is the Startup India initiative, which has served as a catalyst for innovation and enterprise. By simplifying regulatory hurdles, promoting access to capital, and providing incubation support, the program has empowered thousands of young Indians to convert their ideas into scalable business models, thereby contributing to both employment generation and inclusive economic growth.

BRIDGING INNOVATION WITH FINANCIAL DISCIPLINE

While innovation and agility form the lifeblood of any startup, long-term success depends on building a business on solid financial and compliance foundations. Investors, regulators, and even customers increasingly expect young companies to demonstrate transparency, fiscal discipline, and legal compliance from the very beginning. This is where Chartered Accountants (CAs) become indispensable. With their deep expertise in financial structuring, taxation, statutory compliance, and strategic advisory, CAs not only help founders avoid costly mistakes but also position startups for sustainable growth and funding readiness. Their role extends far beyond bookkeeping, they act as financial architects, risk managers, and trusted business partners who translate entrepreneurial vision into a scalable, compliant, and investor-friendly enterprise.

HOW CA’S POWER STARTUP GROWTH – STRATEGIC PERSPECTIVE

While startups are often rooted in bold ideas and rapid innovation, they must also be built on a strong foundation of financial discipline, legal clarity, and operational compliance. Chartered Accountants play a critical role in helping founders navigate this complex landscape by guiding them through key agreements, policies, and compliance processes that safeguard the startup’s interests and facilitate long-term growth.

► Founder’s agreement: Aligning vision and responsibilities: A well-structured Founder’s Agreement is essential in defining the roles, responsibilities, ownership, and equity split among co-founders. CA’s work closely with legal advisors to ensure that this agreement reflects not only the business arrangement but also the financial and tax implications of founder equity, vesting schedules, and capital contributions. This clarity is crucial in preventing future disputes and setting a governance framework from day one.

Shareholders’ agreement (SHA): Investor protection and financial governance: As startups raise capital from angel investors, venture capitalists, or strategic partners, a robust Shareholders’ Agreement becomes vital. CAs assist in shaping key financial covenants, investor rights, equity dilution protections, exit clauses, and drag-along/tag-along provisions. Their input ensures that the SHA aligns with valuation models, regulatory limits (such as those under FEMA for foreign investors), and long-term funding strategy.

Non-Disclosure Agreement (NDA): Safeguarding competitive edge: Startups often operate around a unique value proposition, proprietary technology, or confidential financial data. CA’s advise on the financial confidentiality and intellectual property (IP) valuation aspects of NDAs and help establish internal controls that restrict access to sensitive information. This ensures that founders are protected while pitching to investors, onboarding vendors, or engaging with potential acquirers.

Vendor and customer contracts: Financial and commercial due diligence: CAs review commercial contracts to evaluate risk exposure, cash flow impact, revenue recognition methods, and tax compliance. Startups often enter into service agreements, lease contracts, or payment gateway arrangements, each of which can have implications on accounting treatment, indirect tax obligations, or revenue milestones tied to investor commitments.

Policies and disclosures: Risk mitigation and statutory alignment: Startups with a digital presence are required to host policies such as Terms of Use, Privacy Policy, Refund Policy, and Cookie Disclosures. While legal teams often draft the text, CA’s ensure these policies are consistent with financial disclosures, refund accounting, GST liabilities, and risk management protocols. They also help startups maintain proper audit trails for any terms with monetary impact.

Intellectual property and valuation Support: While legal professionals file and prosecute IP registrations, CAs assist in identifying the financial value of IP assets and incorporating them into the startup’s balance sheet or valuation models. For investor presentations, strategic acquisitions, or business transfers, IP forms a critical part of the enterprise value, and CAs play a vital role in validating its commercial worth.

Statutory and regulatory compliance: Startups must comply with several statutory obligations under the Companies Act, Income-tax Act, GST laws, and FEMA, among others. CAs assist in timely filing of returns, maintenance of records and ensuring compliance with requirements of tax & other laws. Non-compliance, even if inadvertent, can lead to penalties or jeopardize funding opportunities, CAs help mitigate these risks with systematic compliance frameworks.

OVERVIEW OF CHARTERED ACCOUNTANTS’ ROLE IN STARTUPS

IN-HOUSE CHARTERED ACCOUNTANTS

As startups evolve from idea-stage ventures to scalable businesses, the role of finance professionals becomes critical in laying the foundation for sustainable growth. Many startups engage CA’s in-house, particularly in the role of Finance Managers, Controllers, or even Chief Financial Officers (CFOs), depending on the stage of the business. These professionals bring a structured financial lens to what is often an unstructured entrepreneurial setup.

Key responsibilities of in-house CAs include:

Establishing financial systems: CAs design and implement robust accounting systems and financial processes tailored to the startup’s nature, ensuring real-time tracking of income, expenses, assets, and liabilities.

Ensuring statutory compliance: They oversee timely compliance with a range of statutory laws including the Companies Act, Income-tax Act, Goods and Services Tax (GST), and, where applicable, the Foreign Exchange Management Act (FEMA).

Preparing financial statements and reports: CAs prepare quarterly and annual financial statements that meet statutory audit requirements and meet investor expectations, especially where funding is involved.

Budgeting and forecasting: They play a key role in creating and monitoring budgets, cash flow forecasts, and variance analysis to support prudent financial planning and cost control.

Advisory to founders and Board: CAs serve as strategic advisors, translating financial data into insights that help the board and founders make informed decisions related to fundraising, expansion, or pivots.

Managing investor relations: For investor-funded startups, CAs are responsible for MIS reporting, cap table management, and addressing investor queries on financial performance.

Internal control and risk management: They establish internal controls, define authorisation limits, and manage risks related to procurement, revenue leakage, or fraud.

ESOP and equity structuring: CA’s help implement Employee Stock Option Plans (ESOPs) and manage equity issuances in line with tax and regulatory frameworks.

In essence, in-house CAs bring professionalism, structure, and strategic depth to startup finance functions, helping balance agility with financial discipline.

ROLE OF PRACTICING CHARTERED ACCOUNTANTS AS CONSULTANTS TO STARTUPS

Not all startups can afford or require full-time finance professionals in their early stages. This is where Practicing Chartered Accountants (CAs in public practice) step in as trusted external advisors. Their role goes far beyond traditional accounting and tax services, encompassing strategic financial support tailored to the dynamic needs of startups.

Key areas of contribution include:

► Business formation and structuring: Practicing CAs help founders choose the right form of business, private limited company, LLP, partnership, or OPC and ensure proper documentation, registration with MCA, PAN/TAN/GST, and DPIIT Startup
India recognition.

► Accounting and book-keeping: Many early-stage startups outsource book-keeping and accounts finalization to CA firms. They ensure timely and accurate accounting, month-end closures, expense classification, and audit preparedness.

► Direct and indirect taxation: Practicing CAs manage end-to-end taxation including:

  •  GST registration, invoicing, input tax credit, and returns
  •  Income tax computation, advance tax, TDS compliance
  •  Representation before tax authorities for assessments and appeals

► Audit and assurance services: Depending on statutory requirements or investor mandates, CAs provide statutory audits, internal audits, limited reviews, and tax audits. They also conduct vendor audits or due diligence as required.

► Fundraising and valuation support: CAs prepare valuation reports under accepted methods (DCF, NAV, CCA) for equity funding, ESOPs, or regulatory purposes. They also assist with investor decks, financial models, and audit readiness.

► Virtual CFO Services: Many startups engage CAs to act as virtual CFOs on a retainer basis. They handle budgeting, investor communication, financial planning, and strategic advisory.

► FEMA and RBI Compliance: For startups receiving FDI or planning overseas expansion, CAs manage FDI compliance via FIRMS portal, FLA returns, pricing certifications, and external commercial borrowings (ECB) filings.

► Project reports and debt financing: CAs prepare CMA data, business plans, and project feasibility reports for securing bank loans, working capital facilities, or grants.

► Payroll and labour law compliance: Startups often outsource payroll processing, TDS deduction on salaries, and PF/ESI filings to CA firms.

IP capitalisation and financial reporting: While IP registration is handled by legal professionals, CAs advise on capitalisation, amortisation, and balance sheet treatment of IP assets, especially for tech-heavy startups.

► Due diligence and exit readiness: Practicing CAs perform financial due diligence for M&A transactions, investor exits, or strategic buyouts. They help startups prepare for these events by ensuring clean books and internal controls.

MIS and reporting systems: CAs implement customized reporting frameworks, including KPIs, dashboards, and business intelligence tools for founders and investors.

Thus, Practicing Chartered Accountants offer end-to-end financial, regulatory, and strategic support that is vital for any startup navigating the complexity of growth and funding.

CHARTERED ACCOUNTANTS AS ENTREPRENEURS

Beyond their traditional roles, many Chartered Accountants are now emerging as successful entrepreneurs themselves. Armed with a deep understanding of finance, taxation, compliance, and business models, CAs are well-positioned to build startups of their own, particularly in fintech, SaaS, consulting, and edtech sectors.

CAs turned entrepreneurs bring with them:

  •  A structured and risk-managed approach to building businesses
  •  Financial acumen to manage capital efficiency
  •  Strategic foresight to build scalable and compliant ventures
  •  Deep networks across investors, regulators, and industry experts

India’s thriving startup ecosystem offers multiple avenues for CA’s not just as enablers, but as founders and business leaders themselves. Their problem-solving mindset, ethical grounding, and multidimensional skills make them natural candidates to thrive in the startup world.

With the rise of platforms like Shark Tank India and Startup India, the narrative of CA-led startups is only gaining momentum. Many are leading innovations in accounting tech, compliance automation, credit scoring, investment platforms, and more adding value far beyond traditional boundaries.

In summary, Chartered Accountants are no longer just compliance managers but are shaping the future of Indian entrepreneurship both as advisors and as innovators.

ESSENTIAL TRAITS OF A CHARTERED ACCOUNTANT IN THE STARTUP ECOSYSTEM

In today’s dynamic business environment, technical expertise alone is not enough. Chartered Accountants are expected to embody a set of personal and interpersonal qualities that distinguish them as trusted professionals and long-term partners to their clients. These attributes, often subtle yet powerful, become the hallmark of their professional identity and are essential in the context of startup advisory and financial leadership.

Problem-solving mindset: Whether advising a bootstrapped founder or a VC-backed venture, CA’s are consistently approached to solve complex financial, compliance, or strategic issues. Their ability to offer practical, legally sound, and efficient solutions, often under pressure and within tight timelines, is what builds trust. A CA’s role is not just to interpret laws, but to translate them into actionable business decisions, maintaining compliance both in letter and in spirit.

Discipline and strategic focus: Startups thrive on agility, but they also require financial discipline to scale sustainably. CAs bring this balance. They help eliminate inefficiencies, enforce process controls, and guide businesses toward long-term goals. Successful CAs are methodical in their approach, aligning every financial or regulatory step with the startup’s broader strategy.

Confidence rooted in competence: Entrepreneurs look for assurance in the professionals they engage, especially when navigating uncertain financial or regulatory waters. CA’s by virtue of their rigorous training and real-world exposure, are well-positioned to offer this confidence. Whether they are representing a client before the tax department, presenting forecasts to investors, or recommending capital allocation strategies, CAs are expected to speak with clarity and conviction.

People skills and communication: Beyond numbers, a CA must be able to communicate financial implications in a language founders, investors, and employees can understand. In the startup context, this involves translating MIS reports into strategy, presenting audit observations with empathy, or training founders on compliance awareness. CAs with strong people skills are not just advisors—they become extensions of the leadership team.

Work ethic and professional integrity: Startups operate at a frenetic pace, and the professionals they work with must match that energy with reliability and integrity. CAs are bound by a strict code of ethics, and this professional grounding translates into trust, especially when handling sensitive data or representing companies before regulators. Ethical behaviour, independence, and a strong work ethos are not just regulatory requirements, they are core to the CA’s professional identity from day one.

CONCLUSION

In today’s fast-paced and highly competitive startup world, having a great idea is only the beginning. What truly sets successful ventures apart is the ability to pair vision with financial discipline, regulatory clarity, and strategic direction. Chartered Accountants bring exactly this blend, combining deep technical expertise with real-world business insight to help founders make smarter decisions at every stage of their journey. From choosing the right structure and ensuring compliance to planning for sustainable growth, they act as trusted partners who help navigate challenges and unlock opportunities. For any entrepreneur aiming to turn ambition into lasting impact, a Chartered Accountant isn’t just a service provider, they are a catalyst for growth and a steady hand on the wheel.

REFERENCES

https://pib.gov.in/PressReleasePage.aspx?PRID=2093125

https://m.economictimes.com/tech/startups/dpiit-recognises-161150-entities-as-startups-as-of-january-government/articleshow/118887182.cms

https://pib.gov.in/PressReleasePage.aspx?PRID=2098452

https://amity.edu/arjtah/pdf/vol1-2/10.pdf

https://blog.mygov.in/editorial/startup-india-what-it-means-for-the-youth/

https://inc42.com/datalab/presenting-the-state-of-indian-startup-ecosystem-report-2020/.

Brand and IP Valuation: Economic Control vs. Legal Title

Intangible assets, especially brands and intellectual property (IP), represent over 90% of corporate value in global enterprises. While trademarks provide legal rights, their true worth emerges through economic activity – marketing, consumer engagement, and brand loyalty – creating a key distinction between legal ownership and economic control.

Case studies reinforce this divide. Nestlé India shareholders resisted increased royalty payouts to the Swiss parent, citing local brand-building efforts. Hyundai India’s IPO also highlighted that despite trademarks being legally owned by Hyundai Korea, significant equity was created in India.

This divergence makes valuation essential, particularly in transfer pricing where tax authorities scrutinise royalty payments, advertising spends, and brand promotion. Courts increasingly apply the principle of substance over form, leading to disputes around AMP expenditure, bright line tests, and allocation of profits. The OECD’s DEMPE framework – Development, Enhancement, Maintenance, Protection, and Exploitation – supported by FAR analysis and income-based valuation methods, ensures arm’s length outcomes aligned with economic contributions

BACKGROUND AND INTRODUCTION

In today’s business environment, intangible assets have become vital strategic resources for multinational enterprises (MNEs) [and local enterprises alike], driving value creation, competitive advantage, and sustainable growth. These assets, which are not physical or financial, inter alia, include patents, trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets, customer lists, and know-how, and their use or transfer would be compensated between independent parties. Among companies in the S&P 500, intangibles make up more than 90% of their market value¹. Intangibles now represent a very large fraction of corporate capital, determining a business’s ability to grow more than physical assets..


1 Reference: Ocean Tomo (2021), Intangible Asset Market Value Study

In the world of intellectual property, trademarks occupy a unique position. They are legal rights with no inherent economic value until activated through consistent and strategic use in the marketplace. While a registered trademark may confer exclusive legal protection, its real value emerges only when it gains consumer recognition, loyalty, and preference. This value is created not merely by registration, but through sustained marketing efforts, brand visibility, product quality, and customer experience. Until consumers prefer to make a conscious choice for a certain trademark, there is no real value attributable to the trademark. However, this conscious choice is extremely valuable for every company.

Many global businesses hold portfolios of high-value trademarks, often referred to as “billion-dollar brands”. A trademark is the legal title to a name or logo, while a brand is the image, trust, and loyalty people associate with it. For example, the word “Nike” is a trademark, but the feelings of performance and style it evokes form the brand. However, the value of these brands is largely attributable to the economic activity surrounding them viz., advertising spend, market penetration, and consumer goodwill. This cannot be attributed to legal ownership alone. As such, in commercial reality, the party funding and driving the brand-building efforts often creates the economic substance of the trademark, even if the legal ownership rests elsewhere.

This distinction becomes critically important in scenarios involving group structures, shareholder disputes, or related-party transfers, where questions of value allocation between the economic and legal owners of trademarks often arise. This article seeks to examine that divide and offer a framework for valuing and allocating the economic benefits of trademarks when legal and economic ownership are not aligned.

Corporate structures often reflect the importance of intangibles, with MNEs’ performance and profitability frequently stemming from the intangible assets of their parent companies. For sound business reasons, MNE groups may centralise ownership of intangibles or rights in intangibles. This can involve transferring legal ownership to a central location, such as a foreign associated enterprise or an “IP company”. While the legal owner may initially receive proceeds from exploitation, the ultimate right to retain returns depends on the functions performed, assets used, and risks assumed by all group members contributing to the intangible’s value. This separation necessitates a thorough functional analysis, considering the Development, Enhancement, Maintenance, Protection, and Exploitation (DEMPE) functions, assets, and risks associated with the intangibles to accurately determine arm’s length compensation for all contributing entities. In such cases, the legal owner generally enters into a licensing arrangement with the entity using the intangible, enabling the user to commercially exploit it in return for an agreed royalty or fee.

ILLUSTRATIVE CASES ON LEGAL VS. ECONOMIC OWNERSHIP OF INTANGIBLES

The following examples highlight situations where the legal ownership of trademarks rests with a foreign parent, yet significant economic value is created by the local entity through its market, operational, and brand-building efforts.

Nestlé

Nestlé is one of the global giants when it comes to brand driven companies and, one of its most important assets are its trademarks.

In 2024, payment of general licence fees (royalty) by Nestlé India Limited (“Nestlé India”) to Société des Produits Nestlé S.A. (“Nestlé Switzerland”) was proposed to be increased from the existing 4.5% to 5.25% of the net sales of the products sold by Nestlé India, net of taxes. The shareholders of Nestlé India had rejected this resolution.

European money managers noted2 that royalty payouts have outpaced Nestlé India’s growth in both revenue and profits. They also highlighted a lack of clear justification, stating that Nestlé Switzerland’s marketing and R&D spends did not warrant an increased claim on Nestlé India’s earnings.


2 https://www.livemint.com/companies/news/nestle-india-shareholders-royalty-payment-to-parent-maggi-11716027711804.html

Even in the case of a highly profitable and established group like Nestlé, shareholders pointed out that while Nestlé Switzerland holds legal ownership of the trademarks, Nestlé India contributes significantly to value creation. This incident emphasised that the economic value generated through the Nestlé India’s efforts should rightfully allow Nestlé India to retain a fair share of the resulting benefits.

HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY

Hyundai Motor India Limited came out with its IPO in 2024. Hyundai Motor India Limited (“Hyundai India”) is entirely selling goods under the trademark licensed from Hyundai Motor Company, South Korea (“Hyundai Korea”). The Red Herring Prospectus identified five factors for the benefit of the Indian entity:

► First, “strong parentage” of Hyundai Motor Group: Hyundai India has the support of Hyundai Korea in many aspects of its operations including management, R&D, design, product planning, manufacturing, supply chain development, quality control, marketing, distribution, brand, human resources and financing, among others.

► Second, “advanced technology”: Access to “smart factory” platform of Hyundai Korea, global technology access as a part of the Hyundai motor group.

► Third, “Hyundai brand”: The RHP contains: “In addition to benefitting from the strength of the “Hyundai” brand globally, we have established “Hyundai” as a trusted brand in India. We have received the highest number of the Indian Car of the Year (ICOTY) awards over the years (based on data provided in the CRISIL report). We believe these efforts have helped us evolve as an inclusive brand in India, expand and diversify our customer base and bolster our connection with the youth.”

► Fourth, “Localisation”

► Fifth, “Win-Win approach” across stakeholders including customers, dealers, suppliers, employees, environment and community.

Most of the advantages cited are only economically owned by Hyundai India whereas the legal ownership of the underlying intangible assets lies with Hyundai Korea. In spite of this, the Company sought and also got a valuation of around ₹ 1.59 trillion or little less than USD 19 billion. This was as much as 42% of its parent, Hyundai Korea’s USD 44-billion valuation3.


3 https://www.newindianexpress.com/business/2024/Oct/09/hyundai-sets-price-band-at-rs-1865-1960-for-biggest-ever-ipo-of-rs-27870-crore#

NEED FOR VALUING INTANGIBLE ASSETS

A primary and critical need for valuing intangible assets arises in the context of transfer pricing. Tax administrations focus on ensuring that transactions involving the use or transfer of intangibles between associated enterprises comply with the arm’s length principle. Identifying and examining the specific intangibles involved is fundamental to this analysis, regardless of whether they are transferred directly or used indirectly in connection with sales of goods or the provision of services.

Valuation serves to support the necessary functional analysis, which seeks to identify and assess the contributions of different MNE group members in terms of functions performed, assets used, and risks assumed (FAR analysis) in relation to the intangibles’

Development, Enhancement, Maintenance, Protection, and Exploitation (DEMPE). This analysis is essential because legal ownership of an intangible, by itself, does not necessarily confer the right to retain all returns from its exploitation. Compensation must instead be aligned with the actual economic contributions made. Valuation provides a means to determine the appropriate remuneration for these contributions.

Given the often-unique characteristics of intangibles, identifying reliable comparable uncontrolled transactions can be challenging. In such situations, valuation techniques, particularly income-based methods like discounted cash flow, are valuable tools for estimating arm’s length prices. This is especially pertinent for Hard-to-Value Intangibles (HTVI), where projections of future value are inherently uncertain at the time of the transaction. For HTVI, tax administrations may utilise ex post outcomes as presumptive evidence for pricing, acknowledging the information asymmetry and difficulty in objectively verifying taxpayer valuations ex ante.

Beyond the sphere of transfer pricing, intangible valuation is undertaken for several other purposes, including transaction pricing, licensing arrangements, financial accounting requirements (such as purchase price allocations following acquisitions), informing internal management strategy, shareholder disputes, and facilitating access to debt or equity financing. While significant challenges exist in areas like financing due to factors such as the illiquidity of certain intangible assets and limited understanding among lenders, the valuation of these critical assets remains fundamental to ensuring the proper allocation of value based on economic substance.

TAX LITIGATION

Payments for royalties, such as for the use of trademarks or technical know-how, are subject to scrutiny for their arm’s length price. There have been various complex nuances beyond the simple valuation of the rate of royalties or intangible assets, which has often led to developing new concepts such as the bright line test or focusing on substance over form. Some of the topics that have happened are discussed below for information:

Treatment of AMP Expenditure as Brand Promotion for AE: In the case of Goodyear India Ltd, vs DCIT, Circle 12(1) [ITA No. 5650/Del/2011], the tax department viewed Advertising, Marketing, and Promotion (AMP) expenditure incurred by the Indian entity as being, in part, for the promotion of the brand owned by its foreign Associated Enterprise (AE). This led to the contention that the Indian entity should be compensated by the AE for this alleged service of building or promoting the foreign brand in India. The tax department argued that this activity results in the creation or enhancement of marketing intangibles for the benefit of the AE.

Application of Substance over Form Principle: Even before the introduction of formal general anti-avoidance regulation in the Income-tax Act, 1961, tax authorities intended to apply the principle of substance over form, looking beyond the formal legal structure of transactions to their underlying economic reality. Litigation can ensue in an attempt to re-characterise transactions as their economic substance may differ from their form or if the form and substance, viewed in totality, differ from arrangements independent entities would adopt and impede appropriate transfer pricing determination.

Attempt to Segregate AMP as a Separate International Transaction: Tax authorities often attempt to treat AMP expenditure as a stand-alone international transaction, separate from other transactions like manufacturing or distribution, even when the assessee has benchmarked the overall entity’s profitability.

Historical Reliance on the Bright Line Test (BLT) for AMP: Courts have largely rejected its validity; however, tax authorities have historically and commonly applied the Bright Line Test (BLT) to quantify the portion of AMP expenditure deemed to be for the benefit of the foreign AE. The BLT involves comparing the assessee’s AMP to sales ratio with that of comparable companies and treating the “excessive” expenditure as the value of the international transaction for brand building services.

However, it is to be noted that in practice, the common approach has been to perform or demand a FAR analysis to understand the roles, assets, and risks of each party involved in transactions related to intangibles. This analysis is crucial for determining the appropriate allocation of profits and evaluating whether the compensation received or paid is at arm’s length.

VALUING VARIOUS COMPONENTS OF INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Consistent with the International Valuation Standards (IVS), the basis and premise of value must be defined upfront. IVS 104 deals with bases of value and IVS 105 with valuation approaches and methods, while IVS 210 provides specific guidance on intangible assets, including identification of the subject asset, contributory assets, control, and remaining useful life. ICAI Valuation Standards (ICAI VS) 102 and 103 likewise require clear articulation of the valuation base and premise before proceeding, with ICAI VS 302 covering intangible assets. Under these frameworks, recognised approaches are Market, Income, and the Cost Approach. For compliance with IVS or ICAI-VS, the valuer must select approaches and methods aligned to the stated base and premise, apply them in accordance with prescribed guidance, and ensure the analysis is transparent, well-supported, and fit for the intended purpose of the valuation.

Before initiating any valuation exercise, it is essential to clearly establish the base and premise of valuation i.e., whether the objective is fair valuation or arm’s length pricing. This distinction fundamentally affects the methodology. Fair valuation demands adherence to existing contractual terms; assumptions must reflect the actual economic reality of enforceable agreements. For instance, altering a royalty rate to align with market benchmarks may be appropriate under an arm’s length approach, but if applied in a fair value context, it necessitates remeasuring the associated liability, as the entity no longer enjoys the original contractual benefit. Overlooking such adjustments leads to a misrepresentation of fair value by ignoring the economic cost of deviating from binding terms.

On the other hand, when the valuation is conducted for arm’s length pricing, though it may use fair value principles, it deliberately sets aside the counterbalance required under contractual obligations. This fine distinction is crucial, especially in valuation contexts beyond taxation, and must be clearly understood to ensure that the valuation outcome is both technically sound and contextually appropriate. In this article, we are focusing on arm’s length principle for valuing intangible assets and not the fair valuation aspect, which can yield different results on the overall valuation of an entity.

A core component of applying the arm’s length principle is the Functional Analysis, which seeks to identify the economically significant activities and responsibilities undertaken, assets used or contributed, and risks assumed by the parties to the transactions. This analysis is essential not only for tangible property and services but is of particular significance when dealing with intangibles. In cases involving the use or transfer of intangibles, it is especially important to ground the functional analysis on an understanding of the MNE’s global business and the manner in which intangibles are used to add or create value across the entire supply chain, piercing through the form and looking at the commercial substance that prevails and is in actual practice.

Acknowledging the unique challenges in valuing intangibles and allocating the returns derived from their exploitation, the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development’s (OECD) Base Erosion and Profit Shifting (BEPS) initiative, specifically Action 8, led to the introduction of the Development, Enhancement, Maintenance, Protection, and Exploitation (DEMPE) framework. DEMPE is explicitly outlined as a framework within the OECD’s guidance on intangibles to provide additional clarity. The DEMPE functional analysis serves as a guideline for analysing the functions performed, assets used, and risks assumed by various entities within an MNE concerning intangible assets. It is designed to confirm that the allocation of returns from the exploitation of intangibles, and the allocation of costs related to intangibles, is performed by compensating MNE group entities for their contributions in these specific areas.

The five elements of the DEMPE framework are defined as follows:

Development: Refers to the creation or enhancement of intangible assets, including activities such as research, design, and testing. Not all research and development expenditures necessarily produce or enhance an intangible.

Enhancement: Encompasses activities that increase the value, utility, or marketability of existing intangible assets, potentially involving improvements, modifications, or upgrades.

Maintenance: Involves activities necessary to ensure the ongoing functionality, durability, or relevance of intangible assets, such as upkeep, monitoring, or routine management.

Protection: Focuses on safeguarding the legal rights and proprietary interests associated with intangible assets, including activities related to intellectual property protection like obtaining patents, trademarks, or copyrights. The availability and extent of legal, contractual, or other forms of protection may affect the value of an item and the returns attributed to it, although it is not a necessary condition for an item to be characterised as an intangible for transfer pricing purposes.

Exploitation: Encompasses the utilisation or commercialisation of intangible assets to derive economic benefits, involving activities such as licensing, selling, or using the intangible assets in the MNE’s business operations.

The DEMPE framework helps tax authorities and MNEs determine the allocation of profits derived from intangible assets among different jurisdictions based on where the relevant functions are performed, assets are located, and risks are assumed. It emphasises substance over form, with the objective that profits are allocated in a manner that reflects the economic contributions of each entity involved, rather than solely relying on contractual arrangements or legal ownership.

Available literature consistently highlight that legal ownership of an intangible, by itself, does not confer any right ultimately to retain returns derived by the MNE group from exploiting the intangible. Although returns may initially accrue to the legal owner due to legal or contractual rights, the return ultimately retained by or attributed to the legal owner depends upon the functions it performs, the assets it uses, and the risks it assumes. Members of the MNE group performing functions, using assets, and assuming risks related to the DEMPE of intangibles must be compensated for their contributions under the arm’s length principle. This compensation may constitute all or a substantial part of the return anticipated to be derived from the exploitation of the intangible.

The analysis of transactions involving intangibles using the DEMPE framework generally follows a structured approach, as under:

Identify the intangibles used or transferred with specificity. A thorough functional analysis should support the identification of relevant intangibles, their contribution to value, and interaction with other factors.

Identify the full contractual arrangements, focusing on legal ownership based on registrations, agreements, and other indicia, as well as contractual rights and obligations.

Identify the parties performing functions, using assets, and managing risks related to DEMPE via a functional analysis. This includes identifying who controls outsourced functions and economically significant risks.

Confirm consistency between contractual terms and the conduct of the parties. Crucially, determine whether the party assuming economically significant risks under the contract also controls those risks and has the financial capacity to assume them.

Delineate the actual controlled transactions related to DEMPE based on legal ownership, contractual relations, and the parties’ conduct and contributions (functions, assets, risks).

Determine arm’s length prices for these delineated transactions, consistent with each party’s contributions of functions performed, assets used, and risks assumed.

In assigning returns or compensation based on the DEMPE analysis, several aspects are particularly important:

Compensation for Functions: Each member performing functions related to DEMPE should receive arm’s length compensation. This includes important functions such as designing and controlling research/marketing programmes, directing creative undertakings, controlling strategic decisions and budgets, and managing protection / quality control. Performance of these important functions, or controlling outsourced performance, often makes a significant contribution to intangible value and warrants an appropriate share of the returns. If the legal
owner neither controls nor performs these functions, it may not be entitled to any ongoing benefit attributable to them.

Compensation for Use of Assets (including Funding): Group members using assets (physical, intangible, or funding) in DEMPE activities should receive appropriate compensation. Specifically regarding funding, a party providing funding but not controlling the associated risks or performing other functions generally receives only a risk-adjusted return. A funder must have the capability and actually make decisions regarding the risk-bearing opportunity and how to respond to risks associated with the funding. A funder that does not exercise control over the financial risk will only be entitled to a risk-free return. The return expected by the funder is generally an appropriate risk-adjusted return, which can be determined based on the cost of capital or a realistic alternative investment with comparable economic characteristics.

Compensation for Assumption of Risks: The identity of the member or members controlling and assuming risks related to DEMPE is a crucial consideration. Significant risks include development risk, obsolescence risk, infringement risk, product liability risk, and exploitation risks. The party controlling and assuming risks is entitled to the consequences (gains or losses) when the risk materialises differently than anticipated (the difference between ex ante and ex post outcomes). Parties not controlling and assuming relevant risks, nor performing important functions, are generally not entitled to such gains or responsible for losses. In many MNE groups, shared marketing cost arrangements are adopted to pool resources for global brand development, achieve economies of scale, and maintain consistent brand positioning across markets. These arrangements, however, operate within the ambit of transfer pricing rules and multi-jurisdictional legal and regulatory frameworks, which in India have historically included foreign exchange outflow caps under FEMA and restrictions by SEBI on royalty and similar payments to overseas affiliates.

The relative importance of contributions in the form of functions performed, assets used, and risks assumed varies depending on the circumstances. In cases involving unique and valuable intangibles, or where contributions are highly integrated or involve shared assumption of significant risks, traditional transaction methods (like CUP, Resale Price, Cost Plus) or one-sided methods (like TNMM) may be less reliable for valuing the intangible directly. In such situations, transactional profit split methods or valuation techniques (especially income-based methods like discounted cash flow) are often considered more appropriate tools for estimating arm’s length compensation reflecting the relative contributions of multiple parties. Valuation techniques based on the cost of intangible development are generally discouraged as cost rarely correlates with value.

In conclusion, valuing intangible assets and allocating the returns within an MNE structure moves beyond simply identifying the legal title holder. The DEMPE framework, integrated into the FAR analysis, provides a structured approach to identify which entities truly contribute to the value creation of the intangible through their functions performed, assets used, and risks assumed. Arm’s length compensation must then be assigned to these entities commensurate with the economic significance of their contributions and risks controlled, often requiring sophisticated valuation methods beyond simple cost-plus or resale minus approaches, particularly when unique and valuable intangibles or integrated contributions are involved.

Allied Laws

24. Indian Oil Corporation Limited and Ors. vs. Shree Niwas Ramgopal and Ors.

(SC) 2025 INSC 832 (SC)

July 14, 2025

Partnership Firm – Dealership agreement with oil company – Death of a partner – Continuation of the firm – Requirement of inclusion of all partners or NOC of partners not being included in the firm – Excessive and arbitrary demand by the oil company – Principle of fairness-Termination of agreement was held to be not valid. [S. 42, Partnership Act, 1932].

FACTS

The Respondent (partnership firm) was initially a sole proprietorship concern owned by one Mr. Kanhaiyalal Sonthalia, which was reconstituted as a partnership firm on November 24, 1989, by inducting two of his sons as partners. Thereafter, on May 11, 1990, the Respondent firm entered into a dealership agreement with the Petitioner oil company for retail distribution of kerosene. The dealership agreement contained a clause wherein, upon the death of any partner, the Respondent firm shall notify the Petitioner oil company about the particulars of the deceased’s legal heirs and that the Petitioner oil company shall have the right to continue, reconstitute, or terminate the dealership agreement. Mr. Kanhaiyala expired on November 29, 2011, leaving behind multiple legal heirs, amongst whom disputes arose regarding their rights in the partnership firm. Certain heirs sought induction into the partnership, while others claimed rights under an alleged testamentary disposition, leading to an unresolved internal dispute. Thereafter, as a via media, the surviving partners proposed a reconstitution of the firm by inducting one heir, namely Mr. Bijoy Sonthalia, in place of the deceased partner. The Petitioner oil company, however, relying on its internal guidelines, insisted that all legal heirs of the deceased partner either be inducted into the partnership or furnish individual no-objection certificates, failing which it would discontinue supply. The Respondent firm, however, failed to comply with the same and insisted that the proposed partnership may be considered. The Petitioner oil company, however, refused and stopped the supply of kerosene.

Aggrieved, a writ was filed by the Respondent firm before the Hon’ble Calcutta High Court (Single Bench), which held that the Petitioner oil company must continue supplies to the respondent firm until the dealership was lawfully reconstituted or validly terminated. Aggrieved, an appeal was preferred before the Division Bench of the High Court, which confirmed the decision of the Hon’ble Single Judge Bench. Thereafter, a Special Leave Petition was filed before the Hon’ble Supreme Court by the Petitioner oil company.

HELD

The Hon’ble Supreme Court observed that the partnership deed expressly provided for continuity of the firm notwithstanding the death of a partner, particularly as the firm consisted of more than two partners. Further, the Hon’ble Court held that the dealership agreement and the partnership deed, being binding contractual instruments, did not mandate the induction of all legal heirs of a deceased partner as a condition precedent for the continuation of the dealership. The Hon’ble Court further held that the insistence upon the inclusion of no-objection certificates from all legal heirs was an arbitrary and unreasonable requirement, having no foundation in the dealership agreement. The conduct of the Petitioner oil company in threatening discontinuance of supply without issuance of a formal termination order was found to be contrary to the principles of fairness. Before parting, the Hon’ble Court reiterated that the Petitioner oil company, being a state-owned authority, ought to have acted in the interest of consumers and the common people. Thus, the decision of the Hon’ble Calcutta High Court was upheld, and the SLP was dismissed.

25. Deep Shikha and Anr vs. National Insurance Company Ltd and Ors.

2025 INSC 675 (SC)

May 13, 2025

Compensation – Motor Accident – Death – Claim of compensation by daughter and mother of the deceased – Married daughter – Dependence on the deceased not proved – Substantial reduction of compensation – Mother, 70 years old – No other source of income – Dependence on the deceased proved – Compensation enhanced. [S. 140, 166, 168 Motor Vehicle Act, 1988].

FACTS

A claim Petition was filed before the Motor Accident Claims Tribunal (Tribunal) by Appellant No. 1 (daughter of the deceased) and Appellant No. 2 (mother of the deceased). On January 26, 2001, the deceased, one Mrs. Paras Sharma, was on her two-wheeler when she was hit by a moving truck that was being driven negligently. Mrs Sharma succumbed to her injuries, which led to a claim petition by the daughter and mother of the deceased before the Hon’ble Tribunal. It was urged by the Appellants that they were dependent on the deceased and, therefore, liable to compensation. The Hon’ble Tribunal awarded inter alia, ₹ 15 lakhs to the daughter of the deceased and ₹ 5,000/- to the mother of the deceased. Aggrieved by the order, cross appeals were filed by both parties before the Hon’ble Rajasthan High Court. The Hon’ble Court held that i.e. mother of the deceased was not liable to any compensation as she could not be considered as a legal heir as per section 140 of the Motor Vehicle Act, 1988 (Act). Further, the compensation granted to the daughter of the deceased was significantly reduced as she did not prove dependence on the deceased. Further, it was held that the daughter of the deceased was married, thereby justifying the reduction in compensation.

Aggrieved, an appeal was preferred before the Hon’ble Supreme Court.

HELD

The Hon’ble Supreme Court observed that the death of the deceased occurred due to negligence. The Hon’ble Supreme Court, relying on its earlier decision in the case of Manjuri Bera & Anr. vs. Oriental Insurance Co. Ltd. & Anr, (2007) 10 SCC 634, held that so far as the daughter of the deceased is concerned, the Hon’ble Rajasthan High Court was correct in reducing the compensation since she did not prove dependency on the deceased. However, as far as the mother of the deceased is concerned, the Hon’ble Court held that she was 70 years old with no independent source of income. Further, as per sections 166 and 168 of the Act, the mother was dependent on the deceased. Thus, on that basis, the Hon’ble Court directed the Respondents to pay to the mother of the deceased.

Thus, the appeal was partly allowed.

26. Satender Kumar Antil vs. Central Bureau of Investigation & Anr.

2025 INSC 909 (SC)

July 16, 2025

Service of Police Notices – Electronic Communication Not Permissible – Safeguarding Liberty – Distinction Between Investigation and Judicial Proceedings. [S. 35, BNSS, 2023 (formerly S. 41A CrPC, 1973)]

FACTS

The State of Haryana sought modification of the Supreme Court’s earlier order of January 21, 2025, which directed states/UTs to ensure that notices under Section 41A CrPC / Section 35 BNSS, 2023, be served only in the manner prescribed under the statutes, not through electronic means such as WhatsApp. The Applicant argued that electronic service should be allowed for efficiency, citing Sections 64, 71 and 530 BNSS, which permit electronic service for certain court summons and witness summons.

HELD

The Hon’ble Supreme Court held that legislative intent in BNSS, 2023, consciously excludes investigations (including notice under Section 35) from procedures permitted through electronic means, unlike court summons. Notices under Section 35 (police notice to appear) have an immediate bearing on personal liberty, and non-compliance can lead to arrest under Section 35(6). Hence, the service must protect rights laid down in Article 21 of the Constitution of India. Court summons (Sections 63,64,71) are judicial acts, where electronic service is explicitly allowed; Section 35 notices are executive acts, and the judicial procedure cannot be imported into them. BNSS permits electronic communication by investigating agencies only in limited contexts (e.g. Section 94 summons to produce documents, Section 193 forwarding Investigation reports), none affecting personal liberty. The omission of electronic service for Section 35 notices is deliberate and mandatory; introducing it would violate legislative intent.

Accordingly, the Application was dismissed; the prior order of January 21, 2025, stating police summons under Section 35 BNSS cannot be served via electronic communication was upheld.

27. Manohar & Ors. vs. State of Maharashtra & Ors.

2025 INSC 900 (SC)

July 28, 2025

Land Acquisition – Determination of Market Value – Use of Highest Bona Fide Sale Exemplar [S.18, 23(1A), 23(2), 28, 51A, Land Acquisition Act, 1984; Maharashtra Industrial Development Act, 1961]

FACTS

The Appellants, farmers from Village Pungala, Parbhani, owned land acquired in the early 1990s under the Maharashtra Industrial Development Act, 1961, for establishing Jintur Industrial Area. Land Acquisition Officer awarded ₹ 10,800/- per acre for acquiring their land. Appellants accepted under protest and filed a reference under Section 18 of the Land Acquisition Act, 1984, relying on 10 sale exemplars, the highest being the 31.03.1990 sale from Jintur at ₹ 72,900/- per acre. Reference Court ignored the highest exemplar without reasons, averaged lower-valued exemplars ₹ 40,000/- per acre, deducted 20 per cent, and fixed ₹ 32,000/- per acre for dry crop land. The High Court upheld this reward, giving contradictory findings on whether the highest exemplar was considered. Appellants approached the Supreme Court.

HELD

The Hon’ble Supreme Court observed that when multiple bona fide exemplars exist for similar lands, the highest exemplar should be adopted; averaging permission only when values are within a “narrow bandwidth” or have marginal variation. The Reference Court wrongly omitted the highest exemplar without reasons. The High Court compounded the error with contradictory observations. The 31.03.1990 exemplar was proximate to the notification date, from prime location land (near Jintur, Nashik-Nirmal Highway, with water facility) and bona fide under Section 51A of the Land Acquisition Act 1984. Large area acquisition warranted a 20% deduction from ₹ 72,900/- per acre = ₹ 58,320/- per acre. Appellants are entitled to enhanced compensation plus all statutory benefits under Section 23(1A), 23(2), and 28 of the Land Acquisition Act 1984.

Accordingly, Appeals were allowed, High Court and Reference Court orders were set aside; compensation was enhanced to ₹ 58,320/- per acre with solatium and interest.

28. Dimple Gupta vs. State of NCT & Ors.

FAO 359/2024 (Del)(HC)

April 29, 2025

Hindu Minor’s property – Sale of Minor’s Property – “Necessity” or “Evident Advantage” – Trial Court’s Refusal Set Aside. [S. 8, Hindu Minority and Guardianship Act, 1956]

FACTS

Appellant, widow of late Pankaj Gupta, is the mother and natural guardian of two minor children (aged 15 & 14). Property in dispute (No. 89, Jagriti Enclave, Delhi) belonged to her mother-in-law, Smt. Shakuntla Devi, who bequeathed it via Will to her son Pankaj Gupta and daughter Chhavi Gupta (Respondent No. 2). After Shakuntla Devi’s death, both her sons died within days; Appellant and her children inherited her late husband Pankaj Gupta’s share. Appellant sought the Court’s permission under Section 8 of the Hindu Minority and Guardianship Act, 1956, to sell her and her children’s share, citing financial necessity and intent to reinvest for the benefit of her minor children. The Trial Court, after interacting with minors and reviewing affidavits of assets, found that the petitioner is financially sound (with mutual funds, jewellery, waived school fees) and held no “necessity” or “evident advantage” proven and dismissed her petition. The Appellant filed an Appeal challenging the above Order of the Trial Court.

HELD

The Appellant has been caring for her children since her husband’s death; no evidence of mistrust from the minors. Sale of the current property and purchase of another in the joint names of Appellant and minors is legally permissible if for their benefit. Trial Court’s finding that no necessity existed was unsustainable; the law permits sale if in “evident advantage” to minors, even if dire necessity is absent. Respondent No. 2 (co-owner) is also willing to sell; the transaction is in the family’s interest.

Accordingly, the Appeal was allowed, Trial Court order was set aside.

Important Amendments By The Finance (No. 2) Act, 2024 – Other Important Amendments

The Hon’ble Finance Minister, during the Union Budget presentation, repeatedly emphasised the government’s endeavour to simplify taxation. This series of articles on the Finance (No. 2) Act of 2024 has thoroughly analysed various amendments to the Income-tax Act, 1961 (“the Act”) in five earlier parts, bringing out various nuances of these amendments and helping readers assess whether this promise of simplification has been realised.

In this Article, we continue this analysis, examining a few other significant amendments made to the Act.

(A) AMENDMENTS RELATING TO TDS AND TCS:

Reduction in TDS rates:

A series of welcome amendments in the following sections of the Act has been made, reducing the rates of TDS w.e.f. 1st October, 2024 as under:

It may be pointed out that in addition to the above, the Memorandum explaining the provisions of the Finance Bill (“Memorandum”) also contained a proposal to reduce the rate of TDS applicable to payments of insurance commissions u/s 194D of the Act from 5 per cent to 2 per cent in case of a person other than company. However, this proposal did not find place in the actual Finance Bill and consequently, this amendment has not been made in the Finance Act, 2024.

Accordingly, the rate of TDS u/s 194D applicable to payments of insurance commission, continues to be 5 per cent in case of persons other than a company.

TDS on payment to contractors – Section 194C

Section 194C of the Act provides for withholding of tax on payments made to contractors for carrying out “work” as defined therein.

For the purpose of section 194C, “work” has been defined as under:

“work” shall include:

(a) advertising;

(b) broadcasting and telecasting including production of programmes for such broadcasting or telecasting;

(c) carriage of goods or passengers by any mode of transport other than by railways;

(d) catering;

(e) manufacturing or supplying a product according to the requirement or specification of a customer by using material purchased from such customer or its associate, being a person placed similarly in relation to such customer as is the person placed in relation to the assessee under the provisions contained in clause (b) of sub-section (2) of section 40A

But does not include manufacturing or supplying a product according to the requirement or specification of a customer by using material purchased from a person, other than such customer or associate of such customer.
The above exclusion is now expanded w.e.f. 1st October, 2024 to cover:

a. Manufacturing or supplying a product according to the requirement or specification of a customer by using material purchased from a person, other than such customer or associate of such customer; or

b. any sum referred to in sub-section (1) of section 194J.

The reason for specifically excluding sums referred to u/s 194J(1) from the definition of “work”, as stated in the Memorandum, is that some deductors have been deducting tax under section 194C of the Act when in fact they should be deducting tax under section 194J of the Act.

Therefore, w.e.f. 1st October, 2024, if any sum paid or payable falls within the scope of “fees for professional services”, “fees for technical services” or others sums specified under section 194J of the Act, tax would have to be deducted under section 194J and not under section 194C even if the same are paid in pursuance of a work contract.

Interpretation of the terms “fees for technical services”, “royalty” and “fees for professional services” as used in section 194J(1) r.w.s. 44AA r.w. CBDT notification pertaining to professional services, itself has been a subject matter of extensive litigation over the years. Now the amendment in section 194C is likely to complicate the issues even further.

An interesting point to note in this context is that the definition of “work”, as per the Explanation to section 194C of the Act specifically includes “advertising”. The proviso to the said Explanation however excludes the sums referred to in section 194J(1) of the Act. Section 194J(1) includes “professional services”, which, as defined in the Explanation to section 194J, covers within its ambit, inter alia, “advertising”. Therefore, the amendment results in a contradiction whereby, “advertising” is specifically included in the definition of “work” but is again excluded by virtue of the carve out to the said definition. This contradiction could likely trigger litigation in regard to payments made under contracts for “advertising.”

One may wonder as to when, on one hand, TDS rates have been reduced for certain categories of payments for the sake of promoting simplification as seen in the foregoing section, whether such amendment in section 194C, which is likely to result in unsettling of accepted propositions, was necessary at all.

Insertion of new section 194T requiring TDS on payment of salary, remuneration etc. to partners of a firm

Section 194T has been inserted w.e.f. 1st April, 2025 which provides that tax shall be deducted at source by a firm on payment to its partners of any sum in the nature of salary, remuneration, commission, bonus or interest. The rate of TDS prescribed is 10% of these sums, deductible at the time of credit or payment, whichever is earlier.

A threshold limit of ₹20,000 has been provided and no tax is required to be deducted if, aggregate of the above sums likely to be credited or paid to a partner does not exceed ₹20,000.

The provision is applicable to sums in the nature of salary, remuneration, commission, bonus or interest only and therefore, it may be concluded that credit or payment of share of profit to a partner is not covered within the ambit of this provision. Further, though no clarity has been provided in the Memorandum in this regard, it would be reasonable to take a view that withdrawals out of opening balance of the capital account of a partner as on 1st April, 2025 would not require deduction of tax at source under section 194T of the Act.

This amendment is likely to result in various practical issues for the firms, as often the bifurcation between allowable remuneration and profit share can only be determined at the end of the year when firm’s books of accounts have been finalized and “book profit” is determined. Further, whether a particular payment has been made to a partner during the year is out of the opening balance as on 1st April, 2025 or out of the sums credited to capital account during the year, can also be an issue for deliberation and maintaining a track of such payments may become a task in itself.

Again, when the partners of a firm would normally be required to pay advance tax, the intention behind this amendment is not clear and would seem contrary to the object of ‘simplification’ of TDS regime.

TDS on sale of immovable property – section 194-IA

Under section 194-IA(1), any person being a transferee, paying any sum by way of consideration for transfer of any immovable property, is required to deduct tax at source at the rate of 1 percent of such sum (or Stamp duty value-SDV, whichever is higher) at the time of credit or payment thereof, whichever is earlier.

Section 194-IA(2) provides that tax is not required to be deducted if the “consideration” for transfer of immovable property and SDV, both, are less than ₹50 lakhs.

Some taxpayers were taking a view that “consideration” for the purpose of the threshold limit as above is qua-buyer rather than qua-property.

Therefore, to clarify the position, a proviso to section 194-IA(2) has been enacted to provide that where there are multiple transferors or transferees, the consideration shall be the aggregate of amounts payable by all transferees to all transferors for transfer of the immovable property, i.e., aggregate consideration has to be considered for the purpose of determining the limit of R50 lakhs under sub-section (2).

Though this provision is made applicable with effect from 1st October, 2024, since it is only a clarificatory amendment, even for the period prior to the said date, it would be prudent to take the same view considering the legislative intent.

TDS on Floating Rate Savings (Taxable) Bonds (FRSB) 2020 under section 193

Presently, under section 193, tax is required to be deducted by the payer at the time of credit or payment of any income to a resident by way of interest on securities.

However, the TDS provision does not apply to any interest payable on any security of the central or state government except interest in excess of ₹10,000 payable on 8 per cent Savings (Taxable) Bonds 2003 or 7.75 per cent Savings (Taxable) Bonds 2018.

W.e.f. 1st October, 2024, interest in excess of ₹10,000 payable on Floating Rate Savings Bonds 2020 (Taxable) (FRSB) or any other security of the central or state government, as may be notified, will also be covered in this exclusion. Consequently, tax shall be required to be deducted from interest in excess of ₹10,000 on FRSB or any other notified security of central or state government.

TCS on notified goods – section 206C(1F)

Presently, tax at the rate of 1 per cent is required to be collected by a seller on consideration for sale of a motor vehicle exceeding in value of ₹10 lakhs.

W.e.f. 1st January 2025, section 206C(1F) of the Act shall also include within its ambit, any amount of consideration for sale of any other goods as may be notified, exceeding in value of ₹10 lakhs.

As clarified by the Memorandum, this amendment is intended to facilitate tracking of expenditure of luxury goods, as there has been an increase in expenditure on luxury goods by high-net-worth persons and accordingly, the goods to be notified under the section would be in the nature of “luxury goods”.

Therefore, one will have to wait and see as to which goods are notified by the CBDT as “luxury goods” requiring collection of tax at source under this provision.

As practically witnessed by the tax professionals and taxpayers so far, often the tax authorities lose sight of the intent behind the TDS/TCS provisions and adopt a hyper technical approach to make additions to income on the basis of TDS/TCS without verifying correctness of such deduction/collection of tax. While TCS provisions are an acknowledged tool for gathering information aimed at reducing revenue leakage, the continuous expansion of their scope raises concerns about the government’s commitment to simplifying the tax system.

Time limit to file correction statements in respect of TDS/ TCS returns

So far, there was no time limit to file correction statements in respect of TDS/TCS statements, to rectify any mistake or to add, delete or update the information furnished in TDS / TCS statements. Section 200(3) and Section 206C(3) of the Act are now amended w.e.f. 1st April, 2025 to provide that correction statements cannot be filed after the expiry of 6 years from the end of the financial year in which TDS/TCS were required to filed under those sections.

Extending the scope for lower deduction / collection certificate of tax at source

Section 194Q of the Act requires a buyer to deduct tax at source at the rate of 0.1 per cent from consideration payable to a resident seller, if aggregate consideration for purchase of goods is in excess of R50 lakhs in a previous year. Corresponding provisions are there in section 206C(1H) of the Act to require the seller to collect tax at source on purchase of goods as specified.

Recognising the grievance of the taxpayers that in case of lower margins or losses, funds get blocked on account of TDS/TCS which are ultimately required to be refunded, Section 197 is amended w.e.f. 1st October, 2024 to include section 194Q within its scope to enable granting of a lower deduction certificate. Corresponding amendments have been made in section 206C(9) as well to enable granting of a lower deduction certificate in respect of tax collectible under section 206C(1H) of the Act.

Tax deducted outside India deemed to be income received

Section 198 provides that tax deducted in accordance with the provisions of Chapter XVII-B i.e., shall be deemed to be income received.

As stated in the memorandum, some taxpayers were not including the taxes deducted outside India declaring only net income in India but were claiming credit for taxes deducted outside India which resulted in double deduction.

Section 198 is amended with effect from 1st April, 2025 to provide that in addition to TDS under Chapter XVII-B, income tax paid outside India by way of deduction, in respect of which an assessee is allowed a credit against the tax payable under the Act, will also be deemed to be income of the assessee in India.

Alignment of interest rates for late payment of TCS

Section 206C(7) of the Act has been amended w.e.f. 1st April, 2025 to provide that where a person responsible for collecting tax does not collect the tax or after collecting the tax fails to pay it, interest at the rate of 1 per cent p.m. or part thereof is chargeable on the amount of tax from the date on which such tax was collectible to the date on which the tax is collected. Interest shall be chargeable at the rate of 1.5 per cent p.m. or part thereof on the amount of such tax from the date on which such tax was collected to the date on which the tax is actually paid.

Before the amendment, a flat rate of 1 per cent per month or part of the month was applicable on the amount of tax from the date on which it was collectible till the date on which it was paid to the government. To bring parity between TDS and TCS provisions, a differential rate of 1.5 per cent has been made applicable for the period from collection of tax till it is actually paid to the government.

Reduction in extended period allowed for furnishing TDS / TCS statements to avoid penalty

Section 271H of the Act imposes penalty for failure to file TDS / TCS statements within prescribed time. A relief is available presently, that no penalty shall be levied if, after paying TDS / TCS along with fees and interest thereon, TDS / TCS statements are filed before the expiry of one year from the time prescribed for furnishing such statements. This period of one year is now reduced to one month, w.e.f.
1st April, 2025.

It may be pointed out that even if the TDS/TCS returns are filed beyond a period of one month on account of a “reasonable cause” within the meaning of section 273B of the Act, no penalty shall be leviable.

Claim of TDS/TCS by salaried employees

While deducting tax from salaries, any income under the other heads of income (excluding loss) and loss under the head of income from house property along with tax deducted thereon can be considered by the employer under section 192(2B).

However, credit for TCS was not being considered by the employers in absence of a specific provision to that effect. Maximum rate of TCS being as high as 20 per cent in certain cases, non-consideration of TCS by the employers while deducting tax from salary resulted in cashflow issues for the employee.

To address this issue, section 192(2B) is amended w.e.f. 1st October, 2024 to provide that TCS shall also be considered by the employer while deducting tax from salaries.

This is a welcome amendment providing much needed relief to the salaried taxpayers.

(B) INCREASED LIMITS OF ALLOWABLE REMUNERATION TO PARTNERS

Presently, as per section 40(b) of the Act, the maximum allowable remuneration to any working partner of a firm is restricted to the following limits:

(a) On first ₹3,00,000 of the book-profit or in case of a loss ₹1,50,000 or at the rate of 90 per cent of the book-profit, whichever is more
(b) On the balance of the book-profit At the rate of 60 per cent

 

The above limits were last revised in A.Y. 2010–11 vide Finance Act (No. 2) of 2009.

Now these limits of allowable remuneration to a working partner under section 40(b)(v) are revised w.e.f. A.Y. 2025–26 as under:

(c) On first ₹6,00,000 of the book-profit or in case of a loss 3,00,000 or at the rate of 90 per cent of the book-profit, whichever is more
(d) On the balance of the book-profit At the rate of 60 per cent

However, after a lapse of 15 years, this revision still seems inadequate, and not in line with the effort directed towards granting reduced individual tax rates to small taxpayers. This limit needs to be significantly increased, if any real benefit is intended out of it.

It is important to note in this context that remuneration clause in partnership deeds is often drafted on the basis of the limits prescribed under section 40(b) of the Act. Therefore, it needs to be examined by persons concerned whether any amendments are required to be made in existing partnership deeds, on account of the above change.

(C) ANGEL TAX ABOLISHMENT

Though often referred to as “Angel Tax”, section 56(2)(viib) is, in fact, not just applicable to angel investors but the provision is applicable to all companies in which the public are not substantially interested. As per the pre-amendment provision, where a company (other than a company in which public are substantially interested) received any consideration for issue of shares in excess of fair market value (FMV) of shares, the excess premium was deemed as income in hands of the company.
Section 56(2) (viib) of the Act was inserted vide Finance Act, 2012 “to prevent generation and circulation of unaccounted money” through share premium received from resident investors in a closely held company in excess of its fair market value.

This provision resulted in extensive litigation as the valuation of shares was a crucial factor and the tax officers often disregarded the valuation made by the companies.

Up-to 31st March, 2024, the provision was restricted to consideration received from a “resident” person. W.e.f. 1st April, 2024, it was made applicable to consideration received from non-residents as well.

After having caused significant controversy and litigation for a long period of time, and specifically after having the scope of the provision expanded in immediately preceding year vide Finance Act 2023, now the provision has been abruptly abolished w.e.f. 1st April, 2025. There is no explanation in the Memorandum to help the taxpayers understand the rationale behind such abrupt abolishment of the provision. The lack of a detailed explanation in the Memorandum only adds to the speculation that the provision could be reinstated in future, creating uncertainty in the mind of a taxpayer.

(D) EXPANSION OF POWERS OF CIT(A)

Over the past two-three years, tax professionals have been experiencing significant delays in disposal of appeals at the first appellate level. Particularly, where the issue is decided by the assessing officer ex-parte and requires calling for a remand report for adjudication by the Commissioner of Income Tax (Appeals) [CIT(A)], delays in such cases are excessive and often unreasonable.

Existing powers of CIT(A) did not contain a power to set aside the matter to the file of the assessing officer. During the pendency of the appeal, the taxpayers are required to pay at least a partial outstanding demand, thereby blocking the funds for a long period of time till disposal of the appeal.

Considering the huge pendency of appeals and disputed tax demands at CIT(A) stage, in cases where assessment order was passed as best judgement case under section 144 of the Act, CIT(A) has now been empowered w.e.f. 1st October, 2024 to set aside the assessment and refer the case back to the Assessing Officer for making a fresh assessment.

This would mean that the demand raised in the ex-parte assessments would be quashed and would no longer be enforceable.

In the present faceless regime, it is commonly observed that often the notices issued by the assessing officer are sent to an incorrect email address even after the correct address has been notified by the taxpayer. In such cases, on account of the notices remaining un-responded, orders are passed ex-parte and additions made are often deleted subsequently in appeal. However, during the pendency of appeal, taxpayer is unnecessarily required to pay a part of the demand. Practically, obtaining a refund from the department of this payment after disposal of appeal is often a task in itself.

Therefore, this amendment would grant a huge relief in cases of best judgement assessments.

(E) TAX CLEARANCE CERTIFICATE

Section 230(1A) of the Act presently provides that no person who is domiciled in India, shall leave India, unless he obtains a certificate from the income-tax authorities stating that he has no liabilities under Income-tax Act, 1961, or the Wealth-tax Act, 1957, or the Gift-tax Act, 1958, or the Expenditure-tax Act, 1987; or he makes satisfactory arrangements for the payment of all or any of such taxes, which are or may become payable by that person. Such certificate is required to be obtained where circumstances exist which, in the opinion of an income-tax authority render it necessary for such person to obtain the same.
However, we do not see this provision being actually enforced by the income tax authorities.

Now, w.e.f. 1st October, 2024, a reference to the liabilities under Black Money (Undisclosed Foreign Income and Assets) and Imposition of Tax Act, 2015 (BMA) is also included in section 230(1A) in addition to the liabilities under other laws as stated therein.

As section 230(1A), was rarely enforced even pre-amendment, one can safely assume that the practical implication of the amendment would be restricted to a very limited extent. The CBDT has already addressed the fears of taxpayers.

A corresponding amendment has also been made in section 132B of the Act, to insert a reference to BMA to allow recovery of existing liabilities under BMA out of the seized assets under section 132.

CONCLUSION

Overall, while some of the amendments in this budget are a step in the right direction, others seem to diverge from the promise of simplifying the tax system. These changes could potentially introduce additional complexities rather than streamlining the process.

In light of the Hon’ble Finance Minister’s information that a holistic review of the Income-tax Act is underway, let us hope that the goal of genuine simplification of tax system would guide future reforms!

Important Amendments by The Finance (No. 2) Act, 2024 – Block Assessment

INTRODUCTION

Chapter XIV-B of the Act was earlier inserted in 1995 to provide for the special procedure for assessment of search cases which was commonly referred to as the ‘block assessment’. Under this erstwhile scheme of block assessment, in addition to the assessments which were to be conducted in a regular manner, a special assessment was required to be made assessing only the ‘undisclosed income’ relating to the block period in a case where the search has been conducted.

The Finance Act, 2003 made these provisions dealing with block assessment in search cases inapplicable to the searches initiated after 31st May, 2003 for the reason that the scheme of block assessment had failed in its objective of early resolution of search assessments. It had provided for two parallel assessments, i.e., one regular assessment and the other block assessment covering the same period, i.e., the block period which had resulted into several controversies centering around the treatment of a particular income as ‘undisclosed’ and whether it is relatable to the material found during the course of search etc. Therefore, the new Sections 153A, 153B and 153C were introduced wherein it was provided that the assessments pending as on the date of initiation of search would abate and only one assessment would be made wherein the total income of the assessee was required to be assessed. Further, separate assessment was required to be made for every year involved unlike the single assessment for the entire block period as provided under Chapter XIV-B.

The Finance Act, 2021 further altered the procedure for making the assessment in search cases on the ground that the provisions of Section 153A, 153B & 153C have also resulted in a number of litigations and the experience with the revised procedure of assessment had been the same as the earlier one. On that basis, the provisions of Sections 153A, 153B & 153C were made inapplicable to the search initiated after 31st March, 2021. No special provisions were made to deal with the assessment in search cases. Instead, the provisions dealing with the reassessment i.e., Section 147, 148, etc. which were also altered substantially by the Finance Act, 2021 were made applicable also to the cases in which search has been conducted with suitable modifications.

Now, the Finance Act (No.2), 2024 has once again restored the scheme of ‘block assessment’ as provided in Chapter XIV-B but in a revised form. Unlike the erstwhile scheme of block assessment which had provided for making parallel assessment of only undisclosed income of the block period, the revised scheme of block assessment provides for making only one assessment of the block period including the undisclosed income as well as the other incomes.

The objective of making this amendment as stated in the Memorandum explaining the provisions of the Finance Bill is that, under the existing provisions not providing for consolidated assessment, every year only the time-barring year was reopened in the case of the searched assessee. It has resulted in staggered search assessments for the same search and consequentially, the search assessment process takes time for almost up to ten years. Therefore, with the objective of making the search assessment procedure cost-effective, efficient and meaningful, the provisions of block assessment have been reintroduced.

THE CASES IN WHICH THE BLOCK ASSESSMENT CAN BE MADE

The new procedure for making the block assessment is applicable in a case where a search is initiated under Section 132 or requisition is made under Section 132A (referred to as search cases in this article) on or after 1st September, 2024. In respect of the search initiated or requisition made prior to 1st September, 2024, the provisions of Section 147 to 151 shall apply as they were in existence prior to their amendments by the Finance (No. 2) Act, 2024.

Section 158BA provides for the assessment in the case in which search has been conducted or requisition has been made. Section 158BD provides for the assessment of the other person other than the one in whose case the search was conducted if any undisclosed income belonging to or pertaining to or relating to that other person is found as a result of search.

BLOCK PERIOD

For the purpose of the assessment under these provisions, the block period is defined as consisting of the following periods:

  • Six years preceding the year in which the search was initiated; and
  • Period starting from 1st April of the previous year in which the search was initiated and ending on the date of the execution of the last of the authorisation for such search.

There is no provision allowing the Assessing Officer to make the assessment of income pertaining to any year beyond the period of six years prior to the year of search. Further, the part of the year in which the search is conducted till the conclusion of the search has also been included in the block period.

However, Section 158BA(6) provides that the total income other than undisclosed income of the year in which the last of the authorisation for the search was executed shall be assessed separately in accordance with the other provisions of the Act dealing with the assessment.

ISSUING NOTICE UNDER SECTION 158BC(1)

For the purpose of making the assessment, the Assessing Officer is required to issue a notice to the assessee under Section 158BC(1) requiring him to furnish his return of income within the time specified in the notice which cannot be more than 60 days. The assessee is required to declare his total income, including the undisclosed income in respect of the entire block period.

The return so required to be submitted shall be considered as if it was a return furnished under Section 139 and the Assessing Officer is required to issue the notice under Section 143(2) thereafter. However, if the assessee furnishes his return of income beyond the time period allowed in the notice, then such return shall not be deemed to be a return under Section 139.

The return of income filed in response to the notice issued under Section 158BC(1) is not allowed to be revised thereafter.

SCOPE OF ASSESSMENT

As mentioned earlier, the Assessing Officer is required to make an assessment of the total income and not just the undisclosed income relating to the block period under the new block assessment procedure. Further, the period which is required to be covered is the entire block period and, therefore, there would be only one order of assessment covering the entire block period.

The total income of the block period assessable under this Chater shall be the aggregate of the followings:

i. total income disclosed in the return furnished under section 158BC;

ii. total income assessed under section 143(3) or 144 or 147 or 153A or 153C prior to the date of initiation of search;

iii. total income declared in the return of income filed under section 139 or in response to a notice under section 142(1) or 148 and not covered by (i) or (ii) above;

iv. total income determined where the previous year has not ended, on the basis of entries relating to such income or transactions as recorded in the books of account and other documents maintained in the normal course on or before the date of last of the authorisations for the search or requisition relating to such previous year;

v. undisclosed income determined by the Assessing Officer under section 158BB(2).

Here, it may be noted that Section 158BC(1) requires the assessee to declare his total income, including the undisclosed income, for the block period. Therefore, the total income required to be declared should be inclusive of the total income which has otherwise been declared individually for all the years comprising within the block period while filing the return of income under the other provisions. There is no provision allowing the assessee to exclude the total income which has been already included in the returns filed earlier. Therefore, it is not clear as to when does the case envisaged by clause (iii) above can arise i.e., the total income declared in the return filed under Section 139 etc. but not included in the return filed in response to the notice issued under Section 158BC(1).

Further, a similar issue arises where the income has already been assessed under any of the provisions dealing with the assessment (other than search assessment) prior to the date of initiation of the search. The income so assessed should ideally be included in the total income of the block period which the assessee needs to declare in the return to be filed in response to the notice under Section 158BC(1). Therefore, this component of income gets included twice in the above computation; first under clause (i) if it has been included in the total income declared in the return filed under Section 158BC and second under clause (ii). Similarly, in respect of the previous year, which did not end as on the date on which the search was initiated, the income pertaining to that period would also get included twice; first under clause (i) and second under clause (iv). Had the requirement under Section 158BC been to include only the undisclosed income which the assessee wants to declare voluntarily in the return of income, then the manner of computing the total income of the block period would have worked properly.

The ‘undisclosed income’ includes any money, bullion, jewellery or other valuable article or thing or any expenditure or any income based on any entry in the books of account or other documents or transactions, where such money, bullion, jewellery, valuable article, thing, entry in the books of account or other document or transaction represents wholly or partly income or property which has not been or would not have been disclosed for the purposes of this Act, or any exemption, expense, deduction or allowance claimed under this Act which is found to be incorrect, in respect of the block period.

Such undisclosed income shall be computed in accordance with the provisions of the Act on the basis of evidence found as a result of search or survey or requisition of books of account or other documents and any other materials or information as are either available with the Assessing Officer or come to his notice during the course of proceedings under this Chapter.

It can be observed that the power of the Assessing Officer to make the addition to the total income is limited only to the ‘undisclosed income’ which is defined for this purpose. Therefore, the issues might arise as they have arisen in past as to whether the Assessing Officer is permitted to make the additions which are unconnected with the incriminating materials found during the course of the search. This would be more relevant in the cases in which the assessment under the other provisions of the Act were pending and they have abated as discussed below.

If the income as mentioned at (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) above is a loss then it shall be ignored. Further, the losses brought forward or unabsorbed depreciation of any earlier years (prior to the first year of block period) is not allowed to be set off against the undisclosed income but may be carried forward further for the remaining period left after taking into consideration the block period.

ABATEMENT OF ASSESSMENT

Since the Assessing Officer is required to assess the ‘total income’ of the block period, it has been provided that any assessment in respect of any assessment year falling in the said block period pending on the date of initiation of search or making the requisition shall abate. Further, if a reference has been made under section 92CA(1) or an order has been passed under section 92CA(3), then also such assessment along with such reference or the order as the case may be, shall abate.

If the proceeding initiated under this Chapter or the consequential assessment order passed has been annulled in appeal or any other legal proceeding, then such abated assessment shall get revived. However, such revival shall cease to have effect if the order of annulment is set aside.

Further, assessment pending under this Chapter itself (consequent to search earlier conducted in the same case) shall not abate and it shall be duly completed before initiating the assessment in respect of the subsequent search or requisition.

LEVY OF TAX, INTEREST AND PENALTY

The total income relating to the block period shall be charged to tax at the rate of 60 per cent as specified in section 113 irrespective of the previous year or years to which such income relates. Such tax shall be charged on the total income determined as above and reduced by the total income referred to in (ii), (iii) and (iv) as listed above. Further, the tax so charged shall be increased by a surcharge, if any, levied by any Central Act. However, presently, no surcharge has been provided for income chargeable to tax for the block period.

There is no specific provision dealing with the rate of tax at which the total income referred to in (ii), (iii) and (iv) will get charged. However, Section 158BH provides that all other provisions of the Act shall apply to assessment made under this Chapter unless otherwise provided.

The interest under section 234A, 234B or 234C or penalty under section 270A shall not be levied in respect of the undisclosed income assessed or reassessed for the block period.

The assessee shall be charged the interest at the rate of 1.5 per cent of the tax on undisclosed income if he has not furnished the return of income within the time specified in the notice issued under section 158BC or he has not furnished the return of income at all. The interest shall be charged for the period commencing from the expiry of the time specified in the notice and ending on the date of completion of assessment.

The Assessing Officer or the CIT(A) may levy the penalty equivalent to fifty per cent of tax leviable in respect of the undisclosed income. No such penalty or penalty under section 271AAD or 271D or 271DA shall be imposed for the block period if the following conditions are satisfied:

i. The assessee has filed a return in response to the notice issued under section 158BC.

ii. The tax payable on the basis of such return has been paid or if the assets seized consist of money, the assessee offers the money so seized to be adjusted against the tax payable.

iii. No appeal has been filed against the assessment of that part of income which is shown in the return.

If the undisclosed income determined by the Assessing Officer is higher than the income shown in the return, then the penalty shall be imposed on that portion of undisclosed income determined which is in excess of the amount of income shown in the return.

TIME LIMIT TO COMPLETE THE ASSESSMENT

The assessment order is required to be passed within twelve months from the end of the month in which the last authorisation for search was executed or requisition was made. If any reference has been made under section 92CA(1), then period available for making the assessment shall be extended by 12 months.

The provisions of section 144C have been made inapplicable to the assessment to be made under this Chapter. Therefore, the Assessing Officer is not required to provide the draft order to the eligible assessee so as to enable him to file the objections before the DRP if he wishes.

The period commencing from the date on which the search was initiated and ending on the date on which the books of account or documents or money or bullion or jewellery or other valuable article or thing seized are handed over to the Assessing Officer having jurisdiction over the assessee is required to be excluded from the period of limitation.

Several other periods are also required to be excluded from the period of limitation which are similar to the exclusions which have assessment in Section 153 providing for the time limit to complete the other types of the assessment.

ASSESSMENT OF OTHER PERSONS

If the Assessing Officer is satisfied that any undisclosed income belongs to any person other than the person in whose case the search was conducted or requisition was made, then the money, bullion, jewellery or other valuable article or thing, or assets, or expenditure, or books of account, other documents, or any information contained therein, seized or requisitioned shall be handed over to the Assessing Officer having jurisdiction over such other person. Thereafter, that Assessing Officer shall proceed under section 158BC against such other person for the purpose of making his assessment under this Chapter. For this purpose, the block period shall be the same as that determined in respect of the person in whose case the search was conducted, or requisition was made. The time limit for completing the assessment of such person is twelve months from the end of the month in which the notice under section 158BC was issued to him. Further, this time period shall be extended by twelve months if any reference has been made under section 92CA(1).